, , ,<tm 
 
H7 
 
 CORNELL 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 FROM 
 
Cornell University Library 
 PA 337.H71 
 
 The Irregular *";6|f|||,9Lffi|||ij& 
 3 1924 021 603 208 
 
 All books are subject to recall after two weeks 
 Olin/Kroch Library 
 
 DATE DUE 
 
 ifnrj 
 
 ns^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of tliis book is in 
 tine Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924021603208 
 
THE 
 
 IREEGULAK YERBS OF ATTIC PROSE, 
 
 THEIR FORMS, PROMINENT MEANINGS, 
 AND IMPORTANT COMPOUNDS; 
 
 TOGETHER WITH 
 
 LISTS OF RELATED WORDS AND ENGLISH 
 DERIVATIVES. 
 
 ADDISON HOGUE, 
 
 Peofbssor op Gbbbk in the TjHiirBiisiTy or Mississippi. 
 
 BOSTON, U.S.A.: 
 
 PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY. 
 
 1889. 
 
•^.6"y/ 
 
 COPTBIGHT, 1889, 
 
 By ADDISON HOGUB. 
 
 All Bights Resebtzd. 
 
 Ttpographt by J. S. CnsHiNG & Co., Boston, U.S.A. 
 
 Fbesswobe by Ginn & Co., Boston, U.S.A. 
 
TO MY UNCLE, 
 
 3£Ie&. M08Z8 19. I^op, ©,19., 3L3L.2B., 
 
 AS A TESTIMONIAL OF 
 
 Filial Honor, Gratitude, and Affection. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 In writing this book my aim has been to help students in the 
 two directions in which they find the greatest difficulty in Greek, 
 viz. the mastery of the forms and the acquisition of a vocabulary. 
 Under the head of the forms, the verb offers by far the greatest 
 difficulty. I have sought to make it easier in the following ways. 
 
 First, by giving a full treatment of the regular verbs at the 
 outset. Unless the learner has a clear idea of what is regular, he 
 cannot be expected to have a good grip on what is irregular. 
 Hence I have been careful to present the formation of pure, mute, 
 and liquid verbs as clearly and simply as I could. 
 
 Second, by limiting the forms almost entirely to the usage of 
 Attic Prose. Strict consistency in this was neither possible nor 
 desirable. But the line had to be drawn somewhere, and I chose 
 to draw it here ; and as forms and words occurring first in Aristotle 
 are marked unattic, it will be seen that the line is drawn rather 
 sharply. Still, any one who has the Attic forms well in hand will 
 have little trouble in recognizing or locating deviating forms. 
 
 Third, by giving the meanings of the verbs rather fully — so 
 fully, indeed, that I fear I shall seem to have encroached too much 
 upon the special sphere of the lexicon. But the meaning of a word 
 is its life, and I cannot think the space misappropriated which has 
 been given to showing the significations of the vei'bs; and of 
 course' the best way to do this was by giving examples. These 
 have all been translated, as otherwise they would fall far short of 
 serving their pui-pose. Only the more common meanings are given, 
 to serve as an outline to be filled in aftei-wards by reading. 
 
 As a help in acquiring a Vocabulary, important compounds 
 have been given, and also words of kindred or^in or meaning. 
 
VI PEBFACB. 
 
 These last are called Derivatives; and though this term is not 
 always scientifically accurate, inasmuch as it may happen that the 
 verb may itself be derived from a substantive or adjective placed 
 under it and called a Derivative, at the same time the expression 
 seemed to be exact enough for a work in which the main stream 
 consists only of the verbs, while the lists of words under them are 
 merely secondary streams, and would not be here at all except for 
 the reason that they are connected with the verbs either by the 
 channel of similar origin or similar signification. 
 
 la giving the Compounds, many have been omitted either as 
 requu-ing too much explanation, or as not having any one meaning 
 sufficiently prominent to justify its selection. 
 
 The English Derivatives I regard as being of capital importance 
 in several ways. There is hardly a surer peg on which to hang the 
 meaning of a Greek word than some word in our own tongue that 
 comes from it; and any one who knows the origin even of the 
 limited number given in this book knows with more or less accu- 
 racy the meanings of some five or six hundred Greek words. Then, 
 too, when everything about Greek paradigms is clean gone from 
 the memory, there will remain an intelligent understanding of 
 many of these English words, and an ability instantly to seize the 
 meaning of a great many more. It is hoped, too, that the addition 
 of these English derivatives will put a little life into the study of 
 Greek irregular verbs for many a student who cannot be induced 
 to see in them anything but the driest of dry bones. 
 
 It will be noticed that these words are almost exclusively such 
 as are directly transferred fi'om the Greek, while there are very 
 few of those that exemplify Grimm's Law, even such tempting 
 words as xapSCa, iraT^ip, impdv, being passed by without any hint 
 as to their English equivalents. Here, again, it was the ever- 
 recurring question of " drawing the line," and I drew it at these 
 words, because if I had entered upon this field I should even then 
 have had to draw an arbitrary and very wavering line inside of it, 
 or else should have had to go much further than suited my present 
 purpose, in the way of explaining the applications of this celebrated 
 law, and the real or apparent deviations from it. Hence I took 
 the easiest and safest course in the matter. 
 
PKEFACE. Vll 
 
 This sufficiently explains the aim and scope of this book. It is 
 not written for scholars, but for students, with the hope that they 
 may find in it much that they need, and find it in a form moi'e 
 accessible and more intelligible to them than it can possibly be in 
 the lexicons, seeing that these have to cover a vast territory not 
 touched upon here, and have to present their results in such com- 
 pact space and in such abbreviated form, that many a student loses 
 himself in trying to pick out what is good Attic from what is not. 
 
 Modest as this work is in its aim, and with no claim to origi- 
 nality other than in the arrangement of its materials, there were 
 yet many things that ofiered much difficulty, because even the best 
 of our grammars and lexicons leave so much to be desired in the 
 information they give us.^ This must be my apology, if any is 
 needed, for the constant recurrence of " seems " and " perhaps " in 
 stating the facts in regard to usage. When Passow, Liddell and 
 Scott, Veitch, and the Thesaurus all unite in giving only one 
 reference for a word, the natural inference is that the word or 
 form occurs only in this one place ; but the inference may be a 
 very mistaken one, as I have discovered in various instances. Von 
 Essen's Index Thucydideus is a veritable treasure to the investi- 
 gator ; and when we have similar works for the various Greek 
 authors, we shall be able to eliminate a great deal of the present 
 uncertainty. 
 
 When it is said that such or such a tense does not occur, or 
 seems not to occur, it is not always meant that no reference at all 
 is to be found for it ; it may only be meant that no reference is 
 given from the authors usually drawn upon. E.g. under d|i,(|>iev- 
 vvfu it is stated that no imperf. act. or mid. seems to occur. Yet 
 Veitch quotes an imperf. mid. from Heliodoros ; but, as his 
 "floruit" is about 400 a.d., I did not count him. Several other 
 examples of the imperf. mid. are quoted in the Thesaurus, but only 
 from very late sources. 
 
 Veitch's indispensable book, "Greek Verbs Irregular and De- 
 fective," has of course been my main reliance, and not a single 
 
 1 Some of these difficulties I presented in the Nation for August, 1887 
 (Number 1155), in an article with the title, Abovt Greek Lexicons. 
 
Vlll PREFACE. 
 
 verb has been treated without carefully studying what it presents. 
 For work such as this, Veitch is of far greater assistance than even 
 the Thesaurus, which suffers from a lamentable lack of anything 
 like a systematic presentation of the forms of the verbs. 
 
 The few statements in regard to Attic Inscriptions are taken 
 from Meisterhans's Grammatik der Attischen Inschriften, second 
 edition. 
 
 Mr. Rutherford's valuable book, " The New Phrynichus," came 
 into my hands only several weeks ago, and there are only two or 
 three places, I believe, in which I have modified my statements in 
 consequence of his teachings. One thing I have not modified, and 
 the point is important enough to be treated in some detail here, 
 because Mr. Rutherford devotes so much space to it, and is so 
 emphatic in his contradiction of all other authorities, which happen, 
 however, to be perfectly right. If any one thing about the verb 
 cl|i,i was considered certain, it was that its opt., infin., and part, 
 may be used either in a present or future sense. So Professor 
 Goodwin states on p. 6 of the Moods and Tenses, which Mr. Ruther- 
 ford quotes (p. Ill), calling it a "grave error." Mr. R. says: 
 " The future signification of etjii is known only in the present " 
 (which is a bad misprint for indicative), "and in Attic Greek the 
 same is true of all its compounds." On examining into the matter, 
 Kruger's index to his edition of the Anabasis furnishes several 
 examples that prove the position denied by Mr. Rutherford. In 
 Anab. 1, 3, 1, we find: ot crTpaTiwTat ovk e^curav Uvai rov irpdcrcii, 
 where the soldiers' words were necessarily o4k tjiev. — 2, 3, 29 : 
 j{^a us dird^tDV v)ids Kal aires airuiv. — 2, 6, 10 : cl (i^Woi rj <|>v\d|Eiv 
 TJ a(|>^|e(r6ai rj Uvoi. Other examples from the Anabasis might be 
 given, but as Mr. Rutherford is inclined to exclude Xenophon " as 
 hopelessly un- Attic " (p. 106), I tried Thucydides, for whom he 
 has great respect, with von Essen's Index, looking up only the 
 optatives and infinitives of the simple verb and its compounds. 
 Leaving out the instances in which the infin. depends on eXirC^o 
 (/3, 11, 31, Uvoi: £, 7, 4, liregUvai: ft, 21, 19, eXirCSa etxov («] 
 irpoWvoi) — or on \i.iKKa (Uvai in ^, 21, 11 ; 96, 14 : rj, 78, 5 ; 6, 23, 21 : 
 lirie'vai, 8, 125, 9 ; cf. near end of ch. 124, |<.^Xovtes •n'|«i.v, of these 
 same Illyrians : gvvi4vai, S, 94, 32 : e, 69, 4) ; and also leaviifg out 
 of consideration several passages in which either view might be 
 
PEEFACB. IX 
 
 held, Uvoi is a clear future in f, 23, 29 ; dirUvai in S, 98, 8, and 
 e, 7, 11 : lirUvai in 8, 73, 1. But specially interesting is f, 49, 29 ; 
 Tois T6 ciWovs — Kal IkcCvois o« 5''I''H'''''X^'''"''' '"''^ cri]>Co"i irpoir- 
 ilvai, Kal o4 8ia|j.E\\'/io-eiv, k.t.X. — with which those who have 
 not lost all faith in Xenophon as a writer of fairly good Attic may 
 like to compare Hellen. 3, 4, 11 : irpoetirev "AYHcriXoLcp ir6X.«|j.ov, tl 
 (IT] airCoi Ik Tijs 'A<rtos. — and 5, 1, 34 : irpoeiirs toIs |mv, «t iii) 6k- 
 ire|x<|/oicv Tovs 'ApY«Cotis, rots Si, ct \i.t\ dirCoicv Ik ttis KopCvSou, on 
 ir6\€|iov l^oCo-ci. irpds owovs. Further search would no doubt bring 
 to light many other examples ; but these are surely sufficient to 
 offset the solitary instance in Attic prose (iXci(r£<r6ai, Lys. 22, 11 
 — not 22, 13, as Mr. R. gives it), on which the able author of The 
 New Phrynichus builds his theory. 
 
 In spite of all my efforts to make the work accurate, I feel sure 
 that errors and oversights will be found in it. Notices of mistakes 
 wiU be gladly received and gratefully acknowledged. 
 
 ADDISON HOGUE. 
 Oxford, Mississippi, 
 Feb., 1889. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Part I. — How to give the Principal Parts 
 OF Regular Verbs. 
 
 VOWEL STEMS. 
 
 A. Stem TTnchanged. paos 
 
 a. The Reduplication has the Initial Consonant of the Verb 4 
 
 b. A Rough Mute reduplicates with its own Smooth .... 4 
 
 c. An Initial Vowel is len'gthened, so that the Aorists and 
 
 Perfects begin alike 4 
 
 d. Verbs beginning with Two Consonants (other than a Mute 
 
 followed by a Liquid) have only < in the Perfects ... 4 
 
 B. Contract Verbs. 
 
 1. -ou, -ijo'iii, -T)ora, -t|Ka, -T||iai, i]6i)v 6 
 
 2. -au, -aura, -do-a, -dxa, -ojjiai, -a6t)v 6 
 
 3. -£», -ifira), -Ti<ra, -T)Ka, -T)|i.ai, -r{flr|V 6 
 
 4. -doi, -uo-u, -oio-a, -uKa, -ufiai, -uOt)V 8 
 
 CONSONANT STEMS. 
 A. Mute Stems. 
 
 1. Stems in K, 7, X ^ 
 
 u. Verb Stem and Present Stem the Same .9 
 
 6. Verbs in -ttoi or tra-a 9 
 
 2. Stems in w, P, <)> 9 
 
 a. Verb Stem and Present Stem the Same 9 
 
 6. Verbs in -irra 10 
 
 3. Stems in t, S, 6 10 
 
 a. Verb Stem and Present Stem the Same 10 
 
 6. Verbs in -J« 10 
 
 (1) Verbs in -aj«, -tOfa, -oJtu 10 
 
 (2) Verbs in -l|<» of more than two syllables hare -lu 
 
 and -lovfiai in futures 12 
 
XU CONTENTS. 
 
 B. Liquid Stems. page 
 
 I. Formation of Future and Aorist in Active and Middle . 14 
 
 II. Perfect Active and Middle 16 
 
 Paet II. — Alphabetical List op Ibeegulae 
 
 Veebs 21 
 
 Indices 215 
 
PART I. 
 
 EEGULAE YEEBS. 
 
Paet I. 
 
 REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Any student will readily admit that before undertaking the 
 irregular verbs, he ought to understand clearly how to form the 
 tenses of those that are regular. Accordingly, the aim of these 
 preliminary pages (Part I.) is to show simply, clearly, and fully, 
 how to handle any regular verb that may be presented ; and then, 
 when an irregular verb is learned, the student should know what 
 forms are irregular and what it is that makes them so. 
 
 Six forms are usually required to give the Principal Parts of a. 
 Greek verb : pres. fut. aor. and perf. active ; and perf. and aor. 
 passive. If the verb lacks the active forms, but has an active 
 meaning, it is a Deponent verb, for which only four forms are 
 required, pres. fut. aor. and perf. The pres. and perf. have the 
 same form for middle and passive. The fut. of a deponent verb is 
 almost always in the middle. The main thing, then, to be found 
 out in regard to every deponent verb is the voice that the aorist is in. 
 Usually it is in the middle, and the verb is said to be a Middle 
 Deponent (D.M.). If the aorist is in the passive, the verb is a 
 Passive Deponent (D.P.). AU passive deponents wUl be carefully 
 marked D.P. 
 
 Vowel Stems. 
 
 A. Stem Unchanged. 
 
 The simplest verbs are those in which the stem (or rteme, as it 
 is also called) remains unchanged throughout. E.g. PovXcvu, plan, 
 deliberate, PouXcva-u, ipovXevo-a, PcPoiXcvKa, p«PovXev|iai, cPouXcv9i)v. 
 The mid. = take counsel for one's self, and the forms are : PovXevo- 
 |jiai, ^vXcio-ofiai, tPouXeuo-d|XT|v, PEPouXcv|j[,ai,. Its compounds (rv|i/- 
 PovXeiiu, advise (tivC), and liriPovXevu, plot against (tivJ), have, as 
 
4 EBGTJLAE VERBS. 
 
 their principal pai'ts : <nj(i.pot)\ei)<i), <n)|iPoT)\«v<rii), o-uvePoiXeuiro, 
 crv|iPePov\EvKa, o^|i.pEPovXev|i.ai, o-uvcPodXevOiiv. eiriPovXevw, eiri- 
 
 PovKdtra, iirePoikiva-a, liriPtpovXevKa, liriPePovX.€U|iai, lirePouXtiBriv. 
 
 Of iravci), cause to stop, the forms are : iraiu, iravo-u, i'lrauo-a, 
 ■ir^iravKa, ir^iravfiai, iiraiSriv. The mid. = Stop, cease (intrans.) : 
 iraionai, •n-avropiai., 4irav<rd|i,t]v, ir^irauiJiai. From iravcris, "irouo-eus, 
 a cessation, we get Pause. 
 
 The following verbs are given for practice, to show various 
 forms of augment and reduplication. 
 
 a. The reduplication will have the verb's initial con- 
 sonant. 
 
 \ia, loosen, destroy, \i\vKa, -(lai. — yeio\kai, taste, .M. (hence 
 i7Ev(rd|j.i|v, I tasted), Y^YCviiai. — iropevopiai, proceed, march, D.P. 
 (hence liropcv8T)v, / marched), intr6piv\t,a\,. — kuXvu, hinder. — |i.t]VV(o, 
 inform. — KoXaKtvu, flatter. — ro^iiut, shoot (t6Jov, a bow, T6j£V)ia, 
 arrow). — iraiScvu, educate. 
 
 b. A rough mute (9, 4), x) reduplicates -with its own smooth. 
 9i)pEV(ii, hunt, TcS'fjpevKa, -ptoi. — Scpaircvu, nurse, pay court to, reOepA- 
 iTEVKa, -|i,ai. — ^oveia, murder, 'ir6<|)6v€UKa, -(lai. — ij>iPTev<ii, plant. — 
 Xopcvo), dance, i«x<ipcvKa. 
 
 c. An initial vowel is lengthened, so that the aorists and 
 perfects begin alike. 
 
 'iKertia, entreat, 'iKtreia-a, 'iK^Tcvo-a, -Ktt, -jJitti, 'lK«T6i9T]v. Thus, 
 a and t would lengthen into i], o into o, oi to u, oi to a, etc. 
 ci usually unaugmented. 
 
 d. Verbs beginning with two consonants other than a 
 mute, followed by a liquid, have only e in the perfects. 
 
 )i,vt|(rTcv(i>, woo, court, k^v'(\<rT(vira, Ip.v'^o-TcvKa, -(itti, ([ivr\<rT(iir\v . 
 The aorists of course drop the t outside of the indie, while the 
 perfects retain it in all the moods, so that the infinitives will be 
 |i.VT](rT«iiiroi and |ivi)o-TEu9{)vai ; but l|j.vT)(rTevK^vat and l|j.VT|(rTeiPcr9ai. — 
 |iVT|)iov€<i«), remember (Mnemonic, something to remember by). — 
 o-TpttTeica, serve in the army, take the field, lo-Tpdreuo-o, -Ka; but 
 <rTpaT£va-as, lo-TpareiiKiiB. In the same sense the mid. o-rpaTcvoiiai, 
 -iro)iai, 4(rTpaTcv(rdp,t)v, eo-TpilTev)i.ai (l(rTpaTevo'9ai). [Aor. pass, of 
 this verb is un attic] 
 
VOWEL STEMS. O 
 
 B. Verbs that Contract {-am, -e'o), -dco). 
 
 Next in point of simplicity are the numerous verbs in -du, -ia, 
 •6a, which contract in the pres. and impf. Outside of these two 
 tenses the vowels are lengthened ; a to t|, unless it is preceded by 
 f, I, or p, in which case it becomes d; « to tj; o to do. E.g. 
 
 Tl)idci>, honor, Tl\ii[<r<a, eTtimo-o, TeTf|j,i]Ka, TeTi|jLT||i.ai, Iti)i,^St]v. — 
 dvidu, vex, dvtaa-u, i]VLd(ra, i^vidKa, ijvid)ii.ai., i]via6T|V. — <|>i,X4(d, love 
 (<|>CX.os, friend), ^iM\<ra, l<|>C\T|(ra, ir€(t>C\i^Ka, ire4>C\T]|iai, l(|>i,X^6i]v. — 
 Si]\6u, manifest, SigXcio-u, ISTJXaxra, ScS'fjXuKa, SeS^Xuiiai., cST|X<i6T]v. 
 
 Remarks, a. As both a and « are lengthened into t), of course 
 
 the 1) that appears before the endings -o-u, -o-a, -Ka, -noi, and -9t]v, 
 
 may have come from a verb in -dm or from one in -(a. But notice 
 
 that forms such as ikii]<ra, I shall pity, ^•ir6pr|o-a, I was at a loss, 
 
 «riKcxcCpT)Ka, / have attempted, must come from verbs in -ta, miless 
 
 they are irregular ; for after the c and p the forms would have been 
 ^ _ - 
 -ao'o), -ao*a, -axa. 
 
 6. The failure to conform to the above rules makes a verb 
 irregular, and any such verb has to be given in lists of irreg. verbs. 
 E.g. ai aXpia, take, capture, the forms alp^o-oi, 'gpr|Ka, aip<)(ro|jLai 
 (/ shall choose), ript^iLax (/ have chosen or I have been chosen), are 
 reg. ; but the aor. pass, is Tipe9i]v (/ was chosen), and this tense is 
 therefore irreg., and consequently the fut. pass, is irreg. also, 
 atp£6^o-o|iai {I shall be chosen). So, of koX^oi, call, the aor. cKoXco-a 
 is irreg., and so is t^^oo-o, / laughed, from 7EXdii). 
 
 c. In naming contract verbs it is usual to give the open (i.e. un- 
 contracted) form, so as to know what the final vowel is ; for if we 
 give the contracted form, e.g. OupS, it does not show whether the 
 final vowel of the stem is o, t, or o. The student must remember, 
 though, that the contracted forms are the only ones in actual use 
 in Attic (ireek, except in the case of a one-syllable stem ending 
 with f, as in irXe'w, sail, Slo|iai, ask, beg; for then no forms contract 
 unless €« or eci come together ; both of these combinations contract 
 into 61, but the other forms remain open , and compound verbs 
 follow the simple verbs in this respect. Hence, though we say 
 i^iXu, ■|>iXov)iEV, we say diroirXeu (7 sail off_), diroirX&iwv, but diro- 
 irXcis and diroirXtiTs, like (|»'^6is and ijiiXciTc. 
 
6 REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 1. -ao), -■^cro}, -rjaa, -fjKa, -qimi., --qB-qv. 
 
 aYairdu, love. — Sairavioi, spend. — ^loiroTdw, deceive. — IpcaTOH), 
 aslc. — vlKdo), conquer. — irXavoLw, cause to imnder, lead astray (ire- 
 irXttvTiKO, as the initial consonants are a mute followed by a liquid). 
 ■ir\avdo|iat, am led astray, wander, D.P. [irXdvT)S, ttUvtitos, wanderer; 
 oo-T«p«s ir\dvriT€s, wandering Staks, Planets]. — o-iXdw, rob.— 
 n\ivT&a, die (of course no pass, in this sense) — TiTTdoiiai,, be 
 worsted, defeated, [ti'ttcdv, worse, comparative of kukos, bad. •^tto, 
 defeat."] 
 
 2. -ao), -d(70>, -aa-a, -a.Ka, -a/mi, -aOrjv. 
 
 ei)pd<i), hunt (=8iip6vi<i)), 9T|pdo-o), IS^pdo-a, n6'f\po.Ka,, rcB'fipdii.ai, 
 ier|paeT)V. — ireipdw, try, usually depon. ireipdo|iai, ireip&(ro|iai, lireipdr 
 (rd)iT)v or lirEipdflriv (both = / tried), ir€ir€{pd|ioi.. — olridoiioi, accuse, 
 atTi.diro|xai, ijTidcrd|i,t)V, / accused, ■gTioflriv, I was accused, i]T(dp.tti, 
 / have accused, or / have been accused. — 6£da|iai, view, D.M. Verba | 
 do not cont ra ct doubly , and so, after a contracts with its succeeding 
 vowel, 6cu|j,ai., Oeo, etc., there is no further contraction of t with the 
 vowel that succeeds it. — 'idonoi, cure, heal ('ioTp6s, physician), 
 "id(rd|iiiv, / cured,'iiaJir[v, I was cured (pf. is reg. but unattic). See 
 under dK^o)i,ai, Part 11. 
 
 3. -€0), -lytro), -ria-a, -rjKa, -rilMi, -ijOrjv. 
 
 dSiK^o), treat unjustly, dSiK'/jo-M, ii8CKTi<ra, -Ka, -|iai, i]Sik^6t|v. — 
 alT^u, ask for, alr^o-u, Tirn]tra, -Ka, -|j.oi, xiT'f\it\v. The aorists in the 
 infin. are alTfjo-oi and atTTi8Tivai ; the perf. infin. ^tiik^voi and 
 ■(JTrio-floi. So, diraiWo), ask to have a thing back (dir6). — diieX^u, 
 neglect (tiv6s).-' — i.Tra\ia, threaten (rivi).^ — dirio-T^u, disbelieve 
 (Tivt). — dpi6|j,^<D, count (hence. Arithmetic). — PaT|S4u, assist (nvC). 
 Pass, of this verb is rare. — Swo-tdx^u, be unfortunate, iiiv(rT6\i\Ta, 
 SE8vcrTvxt]Ka. — IXdw, i\(a, pity ; (but the ( after \ does not con- 
 tract; hence IXuts, eXtet, etc., must not be shortened into two 
 syllables) : k\ef\<ra, rf^r\tra, -Ka, etc. — i-^\apia, take in hand (iv and 
 X«fp), ev£X''P1<''*> eY'"X«'PT*'"- — lirixeip^w, lay hand to, attempt, 
 
 1 Tivo's or TivC added to verbs in this way means that they take the 
 gen. (tivo's) or dat. (tivQ, respectively. 
 
VOWEL STEMS. 7 
 
 iirex^'p'no'a') JwiKexs'p'HKO" — eiepYCT^oi, do good to, benefit, titpyirqa-a., 
 -Ko, etc., or eit]p-Y^Ti)iro, -Ka, etc. — ttyria, look for, seek, perfects 
 l£^n)Ka, -(jLtti, as verbs beginning with %, |, or <|;, have only e as the 
 increment in perf. — Jdiyp^u, capture alive. — Oapp^u, be courageous, 
 Te6dppT|Ka. The word is also written Sapo-^u. 
 
 KaTT|7op^(i>, accuse (tiv6s), was considered a comp. verb, so that 
 the augment falls on t) and leaves it unchanged : Ka'n|'ydpT|a-a, -ko, 
 -(loi, etc. (KOT^JYopos, accuser. Kanj'yopCd, accusation. Later, the 
 word meant Category) . — Kiv^u, move. — koo-ii^u, adorn (Cos- 
 metic). — Kpar^iD, have the mastery, rule, overpower, K€KpdTT|Ka, -(loi; 
 the two consonants are a mute followed by a liquid. Democrat, 
 Autocrat, Aristocrat, are all from this word, (o 8f)|tos, people; 
 atirds, self; oi apio-roi, the best.') 
 
 \virio, grieve, pain. — ixaprvp^u, testify ((idprvs, |i,dpTupos, toitness. 
 Martyr). — |iio^a>, hate (to \iXa-09, hatred. Misanthrope. Mis- 
 ogynist, a hater of women, ■yw^). — voa-ia, have a disease (rj vJo-os, 
 disease), be sick, vevoo-iiKa. — oIk^u, live, dwell (oIkIo, house) ; inhabit. 
 Its comp. SioiK^u = administer, manage (a city or government) ; 
 Sii>>KT|<ra, -Ka, -fiat, Sii{>k^6t|V : SioiK^cras and Sioikt|6e(s ; but SiuKT|Kcis 
 and 8i<^Ki)|x^vos. Fi-om SioCKT|<ris comes Diocese, the sphere or extent 
 of a bishop's administration. — otKoSo|j.4u, build; dvoi.KoSo)U(ii, build 
 up, rebuild, dvioK- in the aorists and perfects. olKoSop.^u is also 
 used in the middle ; uKo8o|iT](rd|ii)v, / built ; aor. pass. = was built, 
 — 0)10X07^(1), admit, acknowledge, u|toX6-yT)<ra, -ko, etc. — iroUoi, do, 
 make; also frequent in middle (D.M.). — voKi^a, make war (nvt, 
 upon any one). — iroXiopK^oi, besiege. — pi;f,6u|ji^o), be paSvpios, i.e. idle, 
 lazy; lpp(}6vfj.T|a-o, -ko. Compounded with Kurd, the initial p must 
 be doubled ; KOTapp^6v|Uu, KaTepp9^8v|ii)o-o, -ko. 
 
 o~rpoTr|7^<o, be a general (o-TpaTi)76s), lo-TpoT^7T]Ka. — Ti|ta>pie), 
 avenge (rivC) : the mid. Ti|ia)pov)jiai takes the accus. case, and = take 
 vengeance on, punish. The pass, is a pass, of the middle meaning, 
 and so means be punished (rlfi,a(n\df[vai) ; it does not seem to mean 
 be avenged. TETl|uipT])i.ai = 1 have taken vengeance on (rivd) , or, 1 
 have been visited with vengeance, have been punished. [Does it ever 
 mean, I have been avenged ?] The verbal Ti(i«pTiTfov may mean : 
 Set ri|i.<apEtv, one must avenge (<|>CXu, a friend) : 
 
 or, Set Tl|ui>peto-6oi (rtpiUp^craa-Sai), one must take vengeance on, 
 punish (Ix9p6v, an enemy) : 
 
b EBGULAE VERBS. 
 
 or, 8ci Tl)Ui>p£t<r6ai. (Ti|i.o)pt)6f|vtti), one must be punished. 
 
 v[i.via (d i'livos, Hymn), celebrate in song,°v]i.vi\<ra,, -Ka, -noi, etc. 
 — ^o^a, frighten. Pass, ^o^ov^i, be fiHghtened, fear. D.P. 9iivaTov 
 c|>oPii6f)vai, to fear death. — KaTa<|)pov^(i), despise (rivis), is reg. 
 throughout, while ^povia, be minded (]i.iya <i>pov«tv, to be high minded), 
 is rare outside of the active. — iai|>£\cii), assist (nvd), begins with a 
 long vowel, and so takes no increment in aor. or perf . ; ui)>c'\i)(ra, 
 -Ka, -(I.OI, u<|>E\'fi6r|v. The fut. mid. u(|>e\'/j(ro|iai has pass, sense. 
 
 4. -0(0, -tiXTW, -loaa, -oiKa, -iajx.ai, -laOrp/. 
 
 &|idu, deem any one (rivd.) worthy (tiv6s, of something), a,t,\,iiera, 
 ^|Cuo-a, 'qlCuKa, 'q|Ciii|jiai., i]|i(S6i]v. — SovX.6ii), enslave (SovXos, slave). 
 In same meaning KarctSoiiXiSu, or more commonly as deponent 
 middle, KaTaSauXov|jiai, : KaraScSovXioixai, / have enslaved or / have 
 been enslaved. — eprjuici), make desolate (cpi]|j.os, desolate) . — eXEuSepdu, 
 ■liberate (^iXeidepoi, free). — lr\K6a, emulate, envy. 6 ^liXos, emulation. 
 Zeal. — £r||j.i6(i>, damage, punish, fine. — |jiairTl'y6<i), flog, whip. — 
 jiio-Odto, hire, i.e. hire anything to any one, as : eaurov 4>iX(irir(j) 
 >to-6(So-as, having hired himself to Philip. The mid. |j.i.a-6ov|<,ai (D.M.) 
 = hire anything from any one, as : SovXov irop' l\u>v \i.urBa<raii(vos, 
 having hired a slave from me. [iio-Bds, hire, wages. (iio-SuTds, hire- 
 ling. — 6[ioi6ti>, make similar (o'lioios, similar) . — irXrjpda), fill ; dva- 
 irXripdo), fll up. — crTE<|>av6u, crown (d <rTe'4>avos, crown, garland. 
 ^Stephen) . 
 
 Consonant Stems. 
 a.-mute stems. b.-liquid stems. 
 
 A. 
 
 Mute stems of course divide themselves into three classes : 
 «. Yi X ; T> P. ^ ; T, 8, e. They present no diflBculty to one familiar 
 with euphonic changes. Remember (1) that whatever is true for 
 any one mute in a class is true for the other two mutes of the same 
 class, so that a verb with stem ending in k answers perfectly as a 
 model for one with stem ending in y or x- — and (2) that the pf . 
 act. of guttural (k, -y, x) and labial (ir, p, ^) stems does not end in 
 -Ka as in vowel stems, but in -xo and -i)>a respectively. But lingual 
 
CONSONANT STEMS. » 
 
 stems end in -Ka, the t, 8, or being dropped. Thus, pf. act. of 
 SuGko), pursue, is ScSCwxa ; of rpifia, rub, is Tirfii^a. ; of ireC9<i), per- 
 suade, irivtlKO,. 
 
 1. Stems in k, y, x- 
 
 a. The verb stem and the present stem are the same. 
 
 Most of these verbs, e.g. SiciKo, pursue, irX^xca, plait, 07(11, lead, 
 etc., are more or less irreg., and so will appear later on in their 
 proper places. apx<'> begin, rule, will serve as a model : apxu, 
 ap$o>, ■npSo, [fpx«]j 'IP'Vlf'Oi. ■nPX^T'' Mid. ie^m: apxo|i,ai, apSo|i,ai, 
 ^p$d)iir|v, iipviiai, / have begun (it seems not to mean / have been 
 ruled). Pf. ^px" is "late," i.e. not fomid in the Attic authors. 
 Verbal, dpKT^ov, one must begin, or one must rule. So, S^x°l'^°'i'> 
 accept, receive, S{$o|iai, ISc$d|M)V, 8^S(7|iiai. — f|>8iYY0|i.ai, utter, ^9ly- 
 |o|iai, I^6e7|d|ii)v, cij>6e7|iai (one y dropped before p., but E(f>6c7$ai, 
 4'(|>9c7KTai, etc.). o <j>9<i77os, sound; Diphthong, two sounds. 
 
 b. Under this head come the verbs in -ttu or -tro-u, such as 
 Kt[pvTra, proclaim (stem KTjpvK-), irpoTTw, do (stem irpd7-), rapdrroi, 
 disturb (stem ropox-). <|>«X.dTT(ii, guard (stem i|>v\aK-). Unless the 
 verb has a 2nd pf. (as ■irfirpd7o, from irpoTTw), or a 2nd aor. pass, 
 (as TjWdyijv, from dXXdmi), exchange), the forms will be alike, no 
 matter whether the stem ends in k, 7, or x- Thus : KtipvrTu, 
 KT|pv|a), lidipvSo, KCK'fjpvxch K€K^pii7p.ot, Ikt)pux8t|V. So, irpoTTW, irpa|(a, 
 cirpd|a, iriirpdxct (and also 2nd pf. ir^irpo7a, intrans.), 'n^irpd7p.ai, 
 lirpax6T)V. Infinitives, leparruv, irpa^av, irpdfai, ircirpdx^vai (and 
 -7ivai), iTEirpdxSai) irpdxOiivai. — Topdrrw seems to have no pf. act. 
 in Attic authors; its other forms are reg. ; the aor. inf. rapd^ai 
 shows that the penult is short. 
 
 Nearly all of these verbs likewise (see a above) have some claim 
 to a place among the irreg. verbs. 
 
 2. Stems in ir, 13, <^. 
 
 a. The verb stem and the present stem are the same. 
 
 rpi^a, rub, will show the euphonic changes, viz. rpitliu, cTpli|(a, 
 T^Tpt<jio, TCTplp,|xai (inf. T«Tpi(|)8oi), lTpt^9r\v, though 2nd aor. Irptpriv 
 is much more commonly used than 4Tpf<|>flTiv. In irifma, send, the 
 pf . act. is irreg. in having for c ; other forms reg. ; hence ir^|t<|ru, 
 cirE|i,\|/a, ir^iro|i(|ia, ir^ir6|i.|x(u, EirE|»)>6i)v. Notice that the pf. pass. 
 
10 REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 irlwtiiiiai, is entitled to three (t's ; one belongs to the ending -(lai ; 
 one is in the stem already (ir€|iir-) ; and the it changes to p. before 
 -|jiai. But " two are company, and three is a crowd," so one |i is 
 left out. 
 
 b. Many labial stems appear in the present in the form -tttw, 
 from which, of course, the final letter of the stem cannot be known. 
 But as the euphonic changes are the same, no matter whether the 
 final letter is ir, p, or ^, it is not necessary to know which of the 
 three mutes we are dealing with, provided the verb is reg. Not 
 one of these verbs, however, seems, in Attic Greek, at least, to be 
 both reg. and complete; airrw, fasten, kindle, and KaKinrra, cover, 
 are reg., but lack the pf. act. [KoXiirTw has a pf. act. in late writers]. 
 The forms of <niv&,wria, fasten together, are o-uvoi.<|»<i>, <rvvf|\|(o, [^jvv7i(j>a 
 would be the form], (rvvii)i)i.ai ((ruvTJ+ai, o-wfi'irTtti, <r«viii|>9ov, etc.),. 
 (r\iv<i<|>6i)v. Aor. inf. act. <rwvA)|/ai (.•. o). 
 
 3. Stems in t, 8, 0. 
 
 a. The verb stem and the present stem are the same. 
 
 TlMa, persuade (rivd), tnla-a, eirewro, ir^ireiKo, irfircio-iiai, iirc(<rBT|v. 
 That is, the lingual mute is dropped before -o-w, -o-o, -ko, and 
 changed to <r before -(loi and -8t)v. So, <|iev8o|jiai, lie, tell a false- 
 hood, i|/Eii(ro|i.ai, «i|/cuo-d|i,T)v, ci|reti(r|iai (inf. li|(£V(r6ai) . The act. i|;cv8(i) 
 is rarely used, and pf. act. is lacking ; aor.^ pass. Ii|/(i(r6i)v, I was 
 deceived. ci|/cv(r)iai may be pass, or mid. in sense. 
 
 b. Under this head fall the numerous verbs in -^cu, most of which 
 have a stem that ends in 8. The euphonic changes are of course 
 the same as those of ireCBw, and only this is to be carefully noted, 
 that verbs in -lla of more than tviro syllables have -lu in fut. 
 act. and -lovpLai in fut. mid., because they take e in place of o-, 
 and then contract. These futures are called Attic futures, though 
 they are not confined to this dialect. 
 
 Note. The a and i of the endings -dja and -CJw is almost in- 
 variably short. 
 
 (1) Verbs in -d^io, -«'fo), -otfcu. 
 
 dvaYKd^oi, compel (rtva iroieiv ti, any one to do anything), avayKao-o, 
 ^vdvKao-a, i]vdYKaKa, i^vdYKacriiai, i|va7Kd(r6T)v. — dyd^Ki), necessity 
 (nom. pi. dvdYKat). dvaYKalos, necessary. 
 
CONSONANT STEMS. 11 
 
 a.8poCt<i>> assemble, collect, d6poC(r(ii, TJOpoio-a, TJSpoiKa, TJ6poi,(r|jiai, 
 i^Spolo-Sriv. This is not a verb in -&,a, for the i unites with o to 
 form one syllable. — d6p6os, d9p6d, dSpoov = close together, as : 
 iroXXal K<op,ai d6p6ai, many villages close together. 
 
 dTi)i.d|(D, dishonor. — PidJo|i,ai., force, compel, ^idcraiJiai, ipia<rd|M)V 
 (= 'qvd-yKao-a) , PcpCao-iiai (= '^vd^KaKa or 'qvd'yKao'ii.ai, / have com- 
 pelled, or / have been compelled). ^Cd, force, violence ; ^Caios, forcible, 
 violent (ptaios Bdvaros, a violent death). 4pid(r9r|v is always pass. 
 
 7U|i,vd£(i), exercise, train, -fv^vo^, naked, stripped. The Greek 
 boys used to practice in the gymnasiums naked, ■yuiivdo-iov, Gym- 
 nasium ; -Yuiivao-TiKds [Gymnastic] , fond of (or skilled in) exer- 
 cising; yv\>,v6a, strip, make bare. 
 
 SavE(|a>, to lend (on interest, heX tokij) ; mid. = borrow. Saveurai, 
 then, = to lend; SoveCo-oo-flai = !o borrow; while Saveio-Sfjvai may 
 mean to have been lent, or to have been borrowed. 8ESavei<r6at may 
 have three meanings, to have borrowed (pf. of SaveC^oiiai.) or to have 
 been lent (pass, of SaveC^u), or to have been borrowed (pass, of 
 Sav£C£o|iai) . — SdvEi<r|i.a, a loan. 
 
 SiKd^oi, Judge, decide ; (pf. act. not classic). Mid. SiKd^ofiai., go 
 to law with (tivC). SCki) (pi. SCKai), a law-suit; a trial; a penalty 
 resulting from a law-suit or trial. SiKao-r'^s, a juror; a dvSpes 
 SiKao-raC, Gentlemen of the jury. SiKao-nfipi.ov, place of trial, court- 
 house. — SoKiiid^u, approve (on trial or examination) ; diroSoKifjidJu, 
 reject. 
 
 l|cTd^oi, investigate, examine, i^roura, -ko, -(r|xai, etc. dxpiPus 
 toSt i^eTiur9i\a-erai, these matters shall be accurately investigated. 
 I^^TOo-is, examination, investigation; as a military term, a review 
 (tSv iinreciiv, of the cavalry). — cToip.d£(i>, make ready; in mid. make 
 ready for one's self. eTotjios, or ctoiiios, ready ; cToifids Elp,i eXSetv, 
 I'm ready to go. 
 
 ijoTixaJoi, be quiet, at rest, has only pres. imperf. fut. and aor. act. 
 ifoTtxos (or ijo-uxios), quiet. ■i\ini\ia, quiet, stillness. 
 
 dvoiid^oi, name, d'vopia, a name, ovoiiao-rt, by name. ovofuurTO^, 
 renowned, famous. dviivv|i.os, -ov, nameless, unrenowned, hence 
 Anonymous. From awdwixos (unattic) comes Synonymous, alike 
 in meaning. Eponymous (from eiriiv»ifios) = bestowing a name upon 
 (lirC). At Athens the Archon Eponymous (d apxuv 4ir(&vu|i.os) was 
 the one after whom the year was named, as a convenience in giving 
 
12 VERBS I3Sr -d^co AND -l^a). 
 
 dates. Eponymous Heroes were those who gave their names to 
 guilds, localities, etc. E.g. Asklepios ('A(rK\T]iri6s, Lat. Aescu- 
 lapius) was the Eponymous hero of the guild of physicians. 
 METOmrMY (fieravviila, unattic), change of name (lierd in comp. fre- 
 quently denotes change), change of meaning ; a term in'Rhetoric. 
 
 a-KtvaXfa, fit out, equip, lacks the pf . act. It is most frequent in 
 comp. as ena-KtvaXfi), repair, mend. 4iriirKev<i, u repairing, mending. 
 Especially frequent are irapoo-KeDdlco, prepare, or irapao-Keud^o|i.ai, 
 prepare for one's self, and irapao-Keu'^, preparation, dirapdo-Kcvos, ov, 
 unprepared. Karaa-Kcvd^u also means prepare, but is not as 
 common a word as the other. [Time, has impiuiKeva.Cii about 164 
 
 times ; KaTa<TKevi(u 10 times : Trapa<rxcvfi about 104 times ; KaraaKev^ 
 
 13 times.] <nnrKevd£o|i,ai, (mid. more usual than active), put one's 
 equipments or outft together, i.e. pack up one's baggage, etc. : 
 o-vvE<rK£ua(r|j.4vos cts to dirUvai, packed up for departure. 
 
 (2) Verbs in -l^o,. 
 
 d-yuvC^ofiai, engage in a struggle or contest (oyAv), d'yuviovp.ai, 
 ^YiDvi<rdpii]v, i|Y<ivia-|iai. — d'yoivK, Agony, a struggle with pain, as 
 it were. avTa7<DvC£o|iai, contend against (tivC) ; dvTtt7<ovt<rT^s, 
 Antagonist. 
 
 KO)i(£(i), carry, convey, ko|uu, eKdiJiura, KCKbpiiKa, KEK6)i,io-fi,ai, Iko- 
 [ito-Otiv. Mid. get for one's self, get back, recover: KO|i,(£op,ai, 
 KO|jiiov|jLai, lKO)iiird|j,i)v, KEK6)jiio-|i.ai. — ko|ji,iS^, a bringing in, gather- 
 ing (toO Kapirov, of the crop), for which <ruYKO|i.i.S^ is also used. — 
 hi,a.KOf.l'C,ut = convey across, transfer. SiaKojuS^, a transfer (o-rpo- 
 TWDTuv, of troops). 
 
 Xo'yCJoii.ai, calculate, compute, consider, reason, Xo-yiovpiai, 4\o7io-d)i,T|v, 
 XcXd-yio-iiai (as mid. or pass.), IXo'yto-Onv. — lirto-Tairai \oY(£(o-6ai ; do 
 you know how to count? i|i^<)><"'S Xo^yCo-ao-Bai, to compute with 
 pebbles. [Engl, calculate is from Lat. calculus, pebble = ij <|ffj<|>o$.] 
 diro XEipds Xd-yio-tti, make an off-hand calculation. \ofi.tr^%, cal- 
 culation, etc. ToB dXT]8oi$ Xo^io-iiiov rvYxdveiv ( dfiaprdvEiv), to hit 
 (miss) the true computation. Xoyik6s, having the faculty of reason- 
 ing ; ij XoyiK^ (sc. tl\\n\), the art of reasoning, Logic. 
 
 vof.V(ja, think, voy.\.ia, etc. Notice the three common aorists that 
 mean 1 thought: cv6[i,i(ra, iiYna-diiTiv, 4'h^t\v; •\yia^ai being D.M. and 
 ol|ioi D.P. ^- 
 
VEEBS IN -i'^d). 13 
 
 dvEiSlJo), reproach, (tivC), ov£iSi&, uvEfSura, uveCSiKa (pf. pass, lack- 
 iilg; aor. pass. late). to oveiSos, reproach. liroveCSio-Tos, ov, 
 bringing reproach upon, shameful: eirovECSio-ras tifi\vi\, an igno- 
 minious peace. [A compound adj. ; hence the fern, has no sepa- 
 rate form.] 
 
 oir\C£(D, arm, lacks fut. and pf . act. (in Attic) ; but mrXiira, 
 uirXi(r)i.ai, and wttXCo-Btiv are frequent. tcI oirXa, arms, weapons. 
 <)ir\tTr|s, hoplite, heavy-armed soldier. aoirXos, ov, or avoirXos, ov, 
 unarmed. iravoirXCd, full armor. Panoply. 
 
 op7C£o|i.ai,, he angry, enraged (tivC), dp7iov|j.ai, up-yio-Si^v, upYio-iiai. 
 cJp'yJo-OTiv = / became enraged. o4k dp^CJeo-Be, you are not angry. 
 ovK dp7C£ea-6e ; are you not angry f |iii dp7(£ca-6e ; you are not 
 angry, are you ? \a\ opylXfirSe, do not be angry. (iii dp7io-6'iiTC, 
 do not become enraged. — dp7'/i, anger, rage. 
 
 dp(£o, set a limit or bound, define, determine, reg. in all three 
 voices, d dpos, or to opiov, boundary, limit (Lat. finis). [Notice 
 opuv, of boundaries ; dpuv, of mountains, from to dpos ; dpuv, seeing, 
 from opdo).] ol d)i.opoi are neighbors, those whose boundaries are 
 together (d|i.oC). d dpC^oiv (kvkXos), the bounding circle, the HoKl- 
 ZON. diSpio-Tos, ov, unbounded : 6 a6pi<rTos xpdvos (not Attic in this 
 sense), the unbounded tense, Aorist, the undefined tense of past 
 time, as opposed to the imperfect, which has its limit (d'pos) set 
 by another and coincident action, as : / was writing, when you came 
 in, E7pa<|>ov ore 6ta-ii\6cs ; — and as opposed to the pluperfect, which 
 has its limit set by a subsequent action, as : he had written before I 
 saw you, e7E7pd<|>Ei irptv \i£ ISeiv o-e. The aorist simply states the 
 bare fact : ■qXOov, jtSov, lytKijo-a, veni, vldi, vlci. 
 
 iropCJu, provide, procure, reg. and complete in act., mid., and 
 
 Ti\.\lt/a, build a wall, fortify with a wall ; reg. and complete in all 
 three voices, ro teIxos, wall, fortification [d toIxos = wall of a 
 house']. Teixnr|Ji<s and t«Ix''<''''S, wall-building. TeCxio-|jio, fortifica- 
 tion. oteCxio-tos irdXis, a city without walls, aicttru'uf.'tja, wall off {s> 
 country or place) ; d.irorEtxi'O'is, a walling .off. 
 
 vPpCJtt), iSPpiu, etc., insult, outrage; also intrans., act outrageously, 
 in a ruffianly manner. vPpio-|i.ai, / have been outrageously (insolently) 
 treated, v'ppis, insolence, insult, outrage: also vPpio-|i,a. — v^pio-T'^s, 
 ruffian, bully. v^pio-TiKos, insolent, outrageous. 
 
14 rUTUEE OF LIQUID VEKBS. 
 
 ^povrlla, reg. in act. but pf. pass, and aor. pass, lacking in 
 Attic ; it means think, meditate : okrpi tiiv vitkto (J>povtC£<ov, hy think- 
 ing the whole night. Also, think of, take thought for, care for (ti.v6s) : 
 ■iroTe vo|iiEls Tovs Oeovs <ro« <j>povTCJ«iv ; when will you think that the gods 
 care for youf ^povrl^ (<j>povT£8os) , thought, meditation ; care, anxiety : 
 o<n]v onriov Traf>i<r\(s i)|itv <|ipovT£8a, how much anxiety you caused us 
 by your absence ! ^io-rdv torn to lr\v ^povrtSav, life is full of cares . 
 
 B. 
 
 Liquid Stems. 
 
 Rem. 1. Very few liquid verbs have aU their tenses, the perf . 
 act. and perf. mid. (or pass.) being the ones most frequently lack- 
 ing; and even when these tenses occur, they are so frequently 
 irregular, that most of the verbs given below to illustrate the 
 special formation of liquid verbs in the fut. and first aor. act. and 
 mid., will appear in the catalogue of irregular verbs. 
 
 Rem. 2. It must also be remembered that many verbs appear 
 as liquid verbs in the pres. tense, without having the liquid stem 
 in any tenses beyond pres. and impf. Such are, e.g. ato-Odvoiiai, 
 perceive; a|xapTdva>, miss, err; PaCvu, go; h&Kva, bite; IXavvai, drive; 
 Xa'Yxdvu, obtain hy lot; \a.)i.p&va, take; XavOdvu, escape notice; [lov- 
 Sdvo), learn ; tftva, drink ; irvv6dvop,ai, enquire ; 'niy\6.va, hit, happen ; 
 ()>6dv(i), anticipate ; all of which belong to the " Nasal Class " of 
 verbs. This thins out the liquid verbs a good deal. 
 
 I. The following are the points to be observed in regard to 
 the fut. and 1st aor. act. and mid. of steins ending in \, |i, v, 
 or p, the four liquids . '~~^~~~ 
 
 1. The fut. act. and fut. mid. are formed by adding e instead 
 of a-, and they are then inflected precisely as the present of any 
 contract verb in -ia inflects. Thus, fut. act. of (livu, wait, is uxva, 
 |i6V€>s, (levei, (levetTOV, [ievsiTov, |i.£vav|j,Ev, \i.ivilre, |jicvoSo-i. Opt. fiJiiol\i.i, 
 (iievois, (1.4V01 (or fievoh]v, |ji.EvoCr|s, (levoCi)), jjlcvoitov, [icvoCttiv, |i6vot(i,ev,i.' 
 (jlevoite) piEvatev. Inf. fuvciv. Part. |i,(vuv, ixcvovo-a, |i.«vovv, |i€vovvTos, 
 |XEVov<rT)s, etc. 
 
 So, of v4(ni>, assign, vtpiw, and vcjjiovpLai are the futures. On stem 
 AiroX- (d'ir6\Xt)(i,i), diroXu, I shall destroy, and &iroXov|jiai, I shall 
 perish. On stem vaji- (yafUa, marry), ya\i.& = I shall marry (said of 
 
FUTURE AND AOEIST OF LIQUID VERBS. 
 
 15 
 
 a man), and 7a|jiov|jLai = / shall marry (said of a woman). On stem 
 T€n- (cut, from T^|ivo)), fut. act. is Ti^a. On stem Kaji- {labor, from 
 Kd|i.v(a) fut. mid. is Ka)i,ov)i,ai. 
 
 2. If the present stem ends with \\, the stem for the other 
 tenses (fat. aor., etc.) ends with only one \. Thus : 
 
 a77lXXci>, announce, ol^ycXu. a\\o)tai, leap, cl\ov|iai. pdWoi, 
 
 (hrow, PaX.<o. o-T^Wu, send, (rreXw. ir(|>d\Xii), trip, deceive, 
 
 o-cjiaXu. 
 
 3. If the stem of the present and impf. has ai or a before the 
 liquid, the i is dropped- in forming the other tenses. Thus: 
 
 oLTTOKTcCvu, kill, aiTOKTEvu. Siai|>6e(p(i), corrupt, 8ia<|>6£pw. Ka- 
 6aCp(0, purify, KaSapu. ircpaCvu, accomplish, irepavu. in]|i.a(vu, 
 
 signal, <r>||i,avu. crircCpoi, soiv (seed), o-irepu. tcCvo), stretch, revu. 
 
 v(|>aCv(i>, weave, v<|>avu. (t>a(vci>, show, <|>avu. c|>a(vo|iai, appear, 
 <|>avovp,ai. 
 
 4. If the stem of the pres. and impf. has i or u before the liquid, 
 the i or D is long in these two tenses, but short in the future. E.g. 
 
 a|M)vca, defend (tivI), t|)i.vvov, dp.vvw. d,|i.vyo)i.ai, defend one''s 
 self (rivd, against some one), '^p.vv<i|i,i)v, d|ivvov|iai. diroKpivo|i,ai, 
 answer, reply, d,TOKpivoi)|jiai. Kptva, Judge, Kptvu. o8vpo|iai, 
 
 lament, oSvpoCfiai. 
 
 5. The first aor. act. and mid. of liquid verbs is made by 
 taking the short stem as seen in the future, lengthening it (a to t| ; 
 but after «, i, or p to d ; « to €i ; i and ii to i and v), and addina; -a 
 and -d niiv, without the a- that in other verbs precedes -a and -&^r\v. 
 The aorists of the verbs given above will thus be : 
 
 v4)io|j,ai 
 
 o8vpo|xai 
 
 ircpaCvo) 
 
 crT)|jiaCv(ii 
 
 trirelpa 
 
 CTTcXXoi 
 
 &yy£KKa 
 
 ■^^yaXa. 
 
 a\\o|Jiai 
 
 i|Xd|iT|v. 
 
 djivvu 
 
 ^p.vva. 
 
 d|ivvo|iai 
 
 i]|ivva)ti]v. 
 
 diroKpivo|<.ai 
 
 dircKpivaiiTiv. 
 
 diroKTECvu 
 
 dir^KTCiva. 
 
 70(i- 
 
 I'VUIIO, lYTiiid 
 
 SioifieECpta 
 
 SU<t>6Eipa. 
 
 KaSaCpo 
 
 iKd6T)pa. 
 
 fAva 
 
 i\uiva. 
 
 vifua 
 
 cv£i)>,a. 
 
 v(|>a(vu 
 
 (t>aCva> 
 
 (|iaCvo|jiai 
 
 cvci|ia|i.i)v. 
 uSvpa|iT]V. 
 Iir^pdva. 
 
 co-ircipa. 
 ciTTciXa. 
 £(r<|>T)Xa. 
 
 €T€l,VO. 
 "i)l|>T|VO. 
 
 c<t>r|va. 
 
 -c<|>i)vd|i,T|v (in comp.). 
 
16 PERFECT OF LIQUID VERBS. 
 
 Rem. The stems dwoX-, Po\-, Ktt|i-, and reji- do not form first 
 aorists, and so were not included above. 
 
 II. Perfect Active and Perfect Middle or Passive of 
 Liquid Verbs. 
 
 1. In a very few verbs these tenses are regular, as in ayY^Wu, 
 Tj-yYeXKO, f|776X|j.ai, otpcn, raise, 'dpfi, ifpo, ripKO, 'npliai., TipflT". 
 
 2. If the stem ends in v, this becomes 7 before k, as diron'e'<|>a7Ka 
 from dira4>aCvci>. But this is, perhaps, the sole instance of such a 
 perf . in Attic Greek. Other such perfects occur in later Greek. 
 
 3. Before -[lai v usually becomes cr, as in ir^4>a<r|i.at from <|>aCv<i> ; 
 Xc\v|jiair|i.ai from \v|i,aCvo)iai, misuse. One verb in Attic Greek 
 changes this v to ji before -nai, o^vvu, sharpen, irap(&|u|j,|iiai, I have been, 
 irritated, exasperated. [irapo|ii(rfi,6s, exasperation; hence Paroxysm.] 
 
 4. Usually the Greeks avoided the perfects in -ko and -nat from 
 liquid verbs . They had various ways of dodging these formations. 
 
 a. The most effectual (and a very common) way was — not to 
 have these tenses at all. 
 
 b. Another way was to change the liquid stem to a vowel stem, 
 which was done : 
 
 u. . By adding t to the liquid stem, and lengthening it to n 
 (according to rule); povXoiiai,, I wish, for instance, forms only 
 pres. and impf. on stem ^ovX-; the stem fiouKt- gives Pou\<jo-o|iai, 
 cPovX^8t)v (I wished, D.P.), and PcPovXT||jiai. So, |Uvm, wait, has pf. 
 HCn^vTiKa. v ^iim, assign, has vfvi]i,i\Ka. 
 
 p. By shifting the letters (Metathesis). pdXXu, throw, has fut. 
 stem PoX-; but p^pXT|Ka, p^pXijiiai, and ipx^jeriv are on stem pXa-. 
 So 60V-, die (evn'o-KO)), has fut. mid. -SavaS|i,ai, / shall die; but pf. 
 act. T46vT|Ktt, I am dead, on stem 6vo-. 
 
 7. B y dropping the liquid altogether. Kptvu, Judge, Kptvu, 
 CKpiva, K^KptKa. reCvcii, stretch, revm, 4'TEiva, pf . rlraKa, T^Td|i,ai, with 
 V dropped and t changed to a . 
 
 5. dir6XXv|jii., destroy, lose, fut. diroXu, has pf . diroX<6X«Ka, with e 
 inserted, but uot lengthened. o[ivu|i.i, swear, fut. o|jiov|i,ai, has pf . 
 d)ui|toKa, with inserted, but not lengthened. 
 
 t. The use of the 2nd pf . helped out in a few cases, as this avoided 
 the K formation. diroKrcCvu, kill, dir^KTova, I have killed. (|>a(v(ii has 
 -ir^<|>07Ko as a trans, pf . = / have shown, and iri^7\va, intrans. = I 
 have appeared. So too, 7^7ova, / have been, as one of the perfects 
 
PERFECT OF LIQUID VERBS. 17 
 
 of 7t7vo(iai, become, the other one being Ycy^viniai, the stem ^ev- 
 being lengthened to yevt-. 
 
 All these points considered, the student will perhaps not be sur- 
 prised to learn that in Attic prose there are only five liquid verbs 
 that have all of the principal parts, that is, on the liquid stem. 
 These are a77eX\o), announce; atpu, raise; a-r&CKa, send; ifiaCvu, 
 show ; <)>6cCpu, corrupt; and each one of these has sonfie claim to a 
 place among the irregular verbs ! 
 
PART II. 
 
 lEEEGULAE YEEBS. 
 
Part II. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 PRELIMINAEY REMARKS. 
 I. As TO THE Verbs themselves. 
 
 1. The "Principal Parts" are printed in the spaced type, as: 
 Pov'\o|jiai, PovXi)(ro|iai, cPovXt]6i)v, PePov\i)|iai. Sometimes 
 otlier forms appear in this type. 
 
 2. Pornis in the smallest type are unattic, or merely poetical, or 
 doubtful, or suspicious, or something of the sort. 
 
 3. A form with a hyphen before it, as -rixa from a7o>, means that it 
 is used only in composition with a preposition, as ot(Vt}xo. Of course 
 it is not expected that such details are to be remembered; but it is 
 important and convenient to have them for reference. 
 
 4. As the imperfect belongs to the present system, it is usually to 
 be taken for granted, when the present is given. In the same way, the 
 pluperfect is to be understood from the perfect ; and the future passive 
 from the aorist passive. Thus, from iypa^i\v, I was indicted, we infer 
 that Ypa<|>Tiiro|iai is the way to say / shall be indicted. 
 
 5. But if a verb is deponent, the future is nearly always in the 
 middle, even if the aorist is in the passive. E.g. Pov\if(ro|i.ai, / shall 
 wish, and SiiVT]iro|i.ai, I shall be able, are the futures of Pov'\o|xai and 
 Siivafiai, while the aorists are cPovXi{6t|V and eSuvi{6i]v. 
 
 6. It may be remarked, too, that in a great many verbs the fut. mid. 
 has a passive sense, as cairo)iai, / shall be allowed, from c'au ; dSiKi{o-o|iai, 
 / shall be unjustly treated, from dSiKeu. But as this is not an irregularity 
 inform, such verbs are not usually included among the irregular verbs, 
 unless something else gives them a claim to a place in this list. 
 
22 PRELIMINARY REMARKS. 
 
 7. If a verb has the 2nd aor. act., it will also have 2nd aor. mid., and 
 then the pass, will have the 1st aor. On the other hand, if the pass, has 
 the 2nd aor., the act. and mid. will have the 1st aor. E.g. if vre know 
 that TJYaYov is the aorist of ttyw in use in the active, we may be morally 
 certain that 'q-ya'yo|iT|V will be the aor. in the mid., and that the pass, 
 will have the 1st aor. tjxOtiv. So, rj^pov, r|i!po'niv, but Tjiiptflnv ; whereas 
 liWd^Tiv, 2nd aor. pass, of dXXaTTu, is a guarantee that the act. and mid. 
 will have 1st aor. Exceptions are rare : diro\\ti|Ji.i, destroy, or lose, has 
 a.iru\E(ra, I destroyed, or / lost ; but dir<i>Xd)i.i]V, / perished. dviVT||i.i, 
 benefit, has uvT|o-a, but 2nd aor. mid. (avT]|Ji'nv. rp t'irio, turn, has all si x 
 aorists, five of them being found in Attic prose . Some verbs have 
 two aorists in the act. and only one in the fliid., as : to-n]cra and ta-n\v, 
 co-TT|a-ap.T|V, from urTT||j,i : -cSiiira and ^SOv, -£8iio-d(iT|V, from Svm. The 
 verb < |)i)iii, grow, has t'<|)iJ<ra and t<j><)v, with a rare 2nd aor. pass. t<j>vTiv . 
 
 II. As TO THE Related Words, ok Derivatives. 
 
 1. Substantives ending in -tt)s are given without the article. If 
 they denote an agent, they are masc. and hence of 1st decl., as oKpodrifs, 
 auditor ; iin^o.r<\'s, marine; Kpiri^s, judge. If they express a quality, 
 they are f em. and hence of 3rd decl., as owmipd'njs, dryness, roughness ; 
 
 I fa\vTris, thickness. 
 
 2. The numerous class of substantives in -(lo are all neut. and 
 hence of 3rd decl., as Trptryfia, thing, i.e. something done. Only one sub- 
 stantive of 1st decl. ends in -p.o, ToXjia, boldness. 
 
 3. Substantives ending in -os may belong to the 2nd or 3rd decl. If 
 to the latter, they are all neut. and therefore all have recessive accent. 
 Hence in such words as |i,i(r6os, hire, wages; X,<i>ypa^<K, painter, the 
 accent alone Is sufficient to prove that they are of 2nd decl. ; for If they 
 were not, the accent would be on i in the first word, and on a in the 
 other one. When the gender of a word in -os is not given, it is to be 
 understood to be masc. 
 
 4. Substantives in -is are understood to be like irdXis, unless the 
 gen. case is added, as <t>povT(s, -CSos, care. All words like irdXis have 
 recessive accent, and, with rare exceptions, they are all feminine. 
 d |i.dvTis, soothsayer, is the main exception in prose. 
 
 5. Of adjectives in -os, the fern, and neut. are usually omitted, it 
 being taken for granted that they will have the endings r\, ov, or d, ov, 
 according to rule. When the ending ov is added, as 0X0705, ov, un- 
 
 . reasonable, it means that the masc. and fem. are alike, as is regularly 
 the case in compound adjectives. 
 
PRELIMINARY REMARKS. — ^ayaiJiai,. 23 
 
 6. Adjectives in -tis do not liare the neut. -t's added. Tliose in 
 -1)8 (i.e. barytones) Iiave tlie neut. added, to sliow the accent. 
 
 III. Quantity. When o, i, and u are short by nature, they are 
 unmarked; but occasionally they have the short quantity indicated 
 (a, t, v), either to call attention to some change in the quantity, as in 
 eTpit|(a, TCTpi<|>a, TcVpijjL^iai, ETptij>6i)v, erptpriv, — or for some other 
 reason. The long mark is not given when the accent shows the 
 quantity, as in oirXtTOs, where the acute over the long iota shows that 
 alplia is long, as clearly as the accent in dirXirai shows that iota is 
 long. In some cases of varying or disputed quantity, it is stated that 
 authorities differ. In some other cases nothing is said about it, and 
 the vowel is assigned the quantity it seemed best entitled to. 
 
 IV. Abbkeviations. These are rarely used, except when it is 
 thought that they will be instantly understood. "A.p." stands for 
 Attic prose. " L. and S." is for Liddell and Scott. " Cf ." is the Latin 
 imperative confer, i.e. bring together, compare. " ^x." = example ; "Exx.," 
 examples. "Exc."=: except, etc. 
 
 V. For convenience the 18 Prepositions with which verbs may be 
 compounded are given here. They are : a,\i.^l, dvo, mrC, diro. 8id. 
 els (cs), c'v, e$ (ck), c'ttL Kara. (urd. irapd, irepC, irpd, irpds. 
 a-vv (^u'v). uirt'p. iSird. The so-called "improper" preposi- 
 tions cannot be compounded with verbs. 
 
 "AYa|iai, admire, wonder at, impf. tJyoiitiv, aor. i|Yd(r6i]V. 
 D.P. No other tenses in A.p., except d7d<raiTo once in Dem. for 
 the usual d-yao-Oeb). 
 
 a. The pres. and impf. are inflected like IVTajioi and 'icrTd(jiir)v. 
 6. The person or thing admired may be in gen. or accus. d-ya- 
 a-fl€VT€s Tijs Toiruv (ro()>Cds (or niv o-oijiCdv), having admired these 
 men's wisdom. c. The more common prose word for wonder, 
 wonder at, admire, is 6av|i,d^(i), reg., except that 6av|i,da-op.ai is used 
 instead of fut. act. 
 
 d. d7o<rT<Ss and 9ou|»,o(rTds (or 6aup.d<rio$) = admirable. 9oup.o<rT<Ss 
 is more usual than d^oo-Tis, and also means wonderful, marvellous, ■ 
 strange : oihiv 6avp.acrTov ir€iroi'^KO(iev, we have done nothing wonderful. 
 
24 "Aya/iai — 'AyyeXKco — "A7(». 
 
 &vSpias flav(i.d(rios to kiIXXos, a statue of wonderful beauty. Savfia, 
 a wonder, marvel : 6aS|io ISelv, dKovo-ai, a marvel to behold, to hear. 
 From 9au|jiaTo- and spy-, do (ep-ydjojiai), comes Thaumatuegy 
 (9aii|i,aToup7Cd = eaii|i.a.Toiroi£d), wonder-working, performing juggler's 
 tricks. 6tti)(i.aToiroi.6s, a conjurer. 
 
 "A^-y^XXo), announce, d-yYeXu, ■qY'yciXa, ^'^YtXKa, T|7YEX)i,ai, 
 il77^XflT]v. Perfectly reg. [A 2nd aor. pass. liw^XTiv found in Attic 
 inscriptions and in late authors, and a few suspicious forms in -ov 
 and -i(Miv preceded by only one X, which would make them 2nd aor- 
 ists, are the things that give d^^^XXw a place among irreg. verbs.] 
 
 a. The mid. occurs in the comp. iirayyi\\o\i.a.i, agree, engage, but 
 only in pres. impf. and aor. (l'irri'Y7«iXdp.T]v). «in]Y7££XaTo reOvdvai, 
 he agreed to die (if he did not fulfil his promise). i'n'd7'yEX|i.a, a 
 promise, agreement. [virio-xvoOiJitti is the ordinary word for to 
 promise, and ijir6<rx«o"is for a promise.'] 
 
 b. d^^eXos, messenger, Angel. d^YeXtd or d-y7eXp.a, announce- 
 ment, message, tidings. Eia-y-yeXiov (in A.p. in pi. tiayyi\ia), good 
 news, glad tidings, Evangel. emyyeXurT'lis, in the N.T. = Evange- 
 list, a bringer of good news. cvaY7EX(£op,ai, bring good news (tivQ. 
 
 c. dira'vytXXa), go OFF with a me.<isage, bring back word, eto-a'y- 
 7^XX(D, go INTO a place with a message. i^ayyiWa, come out of o 
 place with a message ; all three in the general sense of announce, 
 report. irapo-yY^XXo), send word along the lines ; order, command 
 (rivf) : rd irapa-y7EXX(S|i.Eva, the orders, commands, = pi. of irapaY^eXCd 
 or irapdY7EX|>.a, order, command ; irapd'VYcXo-is, the giving the command. 
 
 "A'yviiii.i, break. See Kard'yviJij.i. 'A.yopti<a. See stem tlir-, c : and 
 \iya {say), C, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9. Also p. 133, Rem. 1 and 2. 
 
 "A7C1), lead, d|<o, TJ'YaYov, -■fix°'> ■nVH^ih 'HX^T'. 2nd aor. mid. 
 ii'Y07<S(jniv. Fut. mid. d|o|iai. sometimes = ttx8''i<ro(iai. \_First 
 aor. act. is very rare.] Verbal dKrfos. 
 
 A. a. S.ya means lead, bring. As opposed to ^Ipa, aya is most 
 commonly used of things that have life and can be led; (|>e'pci> of 
 inanimate things that must be carried. The phrajge d-yu Kal ^ipa, 
 plunder, means to strip a country of all that can be led away 
 (slaves, prisoners, cattle), or brought away (money, furniture, etc.). 
 See ^ip<o, B, c. 
 
"Aym — KaTa^Q). 25 
 
 6. The mid. £70)101, = lead a wife home, hence, marry ; and YvvatKa, 
 wife, may be expressed or understood. eireiSii 68o|« jioi -yiiiiai koV 
 7vvatKa 'q7a-y6|i,i)v ets ttJv olKCdv, after I had resolved to marry and 
 had brought a wife into my home. 
 
 c. a^u-y^, a leading, bringing. 47090, Agoka, market-place, place 
 of assembly. Most of the compounds of ayta have -aya^ii ; as 
 aira7U7ifi, a leading off, etc. 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 These are numerous, and often they are intrans., as our word is, 
 in lead on ! dira7u, lead off or away. cto-d7ii>, lead into, bring into, 
 import. ^a7(i>, lead or bring out, export. irpod7u, lead forward. 
 'irpoo"d7oi, lead towards, iruvdya, bring together. Notice special 
 meanings in : 
 
 1. dvd7(ii, lead up (tovs ireXrao-Tas irpos to opos 6,vi\ya,yov, they 
 led the peltasts up towards the mountain^, has a special nautical mean- 
 ing in the middle (rarely in the act.), put to sea, set sail, used of 
 men or ships. The aor. is either dvi]7076|i.i]v, or, in same sense 
 (and so D.P.) dv^ixSlv. As we speak of "the high seas,'' dvd is 
 not unnaturally used of going to the high seas from the land: 
 irapoo-Kcvd^Eo-Se cos avpiov d,va|6|iEvoi, prepare to set sail to-morrow. 
 irv66|ji€vos oTi at vtjes dvr)7|i^voi elev, learning that the ships had put 
 to sea. «w6«s dv^jxflno-ov, they set sail immediately. tijv 
 dva7(i)7'qv KuXvciv, to prevent his putting to sea. 
 
 2. Sid7(D, lead across, usually means pass or spend, as xP'^vovi 
 time ; ijfUpdv, a day ; |i.i)va, a month ; to 7iipas, one's old age, etc. 
 
 3. imya, bring on (v<5o-ot)s Kal 7fjpas lirctyeiv, to bring on diseases 
 and old age} is often used in the mid. of inviting or bringing in 
 people as allies, helpers, etc. In this sense lirfw6i]v is pass, in 
 sense, passive to the aor. €Tn]7a7<i|it|v • toijs 'A6t]vo£ovs lirT|7d7ovTo, 
 01 8' i^XBov, they summoned the Athenians to their aid, and they came. 
 01 pdppapoi i^)(dr\<rav, the barbarians were called in to help. See 
 liriKoX^a, b, under Ka\la. 
 
 4. KaToyu, lead down («k twv opflv els to ireStov, from the moun- 
 tains into the plain), denotes, specially (a), coming towards the coast, 
 either from the interior, or from the high seas ; hence, just as ^k 
 
26 Uapdyw — "A iSe». 
 
 ToB Xi|i4vos ova7«o-eai (ttvovo-y^o-Oai, or dvaxB^ivai) = to sail out from 
 the harbor, so «ts tov \i(ilvtt KaraYEo-Sai (^KaTayayia-6a,i, or Kara- 
 xOiivai, D.P.) = to sail down into the harbor. (b) Kard-yo) also 
 
 means bring back, restore, in speaking of exiles ; KaT^pxonoi = return ; 
 oi (|>v-y(iS€s KOTTjXBov, the exiles returned. 
 
 5. irapd-yu, lead along, often = mislead, i.e. lead aside from the 
 right course, in) irapaYco-Sc (or iropoxOTiTe) Kevots X6yois, do not be 
 led aside by empty words. 
 
 6. iSiraYw, lit. lead under, seems not to have this meaning in A.p. 
 except in the sense of bring under (we should say before) a. judge, 
 i.e. impeach: i!irii70|i€v toOtov <5s liriPovXeiiovTO Tti iriXti, we impeach 
 this man as plotting against the state. 
 
 C. Derivatives. From Sijp.a'yu'y^s, a leader of the people, we get 
 Demagogue. It did not always have a bad sense in Greek ; for 
 Isokrates, a great admirer of Perikles, calls him a Si)|i,aY<i>76s. 
 Pedagogue is from iraiSa-yu-yos, a trusty slave whose business it 
 was to take children to school and bring them back again. 
 Synagogue, a place of assembly, crvvayMY^i, which does not have 
 this meaning in Attic, of course. 
 
 "A I Sci> (^8(1)), sing', qi crop, a I, ^o-a, ^'o-6i)V. [Fut. act. doubtful 
 or very rare in Attic. Pf . pass, occurs in late Greek.] The word 
 is contracted from ieiSu, Homeric. ^aa\v 'OXfjva irpffirov i^o-ai to 
 c|dpETpav, they say that Olen was the first man that sung the Hexa- 
 METEE. 'gSe Kal T(ii&,->iKa.t,tv ijuds dKpada-6ai, she kept on singing, and 
 compelled us to listen. b. To crow is another meaning : ij>aiv6p£6d 
 poi dXcKTpudvos 8£ki]v, irplv vevlKt)K^vai, qfSeiv, it appears to me that 
 we, cockfashion, are crowing before we have gained the victory. 
 ■n'o-Ot) = was sung. iqo-9r| = was pleased (;^'8op,ai, am pleased). 
 
 b. [doiS^, poet., gives] i^ii\, song. Ode. [doiS6s, poet., gives] 
 ip8(is, bard, minstrel. ij di]8(iv (-86vos), songstress, nightingale. 
 ^o-pa, song; ^(r\i,a, KaXus ^6iv, a song well sung. 
 
 B. Comedy is in Gr. KuptaSCd, either village-song (ki&pt), village), 
 or festival-song (o Kupos, festival, revel). Tragedy is from 
 
 rpayaSla,, goat-song (d rpd-yos, goat), because the goat was sacred 
 to Dionysos (Bacchus), the god of wine, and the Attic Tragedy 
 
"AtSft) — AlBeofiai — Klvem. 27 
 
 was developed from songs sung at festivals in honor of Dionysos, 
 and these songs were sung around an altar on which a goat was 
 sacrificed. The idea of gloom and horror contained in the word 
 Tragedy arose from the kind of subjects chosen by the tragedians. 
 EpODB is from liruSds, after-song, i.e. a song following upon (lirC) 
 others. In another meaning it denoted a kind of versification 
 invented by the Greek poet Archilochos> and imitated by Horace 
 in his Epodes. Parody is from irapcfUi (unattic) , a song that 
 must be placed Jesiiie (uopoL) another for its proper understanding; 
 a burlesque imitation. Palinode, a song that takes back (iroXiv) 
 some former utterance, a recantation. From irpoo-i^Cd, which in 
 Greek applied to accents (t6voi), breathings (irveii(i.aTo), quantity 
 (Xp<5vos), etc., comes Prosody, which in grammar includes these 
 things, but is more specially applied to the laws of versification. 
 Thkbsody, a dirge, lament, is from 6pi)v^(i>, mourn, lament, which is 
 mainly a poetic verb, exc. in pres. tense. In poetry Bprirlia-ai and 
 46pi)vrt<ra also occur, o Spfjvas = dirge, funeral song, and 8pi]vuS(d = a 
 song of lamentation. 
 
 Al8io|iai, respect, reverence, stand in awe of {rwa), at8^o-o|i.ai, 
 •jfSeo-Biiv (D.P.). [Other tenses rare. Aor. mid. tiSeo-djiTiv occurs 
 in Dem. in the sense of pardon. Pf . pass. part. 'gSEo-p.Evos is quoted 
 once from Dem. = reconciled.^ ovn roiis Beoijs Seto-os oute KCpov 
 Tov reevTiKOTa atSco-BcCs, neither fearing the gods nor feeling any 
 respect for the dead Cyrus. aI(rxvvo|tai. has this same meaning. 
 
 b. 1] atS(is (alSovs, atSot, aiSu), respect, reverence, awe; alSu 
 cavTofi iveitoh\<rt, he created (in others) a respect for himself. olSif- 
 (iwv, alISi)[i.ov, respectful, modest, opposed to Opao-v's, hold, impudent. 
 dvaiSii's, shameless, impudent. dvaCSua (or -Seta), shamelessness, 
 impudence: els tov9' ■^K.tv dvaiSetas wot' EToXfid Xc'^eiv, he got to 
 this pitch of impudence, that lie had the face to say, etc. 
 
 Alvcu, praise, is used chiefly in two compounds. 
 
 a. eiraive'a, praise, £iroiv€<ro|i.ai (more freq. than eiraiveVw) , 
 eiT'g'vccro, eirifveKa, tirr) vimoi, sir'gve'BTjv; thus pf. pass, alone 
 is reg. (plup. pass, of course is €irnviti|ir|v, following perf.). Kare- 
 irXEU(ra us iitaivt9't\iro^ivcs viro tuv iv6aSe, I sailed home ( Kara used 
 of the return of an exile ; see KardYo), expecting to be praised by the 
 
28 Alveo) — Aipico. 
 
 people here. 6 tiraivos, praise ; eiroiv^nis, panegyrist ; d^Uiraivos, 
 ov, praiseworthy. 
 
 b. irapaiv^d), advise, exhort (tivC, = o-unPovXevw), irapaiv^o-o) 
 (fut. mid. rare), irap-^vta-a, iropti'veKa, •ir.ap'|jvti(iai, iropx)- 
 ve'eriv. Both verbs have the same irregularity as regards t, but 
 differ in the voice of the fut. tense. liripov irapoiv^o-M o-oi, / will 
 give you another piece of advice. irapatveiris = advice, exhortation, 
 = crv|iPovXCd or oT)|iPov\<i. A dviser is (rv|i|3ovXos. 
 
 Aip^ii), take, catch, capture, aip'/jo-o), clXov, ^'pTjKa. Mid. 
 aipov|iai, choose, atp'/j(ro|iai, <i\o|ii,r)v, 'g'pi]|i.ai. Pass, atpov- 
 (lai, he chosen, aip€6^(ro|iai, •^piii\v, 'g'pi)|i,ai. 
 
 Thus, four tenses, alpoS[i.ai, i]pov|jiT|v, ^'pijjjiai, and ■^fii[\L-i\v, as they 
 may be mid. or pass., may mean choose, or he chosen. For a pass, 
 to the active meaning use aX.Ca-KO)iai, or the pass, of XajiPavu. 
 
 ol eXo'vTts = those who captured. 
 
 oi cXo'tievoi = those who chose. 
 
 ol alpc64vTes = those who were chosen. 
 
 ol dXo'vTts = those who were captured. 
 
 ol 'Qpt)|iivoi = those who have chosen, or 
 = those who have heen chosen. 
 
 Synopses of aor. act. and aor. mid. : «lXov, I'Xa, cXot|i.i, eXe, c'Xctv, 
 IKdiv, tXoSera, cXov ; c'Xo'vtos, eXovo-iis, etc. — clXo'|i.i]v, I'Xujiai, cXot|jiT)v, 
 cXoC, eXeVBai, cXo')Ievos, i), ov. 
 
 NoTK. — Occasionally the mid. = take, as : 4'irvov re Kal o-itov 
 alpcto'Oai, to take sleep and food, Thuc. 2, 75. So : tlirvov ijpovvTO 
 Th. 3, 49. o-tTov BpovvTo, Th. 4, 26. In Anab. 6, 4, 26 Xen. has iv tcJ 
 irpoTepov oipeOe'vTi \upC(a, in the place previously captured, where aipeScvri 
 is used inst. of the far more common oXo'vti. In Soph. Antig. 493; 
 ^pijo-Boi = *o have been captured (=i]X«>Kevai). But these seem to be 
 very rare exceptions to the usual meanings assigned above. 
 
 h. Pao-iXcvs otpelrai Ivo ol eXo'|ievoi iv irpdrTuo-i, a king is 
 chosen, that those who elected him may he prosperous. alpEto-Se 
 opxovTOs, Kal eXo'|icvoi T|KeTe, Kal toOs aipeOevras a-ycre, choose com- 
 manders, and after you have elected them, come hack and bring the 
 ones chosen. |iii eX'g, if act., = let him not capture = jmi alpiCrcD (n^- 
 with pres. imperat. or aor. subj.) : if mid., it means, do not choose = 
 jtq alpov. IXoi, may he capture ! (a wish). IXoi av, he may capture 
 
Alpem — 'Kvaipioa. 29 
 
 ("potential" opt.). A,oicrOE to PeXTurra, may you choose the best 
 things ! 
 
 c. In Attic law atpcu meant convict : KXcoiva SiSpuv Kal kXoittis 
 eXovTEs, liaving convicted Kleon of bribery (= gifts) and theft. In 
 this sense then, ol eXovtcs (or ot ■[jptiKo'Tes) = those who have gained 
 their suit ; and ol oXovres (or oi ijXiiikotes ) = those who have been 
 convicted, who have lost their suit. See liXCcrKoixai, c, and (Jjcvyu, c. 
 
 d. The verbal adj. atpero's may get its meaning from aipeu or 
 aipovfiai, as : to <)>iXo(ro({>(f aipcTby, that which may he grasped (^com- 
 prehended) by philosophical study. ap' o-uv aipcTos ii|iiv ptos o 
 TOiovTos ; Is such a life, then, one to be chosen by us ? tuv dvSpuv 
 TOts KoXoLS KayaOots aip£T(iTcp6v eo-ti koXus diroSavctv tJ £^v abrxpus, 
 for good and noble men it is more preferable (lit. a thing more to be 
 chosen) to die nobly than to live basely. 
 
 e. The verbal aipen'os, -red, -te'ov, likewise has either meaning, 
 take or choose : to xupCov atpEn'ov £o-t£v, we must capture the place, 
 and perhaps it means, the place must be captured (= Set to xupCov 
 dXCo-KEo-Sai or dXuvai). eSo^e tov d;xECvova pCov iravTl irdvTus aipETlov 
 Elvai, may mean, it was determined that every one should by all means 
 CHOOSE the better life (if we take atpET^ov as neut., and pCov as its 
 object) ; or, it was determined that the better life should by all means 
 BE CHOSEN by every one (if we take alpET^ov as masc. and pCoy as 
 subject of eJvoi). 
 
 f. aXpi<ris = capture (=dX<i)o-is), or choice, the latter meaning 
 being far the more frequent ; eSCSov avTots atpEcriv, he offered them 
 the choice. From atpEcris comes Heresy ; and from alpertxis (un- 
 attic), disposed to choose, comes Heretic. That is, people were 
 called Heretics because they chose for themselves in matters of faith, 
 instead of allowing others to choose for them. 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 Notice carefully that in the compounds the pass, is regularly and 
 naturally the pass, of the active meaning. It is only for the simple 
 verb that the pass, is limited (usually) to being the pass, of the 
 middle meaning. 
 
 1. dvaiplu (also dyaipovjiai), take up, pick up: rav TESvEiiTuv 
 rd do-Td oveXovtes, having taken up the bones of the dead. XCOovs 
 
30 'Avaipeto — Aiatpico. 
 
 dvaipetirSai (dv€Xlo-8ai) , to pick up stones. The mid. is esp. used 
 of taking up dead bodies for burial : tows eauruv dve\.i|i6Voi. vExpovs, 
 having taken up the corpses of their own men. h. Used of oracles 
 or gods dvaip^d) -— reply : 6 Beds oirots dvtiXe wapaSovvai tt^v iro'Xiv, 
 the god replied to them that they must surrender the city. [The 
 rendering must represents the imperative of the direct reply, 
 ■which was, irapdSoTc tiiv ird\iv, surrender (or, you must surrender) 
 the city.2 So, in pass. dvnpTju^vov eiSp^orere diiolus «k AeX<t>»v Kal 
 Ik AuS<ivr)s, you will discover that replies have been given alike from 
 Delphi and from Dodona. c. dvoip^u also means take up and take 
 away, annul, destroy: oo-oi. dXi'yapx'a'i dvT|pi]VTai iSird S^|1(dv, how many 
 oligarchies have been destroyed by democracies (= KaroXIXwroi). 
 oi Tupavvoi dvopEBrgo-av (dv^'privTai), the tyrants were (have been) 
 destroyed (killed). 
 
 d. The subst. dvaCpEo-is corresponds to the meanings a and c (it 
 is not used of a reply given by oracles ) : ij dvaCpco-is Kal Olo-is oirXuv, 
 the taking up and laying down of arms, ij nXarai^oiv dvatpEins, the 
 destruction of the Plataeans. dvaCpeo-is veKpmv, a taking up of dead 
 bodies, etc. 
 
 2. d<|>aip^(i>, more commonly d<|>aipov|iai, take away, usually with 
 two accusatives (nvd ti), take away anything from anybody. In the 
 passive, the person becomes the subject, according to the usual Gr. 
 construction. EireiSov Tairqv ti^v tihiJv d4>aipE6'g, t£v' «xei Xotir^jv ', 
 after he has been deprived of this honor, what one has he remaining ? 
 
 b. d(|>aCp(o-is, deprivation. In Grammar, Aphaeresis denotes 
 the taking away of the first letter of a word, as : iravraxoO Vti 
 Xp^<ri|iov, it is everywhere useful, 
 
 3. Siaiplci), take apart (a frequent meaning of 8id in composi- 
 tion), take to pieces, divide ; hence, distinguish, i.e. take ideas apart. 
 E.g. SitXivTEs Tiiv dpo(|>'fiv, having taken the roof to pieces, having 
 broken it up. rd jjtaKpd reCxi Siu'prjTo, a breach had been made in the 
 long walls (lit. the long walls had been taken apart), to 8tx|pT)|jilvov, 
 the breach, the gap, lit. that which has been taken apart. 8taipE6l]vai. 
 •girep <rvveTiii\, to be taken apart just (irtp) in the way in which it was 
 put together. TavTa (|eX(Svtes toL Xoiird Si'gpovvro, they took out these 
 things and proceeded to divide among themselves what was left. [The 
 mid. voice suggests among themselves.} 
 
Aiaipea-L^ — Wpoaipim, 31 
 
 J. SiaCpco-is, a taking apart, division, distribution. Diaeresis 
 denotes taking two vowels apart in pronunciation, as reenter. Its 
 opposite is Synaekesis. 
 
 4. E|aip^(i>, take out, except (ex and capio, to take out), select, etc. 
 itfki Kal PoXe dird crov, pluck it out and cast it from thee, pidvov <r€ 
 cgaipovo-iv; do they except you alone? k^ptir[ira,v dSiKtdv liird toB 
 SiSoo-KaXou, they had injustice eradicated by their teacher. (In the 
 active, d SiSdcrKoXos 6|aipci dSiKldv rtvds, the teacher eradicates in- 
 justice from some one; and, as usual, the person of the active 
 becomes the subject of the passive.) Yi^viio-Kw toOs toioiItous 
 dv6puirovs eJoipcT^ous etvot Ik ttjs o-Tparids, my opinion is that such 
 fellows as these ought to be removed from the army. (Verbal.) 
 
 b. The verbal adj. e^aCpcros, ov, denotes that which has been taken 
 out, or picked out, hence, as we say "picked men," it = exceptional, 
 choice, rare, select, etc. e^aip^rovs Tiiids rivt Sovvai, to give excep- 
 tional honors to any one. (e^atpeiris unattic.) 
 
 5. KaSaip^u, take down, put down, suppress, rd oTrXa Ik rfjs 
 o-TOtts Ka6€iX.ov, they took down the arms out of the portico, rd |iaKpd 
 rii\-i\ KaS'gpISi), the long walls were taken down, rd XTjo-TiKdv KaOrfpEi, 
 he was engaged in suppressing (putting down) piracy. 
 
 b. Ka6a(pEa-is, a taking down, etc. (rfiv [laKpuv tsixmv). 
 
 6. irapaipia, take from, is not in as frequent use as the other 
 compounds, and is oftenest found in the mid. : et |ioii tis rd ovra 
 irap^XoiTo, if any one were to take my possessions away from me. rd 
 oir\a n'apcCXovTo, they took away the arms. irapaCpeo-is, a taking 
 away. 
 
 7. iTEpiaip^u, take from around (this added idea of from being 
 frequent in compounds of irept) ; it may be used in act. or mid. : 
 TO Te£x°s irepielXov, they took the wall from around (the city, sc. Tfjs 
 ir6\e(Ds). Fu-yiis rd XP''"''''''' SaKTuXiov ir£pi£Xdp.evo$ c|«Pt), Gyges 
 took the gold ring from around (the finger of the corpse) and 
 went out. 
 
 8. irpaaip«(i> is generally used in the rm.A.= prefer : dvrl dpET^js 
 ov8ev dv irpoeXoivTO, there is nothing they would prefer to virtue (take 
 for themselves instead of virtue). Odvarov ovtI at<rx«vr]s irpoaipexfov, 
 we must prefer death to disgrace. wpoaCpEo-is, preference. 
 
32 'T(f>atpiQ} — A'ipo). 
 
 9. 'u<t>aip^(ii lit. = take away from under; but it generally — take 
 away secretly, purloin, Jilch (vir6 denoting, as it often does, an 
 underhand way of doing a thing). It may also mean take away 
 gradually (another meaning of liird in comp.). In the meaning 
 purloin, Jilch, embezzle, the mid. is more common than the active : 
 TovTovi T11V iJiapTvpCdv ij<j>T|pT](i.evov CTjpCo-KiD, / Jlnd that this man has 
 secretly stolen the [written] evidence. Trkiov r] SidKocria raXavra Tiis 
 irdXews i!cjiet\6T0, he embezzled more than 200 talents of the State's 
 money (^filched it from the State) . 
 
 Ai^po), raise, 'dpw, iipo., ^pKa, ifppiai, T|p6t)v; fut. mid. 
 'apovpiai, aor. mid. r\pd,\n\v. 
 
 The poet, form is aeipa, and from its fut. Siepu, comes 'dpS by 
 contraction ; whereas fut. mid. usually has 'apo{ip,ai, following the 
 analogy of liquid verbs, as : (|>alvop,ai, <t>avoil(i,ai. The aorists are 
 irreg. in this, that the stem 'dp- should be changed to ■qp- through- 
 out (cf. e'(t>Tiva, <|>^v(ii, <|>^vai|j,i, etc.), but has 'dp- in the unaug- 
 mented moods, so that the aorists are iqpa, "dpoi, "dpaipii, apov, apai, 
 "dpas, "dpdo-a, apav ; and T]pa|jLr|v, "dpci>)i.ai, 'dpa()i.T|v, dpai, "dpao-6ai, 
 'dpa|jiEvos. Notice that ijpe is impf . and ifpe is aor. 
 
 B. Meanings, a. atpeiv rivd dird -yfis, to raise {lift) any one off 
 the ground: opai tt^v X'^P* 'Tpds tov oipav6v, to raise the hand 
 towards the sky. h. The pass, is often to be translated rise: to 
 tfSup TJ'peTO iSirep rmv 6c|j.e\1<dv, the water began to rise above the 
 foundations, dptovres to X"!'''^ alp6|j,evov, seeing the mound rising. 
 But literally, Ta trr\^t'ia, ^pii\, the signals were raised. t. In 
 
 military operations aXpio is often used intrans. = se< out, depart; 
 so also the comp. dnralpo) : eirciSr] eiruBcTO oiTov Ik Tfjs MiX'fJTOi) 
 dinipKdra, when he learned that he had set out from Miletus, avrax 
 at vfjcs diraptto-ai e's to irlXayos, these ships, having set out for the 
 open sea. d. In the mid., take upon one's self, undertake: tov 
 KtvBtivov 'dpd|j.£voi, having undertaken the danger. e. The comp. 
 Iiralpu = induce, incite, elate, etc. oiSev tovtcov ewfipcv 'np.ds, none 
 of these things induced us. eir^p9T|v iriiXtv 7pdi|fai, I was induced to 
 write again, t-q viKu eirapBevTes or ein)p|jivoi, elated by the victory. 
 Tip dvSpl cirap6eio-a, instigated by her husband. 
 
 f. Arsis denotes the raising (opo-is) of the foot in beating time, 
 as opposed to Thesis (flio-vs), putting it down. 
 
Ala-Odvofiai — 'Axeofiai,. 33 
 
 Al<r6cLvo|iai, perceive, al(r8'iia-a|i.ai, ^(r0<S|j.T)V, 'go-Si^iiai,. 
 
 None of the forms are pass, in sense. The short stem aUrfl-, on 
 ■which 2nd aor. is formed, becomes alo-6e- in fut., perf., and plup., 
 and ato-Bav- in pres. and impf . 
 
 Note. — Occasionally forms occur of a suspicious pres. altrBofiai. 
 
 a. Primarily, like Latin seniire, alo-6dvo|iai denotes perception hy 
 the senses (ai irevre alcrS'^o-Eis, the Jive senses). E.g. " Well, then, 
 what name do you give to this, viz. to seeing, hearing, smelling, feeling 
 cold, feeling warm ?" "I call it perceiving ; for what else [should 
 I call 87] f " " You call it all together, then, pkeckption ? " " Cer- 
 tainly." tC ovv 8i] CKeCvcp diroSCScos ovo|ia, tc^ opdv, olkoveiv, oo'4>paC- 
 vctrOai, i)rvx6(rOai, Oepp.aCveo'Oai ', — Atcrddvco'dai, c'yu'ye. tC "ydp dXXo ', 
 — |v|i,irdv dp' a«To KaXets AtcrOTieriv; — dyd^Kr]. 
 
 ft. It also denotes intellectual perception. The object perceived 
 may be in gen. or accus. riis liriPouXfjs or rijv liriPovXiiv •go-OriTo, 
 he had perceived the plot. c. The conjunction that after perceive 
 is rendered either by on (or us) or by the participle. E.g. 
 
 alo-6dvo|jiai «v (or o«o-a), I perceive that I am. 
 
 alo-Sdvci. div (or ovo-a), you perceive that you are. 
 
 ^o-6ovTo C(r6|i,£voi (or e(r6|j,evai), they perceived that they should be. 
 
 ■go-OovTo avTovs Icrofji^voDs, they perceived that they would be, for 
 ■which ■gVOovTo air&v co-op.4v<i>v may also be used. 
 
 d. As a passive the phrase ato-OTjcriv irap^x'iv, to afford perception, 
 is sometimes used ; roxeiav oi!<r6i)o-iv irap^o-xov, they were quickly 
 perceived. 
 
 e. From al(r0i)TiK6s, perceptive, comes Aesthetic; the ■word 
 relates to the perception of the beautiful. An Anaesthetic is 
 something that destroys pain by destroying all feeling, as chloro- 
 form, ether, etc. The Gr. adj. is dvaio-8T|Tos, ov, without feeling. 
 A synonym of anaesthetic is Anodyne, a privative, and dSvvr), pain. 
 
 'AKcojjiai, cure, heal, is not common in Attic, and in prose the 
 pres. is the tense mainly lised ; the aor. i^KC(rd|iT|v occurs, but is 
 extremely rare. 
 
 The vford dv^Keo-ros, ov = incurable. Panace'a, o universal 
 remedy, is from -Trova/ceio (unattic). In Gr. mythology Panacea and 
 Hygie'a ('YyUio., Health) were daughters of 'Ao-KXijirids, i.e. Aescu- 
 
34 ^Idofiat — 'Akovco. 
 
 lapius, the god of healing and the patron of physicians. Hence, 
 Hygiene, the laws of health, and Hygienic. 
 
 b. The verb 'rdojiai is the common one for cure, heal, and is regu- 
 lar. 'la<r6ni.i]v, I cured ; 'wSr\v, I was cured. [Perf. late.] ■tttTpos = 
 physician. a O^vare, twv dvi)K4o-T<i)V kokuv 'idrp^, Death, healer 
 of our incurable ills ! "iSy-a., remedy, cure. 'la/nf.o^, curable. dvfoTos, 
 ov, incurable, ij 'idTpiKTJ (sc. t^xvii), the healing art, medicine (as a 
 profession), "ido-is, a healing, curing. "idTpetov, a doctor's office. 
 'idrpevu, heal, cure. When medicine denotes the physio given, the 
 word is <t><^PK'(>'Kov ; hence Pharmacy, the druggist's trade (<f>op- 
 piaK£Ca). Pharmacopoeia, (papfiaKonoiia (unattic), a book treating 
 of the preparation (^making, iroi^a) of medicines. — (jiopiiaKoiruXTis 
 (-ov), a seller of drugs. 
 
 'Akouo), hear, dKO<i(ro)iai, T[Kou<ro, ax'/JKoa, ■qKow<r6T|V. 
 Plup. act. dKT|K(ST] (-K<S€iv), or more usually, ■nKijKiii. Pf. pass, 
 late. — ij (lev dKoi] dKoio-eToi, ij Si cfidivi] dKoi)o-9V|or«Tai, the hearing 
 will hear, and the sound will be heard. 
 
 a. The person heard is in gen. ; the thing in gen. or accus. 
 Sm\uv Kal dKovo-cofJicv toB dvSpos, let's go and hear the man. tmv 
 |iapTvpo>v dKT|K6aT6, you have heard the witnesses. Sopiipov (or 
 eopv^ov) TiKouo-f, he heard a noise. b. The gen. of the person 
 may also denote the one from whom we hear. IjioS dKovo-eo-Sc 
 irdo-av r-qv dXVjSeiav, from me you shall hear the whole truth, 
 c. With gen. of a person dKovu also means hearken to, obey, i.e. 
 hear, and take orders from : kv tois •Seivois rjOtXov airoO dKoveiv, in 
 times of danger they were willing to obey him. Pao-iX^ois o4k dKou- 
 overiv, they are not subject to the king. li'rraKoveiv has this same 
 meaning. d. Notice particularly that dKovu is used with a pas- 
 sive sense, to be spoken of, to be called: irapd Il^po-ais "-ywaiKos 
 KaKiu " dKovirai oveiSos \iiyia-T6v eo-Tiv, among the Persians to be 
 called "more cowardly than a woman" is the greatest reproach. r\v 
 TttVTa iroiu, ij>T|'s (»« djieivov dKovo-eo-Sai ', if I do this, do you say I 
 shall be better spoken of? Iv t^ vav|iaxCa dpio-ra TJKauo-av, in the 
 sea-fight they achieved the greatest distinction. e. After ducovu an 
 object clause may be expressed by on or <os, or by accus. followed 
 by participle or infin. E.g. he heard that Cyrus was in Cilicia may 
 be, 'qKovp-cv oTi (us) Evpos Iv EiXikC;. eCi^ ; or t|kovo-c Kvpov iv K. 
 
'Akovco — 'AXi(TKOfj,ai. 35 
 
 ovra or civai. axoia t&v o-TpaTioiTSv PoiSvtoiv = / hear the soldiers 
 shouting ; but oucovu toiis o-TpaTuSras Pomvtos, / hear that the soldiers 
 are shouting (i.e. some one informs me of the fact). 
 
 f. aiarf[ = hearing, as one of the five senses, and also hearsay. 
 aKouo-|i.a, something heard, a sound. oKouo-ris, avdihle : tio ( = tCvi) 
 ij|imv oKovoiiEv ri okouo-toL ; with what part of us do we hear audible 
 things ? rots «t£v, with the ears. From a.Kou(rTiK6! (unattic) comes 
 Acoustic, relating to the hearing, or to sound. Verbal okouot&v, one 
 must hear, hearken to. 
 
 Much like ukovu is 
 
 'AKpodo|xai, hear, hearken to, obey (Tiva5),dKpoa(ro|tai, iJKpod- 
 o-d|ii^v. Pf. mid. and aor. pass. late. Notice d in fat. and aor., 
 inst. of T] ; of. Podu, shout, Ip6i]<ra. 
 
 irrr|5avT£s dKpotto-M|ji«9o, let's crouch down and listen, ovk iJkpouvto 
 'v|i.a>v, they would not hearken to (obey') you. aucpiSdo-is, obedience. 
 oKpadr^s, hearer, auditor. 
 
 'A\«l<j>ii>, anoint, dXcCtlru, TfXeii|fa, d\^X.i<|>a, dX^Xi|i.|i,ai, 
 i]\cl<|>6r|v. Mid. anomf one's seZ/", aX£ti|/o(i.ai, i]Xenl(d|iTiv. The 
 perfects are also found in the form d\iiKfiipa, -ei/i/iai, but these forms 
 are not so well approved. The act. is rare exc. in comp. The 
 most frequent comp. is e$aXEl<|>ci), plaster, whitewash, as in Thuc. : 
 ^ It«X£v ovk 4^aXi)Xi|i|uvov to reixos, where the wall did not happen 
 to have been whitewashed. As the result of plastering over, it 
 generally means efface, erase, wipe out : e$oiXc(i|>eiv rivd Ik KaroXd'you, 
 to erase some one's name from a catalogue (list). rfeldXeiirros, easy 
 to erase. 
 
 'AXia, grind, is rare in A.p., the only example, perhaps, being 
 in Thuc. 4, 26 : o-Itov dXuXeo-ne'vov (or dXT|XE|i,e'vov), ground corn. 
 
 'AXCcrKO)iai, get captured, dXu(ro|i.ai, c'dXuv or iq[X(i>v, 
 caXuKa or iq[X(DKa. 
 
 The forms are all pass, in meaning. The 2nd aor. is inflected : 
 edXuv, laXus, iaXia ; eoXutov, cdXcirriv ; caX(i>|t€V, coXoitc, eaXuirav. 
 Subj. 'dXS, dXus, dX<p ; dXurov, oXStov ; dXu|x€v, oXSre, dXuo-i. Opt. 
 'dXoliiv, dXolT|s, oXoCt), etc. The imperat. seems not to occur. 
 Infin. 'dXuvai. Part. 'dXovs, dXoSo-a, oXov. In the perf. the form 
 EoXuKa is much more common in the Attic writers than ^'Xuku. 
 
36 'AXi(7Koaai — AXXarTW. 
 
 b. Iirel ■§<ri(TO ti]v ircSXiv eaXwKuiov, when he perceived that the city 
 had been captured, ij o-Ktivii e'dXco, the tent was captured. [o-Ki\vf\, 
 ScBNE.] i]\<iKci TO x^P'""" "S fSiKci, the place had been captured, 
 as it seemed. «av oXios en toOto irpdrTUV, if you are caught doing 
 this again. [Catch is otpiu or \a|j.pavw.] c. As an Attic law 
 term d\((rKO|xai = be convicted. Cf. atpeu, c. Ildxis dveiXev [cf. 
 dvaipc'o), c] eauTov eirl toS p^|ji,aTos, eirel ii\£o-KeTo, Paches slew him- 
 self upon the bema, when he was convicted. dXdvTss KXoiri]s, having 
 been convicted of theft. 
 
 d. Skma-is = capture (=a{p6o-is), or conviction. dXtiirifjios, ov, 
 easy to capture. aXurds, capable of being captured. raiiTti piovov 
 dXuToC eo-(i.6V, this is the only point at which we can be taken, to fiev 
 %T\Toi\uvov akardv £K(j>evY£i Se Tdp.€Xov|iEVov (= to djieX.), that which 
 is sought after, can be attained ; while that which is neglected escapes 
 us. dvdXuTos, ov, not to be captured, impregnable. 
 
 'AXXdTTu (-o-o-o)), change, a.Wi.^<a, T|XXa£a, -'^iXXaxa! -^iXXa^- 
 (lai, ■nXXdxB'lv, or more usually, esp. in A. p. liXXd-yiiv. For 
 fut. pass, in A.p. only dXXa7'^a-op.ai occurs (not -xflTJcro|iai.) . 
 
 a. To make other (dXXos) than it is is the original idea of dXXdTTw, 
 hence change: to eJBos iQXXalcv, he changed his form (or appearance). 
 Ti]pEiJS els opviv ^XXd-yi], Tereus was changed into a bird. The usual 
 yiorA.iov change is (leTapaXXu). b. The nnA. = exchange ; ijSoviiv 
 dvTl Xvin)S aXKdm(r6ai, to exchange pleasure for pain. c. dXXa-y^ 
 = change and exchange : 4>ev ! ti]s dXXa-yfjs ! alas ! what a change ! 
 dyopa Kol v(ip.i.o-|i,a ttjs oXXaYris e'vcKO, a market and a currency for 
 purposes of exchange (to facilitate exchange). 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 1. dvTaXXaTTci), exchange, is usually in mid. dvTaXXd|o|j[,ai, 
 dvTi)XXa|d|iT|v, ovT'fiXXaYiiai.. Verbal dvTaXXaKWov. — dfTaXXdlairSai 
 toBto tKilvov (or dvTl tKeivou), to exchange this for that. 
 
 2. diroXXdTTcii, dismiss (toOs o-U|i|idxoiJS, the allies), free, rid of: 
 irpd^iiaTcov diniXXdxflai., to have been freed from trouble. For to leave 
 school the Greeks said to get rid of teachers, SiSao-KoXuv diraXXa7iivai. 
 b. The mid. or pass. diraXXaTTOfiiai, diraXXd$o|jiai, diniXXd-yiiv freq. 
 means withdraw, depart: Suttov diraXXd^ovTai, lav at dSol ejiiropoi 
 
'AWaTToj — "AWo/iai. 37 
 
 Y^vuvTai,, they will withdraw more speedily, if the roads are put in 
 good order. [In this sense is dira\Xa7^(ro|i,ai used?] raBr ctiruv 
 ainr|XXaYi], with these words he took his leave. 
 
 c. oiraWa-yTJ = deliverance, release, freedom: irovuv, from toils; 
 irpdYiidruv, from trouble ; iroXifiou, from war. Also, departure : ij Tijs 
 +iixfjs diro Tov o-i&|j.aT05 diraXXaYfj, the withdrawal of the soul from 
 the body. 
 
 3. The compounds 8i-, Kar-, and n-vvaXXdrTu all = reconcile : 
 irpuTov SiaXXd-yT)6i T<y dSeXijx^ o-ou, first be reconciled with thy brother. 
 8i-, KaT-, and o-vvaXXa7^ = reconciliation. 
 
 4. lUToXXaTTu, change, take in exchange, etc. iicroXXa-y^, a change 
 (iroX^|u>v, of war, i.e. a change from one war to another). 
 
 5. irapaWaTToi has various meanings, none of which are freq. 
 enough to call for mention here. But from irapd\Xa|is, change, 
 comes the astronomical term Parallax, " the difference between 
 the directions of a body as seen from two different points " (New- 
 comb) . 
 
 'AXXofiai, leap, Jump, d\ou|iai, ijXd)ii]v. No pf.; and aor. 
 is not found often in prose. A 2nd aor. ijX6|i,t|v is occasionally 
 met with in indie, and in the other moods is more freq. than the 
 1st aor., though the MSS. vary. 
 
 6. dX-= Lat. sal- in salio, leap; Engl, salient. [For interchange 
 between Lat. s, and the rough breathing in Gr. cf. sex and ej: 
 septem and tirrd: serpo and IpTru, Engl, serpent, the creeper: sal, 
 d\$ : super, iirip : sub, vir6 : sus, vs '■ semi, i]|jii- : sedes, eSos, I|o)icu : 
 sequor, firoiioi.] vi|n)\d i^XXovto, they were making high leaps. 
 6 tinros vircpoXetrai ttiv Td4>pov, the horse will jump over the ditch, 
 for which SioXcirai, will jump across, may be used. Ka6a\6|j,Evos 
 diro TOV iinrou Kal irpo(rSpap,uv avTcp ilmv, leaping down from his 
 horse and running up to him, he said — . 
 
 B. The more usual prose word for leap, jump, is in)Siu>, reg. exc. 
 that fut. is in mid. fnjS'tia-op.ai. It is used with various prep, to 
 denote direction, as dvo-, Sio-, tUr-, Ik-, koto-, liir^p-, etc. Xenophon, 
 who was fond of horses, wrote a little tract or monograph about 
 horses, Ilepl 'IinriKTjs, and has a chapter (VIII.) about teaching a 
 horse to jump, in which occur the following forms : injSdv, dvain)Sdy, 
 
38 UriBdco — 'A/jL(f>iewvfii-. 
 
 SiairT)Sdv (Sts), 8ittin)Sip'T], iKiniSav, KarainiSdv : oXetTai, Si,a\\T)Tai, 
 SiaXXo|j.4vov, £|a\XoiTo, Ka9ttX\6o-6ai, Ka8a\\6|jievos, virepaXetToi. 
 
 irT|8T)|io, a leap. ir^Sucris, a leaping, throbbing (Tfjs KttpSCds, of the 
 heart), 
 
 'AjiopTavco, miss, err, djiapT'^o-ofj.ai, ^'p.'*?'''"'', Tip.apTi)KO, 
 -pai, i]p.apT'^ Oi^v. 
 
 With the 3 steins djiapr-, duapTE-, dp,apTav-, of. the 3 stems of 
 ala-8dvop,ai. From the radical meaning miss (which, like Tv-^xdva, 
 hit, and o-TOxd^opai, aim at, takes gen. case), come the meanings 
 err, blunder, etc. d ^e'vos, okovtCJuv tov vv, toB p,ev dp.apTdvEi, 
 Tvyxdvii St TOV KpoCo-ov iroiSo's, the stranger, hurling his javelin 
 (okovtCov), at the boar, misses him, but hits the son of Croesus. toO 
 (TKOiroB (til dptdpToipi, that I may not miss the mark ! pEvcCXa ijpdp- 
 THK€V, he has made great mistakes. Sis e|apapTeiv rairdv ovk dvSpds 
 o-o<)>ov, to make the same mistake twice is not like a viise man. b. 
 The pass, is very frequent, in agreement with neut. pronouns and 
 adjectives, as : iroXXoi Kal pcYciXa ij|ji,dpTT|Tai, many great blunders 
 have been committed, rl ijiiapr^Sr) dv ; tvhat error would have been 
 made f ra dp.apTiiB€VTO (Ti(i.apTi](ievo), the faults that were (have been) 
 committed. 
 
 c. d|idpTi]p.a and dpaprCd, fault, error, mistake, crime, dvapdp- 
 TT|Tos, ov, unerring, faultless. In the N.T. dpaprCd is the word for 
 sin: d|iapTdva>, sin: dva|j.dpTi)Tas, without sin: aiiapTa\6s (unattic), 
 sinner. 
 
 'A|i<]>i7vo£<i), doubt, is from ■yvo-, stem of •^lyv&a-Koi, have 
 opinions (see yiyvda-Ka, A. c), and d|ji<t>C, on both sides. The impf. 
 and aor. have double augm. 'qp(|>€'Yvdovv and ■r\\i^i-^v6r\a-a. 
 [i)li(f)iyv6ovv occurs in texts occasionally.] The fut. is late, the 
 perfects are lacking, and aor. pass, occurs once in Xen. (Hell. 
 6, 5, 26), in part. dn<|>i7voii9eCs, unknown, lit. doubted about. 
 
 'Ap<j>ie'vvtip.i, clothe, apxpiiaa (unattic) drops o- and contracts 
 into d{i.4>iu (but even this form seems to occur only once or twice, 
 and not in A.p.), Ti|j.i{>Cccra, no pf. act., 'qp.4>Cc(rp,ai, aor. pass. 
 late. No impf. act. or mid. seems to occur. Fut. mid. dp<|>iE- 
 (ro|i,ai, in A.p. and uncontracted ; aor. mid. is poetical. d|j.<t>ievvvs 
 rd J<f o <rTcp€oIs 8ep(io<riv, clothing the animals with tough skins, out 
 
'Afi(f)ievvv/j,i — ^Avoiyvvfii, 39 
 
 a)u|>LcvvuvTai irXcCio r\ Svvavrai <^6'pEi.v, nor do they put on more clothes 
 than they are able to bear, 'ifiariov (dpeTi]v) d)i.<|>iE'o-o)i.ai, / toill clothe 
 myself with a cloak (with virtue). "i(i.aTiov 'q|u|>i«'(r6ai (|>afiXov, to be 
 clad in a shabby cloak. 
 
 b. T] E<r6^s, eVflfiTos, vesture, clothing, raiment. 
 
 The theme of these words originally had the Digamma f«s-, 
 Lat. vest- in vestlre, Engl, vesture. 
 
 d|i,<|>io-pT)TE(D, dispute, imperf. t]|i4>>'0'P^touv or '^|ji<|>Eo-P'^- 
 Touv, dpi<)>i<rPT]T^o-(i>, 'q|i,<|>i<r- or i]|i4>C(r|3'^Ti)(ra, T]|jL(|>i(r- or 
 i]|ji(f>co-|3'<iTT)Ka [perf. pass.?], ■qn(j>io-pT)Tifi6i] (or i]|j.<t>Eo--). 
 Regular, except that the prep, is augmented always, besides 
 which the verb may be augmented also. The meaning dispute, 
 debate, arises from the two sides belonging to every question 
 (aiKpis (unattic), on both sides'). Difference of view causes one 
 man to go (Pn- same stem as in Palvu, go, Pa-, 4'Pi)v) to one side, 
 and another man to another. 
 
 b. d|i,<|>iirP'^'n]|j.a = to d)i<t)i<rPT)TO\l|ji€vov, the point disputed about, 
 the matter in question. dfi<|>i.(rP'ii'n)a-is = to dfi<|>io-pT)Tciv, denoting 
 the process or act of disputing, a controversy, debate, etc. dfjuo-pr)- 
 T'fja-iiios, ov, open to dispute, debatable. dva)j.<|>i,o-P'iiTT]Tos, ov, indis- 
 putable; dva|uj>io-pi)T'/JT(i)s, indisputably. Cf. under Xe'^u, say, C, 1, 
 d|i.<)>(XoYos, etc. 
 
 'AvdXCo-Ku, or (but less frequent) axoKAa, spend, expend, 
 dvdXcia-u, dv^Xuo'a, -Ka, -|ioi, dyriXtSOriv. [The forms avaAoKTo, 
 -(to, -fiai, avoKiiditv, though found in some texts, are incorrect, and 
 recent editors are replacing them by the forms with rj.] 
 
 irXeCu T| ffii-io, ToXavTa dvT|X^Ka)uv, we have spent more than 1000 
 talents. to, ciriT^Seia dv^XuTai, our supplies (provisions) have been 
 used up. tA els tt\v vovv dvdXi.o-K6|i,£va, the sums spent on the ship. 
 tA 4v Tip ira.pa.hiiirio SripCa dvTjXiiKei, he had used up the wild animals 
 in the park, i.e. had exhausted the supply, had no more to hunt. 
 [irapaSEio-os, pleasure-ground, Pakamse.] 
 
 b. dvaX(i>|i,a, expense, cost. dvdXsiTiKis, expensive. The words 
 Sairavcui), spend, Soirdvr), expense, SairavripiSs, expensive, are common. 
 
 'AvoCyvvjii and i,volya, open, dvoC^u, dvcu^a (dvoC^u, 
 dvoC|ai|ii, avoi|ov, dvoi|ai,, dvoC^as), avii^xa,, dv c i;> 7 p, a i, 
 dvE(jix6r)v (dvoixflS) etc.). Impf . only dv « to 7 v, dvcip7dp,i)v. 
 
40 'Avolyvv/j.i — ^ A.irej(j9dvoiiab. 
 
 a. avetf/a, 2nd pf. act., stand open, is not good Attic. Xen. has 
 TjVoi-yE, Ti'voi-yov, TJvoilev in the sense of ov/JveTO, dvfivovTo, dvi]-yo7ovTo 
 (or ov^ixflicrav), put to sea, set sail. See under ayw. 
 
 Sid TOVTuv Tuv irv\uv (nom. irii\i\), at dv£iii'Y)iie'vai rjcrav |ji6vai, 
 through these gates, which were the only ones that were standing open. 
 dvEipKTai TO 8eo-|i.(i>T'<ipiov, the prison has been opened. ij 6vpd ij 
 
 4|jii] dve<j)KTo, m^ door useti to stand open. dvai.|ov Tijv 6vpdv, open 
 the door ! ( kXeio-ov ttiv Ovpdv, shut the door .') . 
 
 'Airovrdw, meet, fall in with (tivC), is limited to act. voice, exc. 
 that the fut. is diravT'<i<ro(ioi. Aor. and pf. are reg. The simple 
 verb ai/rda is Ionic and poetic, o-uv- and iSirovTau are used, but are 
 less freq. than dTravrdw. diravrdu also means betake one's self, repair 
 to a place. ot 'A6i]vatoi rots pappdpois MapaSuvaSe dirVjvTi)o-av, 
 
 the Athenians went to Marathon to meet the barbarians. euBcv Sevpo 
 irdX.iv diravTm|i,€v, let us meet here again in the morning. 
 
 'AircxOdvopLai, be hated, a.ir(\6i\<ro\i,ai, din]x9<5(iriv, dir^j- 
 Xflin'iii all pass, in meaning. The 3 stems are direx6o-v-, direxB- 
 for 2nd aor., direx6«- for fut., pf., and plup. Cf . djiapTav-, d)i.apT-, 
 djxapTE- in d)i.apTdv<i>, and ata-6av-, alo-S-, and ata-Oe- in atcSdvoitai. 
 
 'ii|iiv |ji£v evvoi iio-av, ckeCvois Se ovk dirrixfldvovTO, they were well- 
 disposed towards you and were not hated by them (" them " is emphatic, 
 to contrast with "you"). o«k aTr(\6ii<ria-6e o^SevI tuv itoXitov, 
 you will not be hated by a single one of the citizens. dir€pxo)i.ai «<(>' 
 'v)i,uv |i€v 8ia|3EpX.i]|ievos, SeiOu S« din)x6T)|i,^vos, / am going away, 
 slandered by you, and hated by Seuthes. diryjxOou dv irdcri. rots 
 yilToa-i, you would have been hated by all the neighbors. 
 
 Note. — In many texts occurs an inf. mri\6ar6ax. Some take it as 
 an irreg. accent for direx^E'crSai,, while others count it as belonging to a 
 present tense dirE'x6op.ai. Cf. note under aUr6dvo|jiai. 
 
 6. Hatred, enmity, is exOpd, or dir^x^Eia, or (less often) to t'xSos. 
 Ix6p<is and direxS'^is = hated, hateful; hence ('xSpd is the subst. and 
 IxBpa the adj. Ix6p<is as a subst. = enemy, one who is actuated by 
 hate, and in this respect differs from iroX4)jiios, enemy (in war, o 
 ir6\.«(ios), who may or may not have this hate. fiuria also means 
 hate (Tivd), and is reg., exc. that fut. mid. pLio-'fjo-oiiai, is used for 
 fut. pass. = / shall be hated, to (ilo-os = hatred. Misanthrope, 
 a hater of mankind. Misogynist, a woman-hater (■ywyj, yvvaiKds). 
 
'ATToXawM ' — ' Kpfiorrco. 41 
 
 Airo\ati(i), enjoy (tivos), d^oXavo-oiiai, airrlXau<ra, airoX^ 
 XauKd. Pf. pass, and aor. pass. late. rd Kc'pSi) Kal tos ijSovos 
 dpucri, Kal tovtuv diroXavire(r6ai irpo<r8oKuo-i, they see the gains and 
 the pleasures, and expect that they shall enjoy these things. dirb- 
 Xauo-is, enjoyment (orircov Kal wotSv, of food and drinK). 
 
 'Apia-Kia, please (nvC), ap^o-u, T|p€<ra. These tenses, with 
 i)pE<rKov, are the only ones in the active used in classic prose. In 
 the pass. dp^<rKO)i.ai and tjpe(rKd|i,T|v are used. As pass. ifSo|i.ai, I am 
 pleased, ij86|it|v, ■^(r9i)v, ij<r6'/io'0|i,ai are freq. ttms av tis tois 
 ToiovTois dp^<r«iev ; how could any one please such people as these f 
 Tois Xd'yois Tois <rois dp^(rKo(i.oi, / am pleased with your propositions. 
 Kvpos ^o-6t) ISiiv Tov TMv Pappdpuv 4><iP<>v, Cyrus was pleased to see 
 the terror of the barbarians. [Notice the part, in Greek, ■I\ir9r\ ISuv, 
 was pleased to see.] 
 
 b. ijSvs, pleasant. ifS^us, with pleasure, gladly. ifSovi^, pleasure. 
 dT|8^s, unpleasant. driSCd, unpleasantness. Notice the transl. of 
 ijSe'us in such phrases as ijSc'us av dKovo-aip,!, / should like to hear ; 
 ij84o>s av lpo([tT|v o-e, / should like to ask you ; tjScois av i]X6ov, / should 
 have been glad to go, etc. Sutrdpeo-Tos, ha}-d to please, peevish. 
 
 'ApKia, be sufficient, ijpKovv, dpK^o-u, T|pKe<ra. Only these 
 tenses in A. p. 
 
 ipcTo dpKEtv TOV |jiEv liraivEtv, TOV Se (iij 4iraivEiv, he thought it was 
 sufficient to praise one, and not to praise another. TJpKci dv (loi Td 
 clpT|p.Eva, tl — , I should be satisfied with what has been said, if — -. 
 dpKoCvTa ex"'") '" ^'"'6 enough, = iKavd t\a.v. dpKovvTus, sufficiently. 
 dpKoiivTus ejei, it will be sufficient, = ivavov eo-Tai. 
 
 'ApiidTToi, fit, be fitting, dp)i6a-cD, 'qpp.oo'a (perf. late), 
 '^'p|jioo-|iai, ijp|ido-6i)v. In the middle occur the pres. and the 
 aor. a-vvT]p|iao-d|jii)v. The tenses outside of the pres. and impf. are 
 formed from apixiC", which is in use, but not the best Attic prose 
 form. 
 
 viroSi))i.dTii>v Sci. Td|id Xdji^avc. ap' dpiidcci fioi ; / need shoes. 
 Take mine. Will they fit me ? SoYjiaTa, d Kal tois iroXXois koI toEs 
 oXfyois dpfuiTTCvTa tutx"'""; decrees, which happen to be fitting 
 {suited, adapted) both to the many and to the few. o4x dpiJuSTTci )ioi 
 oUdv (MTd ToiovToiv, it IS not fitting (proper) for me to live with such men. 
 
42 'ApflOTTtO — Av^dvo}. 
 
 b. dpixovCd, Harmony, i.e. thejitness of things. dpjioo-T^is, Har- 
 MOST, a name given to oiEcers sent out by tlie Spartan government 
 to rule subject cities. irpoo-opiJidTTa) tC nvi, Jit one thing to another, 
 adapt {ad = irp6s ; apto, Jit, = dpiiiTTw) . o-«vap|j.6TT(i), Jit together 
 (tC Tivi). avapiioo-n'u, he unjitling, be .out of tune. dvap|jioo-T(d, 
 unfitness, discord. dvdp|ioo-Tos, ov, lacking Jitness or harmony, out of 
 tune. eidpiioo-Tos, ov, wellfitted, harmonious. eiopnoo-rCd, harmony, 
 ftness, appropriateness. 
 
 'Apirdjw, snatch, seize, dpirdo-op,ai, i^f P '''''"'■ '•> "■"*> -"'('•i'. 
 lipirdo-fliiv. Reg. exc. fut. mid. for fut. act., which is much less 
 freq. than dpirdo-o)iai. [Unattic are the forms ap-mi^a, fipwa^a, etc.] 
 
 b. As opposed to KXewru, steal, dpird^u is rob, take away by force. 
 oi K^KX.a<f>as dW" rfpiraKas, you have not been engaged in theft, but in 
 robbery. dpiro-yfj, seizure, robbery, plunder. ai "Apiroiai, the 
 Harpies, referring to their ravenous nature. The stem dpir- 
 becomes in Latin rap- by metathesis, rapdx, rapacious, is dpiro^, 
 dpiraYos. 
 
 "Apx». See Part I, Consonant Stems, A, 1, a. 
 
 Ava(vo|i,ai, dry, dry up (intrans.); impf. occurs in Anab. 2, 3, 
 16, without augm. oiaCvero. The verb is rare in prose, the act. not 
 being used in prose at all. ij ■yfj aialverai Kal oirTdrai iSiro tov 
 i]\(ov, the earth dries and bakes (lit. becomes dried and baked) under 
 the sun. Notice how the literal meaning of tSird, under, suits here 
 with the pass, voice, = is dried and baked by the sun. 
 
 b. o4o"n)p6s, rough (from dryness), hard. Austere, aio-n)- 
 porlpu Kal di^SccTT^pij) ironiT^ xpfjo-Sai, to employ a sterner and less 
 agreeable poet {a.t\ii\'s, unpleasant). oio-Tt)p4TT]s, roughness, hard- 
 
 ness, harshness, severity: ij tov 7^p<ds a4o-Tr|p6TT]s, the austerity of 
 old age. 
 
 Av|dvii> or ai'|u, augment, increase, av^'fjo-u, 'r\v^r\ira,, -Ka, 
 -p,ai, -qi^^Oiiv. 
 
 The verb is transitive ; and the pass, is used to correspond to 
 the intrans. sense of augment, increase. 6 dvEp.os (d x^'P''"'') ai^dve- 
 Toi, the wind {the storm) is increasing. The pass, may be rendered 
 grow, wax. [ullav f\v^i\Tai, he has waxed greater, has grown taller. 
 a4'|i]o-is, increase, augmentation, augment (in this last sense unattic) : 
 rj crvWa^ixii (xpociK^) aii'^tio-is, the syllabic {temporal) augment. 
 
''Aj(^9ofj,ai — BaiW. 43 
 
 "Ax^oiiai (lit. be burdened; ri &\ios, burden, load) = be dis- 
 pleased, angry, irritated, dx9eo-o|xai and dx9c<r6''io'0|j.ai (both 
 with same meaning), •ijxfleo-8'n v. 
 
 |i.t|SeIs dx96o-6^ T^ viroirxia-a, let no one be displeased at the 
 promise, tt tis 'CjiiSv axSEo-S^o-ETai,;, irapaiTovfiai, if any one of you 
 shall be offended, I deprecate it (_ = beg pardon). 
 
 b. Td &x^°Si ^ load, burden: &\9y\ lirl Tijs Kc<t>a\i)s (lirl t&v ujiuv) 
 i|>^pciv, to bear burdens on the head (upon the shoulders, u)i,os). 
 axOeivos, burdensome : to axOeiviraTov toB pCow, the most burdensome 
 period (part) of life. A more common word for burdensome, oppres- 
 sive, irritating, is liroxfl^s. i] o-ewrAxOeta, the Seisachtheia, or 
 Shaking off of Burdens; Solon's famous measure by which the 
 burdens of debt were removed from the people of Attica. 
 
 B. 
 
 BaSC^o), walk, PaStoS)i.ai, ipdSicra. Ko pf. in Attic. 
 
 PaSi^civ Kal rplx'iv, ^0 walk and to run. 8id toS eXovs lirl tuv 
 irXaT^mv ^tiXtiiv SiaPaSCo-avrcs, having walked through the swamp 
 (marsh) on the boards (lit. broad pieces of wood). pdSi)v, step by 
 step. This verb is kin to the next one. 
 
 BaCvu, go, -pi\<ro\iai, -ePtjv, P^Pi)Ka, -pipa|xai, -Epd6i]v. 
 
 A 2nd pf . occurs, but rarely, and chiefly in part. ; PcPus, PtPmo-a. 
 [First aor. -i^Tiaa rare and poet., though Xen. has it once.] 
 
 The aor. -i^tyv is inflected just as eo-rriv is, from to-nmi. Synop- 
 sis : dvipriv, dvaPu, dvaPa(i)v, dvdpi)6i, dvaPi)vai, dvaPas, -pd<ra, 
 "Pov ; -pdvTos, etc. The verb is used chiefly in 
 
 Compounds. 
 
 1. dvaPaCvo), go up, ascend (intrans.) : lirl tov 7'ii\o(|>ov, «irl to 
 opos dvoPo£v€iv, to ascend the hill, the mountain. dvdpi)6i lirV tov 
 ejidv ilinrov, «l PouXei, get up on my horse, if you want to. dvaPu|i,cv 
 iv\ ti]v vavv, let us go on board the ship. 
 
 2. diroPa(vci>, go off, land, disembark, ck tuv vsflv, from the ships, 
 b. Of events, diroPa(v<a means turn out, result : irus diript) ; how did 
 it turn out ? Mo-irep irpoo-eScxiiH'^v, just as I expected. ovSeIs irpoop^ 
 Td diroPT]o-6)i,Eva, no one foresees what the result(s) will be. 
 
 3. SiaPaCvd), go through, cross (opr), ■yT|X6<()0MS, iroTa|jiovs, mountains. 
 
44 Balvo) AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 hills, rivers'), ford (iroTa().oiis). irpos to Sia^atvov o-Tpdrsuiio, towards 
 the army that was (or, is) crossing. 
 
 4 and 5. tls- and l|j,paCva>, go into, go in, embark (intrans.). For 
 embark in the transitive or causative sense, see under Pip6.la. apa 
 ol ciriPaTai els tos vavs i\>.^pi\Kd<ri ', have the marines embarked on 
 the ships? 
 
 6. iK^alva, go out, disembark (intrans.). b. Also, like diro- 
 PaCvii), prove, turn out, result : iravra o4 pc^Siov Ovtyrtf avSpl kcltA, vovv 
 ixPalvfiv (or iKpiivai), it is not easy for everything to turn out for a 
 mortal, man according to his mind. dp-yC^ovrai, "dv ti |iii koto. yv<!>]ii\v 
 jkP^, they get angry, if anything fails to turn out according to their 
 idea, to IkPciv, the issue, the result. 
 
 7. iiriPalva, go on, set foot upon. I<ji' iJ |jii]8^iroTE liriP^jo-ovTat 
 'n.t\o'rrovvf\irov, on condition that they will riever set foot upon the 
 Peloponnesus. 
 
 8. KaTapaCvd), go down, descend. KaTcl tijs K\f)i.aKos KttToPe- 
 Pt)KE'vai, to have none down the ladder [Engl. Climax]. 
 
 9. irapaPaCvu, go contrary (irapii) to, transgress, violate, rois 
 v6|i.oiis, Tov opKov, TOS o-irovSos, T11V o-ijiPainv, the laws, the oath, the 
 treaty, the agreement. o-irovSos, "ds vojitjei itapaPepdo-6ai, a treaty that 
 he thinks has been violated. d|ivvaT£ T<y irapaPaO^vTi v6)i,<f, avenge the 
 law that ivas violated. 
 
 10. irpoPaCvu, go forward, advance, ij vuj irpoPaCvci, the night is 
 wearing away. 
 
 11. TTpoo-paCvu, go towards, approach (tivC). kotA dTpairdv tivo 
 ir£ip<&|jiEvo$ irpoa-pf)vai., trying to approach by a certain path, [ij 
 dTpair^s.J 
 
 12. o-\ip.paCv(D, come together, come to terms, agree, trvvi^i] av 
 Tiiv iroXiv irapaSoOvai, ti jlt] Sid toOs dWous, he would have agreed to 
 surrender the city, if it had not been for the others, ^.iveiv t'ws dv ti 
 <ni)i.pae^, to wait until something has been agreed upon ; or, until some 
 agreement has been made. b. impersonally, it means happen, 
 <ruv^PT| a.i^ i\dtlv, it happened to him to go. 
 
 13. virEpPa(v(i>, go over, scale, to «ixos, the wall, tows opovs 
 virEpPePriK^vai, to have stepped over the boundaries. Then, overstep, 
 transgress, in which sense irapaPaCvu is much more common. 
 
DERIVATIVES OP BaivQ) — BaWft). 45 
 
 B. Derivatives. 
 
 From pdo-is, pdo-eus, something to step on, we get Basis, Base. 
 pdSpov, a foundation, pedestal. Pii|ia, o step, pace : irpo^Tpexe 8iio rj 
 Tp£o p^fiiiara, he would run forward two or three steps. Pi\)i.o. also 
 means Bkma, rostrum, the stand from which the orators spoke. 
 'Avdpao-is, ascent, Anabasis, the Upward-march of the Ten Thou- 
 sand. Kardpao-is, descent, the Retreat of the Ten Thousand. 
 dirdPao-is, disembarking, landing, landing-place. Sidpao-is, a place 
 for going through or across, a crossing, ford. iroTa|ids SioPords, a 
 river that can be forded. iroTa|ios dSidparos, an unfordable river. 
 d irora|j,ds eo-ri SiaPareos, the river must be forded, rd Sia^aT^pia, 
 the sacrifices (Upd) ofiered before crossing a border. [The com- 
 pounds eto--, 6(4-, eK-, lir£-, irapd-, wpd-, irpdo--, and vir^pPao-is do not 
 occur often.] 
 
 liripdTT|s, a fghting-man on board a ship : oi eiripdrai, the marines 
 [ot vavrai = the mariners'] . <rvp.pa(ris, agreement, stipulation. Dif- 
 ference between a-v\i.pa<nv and (n)ipd(riv ? 
 
 BdXXu, throiv, fiaXa, kfiaXov, Pc^XtiKa, PepXT||i,ai, ipX<j6T)v, 
 -PaXovfiai, -ePa\6p.r)v. 
 
 In how many places may pdXXovo-i, PaXovo-i, PoXciv, and PaXovo-a 
 each be found ? Difference between PaXuv and PaX<av ? What is 
 the neuter form corresponding to paXuv ? to PaXc&v ? 
 
 B. The meanings appear from the following examples. 
 
 a. Used absolutely, to throw, hurl darts or missiles: ePaXXov, 
 co-i|i£vS6va>v, lTd|e«ov, they hurled missiles, slung stones, and shot arrows, 
 b. Where we say " to throw a stone, a clod," etc., the Greeks usually 
 said "to throw with a stone," etc. / tvill throw this clod, he said, 
 picking one up, PaXu Tavrr) rg pd}\<f, €<tn|, dv«X6p,«vos. — XtSois 
 pdXXeiv, to throw stones. c. To throw at, hit, strike (with a mis- 
 sile) : iraCovcri Kal pdXXoviri tov 2<anip(8dv, they strike and throw at 
 Soteridas. a.vtx&fn\<rav PoiXX<S|i.cvoi, they retreated under fire (being 
 thrown at). Sdpari PXtiOeIs dir^eovev, he was smitten with a spear 
 and killed (died). 
 
 d. TO PcXos, something to throw with, a missile. Po\f\ : p.^xP'' 
 XC60V PoXfis, to within a stone's throw. 
 
 Note. — BiiXXu is used with all of the 18 prepositions. The only 
 one not noted below is dvTipdXXu ; but it occurs in Thuc. 7, 25, dvre'- 
 PaXXov, they returned the fire (threw missiles back again, in opposition). 
 
46 COMPOUNDS OF BaXXeo. 
 
 C. Compounds. 
 
 1. a/upiPdWa is not a prose word, though frequent in poetry. 
 Its derivative dL)i.(|>[PoXos is often used, meaning thrown at (or hit) 
 from both sides, said of troops attacked from two directions at once. 
 b. I'vo (iij d)i.<|>CPaXov ■§, opla-an |ioi, that it may not be doubtful, 
 define for me. — to ovojia ij iiriorTTJiiH tt(i.<|>CPo\6v Ict-ti, the word 
 lirio'T'^ljiT) is ambiguous. 
 
 2. avapdWo). a. literal : Iv , i^ to X''H'<^ dv^PaWov, while they 
 were engaged in throwing up the mound. b. put off, postpone, defer, 
 in which sense the mid. is more usual than the active. Let him not 
 think that I am for postponing the matters, |ii] dva^dWeiv |ji£ tcL 
 irpayiiaTa tjycCo-6(i>. He begged me to postpone it till the next day, 
 Hilri (loD «ls T11V uo-Tepotav dvaPaX^o-6ai. An earthquake occurred, 
 and so the meeting was adjourned, o-€ia-|xoti Be 'yevoii^voii rj lKK\T)a-Cd 
 dvE^X'/jST). dvaPoX.'^, postponement, delaj/: dx6Eo-6els t^ dva|3o\^, 
 vexed by the delay. 
 
 3. dTopdXXu, cast off, throw away: X^ystoi ti]V do-irtSa diro^E- 
 p\r]K^vai, he is said to have thrown away his shield, b. lose: ncpiKXr); 
 direPaXe T<5Te tiiv dSeX(j>'fiv, Perikles lost his sister at that time, iav 
 toBto iroi'fls, diroPoXcIs Ti^v Kt^aXi\v, if you keep on doing this, you 
 will lose your head (= life). o-TpaTiilTas ev n^XTl airopdWeiv, to lose 
 soldiers in battle. Td ovTa dirop., to lose one's property. diroPoXi] 
 oirXcov, the throwing away (or loss) of one's arms, ti^v diroPoXijv 
 liri.o-T'^|iT)s \i\i-t[v X^Yojiev, the loss of knowledge we call forgetfulness. 
 
 4. SiapdXXcD, slander, calumniate (Tivd) : Si,apXi)6<i(r£a-6c, you will 
 he slandered. SidPoXos (in this sense unattic)^ slanderer, false 
 accuser, devil: hence Diabolical. SiaPoX'^, slander, false accusa- 
 tion : ir66ev oi SiaPoXal avrai Yc-ybvao-iv ; from what source have these 
 slanders arisen? 
 
 5 and 6. elo-- and l|iPdXX(i>, throw into : tov tauTov dvei|(iov ets <|>p^ap 
 
 Iv^PaXev, he threw his own cousin into a well. b. invade : els niv 
 T]|iSv epiPaXova-iv, they will invade our country. [Notice the con- 
 struction : the place invaded is preceded by the preposition.] 
 clo-poXiJv (or I|iPoXtjv) iroicto-Sai, to make an invasion (inroad : A% tijv 
 'Attik'/jv, into Attica). 
 
 c. From €fi0\rifia (unattlc), Lat. emblema, comes Emblem. 
 Literally it means something thrown or put in, and neither the Greek 
 nor the Latin word has the present meaning of emblem. 
 
COMPOUNDS OP BdXkm. 47 
 
 7. iKpdXXu, cast out, expel, banish, exile, tivA Ik rfjs X''p'>'S^ ''"2/ 
 one from the country. toOs |j.6v airuv dir€KTeiv€, tovs S" 4|EPaXcv, some 
 of them he killed, and some he banished. . TON EPXOMENON nP02 
 
 ME OT MH EKBAAn EHn, HiM THAT COMETH UNTO Me I WILL 
 
 IN NO WISE CAST OUT. Notice here the use of ov (I'^i, which gives 
 the strongest form of negative statement known in Greek. 
 
 8. liri,pd\X<i>, cast upon: they threw the dead bodies upon wagons 
 and took them outside of the city, toOs vtKpoOs tirl d|xd|ds JiriPaXdvTes 
 dirij^a^ov l^w ■ri\s irdXews. — liriPoX'/i, in various meanings. 
 
 9 . KarapdWu, throw down, strike down : throwing down the images 
 of the gods, KarapdXXuv tuv 8euv rd dydXiiaTa. dpKTOv Kara- 
 PcPXi^Kcv, he has brought down a bear, to dp-yvpiov KarapdWdv, to 
 pay down the money Q' plank down the cash"). KarapoX'/j, among 
 other meanings, has that of a deposit, paym.ent. 
 
 10. [icTapdXXcD, change, alter (trans, or intrans.). It is no easy 
 matter to change an evil nature, irovT^pav <j>v(riv p.€TaPaX€iv oii p^Siov. 
 — (lerapdXXciv e9os, to change a custom ; tovs Tpdirous, one's manners ; 
 iroXiTsCov 15 dXt^apx'ds eJs 8T|(ioKpaT(dv, a government from an 
 oligarchy to a democracy; to ovofjia, one's name; SCairav, a Diet, 
 mode of life ; tos S6|ds, one's views, etc., etc. (lETaPoXovres "EXXuves 
 l7«vovTo, they changed and became Greeks. b. The middle is like- 
 wise so used: Td 'ip.dTia |i.6TapdXXco-6ai, to change one's clothes. 
 Ipct cos (i.€TaP£pXt)(i.ai, he will say that 1 have changed. c. f.iTa.^oK(\, 
 a change : itovtoioi ixcTaPoXaC, all sorts of changes. «v)LETdpoXos, easy 
 to change, fickle : a-i ii, Sid to ev|j,eTdpoXos etvoi, but you, owing to 
 your fickleness. 
 
 11. irapapdXXcD, cast by the side of; hence, compare. Let us com- 
 pare them with one another and consider whether they will differ from 
 one another at all, irapaPaXdvTEs aJTous irpos dXX'fjXovs o-KE<|Ki|jic6a 
 ti Ti Siodrovo-iv dXX^Xuv. b. irapaPoX^, a putting by the side of, 
 comparison : iv t% irapaPoX'g t«3v pioiv, in the comparison of the lives. 
 In the N.T. it means Parable. In Mathematics, Parabola. 
 
 12. ircpipdXXci), throw around: KaC tivcs teCxi^ ircpifPaXXovTo, and 
 some surrounded themselves loith uialls (^put walls around themselves). 
 dXX'^Xovs irepi^PoXXov, they fell to embracing one another. a. 
 Special meaning : involve ; any one (Tivd) in calamities (o-v)i.<|>opais), 
 in evils (KaKots), in dangers (kivSvvois), etc. — irepiPoX'fj, in various 
 meanings, as something thrown around, garment; an embrace, etc. 
 
48 COMPOUNDS OP BaXXco. 
 
 13. irpopdWu, cast before, put forward : 6 v^' dirovTwv irpoPaWi- 
 (lEvos Xi^yos, the argument put forward by everybody. b. In the 
 middle, put before one's self as a protection, bulwark, screen, 
 defence, etc. In front of Attica, said Demosthenes, I placed as a 
 defence arms, cities, strategetic points (lit. places'), harbors, ships, 
 and cavalry, oirXa Kal irdXeis Kal Toirous Kal X.i|i^va$ Kal vais Kal 
 tinrous irpo4Pa\<S(i.t|v irpd ttJs 'Attiktjs. — irpoPoX^ has various mean- 
 ings. irp6p\i\\La,, a,njthmg put forward as a defence, protection, etc. 
 Also, that which one has put before him to be achieved. Problem : 
 <|>a(vETai irpop\T||i,dT(i>v yi\Liiv, he seems to be full of problems. 
 
 14. irpoo-pdWo), attack: r<S r(l\iL, the wall. irpoo-poXas iroieto-Sai 
 irpds Tijv ir<\iv, to make attacks again.it the city. irpoo-poXi^ k^jivero 
 tcrxvpa, a vigorous attack was made. [liriTifltjiai. and lirWeo-is also 
 mean attack: Iiri6l(re(i>s 7evo(i4vt|s, an attack having been marfe.J 
 
 15. o-ii|iP<S,\X<i), throw together, develops various meanings from 
 the literal one. Perhaps the most common uses are the following : 
 
 a. bring together in a hostile sense, bring into collision or conflict, 
 set by the ears, stir up strife betwe'en, etc. wKvr](r6 (nj|i(3oXeiv (JjCXods, 
 she hesitated to set friends by the ears. toOs dXeKTpuovas irup.pd\\tiv, 
 to set the cocks to fighting. b. bring together for purposes of cqm- 
 parison, compare : (iiKpd iis-ydXois, small things to great. iropapdWu 
 also = compare. 
 
 c. contribute (in the middle) : tovto o-viiPaXetrai irpos to Xav- 
 6dv€iv, this will contribute towards secrecy. Mya o-vvc^dXcTO tw 
 
 IXcXoirfS^ ets TO Tl^jida-Sai oTi lv£ViK^K«o-av oi @T|Patoi, the fact that the 
 Thebans had conquered contributed greatly towards causing Pelopidas 
 to be held in honor. irdTcpos itkiiM |v|j[,p^pXr]Tai riiiuv ', which of us 
 has contributed most ? SirapTidTai ets ti]V vaii|xax(dv hixa |i6vav 
 o-uvcpdXovTo Tpi'fjpeis, the Spartans contributed only 10 triremes 
 towards the sea-fight. 
 
 p. Td 0-vp.poXa (lit. things brought together) denoted " the halves or 
 corresponding p-.eces of a bone or coin, which two |^voi " (^guest- 
 friends) " or any two contracting parties broke between them, each 
 party keeping one piece" (L. and S.). Naturally, then, the pieces 
 when put together (hence the name, <rtip,poXa) would fit, and each 
 piece would fit nothing but its own corresponding haK. Their 
 fitting was thus a mark of genuineness. Hence came the meaning 
 
COMPOUNDS OF BaXko) — BaTTTW. 49 
 
 of token, that by which something is known or recognized or 
 inferred. This gives us the word Symbol, a sign or token. 
 o-v|iPo\^ is used in various senses. 
 
 16. vircpPdXXu, throw over or beyond. From this literal meaning 
 comes the general one of surpass, outdo, excel: •uireppdWono-tv ai 
 i^Soval Tos Xviras (or, r&v \vit&v), the pleasures exceed the pains. 
 uircpPaXX6vTus, exceedingly. b. vTreppdXXo) is also frequently used 
 in the sense of crossing, passing over : ^vKiita-Bai etre Tf\[i.ipov firt 
 avpiov 8oK€t vircpPdXXEiv to opos, to deliberate whether it seems best 
 to cross the mountain to-day or to-morrow. to vireppdXXov tow 
 o-TpaTcvfiaTos, the part of the army that inas (or is) crossing over. 
 
 c. virEpPoXri : (1) overshooting the mark, excess, extravagance. 
 Hence Hyperbole, extravagance in speech. (2) ij uirtppoXi] r&v 
 opuv, the passage of the mountains, i.e. either the act of crossing, or 
 the place of crossing. (3) In Mathematics JirepPoX'/j was the 
 
 conic section called the Hyperbola. 
 
 17. iSiropdXXcB, throw under. Much more common is the trans- 
 ferred meaning, throw in an underhand or secret way : hence suggest, 
 prompt: JiroPoXetv Suvifjo-eo-Oe eov ti iiriKavO&vavrai, you will be able 
 to prompt them, if they forget anything. (Compare iiiroTC8ii|jii for a 
 similar meaning.) 
 
 For passives of pdWu supplied by irfirTw see this verb. 
 
 BdiTTO, dip, dye, -pdi|r(a, cPat|/a, no perf. act., p«'Pa|i,|jiai, 
 ipd(|>T|V. 
 
 He puts it in fire and after that he dips it in water, cts itvp hiro 
 IvtCOtjo-i, h«t' Ikeivo 8e «ts u8<i)p pdirTti. You know that the dyers, 
 ■whenever they want to dye wool, etc., oto-9a oti oi Paifiets, lireiSav 
 PovXi)6uo-i. pdt|/ai 4'pia, k.t.X. o dv tovtco tco Tp6ir(j> Pa(|>'Q, what- 
 ever has been dyed in this manner, to fia^iv, that which has been dyed. 
 
 b. From a kindred word, pairrCJci), not often used in Attic, 
 comes Baptize. jBoirTio-T^s, Baptist. Pa,TTurTi]piov, a place to 
 baptize in, Baptistery. pinTur/ia, Baptism. Pedobaptist, one 
 who believes in baptizing children (irols, iraiSis, child). Ana- 
 baptist, one who believes that infant baptism is not valid, and 
 that therefore persons baptized in infancy should be baptized again 
 (ttvd) on being admitted to the church. 
 
60 Bi^d^eo — BtoM. 
 
 Bipd^d), cause to go, is transitive, corresponding to the in trans. 
 PaCv<i>, and like Pa(vci>, pipd^u is used mainly in compounds. The 
 perf. act. and pass, and aor. pass, do not occur in Attic. The fut. 
 act. is either -Pipdo-u or (usually) -Pipa (-Pip^s, -PiP<f, etc.). 
 Fut. middle -pipdo-oixat or -Pi Pup. a i. The aorists are regular, 
 -cpcpao-a and -EPi.pa<rci|i,r)v. 
 
 ot dirXtrai SiaPa(vau<riv (SiaP^trovrai, 8i^Pi](rav) eIs ti)v vfjirov, 
 the hoplites are crossing over (will cross over, crossed over) into the 
 island, oi (TTpaTi^^ol tovs oirXtras 8LaPiPii^ov(riv (8iaPLpu(riv, SicpC- 
 Pao-av) tts Tijv vqo-ov, the generals are conveying (will convey, con- 
 veyed') the hoplites across into the island. So, l|j.paCv(i), embark (in- 
 trans.) and liJiPipd^u, embark (trans, e.g. toOs o-TparniTos, the troops). 
 dvaPaCvciv l(|)' llirirov, to mount a horse : dvapipdjeiv Tivd k^' tirirov, 
 to make one mount a horse. — We must make hoys, at as early an age 
 as possible, mount upon horses, eirV tous Virirous dvaPipacrrfov (sc. 
 IcttI) tovs iratSas us veurdrovs. In the middle dvaPipd^c(r6ai (dva- 
 PiPdo-ao-Sai) is used of bringing one's children, wife, or relatives 
 up into court, that they may excite the compassion of the dicasts 
 (SiKao-ToC, jurors) in favor of the man on trial : rd iraiSto to-us 
 dvapipdrai, perhaps he will bring his little children into court. 
 
 Bidu, live. The pres. and inipf. (Bm and i^iow) are rare in 
 Attic, Ju (J^s Jti 6tc.) and iXjav (it.iys, it,t\, etc.) being used instead. 
 Fut. is pKio-ofiai. Aor. epCwv (1st aor. ifflaura is rare), Piu (Pi<ps, 
 Pi(p like i'yvwv, vvu), piij>'r)v (like Ttjiuiiv, not like -yvoCTiv as we should 
 expect), [any imperative in Attic?], Piuvai, Piovs, Pidvros (like 
 Yvotis, 7v6vTos). Perf. act. PepCuKa. The perf. pass, occurs in 
 such expressions as rd ToiJTiii PePiuii^va, the acts of this man's life. 
 6 pt^iajiivoi o-oi pCos, the life you have lived. The tenses are there- 
 fore J u, 4' J uv, Pi(6o-0|jiai or J^<rw, Iptuv, PepCuKa, PcpCurai. 
 dvaPiuvai means to come to life again, be restored to life, either from 
 actual or apparent death : (i^Xuv 9dirT6(r8ai, eirl r^ imp^ kc()i,cvo5 
 dvepiu • dvapiovs 8« k.t.X. as he was on the point of being buried, he 
 came to life again while lying on the funeral pyre; and after he came 
 to life again, etc. 
 
 B. d pCos, life, i.e. the course of life; life as measured by what 
 one does or suffers ; distinguished from Ju<i, the principle or breath 
 of life. The departure of Ju^ results in death. To write a man's 
 
Bioo) — BXaTTTO). 51 
 
 life will of course be ptov 7pd<|>€i.v. Hence Biography and Auto- 
 biography (airis, self). So, too, it is the word in the- Aphorism 
 (d<|>opia-|ias) of the Greek physician Hippokrates, Life is short, and 
 art is long, d pios Ppoxis, ij t^X"^ ('•'"'P^- ^'°'' nop:(A.A7)Aoi (un- 
 attic), Parallel Lives, the parallel lives of Greeks and Romans 
 by Plutarch. He wrote the lives in pairs, the life of a Greet and 
 then that of a Roman, usually following each pair of lives with a 
 comparison (o-i-yKpio-is, unattic in this sense) of the two. 
 
 b. BCos also means living, livelihood : tov pCov iroieto'Sai aird 
 iroX4|i,ov, to make (or get) one's living from war. pioreieiv, to gain a 
 livelihood, to live. Piurds, worth living: ^^a-Xv oi Piutov etvai tov 
 ptov, he says life is not worth living. dpCuros, ov, unendurable, that 
 under which one cannot live : dpCuTov etvoC (loi tteitoCtike tov pfov, 
 he has made life to be unendurable for me. 
 
 Biology is the Science of Life. Zoology, the study of animals 
 (iuov) . 
 
 Bi<&irKO|i,ai., in the comp. dvaPi.c&o-KO)iai, revive, has pres. 
 and impf. either in the sense of bring back to life (trans.) or come 
 back to life (intrans.). The aor. in the trans, sense is dvEPiuo-d- 
 HT|v, and in the other sense, dvepCuv (dvaPiu, dvaPiu'r)v, dvapiuvai, 
 dvapiovs). No other tenses in Attic. Idvirep yt in] Suvu|ji,e6ai avTov 
 dvaPi.(So-a(r6ai, that is (-ye) , if we are really {leip) unable to restore him 
 to life. aviOavt, irdXiv 8' dveptw, died, and came to life again. 
 
 BXdiTTCD, injure (rivd), p\.di|/(i>, epXai|fa, p^p\a<{>a, P^pXa)t- 
 |iai, ipXdpijv (less often ipXd<f>6T|v). For pXap-^o-oixai, I shall be 
 injured, pXdi|ro|iai is also found. 
 
 a. All of whom put together have inflicted fewer injuries upon the 
 State than this man {has done~\, ot o-uiiirovTes eXaTTu ttJv irdXiv PepXd- 
 <|)d<ri TovTou. They inflicted many (very many, great, greater) injuries 
 upon you, iroXXd (irXeto-TO, (ic^dXa, (leC^u) 'v\ias «'pXo<|/av. H^7<i 
 pxdt|/ai, to inflict a great injury ; but the singular of an adj. is rare 
 in such a construction as compared with the very frequent use of 
 the plural. 
 
 6. pXdpr), or, TO pXdPos, injury. pXaPcpds, injurious. dpXaP^s, 
 unharmed, and also harmless: dpXaPijs eo-ei, you shall be uninjured. 
 ai ijSoval oVai dpXaPeis, all harmless pleasures. 
 
62 BXen-w — Boas). 
 
 BX^iru, look, e'pXsirov, pXii|/o|i.ai, and 4'pXEi|/a are the 
 Attic tenses in use. p\Ei|rov, 4'<|>i), irpds rd opi koI ISe cos aPora 
 irdvra lo-rtv, look, said he, towards the mountains, and see how im- 
 passable they all are. p\ei|»ov kiIto). — koV 8ii pX^irw. — pMir« vOv 
 civoi. — pX^iroi. — irepta'ye rdv rpdx'H^'"'. ftSh ti ; — tos ve<|>^os 78 
 Kal Tov ovpav6v. Look down. — All right. I am (KaC) looking. — 
 Now look up. — I'm looking. — Turn your neck around. Did you 
 see anything? — Yes (yi), the clouds and the sky. irpds |i6crT)|j,Pptdv 
 pXeirovo-a olK(a, a house with a southern exposure, i] PovXi] airdo-' 
 c'pXcijiE vttTTv, the whole senate looked mustard (cf. to look daggers at 
 any one). 
 
 b. at pXecjiapfSEs, the eyelashes. rd pX^(|>apa, the eyelids: rd 
 pX(<{>apa Iv Tia virvu o-vYKXElcrai, the eyelids shut together in sleep. 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 1 . dvapX^Tu, look up : Ti'St) iror dvapXli|(ds ctSes vi^(Ki\v Kcvravpu 
 djioCav, ■q irapSdXei t| Xvkoi tJ raOpu ; did you ever look up, 1 wonder 
 (ti'St)), and see u cloud like a Centaur or a leopard or a wolf or a 
 bull ? b, avapXiirw also means to receive one's sight : irapd^pfjiia 
 dvEpX€i|/cv, immediately he received his sight. 
 
 2. dvTipX^irci), look in the face: r^ «p,(y irarpl oiS' dvripX^irfiv 
 
 8vva|jiai, I can't even look my father in the face. 
 
 3. diropX^iru ets (or irp6s) Tiva, look off (from everything else) 
 towards any one, fix the gaze upon : diropX^i|/aTE Is iraT^piov tuv 
 'ij|i€T^pii)v 6<iKas, " Cast your eyes upon the sepulchres of your fathers " 
 (Jowett). ij <rr\ irarpls els <re diropX^iTEi, your country has its gaze 
 fixed upon thee. 
 
 4. liiropXIirw, look at in an underhand way (cf. uiropdXXu), regard 
 with suspicion : iSiropXe'il-'ovTot <re, Sia(|>8opld ij'yovp.evoi, they will regard 
 you with suspicion, looking upon you as a corrupter. The same 
 meaning of underhand, secret, is seen in uiroirTeiid), the usual word 
 for suspect, and in Lat. sub in the very word suspect, and in 
 suspicion. 
 
 Bodu, shout, cry aloud; the only other tenses in Attic are 
 ip6(i>v, Pol|<rop.ai, ip6t\<ra: the pres. mid. or pass, is also used 
 
Boao) — BouXo/uat. 53 
 
 in comp., as: tovs 6covs lariPocSiuvai, calling upon the gods. As 
 pass. iinPo(&|uvas, cried out upon. Alcibiades in a speech favoring 
 the Sicilian Expedition complained of toi ISia ^iripoc&ii.evos, i.e. 
 " being assailed in my private life" (Jowett). ckcCvu kmP6av irXelv, 
 they kept shouting to him to sail. KaraPou, cry against, decry (rivds : 
 cf . X^Y'iv Kard tivos, to make a speech against some one). 
 
 B. Po<i, a call, cry, shout. ir£pip6T|Tos, ov, that about (irepC) which 
 much noise is made, much talked about; hence, like this latter ex- 
 pression, it has either a good meaning, noted, celebrated, or a bad 
 one, notorious, infamous. E.g. Thucydides says of the Sicilian 
 Expedition, the armament became talked about (famous, renowned, 
 etc.) because of the brilliant appearance it presented, o o-xiiXos o>|/«ci>s 
 \a|i.irp6TT|Ti ircpi.p6T|Tos iyivtro. In a speech of Lysias we read : 
 EKKoXEiras iTvirri (IE. Kal rdn ^Av apa, tva |i,t] ir£piPdi)Tas eItiv, 
 ijo-ux'ov i]7ov, he called me out (of the house) and fell to beating me. 
 And at that time I kept quiet about it, that I might not be talked about 
 (= to avoid a scandal). 
 
 Bdo-Ko), feed, ePoo-Kov, Po<rK'<io-<ii, the only act. tenses. In 
 mid. or pass. pres. and imperf. are the Attic tenses. The act. is 
 trans., as: al IXirCSes pdo-Kouo-i <t>v7dSas, hopes feed exiles. The mid. 
 (or pass.) is intrans., as: 4XirC<riv ip6a-KiTo, he (was) fed on hopes. 
 dY^i) iroXXuv xo'p'"' Po<rKO|xcvT) (or Poo-koiUvuv) , a herd of many 
 swine feeding. 
 
 PotTK'fJiJiaTa, cattle. From ij irpofioaKis (-kISos) (unattic) something 
 in front (irpi) to feed with, comes Proboscis. From Pordyr), some- 
 thing to feed on, herbage, comes Botany. 
 
 'Bov\o\i.a,\,, wish, want, Poii\'fj<ro|i.ai, ipov\'l\9i\v (= I toished: 
 D.P.) PepovXTiiioi. 
 
 The student wUl remember that Pov\o|i.ai, oIo|iai, and oi|/o|iai 
 are the 3 verbs given in grammars as having the 2nd pars. sing, 
 of the pres. ind. mid. limited to the form PovXci, otei, o<|/«i : so that 
 PovX'g and ol^ are always pres. subjunctive. 6. The impf. and 
 aor. augment either ip- or ijp- ; 8vva|iai and filKKo being the other 
 two verbs that may take ■q for augment. Inscriptions prove that 4 
 was the classic augment. 
 
 c. Notice carefully the Greek way of expressing such sentences 
 
54 BovXo/iat — TaiJ,ea>. 
 
 as (a) I wish he had never come, (b) / wish I were able to go. I 
 wish she were present, (o) 1 wish he would come to-morroto. In all 
 such sentences we use "wish" in the present tense, and leave the 
 following part of the sentence to express the nature of the wish. 
 For sentences such as (a) and (b), in which the thing wished is 
 contrary to the real facts, the Greeks express the unreality of the 
 case by using IpouXdiiiiv av, lit. " / could have wished (but did not)," 
 for sentences such as (a); or, "/ could wish (but do not)," for 
 sentences such as (b). Thus, / wish he had never come, is: ipov- 
 \6|i,i]v av ttirov (iljiroT' IXBeiv. — / wish I were able to go, is : ipou- 
 \6)ir\v av ol6s t etvai IXdeiv. — / wish she were present, is : ipov\6|lLr|v 
 av ovTiiv irapetvai. Where the thing wished for refers to the future, 
 as / wish he would come to-morrow, the Greeks say / should wish him 
 to come to-morrow, Po\>\ot\i.r\v av oirov aiipiov eXBeiv. 
 
 d. poiXTjins, wish, desire. Kard (irapd) Tijv PoiXijo-iv flvai 
 (■yC^veo-Bai), to be (happen) according (^contrary') to one's wish. 
 PouX'fjo-ci.s Kal liri6iJ(i.Cai, wishes and desires. 
 
 e. As between PovXo)uii and IB^Xw, both of which are often 
 rendered wish, PovXo|iai. expresses the desire to do a thing ; while 
 (i8\.(o brings in the element of will, either in a mild form, as : they 
 are not willing to go, ovk «6^Xov<riv sXBeiv ; or in an intense form, as : 
 they WILL not go (they absolutely refuse to go), o4k IB^Xodo-iv eXBeiv. 
 
 r. 
 
 ra|j.^(ii, marry. Fut. and aor. act. and mid. are reg.. on stem 
 ■ya|i-: the other tenses are reg. on stem ^ane-. The forms are 
 therefore: yuiiu, 'yaij.u, i^i\^a,, ■\ity6.^r\Ka. Mid. 7a|j,oS|i.ai, 
 7a)ioS|jiai, l7T]|ji(i(i.T|v, 7€7<!i)i.'r)|jiai. The act. = (iucd, said of a 
 man ; the mid. = nubo, said of a woman. The act. takes the accus., 
 and the mid. takes the dat. 
 
 Nobody was willing to marry the lame daughter, ti)v x'*^'!'' Su-yor 
 T«pa ovScls TJBeXe Y{||i,ai. To our grandfather were born four daughters, 
 one of whom married the defendant, tw ■r\f.tripio iriinrcp e^y^vovTO flu^yo- 
 Tcpes T^TTapts, ml (iCa I'y'^iiaTo tco ({■^^'yovTi. a. When marry = give 
 in marriage, the word is ckSCSu)i.i. : the father married his daughter to 
 a rich husband, 6 iranjp rijv Bu^aTcpa irXov(rCca dvSpl c^eSwkcv. 
 
Fa/ieo) — TrjpdaKQ). 55 
 
 b. 6 Yajios, marriage, wedding. 70)1.1x0$, pertaining to marriage. 
 The words Monogamy, Bigamy, and Polygamy explain them- 
 selves. Bigamy is part Lat. (bis, twice), and part Greek. 
 
 rcXdu, laugh, yiXitro^ai,, iyiXaa-a, no perf. act. The pass, 
 is used chiefly in the comp. KaraYcXu, laugh at, deride, ridicule; 
 aor. KaTeYeXd(r6r]v. The 3 points of irregularity are : (1) retain- 
 ing short alpha contrary to the analogy of Tifiooi, tiji^o-oi : (2) using 
 fut. in middle voice : and (3) inserting sigma in aor. pass. irdvTes 
 01 irapdvTcs cYcXoo-av lirl rt^ irpooi|i.(ip, all the company laughed at the 
 introduction to the speech. 
 
 b. The comp. KaraYeXu takes the gen. : notice that Kara-^eXS is 
 exactly de-ride (de and rideo). xal xtne^iKav A4toS, and they 
 laughed Him to scorn. But the pass, is used personally ; he departed 
 thence, not only worsted ( = defeated), but also derided, dirfjXOev Ik£i6ev 
 oi fiovov i]TTr|6els dXXd Kal KaraYEXaarOeCs. 
 
 B. d Y^ws, laughter : eirel ■go-Bero toB y^Xwtos, when he perceived 
 the laughter. iroXOs 7^015 iyivtro, a loud laugh arose. In the Iliad 
 (1. 599) Homer speaks of inextinguishable laughter (Sir/Sfo-Tor 7^us) 
 arising among the blessed gods. Hence the expression Homeric 
 laughter. See trp^wviii, B. YeXwroiroios, one who creates laughter, 
 a clown, buffoon. 7^0105 (or 7EXotos), exciting laughter, used of 
 persons or things : ytK^ 6 |iupos itdv ti in] 7EXotov ^, the fool laughs, 
 even if there is nothing to laugh at. KaroY^Xoo-Tos, ov, laughed at, 
 derided: p,T\ ■iroi'^iirTis tovs Ile'po-ds KaraYcXdcrTovs yivi<r6ai rots "EX- 
 XTjcrtv, do not make the Persians become objects of derision to the 
 Greeks. Smile is )iciSi,dci>, -do-oi, IpiEiSldo-a. The verb proceeds no 
 further. 
 
 reYI^"' (2nd perf. of yriBia), used as a present, rejoice. The 
 part. 7CYT]6(Ss is the form that occurs oftenest. The usual verb 
 for rejoice is xatpu. 
 
 Fiipao-Ku and Yijpdu, grow old, 7i]pd<r<i) and 7i]pda-o|j.ai, 
 l7irjpd<ra, 7€7^pdKa. 
 
 6. TO 7Tipas (toS 7^p(>is, T<y 7'^p?. or Y'^poi), old age. 7cpai6s, old, 
 aged (7€poCTepos and 7cpaCTaTos, irreg. comp. and superl., the o of 
 the stem being omitted). 7^puv, 7lpovTos, old man. ij Fcpoua-id, 
 
66 TiyvofiM. 
 
 the Gerousia, Council of Elders at Sparta. vpoSs, vpois, an old 
 woman. 
 
 r£Yvo|i.ai, become, ytvf\iro}Lai, iy(v6\ir[v, Y'V^vijuai and 
 74-yovtt (Snd perf. act.). For -Yl-yvaiiai and t^i-yvoijitiv the forms 
 ■ytvo|jioi and l-vtvi|jii]v also occur, but far less frequently ; 'yC'vyofiai 
 is the only form in inscriptions of the classic period. The form 
 7C'YV0|j.ai is reduplicated from ytv-, with ( dropped out. [In the N.T. 
 the verb is often used as depon. pass, with aor. iyei/'iierii'.] 
 
 A. The fundamental meaning of YCYVonai is, come into being or 
 existence, as seen in Tevco-is, Genesis, the name given to the book 
 that tells about the Creation. From this primary meaning are 
 developed the following ones, which of course only include the 
 more ordinary and usual significations. 
 
 a. To BECOME, the most common meaning of all: o t|Xios 
 l^y^veTO |i^\ds Kal ij creX^ivT) e^^veTo los al)j.a, the sun became black, 
 and the moon became as blood. b. To be born : lireiSi) to iraiSCov 
 l-ye'veTo ijiitv, when the little child was born to us (= when our little 
 child was born). a. In this sense the perf. is oftener -y^^ova than 
 767^VT||iai, and is equivalent to our word old (Lat. natus) : ert) 
 ■Y«-yovcls irXeCa e^Soix'^KovTa, more than 70 years old. •ye^ovcos eVi] irepl 
 irevT^JKovTO lo-cos ti (iiKpov eXaTTov, being about 50 years old, perhaps, 
 or a little less. 8«o Kal rpiaKovra tTt) ^^'yovo, I am thirty-ttob. 
 
 c. To arise, happen, take place, occur: 66pvPos 7€v^<r«Tai, a 
 tumult will arise. So, ^eXus, laughter, \ii\i^v, a storm, •<ilyveriu,, 
 arises. o-eio-noV iroWol koI IcrxiJpol iyivovTo, many severe earthquakes 
 occurred, ij (icixi A viao-r\ y(yivT]fAvT\, the battle that has recently 
 taken place, ttdrt Ytvfjo-sToi ; when will it happen? d. of num- 
 bers, estimates, etc., to amount to : iyivovro oi cr{>|i,iravTcs dirXirai 
 (ivpioi KaV x^^ioi-j tJi'^ whole number of heavy-armed men amounted to 
 ehcen thousand. e. of persons, to prove or show one's self: 
 
 48j^8ii(rov airov irpoSv|i.au 'yev^o-Bai, they begged him to show himself 
 eager {zealous). 
 
 f. As everything that comes into being has its cause and has 
 therefore been acted upon, ^C-yvoiJiai is often used in Greek where 
 we should use a passive. E.g. o raws e'vcKa t<js oipds yiyovt, SiA 
 TO KdWos aiT<)s, the peacock has been created on account of its tail, 
 because of its beauty, ctp^vi) e^^ytTo o(v, peace would have been made. 
 
riyvo/jiai AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 67 
 
 <|>'fi4>icr|ia 7€7EVT|Tai, a decree (Psbphism) has been passed, oi opKoi 
 iyiyivr\vro, the oaths had heen taken. a\es 6k Ti)s OoXdo-inis yC^vovtoi, 
 salt is obtained from the sea. toL i!<|)' 'vfiuv 7Evd|jicva (= irpdxWvTa) , 
 the things that loere done by you. 
 
 g. 7C7vo|iai is used to supply the lacking tenses of Afi : thus, 
 J7£v6nTiv is sometimes to be rendered / ivas : ^lyova or 7e7^vi))iai, 1 
 have been : «7«76vt) or l7€7ev^|i.T|v, / had been. 
 
 h. 7i7vo|i.ai. is often used in the sense of our word get, as a verb 
 of motion, eirel 677OS (diioO, avaripa, KaruT^pti), Iv T<^ ir4pdv, k.t.X.) 
 I74VOVT0, when they got near (^got together, higher up, lower down, on 
 the other side, etc.). irore Ikei 7EVT|(r6|ic9a ; when shall we get there f 
 liKiSij ev rats 'AO^vais 7€7€v<i|ie8o, now that we have reached Athens. 
 [The verb d(t>iKvov|iai, arrive, takes the whither case (accus.) after 
 it : eKeio-6 d<t>:KTO, he had arrived there (lit. thither") . Is tos 'AO^jvas 
 d(|>tKETo, he arrived in Athens, or at Athens.'] «l 7cvr)o-iS)te6a lirl 
 Pao-iXcI, if we get in the power of the king, irpos i](»4pdv l7£7v«To, it 
 was getting towards day. 
 
 This will suffice to indicate the range of this verb. 
 
 B. COMPOTHSTDS. 
 
 Of these only a few need to be specially noted. 
 
 1. e77£7V£Toi, impersonal = ejecm or eveo-ri, or olov t4 lorn (oWv 
 T loTt), or Swariv lirTi= it is possible: cos «<ip<ov o4kIti l77cvr|(r6|tcvov 
 €Kir\EO<rai, when they saw that it would no longer be possible to sail out. 
 
 2. Iiri7£7vo|ioi denotes succession (lirt, upon. Cf. woe upon woe), 
 and is frequent in such expressions as toB 4iri7i7vo|i^vov xci'H'''''os, 
 ripovs, OepoDs, in the course of the ensuing Winter, Spring, Summer. 
 The part. Iiru&v is used in the same sense : rfls cirioio-ris i]|upd$, 
 vvkt6s, in the course of the following day, night. 
 
 3. ir(pi7C7vo|i,ai, lit. get around any one, means get the better of, be 
 superior to, prevail over, etc. Alleging that (cos renders both of these 
 words) thus he would get the better of the rebels, <os oipTto irepi7cv6|i.eva5 
 av tSv avTicTToo-icoTuv [dvTi<rTO<rii6TT|s]. b. survive, i.e. get the 
 better of some disaster that threatened death : ktrX rijv BdXao-o-av 01 
 'ir6pi7ev6(i,«voi KaT^<|>u7ov, the survivors fled down to the sea. 
 
 4. irpoir7C7vo|iai, be added to, accrue. Cf. irpos Sc to^tois, and 
 
58 DERIVATIVES OP Tiyvofiai — Fiyvcoa-KO). 
 
 in addition to these things. tJv toSto to vauriKov tw ijiiET^pu irpoo-- 
 Y^vTirai, if this navy (fleet) be added to ours, rd irpoo-yeYevrju^vo, the 
 resources that have accrued. 
 
 C. There is hardly any end to the derivatives on the steins 76V- 
 and 70V-. A few are : 
 
 7ev€o-is, Genesis, origin, creation, to yivos, race, sex, gender: 
 TO 'EXXtivikov ^e'vos, the Hellenic race, to oppev (BfjXu) 7^vos, the 
 male {female} sex. yovtis, 7ov£is, parent, parents. ot irp670voi. 
 ii|iuv, our ancestors, forefathers, progenitors. [^Progeny refers to 
 descendants, by what seems to be a freak of language.] 01 lirC7ovoi, 
 those who succeed to, or come after others, i.e. descendants. In 
 Greek legend, oi 'Eirt7ovoi, the Epigoni, are the seven sons of the 
 seven chieftains who fought against Thebes. «k7ovoi, descendants, 
 offspring. 7eved, generation : oi iroXXats 7€v«als vo-Tcpov, not many 
 generations afterwards. 7Ev€d\o7fd, Genealogy, i.e. an account or 
 .itatement{\6y<K) of one's descent. 7cvvd(i>, beget. 7^vvt|o-is, begetting, 
 originating: Tf|iios SdXwv Std Tijv t»v vijuov 7^vvt|o-iv, Solon is 
 honored because of the creation of his laws. 76vvaios, of noble birth : 
 also, in general, noble. ti^tvi\'s, of noble birth, ii^ivtia, noble birth. 
 d7Evv'/js, of ignoble birth; in general, ignoble, mean: I7M 'vp.av ovSev 
 d7evves KaTa7i7vi4o-K<o, / do not accuse you of anything mean. 
 o-u77ev<|s, of the same descent with, kin: as a subst. it means kins- 
 man: «p7ov €ijp£tv o-D77evTi ire'viiTos Io-tiv, it is a (hard) task to find 
 a poor man's kinsman, a-o^yivaa,, relationship. [KiN is from 7^vos.] 
 
 b. Homogeneous, of similar kind (o'lioios and 7^vos). Heteko- 
 GENEOirs, of another kind (tTtpos). Hydrogen, one of the two 
 constituents of water, lit. means water-producer (ti8wp, vSaTos). 
 NiTEOGEN {vlrpov, Attic XtTpov, Nitre), one of the two constitu- 
 ents of air ; so named because it is an essential element of nitre. 
 Oxygen, lit. acid-producer; so named "because originally supposed 
 to be an essential part of every acid." (o^vs, sharp : to oJos, acid, 
 vinegar.) The words genus, genius, general, etc., though Lat. 
 derivatives, are all on the same root 7ev-, Lat. genus. 
 
 Tiyv&a-Kia, know, 7V<io-o|i,ai, e'7Vii>v, E7vii>Ka, ^7viiia-|JLai, 
 €7V(So-6t)v. [The form ym^a-Km also occurs, but is rare in good 
 Attic] 
 
 The basis of the word is 7V0-, Engl, know ; Latin gnosco, old 
 
Vi'^voa(TKa>. 59 
 
 form of nosco; German kennen; Scotch ken. Synopsis of 2nd 
 aoi". : ifvav, yva, yvoCt|V, 7v£8i, yvavai, Yvoiis, 7VoS<ra, yv6v, 7v6vtos, 
 7Voi5<rt|s, etc. 
 
 A. The following are the main uses of the verb : 
 
 a. In general, know, be aware of, perceive, be acquainted with, 
 recognize. FvuOi o-eavrov, know thyself, the famous words written 
 over the entrance to the temple of Apollo at Delphi. iXtyiv on 
 TovTov 7V0I1], he said he had known this man. iXtytv on yifV^a-Koi 
 TTJv ^avr\v T«v dv6p<iirci)v, he said he knew (recognized) the speech of 
 the men. 6 cpiirjvevs ^^ tov Tio-<ra(|i^pvous aSe\<f>ov o-vv avTots opav 
 Kal 7i7vcSo-Kei.v, the interpreter said he saw and recognized the brother 
 of Tissaphernes with them. yvaa-Sivrts Tg o-KevQ tSv oirXav, being 
 known (recognized) by the style of their arms. 
 
 Note. — When the conj. "that" follows "know," the Gr. construc- 
 tion is either on (or us), or the participle, which is often conveniently 
 rendered by our infin. ; but the student must not let this tempt him to 
 use the infin. in Greek. E.g. fyvairav 01 a-rpanioTCu, on Kevos 0' <t>o'Pos 
 etr], the soldiers became aware that their fear was a groundless (empty) one. 
 — When men know that they are distrusted, they do not love those who 
 distrust them, avOpcoiroi, oVav yvmriv dirurTOvjji.cvoi, ov <|>LXotfO'i tovs 
 dirwrrovVTOs. — Yva>o"0Tio-o|i€9a |uv€X9ovres, we shall be known to have met 
 together. yiyvao'Ko} d^aOovs ovras Tois o*TpantuTais Tovs dyuvas, / 
 know that the contests are ■ good for the soldiers. 
 
 b. A frequent meaning is, decide, resolve : 'A7i|(r(X.dos (d7-) eyv" 
 Siiimiv, Agesilaos determined to pursue. Compare iyva fjtveriov ov, 
 he KNEW that he had to remain, with iyva ^veriov etvai, Ae resolved 
 that he must remain. 
 
 t. A third and very common meaning is, hold views or opinions, 
 as : irdvTcs Toird l7i7v<&o-KO)iev, we all held the same opinions. 
 i]P^d|jiT]v TavavrCo toutois 7i7vi6o-K6tv, I began to entertain views 
 opposed to these men. Tricmvcdv opOus 7i7vc&crKeiv ir€pl tov 7oXcp.ou, 
 confident that he was right in his opinion about the war. 
 
 B. "Knowledge" is 7v«(ris, corresponding to the common 
 meaning of the verb. Much more common is 7viS(ir|, which has 
 a variety of meanings, chiefly connected with significations 6 and 
 t. It means opinion, as : rfiv outHv 7ViSp,i)v ex'""' '" have (hold) the 
 same opinion. Kara Tijv I|M]V yv&]i,i]V, according to my view ( or 
 
60 Tiyvcoa-KCD : DERIVATIVES AND COMPOUNDS. 
 
 opinion). It also means (see signif. 6) a resolve, decision, a plan, 
 purpose, etc. Iirel ti]v 'ujicTepdv 7vw|i.iiv TQ<rflav6|iT]v, when I perceived 
 your intention. ij 8e yvi>}n\ ifv cos ets tos rdjeis tmv 'EXX'/jviov 
 «XSvTtt Kol Si.aK6i|/ovTa, the purpose (of the soythe-bearing chariots) 
 was to drive into the ranks of the Greeks and cut through (lis with 
 fut. part, expressing purpose). Xenophon says of Klearchos, the 
 rigid disciplinarian, who used to punish his soldiers in violent 
 anger, kuI ■yviijiT) 8' lK6\.aJcv, but he used to punish them on principle, 
 too, 7vc6[ir| here expressing that this was something that Klearchos 
 had determined upon, as a part of his discipline. oi 'yvuii.ai t«5v 
 iton\r<av, the sentiments (maxims) of the poets : from which meaning 
 we get Gnomic ; the " Gnomic Aorist," so called from its use in 
 sentences expressing some general sentiment or maxim, true for 
 all time, as "Faint heart never won fair lady" (never did do it, 
 never does it, and never will do it, either), 'yvcipijios, well-known, 
 acquainted, familiar, as Xo-yos 7v<4pi|j.os, a familiar argument, a^viis, 
 dYvwTos, unknown, for which also a-yvaio-ros, ov. ayvoia, not to know, 
 be ignorant, a^voia, ignorance. From 7v<&|i.(i)v (-ovos), capable of 
 knowing, or determining, came Gnomon, the index on the sun-dial. 
 Prom rvwcTTiKol, knowing ones, comes Gnostics, men who " claimed 
 to have a deeper wisdom" than others. [Unattic in this use.] 
 Agnostic, one who holds that we can know nothing about the 
 Deity. 
 
 Also on this same stem 7V0-, but with the 7 lost, are o (v6os) 
 Tovs, that which knows, the mind, intellect, and its kindred words. 
 
 C. Compounds. 
 
 1. ova7i7viio-K(i), read; also recognize; but read is the common 
 meaning, tiiv Ittio-toXiiv ava7vuvai (Avo7vo<is), to read (having 
 read) the letter. iJSEtos av d,va7voCt|v air^v, 1 should like to read it, 
 — 7pa(|>^ T6 Kal dvd7vci)(ris, writing and reading. 
 
 2. Sia7i.7v<&(rKci>, know apart, hence distinguish, discern. From 
 8Ld7v(Do-is, a distinguishing, comes Diagno'sis, the act of distin- 
 guishing the disease under which a patient is sufEering. 
 
 3. KaTa7i7V(iirK(i>, charge anything against some one (rivis ti), 
 accuse one of anything : ovScv d7€vv€s 'vjiSv KaTa7i7V(io-K(i>, / do not 
 charge you with anything mean. As a judicial term KaTa7i7v(i(rK(i> 
 
COMPOUNDS OP TififmaKW — Tpdtfxo. 61 
 
 =pass sentence upon, with the punishment in the accus. : tmv 
 ({tvyivTuv Sdvarov KOTa-yvdvTSS, after condemning to death those who 
 had escaped. ij Kard'yvuo'is tov Bavdrov, the sentence of death. 
 
 4. |i.ETa7i7vc&(rK(ii, change one's opinion, views, mind. iieTo^vovres 
 ircDs lirsipfivTo, they changed their minds somehow or other, and tried. 
 
 5. irpo7i7vc&irKu, know beforehand. From TrpoyvwtrTiK6s (unattic) 
 comes Pkognostic, something by which we can know beforehand 
 about matters; an indication of something to come. 
 
 6. o-iry^iYvdlo-Kia, forgive, pardon : <riP77V(i>0£ (loi, pardon me (^ex- 
 cuse me). o-i)Y-yv(S|«i, pardon, forgiveness. otj^^vcJiimv, <rvyyva}i,ov, 
 forgiving. 
 
 Tpa^a, write, paint, ypa.'^o, CYpai|ia, 7^7pa<|>a, 7^7pa|i|iai, 
 I7pd4>i)v : fut. pass. 7paiti^a-o|iai. The forms are therefore regular 
 except the use of the 2nd aor. pass, and 2nd fut. pass. inst. of 1st 
 aor. and 1st fut. 
 
 a. The verb means mark on a surface, primarily (cf. en-GEAVE) ; 
 and writing, drawing, and painting, are only different modes of 
 marking on a surface. b. Another meaning in the active is 
 propose a law (vdjios) or a decree (i|i'(i<j>i<rna), because the mover of 
 the law or the decree had to draw it up in writing and hand it in 
 to the secretary (7po|i|ioT€ils). c. The middle voice means indict 
 (rivd) : oi 7pa>|(d|tcvoi 2ciiKpdTT|v, those who indicted Sokrates. iyp6i- 
 <|faTO airdv irapav6|i,(i>v, he indicted him for an illegal proposition (for 
 things contrary to law). d. The passive is used as passive of any 
 of the above meanings : Ittio-toXi] kyp6L^j\, a letter was written. 
 Iinros (x'!") 7«7P»H''l"'">s> '^ painted horse (goose). 6 Sk&kuv 7pa(f>^- 
 o-erai, the defendant will be indicted. vd|i.05 (i|/'^<|iicr|j.a) c7pd4>T| av, 
 a law (decree) would have been proposed. 
 
 B. 7pa<ti'^, writing. Scripture, indictment: ij 7pa4>ii Kar avrov 
 toioSe Tis iiv, the indictment against him was about (ns) as follows. 
 It also means a painting, picture. 7pd|ji|i,a, something written, a letter 
 (of the alphabet), a writing, document, rd 7pd|j,|jiaTa (lavedvciv, to 
 learn one's letters. -iroXXd 7pd|ip.aTa iroturGv re koI cro<j>i(rTuv, many 
 writings of poets and of sophists. 7po|i(j.aTi(rrfis, school-teacher. — 
 7pa|i|i'^, o line. 7pa|ji|iaTevs, writer, secretary, clerk. 7pai|>Evs, 
 
62 COMPOTJiroS OF Tpd^w. 
 
 painter. 7pa|i|jiaTiKi$, skilled in letters, or in grammar, ij vpap.- 
 (i.aTiK'fi (sc. Tixyn), the Grammatical science, Gkammak. 7pa4>iKds, 
 skilled in painting; hence Graphic, ij vpatjiiK^, painting as an art 
 (T«xvt|). a7pd|j,fi,aTos, not knowing the letters, a-ypaitios, unwritten: 
 vdfjioi a7pa<t>oi, unwritten laws. 
 
 C. Compounds. 
 
 1. dva-ypdclxD, tvrite something up, where it can be seen or referred 
 to ; hence, register, record, as : ras luvB'iiKas dvoYpAi|»ai Iv o-t^Xu 
 \i6tvti, to record the agreements on a pillar (^column') of stone, tiipyi- 
 TTis dva7£-yp(i\|»ei, you will have been recorded as a benefactor. dvo- 
 'Ypai)>^, a register, record. 
 
 2. diro-ypdclxo, write off, copy : and, from writing ofE names, regis- 
 ter, enroll : tKiXtvov d'n-0'ypd<|>eo-8oi irdvTas, they ordered all to be 
 enrolled, or, taking it as middle, to enroll themselves (have themselves 
 enrolled). 
 
 3. l7'Ypd(t><i>, write in (or paint in) : iviyiypairr-o rdSe Iv t^ 
 im<rTo\t\, MS vo-Tcpov dvr]upi9i), the following things had been written 
 in the letter, as was afterwards found out. 
 
 4. liriYpd<|)<ii, write upon, inscribe : kir\ tov rpliroSa lir^YP°''l'°'V ovo- 
 piao-Tl Tos irdXeis, upon the tripod (the one now to be seen in the 
 Hippodrome at Constantinople) they inscribed the cities name by name. 
 
 5. p,£Ta-ypdc|Ki>, change what one has written (the constantly re- 
 curring meaning of iierd in comp.) : ck^Xcvov airovs p.eTa-ypd(|)eiv 
 dvrl &r\Pa.Lav BokktoiIs, they commanded them to alter it and write 
 " Boeotians " instead of " Thebans." 
 
 6. irepiYpdijxi), draw a line around, circumscribe; hence, set a 
 limit to : irepwy^YpairTO p^XP'- oo-ou i] v^kti cS^Soto avrois, the extent 
 up to which the victory had been given to them had been limited. 
 
 7 and 8. irpo7pd(|><i>, and ■rpo(rYpd<j»i>, write beforehand (tos atrCds 
 Toi! iroX^poi), the causes of the war) ; and write in addition, or besides. 
 
 9. <r«-yYpd<t>(o, collect materials for a book or for a treatise, and 
 then put them together in writing; hence, compose a history of. 
 0ouKvS(8i)s 'A9T|vatos |vv^Ypail/€ tov ir<X«|jiov tuv IIcXoirovvr|<rlcDV Kal 
 'A6T|vaCci)v, Thucydides, an Athenian, wrote a history of the war between 
 
ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM Vod^m. 63 
 
 the Peloponnesians and Athenians. So, <nj'Y7po<j>'/i, a history ; mr/ypa- 
 <^ctis, historian, writer. (Tv-yYpaiiiia, a writing, treatise, essay, etc. 
 
 D. Derivatives are very mimerous in English. 
 
 Gkaphitb, hlack-lead, called Graphite because nsed to write 
 ■with. Graphic, as applied to a writer or to his style, means 
 one that seems to paint the scene (word-painting). Grammar, 
 Grammarian, Grammatical, are all connected with -ypaiiiiaTiKds, 
 pertaining to letters, or skilled in letters. Graven, cut in upon a 
 surface. 
 
 Anagram (amypafinanirnis, unattic), a device by which the 
 letters (7pd|i.|iaTo) in a word or name or sentence are written up 
 (dvA), so as to form something else. E.g. Astronomer gives Moonr 
 starer. Horatio Nelson gives honor est a Nilo. Lord Nelson gained 
 the great naval battle of the Nile in 1798. Pilate's question quid 
 est Veritas ? gives Est Vir Qui Adest. 
 
 Autobiography, a person's life (ptos) written by himself. Atr- 
 TOGRAPH, a person's name written by himself. 
 
 Bibliography, lit. a writing about books (Pi^XCov), a description 
 of the various books bearing upon any given subject. Biogra- 
 phy, a written account of some one's life. 
 
 Calligraphy, beautiful writing (koXiSs, KaWW). Cheiro- 
 GRAPHY, hand-writing (tj X''p> X^pi^s). Cryptogram, a secret 
 uniting ( Kpiitra, conceal') ; cipher-writing. 
 
 Diagram, a figure formed by drawing lines (Ypap.p,'^) across 
 (810) from point to point. Digraph, a double writing, i.e. a 
 combination of two letters to form one sound, as ph for the sound _/! 
 
 Epigram, lit. something written upon, an inscription, denotes a 
 couplet or short poem winding up with something terse, witty, or 
 pointed. Epigraphy, Iiri7pa4i^, an inscription, the science of 
 inscriptions, i.e. the writings found on walls, pillars, tomb-stones, etc. 
 
 Geography, a description of the earth (vfl). Gkaphoscope, 
 an instrument to look at pictures with ; Ypacfi^, a painting, and 
 oTKoir^oi, view, look at. 
 
 Holograph, a paper (a wiU, deed, etc.) wholly written (oXos, 
 whole) by the person who makes the deed. Hydrography, a 
 description of the waters (to vBup) of a country, its lakes, rivers, etc. 
 
 Iconography, a description of statues, paintings, etc. ctKciv, 
 -6vos, statue, portrait. See «Ik-, d. Ideogkaphy (IS^d, form), a 
 
64 ENGLISH DERIVATIVES PEOM Tpd<f)(0 — AapOdvw. 
 
 writing that gives the forms or pictures of things, instead of writing 
 the names of the things. The word is used of the hieroglyphic 
 picture-writing of the ancient Egyptians. 
 
 Lithography, the art of engraving on stone (o \£flos). Litho- 
 graph, a picture made by this means. 
 
 Monogram, a device by which two or more letters are com- 
 bined into a single loritten character ((idvos, single}, as : JE. Mono- 
 graph, a writing or treatise confined to the discussion of a single 
 theme or topic. 
 
 Orography, a description of mountains (to opos). An Oro- 
 graphic map is one that exhibits the mountain system of a country, 
 or of the world. Orthography, correct (op66s) writing, i.e. 
 correct spelling. 
 
 Paragraph, now denotes in a writing the solid portions between 
 the breaks indicated by beginning the first line of the paragraph 
 further from the margin. These used to be indicated by a line 
 drawn along (irapd) on the margin ; hence the name. Photo- 
 graph, a picture painted by the light (to <|>us, <J)<ot6s. See ^atva, B) . 
 
 Sphenogram, Sphenography, the cuneiform or wedge-shaped 
 inscriptions found in the East, o' cr<j)<iv, a-(|>i]vc5s = cuneus = wedge. 
 The most celebrated Sphenographic writing is the great Behistun 
 inscription of Darius the Great, discovered in Persia. Steno- 
 graphy, short-hand, i.e. writing that compresses the matter into 
 narrow compass (o-Tevds). 
 
 Tblegbaph, to write to u distance (rijAe (Epic), a long way 
 off). Telegram (in modem Greek TtiXeypd^riiia), the message 
 sent to a distance. Topography, a description of places or 
 
 localities (d Tdiros = locus ^ place.) 
 
 A. 
 
 AaKv<i>, bite, Syjlojiai, I'SaKov, — , S^Si)7|jiai, IS'^x^T'. 
 ol KiSvuTTEs Sia ToC SiKTvou oiSc ircipuvTai SaKVEiv, the mosquitoes do 
 not even try to bite through the net (SCktvov). SfJYiia, bite. 
 
 AapOdvui, sleep; usually KaTaSapSdvu ; the pres. and 2nd 
 aor. KaT^SapSov, are the tenses mostly used. Plato has a perf. 
 KaTaSeSapBijKiis, having fallen asleep. The pres. strictly means / 
 
Aet- AND OTHER WORDS FOR Fear. 
 
 65 
 
 am falling asleep. Plato, Phaedo 71, c, has : ^Ypri'vapfvai, KaraSap- 
 OdLvEiv, KaSevSeiv, dve7eCpEa-6ai, £Ypif7op^vai, to he awake, to he sleepy, 
 to be asleep, to he waking up, to be awake. See ei'Su. 
 
 Aei-, fear. On this stem there is an aor. c Sdo-a, I feared; and 
 on stem Soi-, a pf. S^SoiKa, am afraid, fear. eSeSoCKi) is of course 
 used as an itnpf. On stem Si- there are a 2nd pf. and plpf. 8^8 la 
 and I8c8(t], with meaning of pres. and impf. a. These perfects 
 and pluperfects are extremely capricious in the use of the different 
 persons. For the meaning 1 fear, you fear, etc., the forms are: 
 
 <{>oPoiifiai 
 
 <t>oP'g or <tioPct 
 
 (|>oPEiTai 
 
 c|>oPovp,c6a 
 
 ij>oPciir6e 
 
 <)>oPoi)vrai 
 
 8^8ia 
 
 8^8w " classic but rare.' 
 SeSi|i.cv 
 
 8^8lTE 
 
 SeSCdn 
 
 Sc8oiKa 
 (ScSoiKas rare) 
 8€8aiKc 
 
 Plural forms 
 seem to be lacking 
 in Attic prose. 
 
 h. For the meaning I feared, you feared, etc. (as impf.) we 
 have: 
 
 c<|>oPovp.i)v I8«SoCkt) 
 
 c<|>oPou cSeSCeis 
 
 €(|>oP€iTO I8cSo(kei 4SeS(ci 
 
 £((iopov|iE6a 
 
 l<|>oPoiivTO 
 
 ^SeSoCKCo-av 
 
 cScSkcrav or cS^Sio-av 
 
 c The pass, of <)>aPoo, frighten, means I am frightened; hence / 
 fear, am afraid, and fortunately is regular. ^o^<roy.a.i, is the fut., 
 i^o^9i\v the aor., / feared, and irEi|>dpT|)i.ai the pf., / have feared. 
 But this sometimes has the meaning of a present, for the simple 
 reason that / have been frightened and 1 am afraid often amount 
 to so nearly the very same thing. d. In the dependent moods 
 SeSti) and ScSCucri. occur. SeSUvai (= <f>oPEia-eai) is frequent. So is 
 8£8ius. -via., -<Ss; but 5e5oiKc6s is rare. e. As aorists we have 
 c(|>oPtj6iiv and «8»<ra (SeCo-o), ScCa-aijii, and esp. freq. SeCo-as. Does 
 Scto-ai occur?). 
 
 /. AU these words may be trans, or intrans. SeSk^s, to \fy6- 
 uEVov, niv <avTov o-Kidv, fearing one's own shadow, as the saying is. 
 
66 Aei- AND RELATED WORDS — AeUvv/jbl. 
 
 edvarov (txiPrieiivai, to fear death. The learner -will observe that the 
 word " that " after verbs of fearing is to be rendered by ji^ (never 
 by oTi. c(|>oPov|iT|v oTi = / was afraid, because — ). 
 
 B. TO 8£os = o <t>6Pos = /ear, dread. [Sei^a, fear, is not common 
 in prose.] 8ctv6s, dreadful, terrible; o4 7dp d fldvaros 86iv6v, for 
 death is not a thing to be dreaded, ra SeivA often = dangers. Seivos 
 \iyav = a7i eloquent speaker (a terrible one to speak). 861v6ti]s, 
 dreadfulness, fearfulness ; eloquence. StiK6% = cowardly : 8£iX£d = 
 cowardice. dSc'/js, free from dread, fearless : Bovdrou dSe^s, without 
 dread of death. Especially common is the adv. a.iiSi%, fearlessly; 
 also, with impunity, i.e. with no fear of consequences . a8Eia, fearless- 
 ness. iTEpiSc^s, dreadfully apprehensive, very fearful (= irEpC({>oPos) • 
 
 A€(kvv|<.i, point out, show, ScCfoi, 4'8Ei|a, 8c8«ix°'> S^8£i'y- 
 |iai, ISeCxBi^v. In the pres. and impf. SdKvvu and ISeUwov also 
 occur, as well as SetKvum and I8££kvuv ; but the -|jii forms are much 
 more usual. The other tenses are reg. on stem SeiK-. 
 
 a. The word means show in the most general sense ; by point- 
 ing, as : Stf^as Ti x'^p'ov airois, pointing out a certain place to them, 
 SeC|as Tov ■!\\.iov, pointing to the sun : — or by argument, as : SeCgw 
 oirdv iroXXiov Oavdruy ovta d|iov, / will show that he is worthy of 
 many deaths. Sci^dv ti els tijv irdXiv dvT|\tiiK<Ss, show that you have 
 spent anything upon the city. 8^S<iKTai, 7dp oVi, for it has been 
 shown that — . 
 
 B. The noun Set7|ia = sample, specimen. irapd8ci7|i,a = example, 
 and from it we get Paradigm, i.e. something to put beside another 
 thing, to show how it is to be done. The following shows these 
 two words together : 8Ei7|ji.a 8e Tfjs toB iraTpds <|>ip<r£<i)s vvv k^tvi]v6- 
 Xa|i,£v, Trpds ov 86i Jf|v o-e aa-irtp irpds irapdS6i.7|ji.a, / (lit. we) have 
 now brought out a sample of the natural disposition of your father, by 
 whom you should regulate your life Just as by an example, [irpds with 
 accus. with reference to, by the standard of, regulated 6y.] 
 
 C. Of the Compounds, the foil, are the most usual : 
 
 1. avohdKvvjii, = show forth, display, exhibit. It also mea,na prove, 
 demonstrate: also, make or render. o-TpaTti^dv a-uTov dir^Sei^Ev, he 
 appointed him general. a-Tpwimyoi a,'iTthtl\9t\, he was appointed 
 general. J<yo diroSEt^ai a^pia, to make (render) animals fierce. 
 
COMPOUNDS OF AeiKvufii — Aejoo) — Aim. 67 
 
 diniScilis, exhibition, display; proof, demonstration: toO rpiirou toO 
 avTwv airiSSEi|iv liroiir|(rovTo, they made an exhibition of their own 
 character, avtv diroSct^cus, without proof . 
 
 2. IvS{[kvv|i.i, as a law term, bring in proof, inform against, lodge 
 an indictment against. The mid. ivSeCKW|i.ai is very common = showi 
 exhibit, prove: r^v cuvoiav IveSeClavro, they showed their good will. 
 cvvoCas ivSei-yjitt, a proof of good will. 
 
 3. liriSE(Kvv|j,i, point to, show forth, prove, exhibit, display, etc. : 
 ovSels av irdXiv liriSetleiev cvSai|tovc<rT4pdv, no one could point to a 
 more prosperous city. iinhi5a\a toOtov irpoSbTriv ovto, / have proved 
 this man to be a traitor. In the middle : i|>avcpuT£pov liriSeCKiruvTai 
 TTiv auTwv irovT|pCav, they make a more conspicuous display of their 
 own vileness. The noun eirCSci^is = display, exhibition. Xo^yoi liri- 
 SeiKTiKoC, speeches made for show or display. 
 
 Aipa, flay, Scpm, cSeipa (no pf. act.), 84Sap|i,ai, ISdpi^v. 
 diroS^ptii, take the skin or hide off; and ixtipa, take the animal out of 
 ' its skin, are also used. IvravSa Xiyerai 'Air6X\ci>v cKSetpai Mapctidv, 
 there Apollo is said to have fayed Marsyas. o p.ii Sapels avOpuiros 
 ov iraiSeileTai (Menander), the man who has not been whipped, is not 
 educated, i.e. one learns by sufEering. 
 
 B. 8^p|xa, sHn, hide. From this (genitive S^piiaros) and tottu, 
 To^u, arrange, we have Taxidermist, one who stuffs and arranges 
 the skins of animals, so as to present the appearance of the living 
 animal. Taxidermy, the art of thus arranging skins. 
 
 Pachyderm (iroxiis, iroxeia, irox^i, thick), a name descriptive 
 of thick-skinned animals, such as the elephant, rhinoceros, horse, 
 ox, etc. 
 
 Hypodermic injection ; an injection under the skin. 
 
 Epidermis, the outer skin, the one lying upon the others. 
 
 Aio, tie, bind, SVjcrw, cStjo-o, ScScKa, S^Sepiai, iS^STjv. Fut. 
 pass. Se6^iro|uu and fut. perf. SeS^o-oiiai. 
 
 As there is another 8^u (see below) this one, meaning bind, by 
 way of distinction, usually contracts throughout : orvvS^ for amddy ; 
 Kar^Sovv for KareBeov, etc. The middle voice is found in some of 
 the compounds; e.g. ThUQ. has tuv veuv nvas avaSov|uvoi, taking 
 
68 Aeeo (bind') — Ae'to (lack, need'). 
 
 some of the ships in tow (tying them up to their own ships). dXio-ei 
 Srjo-aC Ti irpds Ti, to bind a thing to something with a chain (aXuo-is, 
 chain). avSpes SeSen^voi irpos d.W'^iXovs, men tied to one another. 
 EST|o-av avTov irpos Ktova, they tied him to a post (d Ktwv, pillar, 
 column). 
 
 h. To put in bonds, throw into prison, is a frequent meaning: 
 8n<ravT<ov airov ot "EvBeKO, let the Eleven (the police-board at 
 Athens) cast him into prison. Kal SeS^o-Su eus av iKTfo-u, and let 
 him stay in bonds till he pays off the debt. 
 
 B. SEo-|i.ds, bond, anything to tie or bind with. ovSev SavciTou tj 
 SEo-fiuv o|iov, nothing worthy of death or of bonds. o-vvSEo-p.os, any- 
 thing that fastens together: in grammar, a conjunction. Hence 
 Asyndeton, not united by a conjunction, denotes the omission of 
 conjunctions : e.g. I sent for him : he came. 8E<r)uiTT|s, one in 
 bonds, prisoner. <ruv8£(r|i<4TT)s, a fellow-prisoner. it<r\iaT'(\piov, prison. 
 
 C. The Compounds are mainly self-explanatory, as : kvSia, bind 
 in : 1) ^/vx^i ""■pl.v Iv tco a-dfiwri IvSeSfivai., the soul, before it was bound 
 in the body. KaraSEu, bind down : i] <|/vX''i '''"'o toO a-i&p,aTos Kajo- 
 SEiTai, the soul is bound down by the body. o-uv8e'<ii, bind together. 
 o av irdXiv JuvS'g te koI irotfi jiiav, whatever binds a city together and 
 makes it one. i!iro8£ii), bind under, is used in Attic only in the 
 middle, in the sense of binding sandals under the feet ; in general, 
 be shod, wear shoes (sandals) : vitoBeBeiie'voi. tov dpio-TEpov irdSa, 
 wearing a shoe (only) on the left foot, oo-oi viroSESEji^voi Ikoiiiuvto, 
 all who lay down to rest (slept) with their shoes on. The opposite 
 of this verb is iSitoXveo-Boi, take the shoes off. Shoe is vir6Sii)ia. 
 avviroSryroi =: shoeless, barefoot: etteiBi] etteXiite rd ap\aCa vires'^ (lara, 
 after their old shoes had worn out [lit. failed them, dpxata denotes 
 the shoes they began (apx«) with]. We read in Plato, So>KpdTT|s 
 dwirdSi^TOS Sid tov KpucrrdWov pqiov EiropEVETO T| ol aXXoi -uttoSeSe- 
 liEvoi., Sokrates used to march on (lit. through) the ice (Engl. Crystal) 
 more easily without shoes, than the other men did with shoes on. Prom 
 SidS-niia, .that which one binds around the head, we get Diadem. 
 
 Aia, lack, need. The forms are reg. on stem 8ee-: Se'^itu, 
 i8^i]o-a, S£8^i]Ka, SE84T|p,ai, iScf\9r\v (D.P.). The verb contracts 
 only when «i will result. The impf. mid. is eSe6|jit]v, iSiov, eSeIto, 
 iS£i(r6ov, ii(l<rii\v, (ht6f.fia, ISeIo-Se, 48^ovto. 
 
MEANINGS OF Aim. 69 
 
 The verb has three meanings : A. lack or need. B. ask or 
 bey. C. be necessary, the words must and ought being common 
 renderings. 
 
 A. Lack, need. In this sense the verb may be used : 
 
 a. Personally in the active, but only in certain phrases : 
 
 o. In expressing 18, 19 ; 28, 29 ; 38, 39, etc., the Greek expres- 
 sion for these being 20 (30, 40, etc.) lacking two, or lacking one. 
 Thus : Kiipos tcXevtiJ pairiXcva-as toL udvra cvos S^ovra rpioKovTa 
 «Trj, Cyrus died after a total reign of 29 years (30 years with the lack 
 of one). irrcyal Svolv S^ucai TcccrapaKovra Ik ttjs avrfjs ii^pds 
 plovo-ai, 38 springs gushing (^flowing) out of the same rock. — In 49 
 days is ev ijiUpais ircvT'^KOVTa fiias Scovo-ais. 
 
 p. In the phrases iroXXoS (p,iKpov, «\a\(o-Tov, tocovtov), %ia, and 
 the like, followed by an infin. . iroXXoO 8eo|uv \&.f\.v tiSivax, we are 
 far from being grateful, to irOp IXax'crrov ISe'tio-c ti]v irdXiv 8«v- 
 4>6cipai, the fire came within an ace of destroying the city. 
 
 Rem. To<rot)Toi> %ia with an infin. followed by Arre and the 
 indie. = Latin tantum abest ut — ut — . So far from pitying, they 
 actually rejoice, too-ovtov Seovo-iv 4Xuiv, mctte xaV x*''p°v'''V- ^o 
 far was he from promising, that he declares he didn't even know what 
 he could do to gratify you, roo-oiiTou eSei (c8^T|<r«v) lirayY^XXEtrSai, cSo-t 
 oiS' ElS«vai <j>i)irl t( av iroiuv 'u|iiv x^'P'"'"'''''''' (ctS^vai representing 
 ■gSii in the man's direct words). 
 
 b. Impersonally in the active (dative of person, genitive of 
 thing). 
 
 c. Personally in the middle (genitive of thing). 
 irapaSc[7|iaT6s |u>i SeSeijkev, / have needed an example (= irapaSeCY- 
 
 (laros Se8€T|(jiai,). Set avria yj^rnfArav, he needs money (= 8EiTai 
 Xpi)|idT(i)v). tjETO i)>C\(i>v SEta-6ai, he thought he needed friends. 
 tti\<ro\).a.i. Tuv t«Tf.iav (nom. 8E<r|uSs) ols XP^<''^^> ^ shall want the 
 straps (bands) you are using. The verb is depon. pass. |>.^XP^ 
 Kvpos e8e^6t) TTjs o-rpaTEtos, until Cyrus needed the army, [rrpcmla, 
 campaign, sometimes = o-rpoTid, army.^ 
 
 B. Ask or beg: kStlTd (lov (iij iroiEtv TaSro, he kept begging me 
 not to do this. Xe'yetoi 8E'i)6iivai Kvpov Eiri8Ei|ai to o-TpdTEup,a avT^, 
 she is said to have asked Cyrus to show her the army. SE^o-0|iai 'v\iov 
 furplav 8£T)o-iv, / will make a moderate request of you. 
 
70 MEANINGS OF Aim — AiaiToo). 
 
 Note. — Notice the following distinction in the Greek verbs for 
 "ask." a. aWta (or alTovjiai, aor. ■^Tr\<ra\i,'r\v} = ash for, or request, and 
 takes a doutle accus. . alrctv Kipov ir\oia (ij^Eno'vo), to ask Ci/rus for 
 boats (a guide') : also atrqcral ti irapa Tivos, to ask for anything from any 
 one. b. ipaTwa = ask, in the sense of inquire: epwrrjcrov avTov, ask 
 him. cpciiTu)i.EVos cl iir\ aWr) dSo's, ovK ec|>T|, being asked if there was 
 , another road, he said no. u. Sc'oiiai — ask, in the sense of beg or request, 
 followed by gen. of person, and infin. eSeiJSt] a-ov |j.i] eX6eiv, he asked 
 you not to go. 
 
 C. JBe necessary, have to, he obliged to, ought, must. Sei \t,i Tavra 
 eliretv, I must say this, (yvio Sefjo-ov eiSvs airoirXefierai, he knew it 
 would be necessary to sail off at once. 4'Sei av n^veiv, he would have 
 had to remain (or /, you, we, would have had to, according as we 
 supply o4t6v, (le, trt, 'ijids, or i]|j.ds as subj. of ii^veiv). 
 
 Obs. 1. In the sense of ought, either 8ei or sSei may be used, 
 ■with this diffeience, tliat Set tre o-woirdv, you ought to hold your 
 peace, does not imply that you are not doing it, but simply gives 
 this as a piece of advice or rule of conduct ; while iiii o-e o-iMirav, 
 you ought to hold your peace, involves a reproof, and implies that 
 you are not keeping quiet. The infin. Setv may stand for Set or 
 eSei. c|)i)<rl 8elv ijlids, etirep lirio-TCvo|i,cv etvai TaSr d\T|8T), k.t.X., he 
 says we ought, if we really (ircp) believed these things to be true, etc. 
 Here Seiv stands for eSei, implying that "we ought to be doing 
 something that we are not doing. 
 
 Obs. 2. eSei o-e ^.Ivav may mean you had to remain, or you ought 
 to remain (implying that you are not remaining). eSei dv o-e |i^veiv 
 means you would have to remain, under other circumstances, that is ; 
 implying that you do not have to remain, oip Set o-e )i^veiv : or it 
 may mean you would have had to remain, implying that you did not 
 have to, ovk e S e i o-e pieveiv. 
 
 Aiairdu, be an arbitrator (Sioitiit^s), 8ioit'<jo-«, SiTfTijo-a, 
 8e8i.T|TT)Ka, -piai (with -double augm.), SiTjT'fj6T]v. The com- 
 pounds have double augm. in all tenses. 
 
 <|>T|o-lv dveu TMV o-«vSioitt]t£v Se8iT|Ti]Ke'vai, he says he has given his 
 decision without the associate arbitrators, el tijv 8lKt]v rjv KOTeSi|iTT)o-ev 
 diro8eSi.x|Tt)|j[.4vnv d'ir64>Tivev, eirtTi(i.os dv iqv, if he (Straton) had repre- 
 sented (or declared) that the suit which he (S.) decided against him 
 
Acairdm — AiSda-Km — AiSpaerKco, 71 
 
 (Meidias) Jiad been decided in his (M.'s) favor, he (S.) would (still) 
 be in possession of his rights as a citizen. (These last 8 words 
 translate lirlrinos.) rijv SCkt)v KaTeBeSi^ar/JKei, he had decided the 
 suit against him. 
 
 iiaiTr\T'f\9 = arbitrator. SCaiTa,= arbitration. tC 8' t|V t'q SiatTg (iij 
 llipi^irgs, but what if you do not abide by the arbitration? 
 
 b. As a deponent verb, the meaning is connected with Slaira, 
 mode of life, Diet. The aor. is in pass. (D.P.) : koI ijii^pds epSoii^Kovrd 
 Tivas ovTO) 8i'{|T^6T|(rav a6p6oi, and during some 70 days they lived in 
 this manner, crowded together (said of the Athenian prisoners in the 
 stone quarries at Syracuse). efeSeSiTi'TqTo tSv Ka6«o-TiiT<ov vo\Ll\Lav, 
 in his mode of life he had departed from the established customs (xd 
 v6|ii|i,a) . 
 
 AiSdo-Ku, teach (tivA ti) : the other tenses are reg. on stem 
 SiSaX", seen in SiSax''), teaching, doctrine; SiSd^u, 4SCSa|a, Se8C- 
 Saxa, ScSCSaYiiai, l8i8d\6T]v. 
 
 y\a<r<ra,v re ttJv 'AttikiJv Kal Tp6irovs tuv 'AOi^vaCuv E8(8a<rKov 
 To«s iraiBos, they were engaged in teaching the boys the Attic tongue 
 and Athenian manners. tj' 8£8C8ax4 tis toBtov Y6<ii|ii€Tp6iv ; or has 
 somebody been teaching him hoiv to measure land? [YewfurpCd, 
 Geometry.] 
 
 B. 8iSd(rKa\os = teacher. 8i8a(rKd\uv diroXXa'yfivai, to get rid of 
 teachers meant to leave school. 8i8a(rKaXiK6s, capable of teaching: 
 SiSao-KoXiKol XdYoi, instructive discourses. 8i8ao-Ka\ctov, school: oi 
 0p^KES liriirccrdvns 8i.8acrKa\EC(^ Tralhav, oircp fUywTov ijv avroSi, 
 KaT^KoiJfav irdvras, the Thracians fell upon a boys' school, which was 
 the largest one there, and butchered them all. 8i,8a(rKaXCd, teaching, 
 instruction. 8i8aKT6s, capable of being taught: €X"'S ('''"■ t'lrrtv, u 
 Scixpans, opo 8i.8aKTov ij dpErVj ; can you tell me, Sokrates, whether 
 virtue is a thing that can be taught ? [In an indirect question cl is 
 the usual word for whether.^ From an unattic word SiSo/cti/c<(s, 
 adapted for teaching, " apt to teach," comes Didactic. A didactic 
 sermon or discourse is one that aims at imparting instruction. 
 
 -AiSpao-Ku, only in compounds, of which diro8i8pd(rK(D, run 
 away from, is the usual one. diroSpd<ro)iai, dir^8pdv, diro8e- 
 8 p d K a. The 2nd aor. belongs to the -(ii formation and is inflected : 
 
72 AiSpaaKco — AiSco/ii. 
 
 airiSpdv airoSpu ciiroSpaCrgv. 
 
 dir^Spds 
 
 -Spijis 
 
 airo8paCi)S, etc. 
 
 air^Spd 
 
 -8p» 
 
 imperative late. 
 
 dir48pdp.ev 
 
 -ip&fuv 
 
 infin. diroSpdvai. 
 
 air^SpdTE 
 
 -Spare 
 
 part. diroSpds, -Spdo-a. 
 
 dirsSpda'av 
 
 -Spu<ri 
 
 
 a. While other stems in alpha, as Po- from PaCvu, o-toi- from 
 to-Tinii, and ^6a- from <t>6dvo>, have in the -p.i conjugation a, ■qs, j[, 
 in the subj., 8pd- has a, ^s, ^, following the Attic feeling for alpha 
 after p. b. diroSiSpao-Ku means run away by stealth, as a runaway 
 slave, a deserter, or an escaped prisoner. It may also have an 
 accus. of the person whom one escapes by running away. 
 
 ACScDfii, give, Siiiru, i'ScoKa, S^SuKa, 8i8op.ai, IS68t|v. 
 
 a, Imperf. act. in the sing, is eStSovv, eSlSovs, ISCSou, as if from 
 SiS6a. b. The kappa aor. is confined to the indie, mood, and 
 even here is used mainly in the sing., in which number the 2nd 
 aor. is not found at all. t'SwKa, cSuKas, eSwKs, «8otov, eSdrnv, e8o|icv, 
 68oT£, eSoo-av (or i8(iKa|i,ev, 48i4KaT«, J'SuKav) are therefore the indio. 
 forms. The synopsis of the aor. is : €8a>Ka, 8m, SoCtjv, 86s, SoOvoi, 
 Soiis, 8ov(ra, 8(5v. t. In compounds the subj. remains circurn- 
 flexed, because of the contraction from S6-ii or Si-ii/icu', hence 
 diroSu, diroSips, etc. diro8u|ii,ai, diroSu, diroSoorai, etc. The imper. 
 wUl be dir68os, ckSos, irttpd8os, o-dv^kSos, etc. — The mid. is used only 
 in compounds, diraSl8op.ai, sell, being the most frequent one. 
 
 B. 860-1$, giving (jiktBov, of wages, pay) ; ij 86<ris toO 4iap)idKav, 
 the Dose of poison, ij Sotik^ irTSiris, the dative case (unattic). 
 Supov, a gift, bribe : h&pav aXuvai, to be convicted of (taking') bribes. 
 @€68(Dpos, Theodore, a gift from God. Sup^ofiai, Sup^o-ojiai, IScopi]- 
 o-dfitiv (as act.), ISmp'<j6t|v (pass.), Sc8iiipT||iai (act. or pass.), present 
 (rt Tivi, anything to any one, or rivd rivi, any one with anything). 
 
 C. COMPOTJNDS. 
 
 1. dvTi8CSi>i)u, give in return or in exchange: 6 KiSpos Xajipdvwv 
 irop' tKdo-Tcov (sc. TovTo) cav d<|>6ov£dv elxov ot Si86vte5, dvTe8C8ov 
 (sc. toBto) (3v (riravC|avTas airovs oUr9dvoiTo ("frequentative" opt.), 
 
COMPOUNDS OF AlBcOfll. 73 
 
 Cyrus, receiving from each one those things of which the givers had an 
 abundance, made it a habit to give in return those things of which he 
 observed them to have a scarcity. avTCSoo-is at Athens had a special 
 meaning, exchange of estates. H the State laid upon A some expen- 
 sive state-buvden, and if A thought B was a wealthier man, A could 
 make B either undertake the discharge of the state-burden, or else 
 exchange property with him. The orator Isokrates has his longest 
 speech (No. 15) entitled IlepX 'AvtiSoo-sms. From amlSoros (un- 
 attic), given in opposition to, comes Antidote, a remedy given to 
 counteract a poison. 
 
 2. diro8CSca|i,i, give back, return, restore. In the middle the pres. 
 impf., and especially the f ut. and 2nd aor. mean sell. [For other 
 verbs meaning sell, see iriirpoo-Kii) and TroiXio).] eireX t]X9€ rdxio-Ta, 
 o4k IXdrTODs TtTpoKocrtaiv dir^SoTo, as soon as he came, he sold no less 
 than 400 (of the Ten Thousand Greeks), ol Spaxi^fls dv diroSd|jicvoi 
 TTJv iroXiv, those who would sell the State for a franc (^drachma). dird- 
 Soo-is, restitution, giving back. As a technical expression in grammar 
 it is Apodosis, the main clause of a sentence, the dependent clause 
 being the protasis. [See irporcCvu under reCvw.] 
 
 3. ckSCSci))!.!,, give out, has several meanings which it may be well 
 to notice, a. marry, said of a father who marries off a daughter 
 and gives her out o/one home to another. Cf . 7a)jil(i), a. Herodotus 
 says of the Egyptian swineherds : Ik8£8ovtoC re ot (rvPurai, koI 
 avovrai c| dW'^Xuv, they marry (d-yovroi) and give in marriage only 
 from among one another. The mid. is occasionally used in this sense, 
 but iKSCSovrai above may be pass, are given in marriage. [Notice 
 the supply of only in the translation. The Greeks often leave out 
 lidvov in places where to us " only " seems to be absolutely required.] 
 
 Helping poor men marry oS their daughters was a favorite form 
 of benevolence in Athens, and men on trial would sometimes bring 
 it up as a good deed that entitled them to mercy. To have un- 
 married daughters, Ou'yaWpes dv^KSoroi, growing old in their father's 
 home was as great an affliction then as some people find it now. 
 
 b. give out on contract, etc. dvSpidvra iKSeSoiKiis, having con- 
 tracted for the making of a statue (o dvSpias, -dvros). c. surrender, 
 or give up a fugitive or criminal ; that is, give him out of one's pro- 
 tection and hand him over to his pursuers. So, when Themistokles 
 
74 COMPOUNDS OF AiBafj,!, — Al-\jrd(0. 
 
 was fleeing from the Athenian officers in pursuit of him, he took 
 refuge with a former enemy of his, Admetos, who generously ovk 
 IkSISuo-i (_does not surrender) him to the pursuers. So, skSotov riva 
 iroieiv = CKSiSdvai rivd. 
 
 d. give out to the public, get out an edition, publish, o irpirepov 
 ckSoBeIs X670S, the formerly published speech. dvcKSoros, ov, un- 
 published : "Iv Tw BptravviKio Mova-iia dv6Ka\v(|>6r|(rav 30 civ^kSotoi 
 ciricToXal tot) BoXraCpov irpos tov "A-yv^ov iroiijT'qv George Keats," 
 in the British Museum there were discovered 30 unpublished letters of 
 Voltaire to the English poet George Keats." [In Modern Greek p is 
 pronounced like our w.] From this comes Anecdote, something 
 unpublished, passing around orally as an interesting thing not yet 
 seen in print. 
 
 4. lvS(S(i))u, give in, yield, either trans, or in trans. : irdXiv rots 
 iro\€)i.(ois IvSovvai, to yield a city to the enemy ; <|>aPovp.Evoi liij IvSuo-iv, 
 fearing that they will give in {yield). 
 
 5. liriSCSufii,, a. make a present, bestow upon : rpi^pi] r^ iriXet 
 liriSuKEV, he bestowed u trireme upon the city. b. increase, grow 
 larger (only intrans.) : slSe to rav iroKty.lav (rTpdTev|j.a liriSiSdv, he 
 saw the enemy^s army increasing. EirfSoo-is has both meanings, a 
 gift, and increase. 
 
 6. |ji,CTaS(S(D|ti, share, i.e. give a share: (ict^Suk^ (loi irdvTwv, he 
 
 shared everything with me. When share — receive a share from some 
 one, it is |iETa\a|ipdv<i>. )i£Ti\<a, have a share, may result either 
 from giving or receiving. a-irav Kal iroTciv |j,CTdSocri.s, a sharing 
 of food and drink. 
 
 7. iropaSCSuiit, give from one to another, hand down, transmit. 
 As a military terra it is the regular word for surrender : irapaSoivai 
 rd T€ d'lrXa Kal a-4>ds avTovs, to surrender both their arms and them- 
 selves. <rvfi.}ia\oi, ovs oi irapaSor^d, allies, whom we must not sur- 
 render. "The soldiers surrendered" must be in Gr. surrendered 
 themselves. TapdSoo-i.s = transmission, transfer, and also surrender. 
 
 8. irpoSCSup.ii, betray. irpoSirtis, traitor. irpoSoirCd, treason, 
 treachery. 
 
 Aii|/d(i), be thirsty, Si,i|r^<rca, £8Ct|<i)<ra. (SeSirf/Tjito is late.) 
 Siij/iovTa (accus. sing, masc, sc. rivd) irfveiv tiSv, it is pleasant to 
 
Aiyjrdo) — AmKco — AoKea, 75 
 
 drink when one is thirsty (= otov 8h|/^). Xenophon, telling how 
 abstinent Sokrates was, says : itotov Se irdv ijSi) ijv avrip 8id to 
 |ii1 invfiv (i \iT\ SitlrioT) (" frequentative " opt.), and any drink was 
 pleasant to him, because he did not drink unless he was thirsty. 
 [When "any" = "any and every," it is rendered by irds, irdo-o, 
 irdv.] ityt iT(ivf\irov<ri. xaX Siili'/jo-ovo-i ical pr^iSiroviriv, that is (yi), 
 if they are to endure hunger and thirst and cold. 
 
 h. Siil/du is irreg. in contracting into t| where most verbs con- 
 tract into a. 8m|/u, SHj/'gs, 8n|»T|, etc. Infln. 8i.i|>t[v. Tiie same is 
 true of ireivttM, he hungry, and of Jdco, live, lav |Jiev irciv^ tA o-(&|jLaTa 
 i]|i,iav, o-iTta Sti iKiropC^eiv, lav 8e 8i<|/^, irord, if our bodies are 
 hungry, we must procure food ; if they are thirsty (we must procure) 
 drink. Thirst is either 8£i|/d or to 8Ci|fos. 
 
 Alii Km, pursue, is reg. except that fut. is in mid. 8iii|o|j.ai. 
 oftener than in act., and pf. pass, is late. In N.T. Sic^ku is the 
 word for persecute. In Attic law, Sli^ku meant prosecute, as ^iiya, 
 flee = be prosecuted. See <|>eii7(D, u. 8i<Skciv nvd (|>dvov, to prosecute 
 any one for murder, o 8uiK(i)v, the plaintiff; o <)>€<i-yuv, the defend- 
 ant. SCoi^is, pursuit. 
 
 AoKia, seem, think, I86kovv, S6|«>, l'8o|a. In the 3rd pers. 
 8oK€t, it seems good, IS6kei, 8<S^ei, I'8o$c, SISoktui, and 
 ISISoKTo are the 6 tenses. 
 
 a. To seem. Notice that we can say / seem to do, to he doing, to 
 have done ; but only impersonally it seems that I shall do, did, would 
 do, would have done : whereas the personal constr. is used through- 
 out in Greek : 8oku iroictv, iroi^o'Civ, iroii)<rat, ireiroiiiKlvai, iroulv 
 dv, iroifj(rai dv. 
 
 6. 2'o think (the other verbs being vo|i(£(i>, ij^loitai, and o{o|iai), 
 imagine, fancy, followed by the infin. The meanings a and 6 do 
 not occur (?) in the perfect, which seems to be confined to the 
 following. 
 
 c. In 3rd pers. it seems good, seems best, often to be rendered by 
 resolve, determine, being in fact the common prose expression for 
 this : 8aKet |iqi. (o-oi, aurif, a^Tg, ij)i.tv, 'v\i,iv, aiTois, aiTais, etc.) 
 I«| otPT<i> iroictv, / (you, he, she, we, you, they) deterinine (or deter- 
 mines with he and she) not to do so. 8^8oktoi Tots 'A6r|va(ois, the 
 
76 AoKeco — Apdat — Avvafiai. 
 
 Athenians have determined. oto> 8ok6i toBto, dvaTtivATO) (dpAru) 
 Tijv XEipa. fSo^t TailTO (or dv^reivav dirovTcs) . vSv Totvuv dwridvTOs 
 iroiciv 8ei rd SeSoYiicva, all in favor of this motion, please raise the 
 hand. The motion was carried. Now then we must go off and do 
 what we have determined upon. 
 
 B. 86|a, reputation, i.e. the way we seem to others ; hence, fame, 
 glory: also opinion. i'vSo^os, ov, famous, glorious ; dSo^os, inglorious. 
 DoxoLOGY, an ascription of glory. Paradox, something contrary 
 to what seems possible or natural, -rrapd S6£av ; irapdSo^os, ov, 
 Paeadoxical. S6Yp,a, a resolution, decree = to SeSo'yii.^vov. Also, 
 Dogma. From So-y/iarlCa and SoyfiaTtK6s (not Attic words) come 
 Dogmatize and Dogmatic. 
 
 Apdu, Spao-Q), eSpdo-a, SeSpaxa, 8^Spdp,ai; of the aor. 
 pass. TO Spdo-Slv and tuv Spdo-fl^vrwv are found in Thuc. 
 
 Often 8pdv is used with no perceptible difference from irowtv, 
 irpaTT£iv, or cp7d^£ir6ai. o 8pdo-as, the doer, the perpetrator. 8pd)ia, 
 a deed, action, Dkama. SpS./jiaiTiK6s (unattic). Dramatic. 8pd- 
 irWiptos, ov, active, efficacious : els tov otvov epaXc <|>dp|xaKov 8pdirT'/ipiov, 
 she cast a powerful poison into the wine. Less usual in the same 
 sense is 8pdo-Ti,K6s, Drastic. 
 
 Avvaftai, can, be able, 8vv'^iro|i,ai, itvv'f\9r\v (D.P.), 8ES<i- 
 vi)|>.ai. 
 
 Besides these forms, which are reg., Xen. uses an irreg. aor. 
 l8vvdo-6T|v. The pres. and impf. are inflected like the correspond- 
 ing tenses of to-raiiai, except that the 2nd sing, of the impf. is 
 regularly shortened to khvva, whereas "lo-rao-o is the form for the 
 other verb : and except that in the pres. subj. and opt. 8iiva|iai 
 accents as if there were no contraction. Cf. 8vv(i>|tai, 8«vfl, SiPVT]Tai, 
 etc., and 8vvaC|ii,T]v, 8vvaio, 8vvaiT0, etc., with lo-Tup,ai, la-Tg, to-T<iTai, 
 find i<rTaC)i.T|v, io-toIo, io-toito. b. Note, too, that impf. qnd the 
 ^eg. aor. are found in texts augmented I8uv- or ii8iiv-; but only 
 i8uvdo-flT|v. Inscriptions show only 48vv- as the augment in the 
 classic period. 
 
 c. Sivafiai is often used in the sense of having power or influence ; 
 hence, be influential: i|>CX.os ipotlXcTO etvai rots p.^YicTa Svva|Uvoi«, 
 he wanted to be a friend to the most influential men. 
 
Avvafiat — Avco. 77 
 
 B. Sivajiis, ability, power, force. As a military term it = force 
 or forces, Lat. copiae; but S\iva|iis is not often used in the pi. in 
 this sense. Swards, able, possible. iSvyaras, ov, unable, impossible. 
 aSvvajjiCd, inability. dSuvareu, be unable, ivvaa-nla, lordship, sover- 
 eignty, dominion. Buvdirrtis, lord, sovereign. Hence, Dynasty, a 
 succession of sovereigns of the same family. Svvoimvoi, be a 
 8iivd<m)s, have dominion. 
 
 Dynamite is so named because of its great explosive force. 
 Dynamics, the laws of forces in physics and mechanics. 
 
 Avvu, set (used of the sun, etc.), is very rare in prose. See 
 tia. A, b. 
 
 Avu, -Svo-M, -^Svero, 2nd aor. eStiv, S^SvKa, -SE8v|jiai, -tSv- 
 9t|v. Synopsis of 2nd aor. eSvv, iva (opt. unattic), -8u6i, Svvai, his, 
 ZviroL, Svv, SvvTos, Sv(n]S, etc. [^-edvffdfirjv is rare in Attic] 
 
 A. a. The tenses that may be uncompounded are 3 in mid., pres., 
 impf., fut. ; and 3 in act., 2nd aor., pf., and plupf. These 6 tenses 
 are intrans. = go down, sink, set (esp. of the heavenly bodies). 
 E.g. i^'Xios (or d 'qXios), the sun, SOerai, is setting, sets; ISvcto, teas 
 setting ; tvirerai, will set; thv, set; Se'Svkcv, has set; ISeSvkei, had set. 
 oI|iai ^lov oviru SeSvK^vai, [ don't think the sun has set yet. a)jia 
 T<§ iJXCu 8vo|i^v(^, Just at sunset. b. For 8iid|i«vos in this sense, 
 the pres. 8«vmv is also found : tjSt) ijXCov 8uvovtos, as the sun was 
 already setting. See dvto-xei, under i<r\a. c. In the meaning 
 sink : ij vii(ros vird (ret(r|i«v Kard Ti)S 6a\d<rirT)s 8v(ra i|(t>av((r6T|, the 
 island, under (the shock of) earthquakes, sank beneath the sea and 
 vanished. 
 
 B. 8v(r|x^ (usually 8vo-|iaC), with or without i^Xlov, = sunset ; koI 
 ifv iiSti 4y7v$ ijX(ov 8u<r|iuv, and it was already near sunset, irpds 
 i]X.(ov Svo-iv, towards the sunset, westward (Sv<ri$, Svcrcus). 
 
 C. COMPOXTNDS. 
 
 1. dva8vo|i,ai (dvcSv6|i.T|v, &va8vtro|tai, aviSvv, dva8^8vKa), come 
 up, rise. Venus Anadyomene (dva8uo|UvT|), Venus rising, Ik riis 
 6aXd(r(rn$, is a celebrated subject in art. 
 
78 COMPOUNDS OP Avw — 'Eao). 
 
 2. KaraSvu, submerge, sink : in the trans. Sense of sink, the tenses 
 are pres. fut. imperf. and 1st aor. act., as : tijv voBv KaTaSvovo-i, 
 (KaraSvo-ovo-i, Kar^Svov, KaxESvo-av), they sink (will sink, were sinking, 
 sank) the ship. But intrans. : oi vfjes KOTaSvovrai (KareSiovTO, 
 KaraSvo-ovrai, KaTcSvo-av, KaraSESuKdo-i., KaTcSeSuKccrav), the ships are 
 sinking (were sinking, will sink, sank,- have sunk, had sunk). b. As 
 with eo-Tii<rav, av^o-rncrav, dir^o-THo-ov, etc. (see t<m)|ii, B,/), SO with 
 -«8i)(rav the question as to whether the form is 1st or 2nd aor. will 
 depend upon whether the word is trans, or intrans. 
 
 3 and 4. diro- and ek-Suu mean take off, and the four trans, tenses 
 in the act. take two accusatives, one of the person and the other of 
 the thing, as ; diro8u<rti> o-e to 'ijidTiov, / will take your cloak off you, 
 or, I will strip you of your cloak. iKSficraC riva, to strip any one (of 
 his clothing). The intrans. tenses (3 in the raid, and 3 in the act.) 
 may be used with an accus. of the garment, as : iKSvco-Sai (iKSBvai) 
 XiTwva, to take off a shirt (tunic), ix^irore iKSvEcrfiai, never to undress. 
 
 5. ivSia, with the same constr. as the verbs above, ^«« a gar- 
 ment on some one, dress, clothe. oirXa i]|j,ds ivhvav (IvSwcras), clothing 
 us with armor. But: tov StipdKa IvSuco-Sai (IvSOvai, IvSeSiiKEvai), 
 to put on (to have put on) one's breast-plate. evSvo|j[,ai also means 
 go in, enter in. 6 <|>86Y-yos IvSverai eIs to coto, the sound goes into 
 the ears. In the same sense we find cia-Svo|i.ai ; e.g. Xenophon says 
 that when the Ten Thousand were encountering the wintry cold 
 of the mountains of Armenia, if the soldiers slept with their shoes on 
 (viroSESE)j,^voi eKoi|iSvTo), the straps (of their sandals) would sink into 
 their feet, cIo-eSuovto els toOs irdSos ot iiidvTcs. 
 
 b. Of course the student connects cvSvo with Latin induo and 
 English indue. 
 
 E. 
 
 'E d ti), allow, permit (Tivd IXSctv, any one to go) . Regular, except 
 A- for augm. and lacrojiai as fut. pass., I shall be allowed. Locate 
 the forms ia (3), Iq) (4), Iote (3), Ido-OE (3), Etdo-BE (3), eldo-eE, 
 ctacro (2), IdcSai, Etd<r6ai, Etas, Eta, Ea, eIu, Ii>>t], iifo, etc. 
 
 a. a o^K laTE ij|j,ds Tovs iratSas itoieIv, Tavra airol itoieite, you 
 yourselves do what you do not allow us boys to do. [Notice the art. in 
 Gr. i])ids Tovs iratSas, MS boys."] EirEiSav otKaSc e\6'{is irapd ti^v 
 
Eao) — 'Eyyyaci) — 'Eyeipeo — '"EdeXco. 79 
 
 |iT)T^pa, Ikc(vi^ o-« I^ iroutv o tv av ^ovXi] J when you go home to your 
 mother^does she allow you to do whatever you want to f 
 
 b. Used with the neg., la has the meaning urge any one not to — , 
 as : Evpos AviravSpov ovk ela vaujjiaxctv, Cyrus urged Lysander not 
 to engage in a sea-fight. c. The phrase Idv x<>''p<<'Vi allow any 
 one or anything to depart (xoXft being used like Vale in Latin), 
 means give up, renounce, cast to the winds, etc., as : kaira\uv roiis 
 <|>6Povs xafpciv, let us cast our fears to the winds, ia Tijv *idTpiKi]v 
 Xatpciv 1 Throw physic to tJie dogs ! 
 
 'E77udo>, pledge (^ttuV" seems not to occur), ■^77vr|ira, 
 ■^Y^-uTlKa, '^'Y7<lT||i.ai, -ti^YU'iiBtiv. Besides these forms, which 
 are regular, we find, for the simple verb, forms such as Ive^yvuv, 
 IvcyviSiiTiv, IvSYiTjo-o, Ivcyvqa-diiTiv, l7-y67ilT)Ka, and lY-y^Yviniai, as if 
 the verb were compounded of "4v and fvia. The aor. pass, is not 
 found except with a prepos., as : Ifrj^-yw^Ori, security or iaU was 
 given. The verb is from Iv^ut], pledge, bail, security. i>iym\r'fj9, one 
 who pledges himself, a surety: ■jrapexirui rpels fwuriTas d|i6xp£<ijs 
 irap«|civ l-y7Dci)(i^vo«s els 8Ckt]v, let him produce three responsible sureties 
 who go security that they will produce him for trial. 
 
 'EYcCpoi, raise, rouse, wake, lyEpu, TiyEipa, (^iy/iyfpxa, late), 
 E7'^7€p)i.ai, i]7^p6t|v. (Fut. pass, late.) In the act. a 2nd perf. 
 is found, I'yp'^j'yopa, I'm awake. (See 8op9dvi».) The 2nd aor. 
 mid. occurs in the compound, e|t|7p6)i,i]v, / woke up: 4'(|>ti irpds 
 ■i[\iApa.v l|E7pio-0ai,, he said that towards day he woke up. a St^Kparcs, 
 E7P'^7opas Ti KaBeiSeis ', Sokrates, are you awake or asleep f ovk 
 T|7cip6v 0-6, / would not wake you. cri|>fiKa Koi|t(S|i.Evov l7€CpELv, to 
 rouse a sleeping wasp. 'r|7eipa m.ay be from aytlpa, collect, or 
 iydpa. [l|T|7p6p.i]v for l^7«p-. Syncope.] 
 
 'E64Xu, be willing, wish, will, kit\i\<r<i>, •q9^XT|<ra, ^6^XT)Ka. 
 No forms outside of the active. 
 
 In the pres. the form B^o) is often used, especially if the pre- 
 ceding word ends with a vowel. The augmented tenses, however, 
 always begin rfi-, as no collision of vowels would be avoided by 
 using the form IB- for augment; but BeX^o-u, BtX^o-aiiu, etc., are 
 found in the dependent moods, along with the regular eBcX^o-u, 
 46EX'^o-ai)ti, etc. 
 
80 'E0eX<0 — 'E0i^a) — Eiooea—"EoiKa. 
 
 b. With the neg. this is the common way in Greek of rendering 
 refuse, as : o4k ^'0(\ov, ov8' lirV tovtois 4'<|>o(rav tiiv o-vtinaxtdv 
 ir£iroif|(r6ai, they refused (^ = would not), and said they had not made 
 the alliance on these terms. We even find, ti [iij — oiK ■n9eXn<rov, 
 if they had not refused. if)(Kovri\9 = volunteer, and IBeXoio-ios = 
 voluntary. Distinguish between ISeXovras and «6cXovTtts. The ac- 
 cent or the quantity of a determines the declension of each word. 
 How? 
 
 'ESC^u, accustom (rivd iroietv ti, any one to do anything), IBiffl, 
 ctSio-a, ctSiKa, (C6i,o-)i.ai, elOCirSiiv. Regular, except d- in 
 augmented tenses. E9i^(&|<iE6a 6{ipdv irapidvTcs dWorpCdv |j,t) pKiimv 
 tla-a, let us accustom ourselves (or let us become accustomed) not to 
 
 look in when passing somebody else's door. 
 
 t 
 
 On stem 'E9- are formed a 2nd perf. and plup. etioSa, T am 
 accustomed, and cl(i6ii, / was accustomed. to (60^ = custom. A 
 lengthened form is t<S ifOos, disposition, character, though the usual 
 word for character is d rpiiros, properly one's turn (Tp^irco), bent. 
 ^9os is generally found in the pi. = morals, rd t[9t) twv rpiirav, the 
 morals of their characters. From ^9ik((s (unattic), pertaining to 
 morals, we get Ethics, the science of morals. 
 
 EtSu, clSE(r]v, ctS^vai, ctSiSs. See oTSa. 
 
 EISov, / saw. See dpda>. 
 
 On stem EIk- are formed a 2nd perf. and plup. coiKa, / am 
 like, resemble, appear, seem, and ccpKt), / was like, etc. o-Kiats 
 loiKdres, like shadows. <|>i\o(r6iJ>ai toiKas, you are like a philosopher. 
 kolKdtriv 01 9eol iroXXi^v tuv 6,v@pd>irav eiri|i,^\€iav irout(r9ai, the gods 
 seem to take great care of men. 
 
 a. A special idiom with this verb is its use with the dat. part. ; 
 i.e. instead of saying (laCvEo-Sai 4'oiKa$, you seem to be crazy, we find 
 very commonly |iaivo|i^v(i> coiKas in the same meaning; lit. you 
 resemble one who is crazy, tvo |i,ij \oiSapou|ji4vcj> ioCK^js, that you may 
 not seem to be abusive. Sometimes we can render it adverbially : 
 coiKas €48oi|iovCdv olofivif Tp«(t>iiv ttvai, you evidently imagine that 
 happiness consists in luxury. 
 
 b. «oiK6 is very often used impersonally, it seems. 
 
WORDS ON STEM EtK — WiflL 81 
 
 c. The form ctK6s, etKiros, is used in the sense of reasonable, 
 natural, likely, probable: clxdra X^y'is, what you say is reasonable. 
 Ik toS cIk6tos and koto, to etKis mean in all probability (likelihood). 
 €Ik<Ss loTiv = it is natural, likely, probable (tovs iroXtntoDs 8eBpo 'q^civ, 
 that the enemy will come hither). The adv. AK6rm = naturally, and 
 no wonder. cIkotus iJ-yavdKTEi 8uo-tux»v, he was very naturally vexed 
 at his misfortune, or : he was vexed at his misfortune, and no wonder. 
 
 d. 1) cIkc6v, eIk6vos = image, likeness, portrait. Tfjs o\|»«<i)s Ik€Cviis 
 €tK6va 'ye7pa|i|i^vr)v Oeiurao-Sai, to behold u painted representation of 
 that scene. x<iXKiiv clKova oTfjo-oi, to erect a bronze statue. From 
 this word and ■ypd<|><>>, describe {write about), we get Iconogkapht, 
 description of statues, pictures, etc. Iconoclasm, Iconoclast, and 
 Iconoclastic come from cIkc&v and KK&a, KXd<r<», break, and refer 
 primarily to the breaking of saints' images, as was done by the 
 Netherland Protestants in 1566. In a wider sense, an Iconoclast is 
 one who shatters people's cherished opinions. 
 
 ElKd^o), make a likeness, liken, -ciKd<ro|i.ai, ctKa^ovor'gKalov, 
 ctKao-a or 'gKatra (no pf. act. in Attic), ctKairiJiai or 'gKao-fiai, 
 ctKd'ir6T|v. The augm. ■^k- does not seem to be found in aor. pass. 
 [Is eiKdau found in A.p. ?] 
 
 Zev|Cs (101 koXtjv clxdo-ds YP<^<f>n Y''v°'^'<<* citcScCkviicv, Zeuxis made 
 a painting of a beautiful woman and showed it to me (represented a 
 beautiful woman by a painting is the literal). (iiKpov (UYdXtp cUdo-ai, 
 to liken a small thing to a great one. b. conjecture, guess : etlKa^ov 
 Tijv x'^vo TtTtiK^vai, they conjectured that the snow had melted. Adv. 
 cIk{) = cU random, heedlessly, as : elKfj X^yeiv, to speak heedlessly. 
 
 EtKu, yield, eIkov, ctfu, cl$a. Other tenses lacking. Ko 
 augm. — vitcCko) is also used, = yield. ov\ vitcikt^ov o«8« dvaxupi)- 
 T«ov o48e Xeiirrfov njv rdjiv, one must not yield nor retire nor leave 
 one's post. DifE. between virciKc and viretxE ? 
 
 El')iaprai, it is fated. See p. 143, near end. 
 
 Et(i(, be. The complete inflection is found in any grammar. 
 Several points in regard to its compounds may be noticed. 
 
 a. The pres. indie, accents on the prep., as : dir»|i,i, airti, aina-n, 
 etc. The forms airEi|i,i, airei, airEio-i may therefore be from dir6 and 
 
82 Etyltl AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 dliC or et|ii. h. In the subj. the accent remains as in the simple verb 
 •«. BS) ■D> fitc., because, the stem being Icr- (Lat. esse), the natural 
 forms would be eo-m, iaris, etc. By the loss of <r there are left fm, 
 erts, etc., -which contract iato__3jns, etc. Of course then, when we 
 contract aWi, the accent will be dirfl. c. Infinitives and participles 
 never change their accent when a prep, is prefixed. Hence, clvai, 
 direlvai, wv, ovira, ov, dirt&v, diroCia-a, dirdv. c^. As the accent 
 
 never goes back of the augment, we have tJv and dirfiv. e. iS, 
 fh\v, and etvai are pres. tenses of etfiC : i5, S.r\v, and etvai are 2nd 
 aor. tenses of iijiii (c-). Hence dirS, dirECi)v, and diretvai can be 
 readily distinguished from d<t>», d<t>eCiiv, and difietvai. But with 
 irapu, crwS, the difference of breathing disappears, and the sense 
 must determine from which verb the word comes. 
 
 B. Several points as to the meaning may be noticed. 
 
 (1.) 7£-yvo|iai supplies the lacking tenses of £l|jiC. Hence hiiv6^i\v 
 sometimes = / was, and 76'y^vn|i.ai or ■y^'yovo may mean I have 
 been. (2.) Very often in translating the impersonal forms of 
 cl|i.( we must supply possible or practicable. The student will find 
 a hitch in many a sentence unless he remembers this. o4k tIv 
 dpiutv, it was not possible to anchor. (3.) In expressions such 
 as "if we are to get there to-day, we must make haste"; "I was 
 to do nothing at all but sit still," |i<\\<i) (followed by pres. or fut. 
 infin.) is the word in Greek. For exx. see (i^Wu. 
 
 0. Compounds. 
 
 1. aircifti, he absent, dir^o-rai, he will be absent. (Note accent.) 
 
 2. ev(i)i.i, be in. Impersonally, eveo-Ti (sometimes shortened to 
 €vi), it is possible, permitted, one may, etc. 
 
 3. i%t<rr\., only used impersonally, it is possible, permitted, etc. 
 i^T[v o4t<o ^ivav, he might have remained, lit. it was permitted to him 
 to remain. ^ia-Tai i\9tiv, it will be possible to go. Very common is 
 the aocus. absolute, 4|6v, with meaning of although : e|dv Jf|v ijiJiIv 
 (111] KaXus, Ka\a>$ alpai|jie6a |i,d\Xov TcXeurdv, although it is in our 
 power to live ignobly, we nobly choose rather to die. If we had 
 'gpo<i|u6a, or ei\.<S|iE6a, it would be, although we might have lived 
 ignobly, we nobly chose, etc. 
 
COMPOUNDS OP Elfil. 83 
 
 4. Eirei|ii, be upon: yi^vpa, iwl\v (sc. Iirl Tcp 7roTa|i.ia), there was a 
 bridge over it. (The Greeks said a bridge was on a river.) 
 
 5. [Uria-Tl |io( Tivos, / have a share in a thing. 
 
 6. irdpEifti, be present: 6 irapuv xp'^^os, the present time, or the 
 present tense (this last sense unattic). Impersonally, irapeo-Ti, like 
 IJeo-Ti, it is in one's power, is possible. Often in accus. abs. irap6v. 
 
 7. mpUifii, lit. be around. b. Much more common is the 
 meaning excel, be superior to (tiv4s tivi, any one in anything). So 
 ircpi7C7vo|jiai. c. Another very frequent meaning is, be over and 
 above, remain (after some part has been lost or taken away) ; of 
 persons, survive, to irepiov toB o-TpaToB, the remaining part of the 
 army. tA irtf\,6vTa, xp'fjp.aTa, the surplus funds, ot irepiivres, the 
 survivors. Cf . irtpi^tYvoiioi.. 
 
 8. irp6a-ci,|jLi, be in addition (irpos Toirois = in addition to these 
 things), be added to, accompany: lav Oepiidri]; tio 8£i|<6i irpocr^, if 
 heat be added to the thirst, i.e. if the thirst be accompanied by heal, tj 
 PC^ irpdo-curiv e\6pai Kal KivSvvot, violence is attended by enmities 
 and dangers. 
 
 9. iri)V6i|i.i, be with, associate with (tivC). 
 
 10. vircijii, be under. KpT|ms uirfjv XiOCvi) (sc. T<p Te£x"')> there was 
 a stone foundation under it (the wall) . b. Then from iiro, under, 
 comes the notion that something is under one as a basis, as a sup- 
 port ; that what one had is still there, still left to him, etc. aire* 
 vircio-i (u^dXai cXirCSes, he is supported by great hopes (has them 
 underneath Mm). 
 
 Note. — Observe the various ways of saying it is possible: I'o-tiv, 
 fveoTiv, 6Vi, eJeo-Tiv, irdpe<rTiv, olo'v t* iirnv (or olo'v t (ittIv), and 
 Svvarov ia-riv (also Sward ecmv). 
 
 D. The following substantives belong under tljiL : ovo-Cd, estate, 
 including all that there is to a man, all he has. diro«o-£d, absence. 
 irapovo-Cd, presence, itpva-la,, permission, power, authority. p.eTov<rCd, 
 participation. irepiovo-Cd, surplus, abundance, a-uvovtrla, society, in- 
 tercourse, association : SwKpdrqs oViB^vo Tijs irvvovo-Cds dpYvpiov 
 lirpaTTSTo, Sokrates never would charge anybody a fee for attendance 
 on his lectures. 
 
84 EZ/tt. 
 
 Etm, go 01 come. The complete inflection -will be found in any 
 grammar. Several points may be noticed here. 
 
 a. it may be from eI|jiC or from etfii. 6. Distinguish between 
 elo-C and tto-i ; and observe that in compounds the distinction dis- 
 appears, air€io-i being from either verb. c. lea, t^s, ifi, etc., differ 
 in two points from 'la, 'i^s, etc., from "itkii. So do 4irto> and d()>iu. 
 But the accent alone distinguishes irapCu and iraplu, not counting 
 the quantity of i here, as it is not usually marked. d. In the 
 opt. lo£t]v is more frequent than toi[ii: but the other persons are 
 xeg. : lois, toi, etc. e. Uvai and 'Uvai can easily be told apart: 
 so can dirUvai and acfiUvai : but Sii^vai may be from SCei|i.i or SiCt]|jli. 
 f. ItSv, tovo-a, Wv is the one present part, in -iSv, -ovo-a, -6v with this 
 accent: all other participles in -<4v, i.e. that are oxytone in the 
 nom. sing, masc, are 2ni aorists. [dJv does not count, as it has 
 no other syllable to accent on ; and of course compounds of oiv and 
 l(5v are accented like the simple f onns.] 
 
 B. In regard to the meaning of et|ii the important point to be 
 noticed is that the indie, is regularly used as a future, and that 
 the opt. infin. and part, count as pres. OR fut. according to the 
 sense. The infin. Uvai may therefore have any one of the follow- 
 ing uses I — 
 
 a. It may be the ordinary infin . rendered by " to " and not 
 representing any other mood: in which case it may usually be 
 replaced by the aor. without changing either the time or the sense. 
 PovXcrai Uvai (or IXSctv). 
 
 b. It may be rendered by " to " as above, but may stand for the 
 imperative of the direct discourse. kcXcvm airous Uvoi (IXBeiv), 
 he commands them to go. O.R. in (or eXBers), go ! 
 
 It may depend on some verb of saying or thinking, and may then 
 represent — 
 
 c. the pres. indie, of O.R. — i.e. some form of cpxopiai (not of 
 «l(ii, as this in the indie, is regularly /«(. in sense). Xiyti Uvoi 
 irapd Poo-iX^a, he says he is going to the king. O.R. 4'pxo|i.ai, / am 
 going, i.e. am actually on my way now. 
 
 d. the fut. indie, of O.R. \iya avpiov an'icvai, he says he is going 
 away to-morrow. O.R. avpiov aircifu, / am going away { = shall or 
 will go away) to-morrow. 
 
Et/it — EtTTov. 85 
 
 e. the imperf. indie, of O.R. \hla o4ti]v Uvoi tov o4tov rpiirov, 
 
 lie says that she came (on) in the same manner. O.R. ■gei.^ 
 
 Rem. The 4th use (d) is the only one peculiar to this verb. 
 C. The compounds will usually explain themselves by the mean- 
 ing of the preposition and verb. Any that need special notice will 
 be found under epxcfiai. 
 
 Elir-. On this stem are found 2nd aor. ttirov, / said, with a 
 few forms of a first aor. The synopsis of etirov is etirov, rfiru, ctiroipii, 
 fliti (notice accent), stiretv, etirtiv. a. Of the o forms ctiras is the 
 only form of the indie, much used in Attic. In the imper. Aicov, 
 though classic, is less freq. than d-ni; but " etirdTw, clirarov, etiroTt 
 are more used by the Attics than the corresponding forms of the 
 2 aor.'' (Veitch). It follows then that eiirtTt is indie, and A-rart 
 imperative. b. As etirov has no pres., \i-^o or <J)i](it usually sup- 
 plies the place of one. We may give the forms thus : 
 
 pres. \iyia or <|>ii|i£ : pres. pass. X^-yo|iai. 
 
 impf. i\iyov or ei|>t]v: impf. pass. IXe76fi.i|V. 
 
 fut. act. X^o) or ^■f\a-ia or Ipu (liquid fut. on stem Ip-). 
 
 aor. act. eXc£a or E4>il<ra or etirov. 
 
 perf . act. eCpi]Ka. pluperf. etp^JKi). 
 
 perf. pass. \^e7p.ai, but much oftener eUpiniai. 
 
 plup. pass. (eXeXeYimv ?), eIpt||ii)v. 
 
 aor. pass. IX^x8t|v or lpp'^6t|v. 
 
 fut. pass. X.ex6T|o-o|iai, or pi)6^o-o)iai. 
 
 fut. perf. pass. \£\e$op.ai or tlpi\iro\i,M, which differ little, if 
 any, from the simple fut. pass, 
 c. In some of the compounds of etirov the pres. is supplied by 
 ayoptia; e.g. dira'yopevai (tivI p.^ eXOelv), forbid (any one to go: 
 notice the neg. in Gr.), airepu, direiirov. So, the word for accost, 
 speak to, is irpoo-aYopevu, irpoo-epu, irpoo-eiirov, irpo(reCpi)Ka, irpoireCpi|p.ai, 
 irpaa-epp/j6i)v (irpoo'pi|6w, etc.). 
 
 For further points in regard to these verbs, see eVpu and \iya. 
 
 lit is equally correct in many places to say that the pres. infin. may 
 stand for the historical present of O.R. ; because every histor. pres. may 
 be replaced by an imperf. — though not vice versa. Thus, above, the 
 O.E. may be epxerai, she comes ( = came) on, Xen. Mem. 2, 1, 23. 
 
86 Et'/aiyw — [EJiooj]. 
 
 EtpYO), shut in, coop up, is reg. in its forms, €tp7ov, ttp^a, 
 £lp|a, no pf., €lp7|i,ai, ejpxfliiv, and would not be entitled to a 
 place among irreg. verbs except foi- another form of the pres. 
 (Ka8)€(p'yvv|j.i that occurs only very rarely, however, in A. p. 
 KaSeCploi, KaBEtpla, KaeEtp-yiiai, are the other tenses of this com- 
 pound. Iv TTJ TviXa 'u|jids Ka8£Cp|avT6s, having penned you up in 
 the city (restricted you to the city limits). KaScipYfji^vai iv t(» 
 <rTavp<i|j,aTi,, cooped up in the stockade. toOs sipxBe'vTos s^flve, he 
 brought out ( = released) those who had been imprisoned. fiKrf\ = 
 prison = SEcrituT'^ptov. Cf . ep'yai. 
 
 b. With smooth breathing E!;p7<i), the meaning is shut out, ex- 
 clude, prevent; the forms are reg., but there is no perf. The com- 
 mon verb for prevent, hinder is kcjXvu, which is reg. in all of its 
 forms, and has pf. KCKciXvKa. For fut. pass, both of these verbs 
 use fut. mid. eCp|o|j[,ai, K(i>\u(ro|i,ai. 
 
 [EI/3W.] From this present tense, which is unattic, come the 
 tenses IpS, / will say, ctpi)Ka, eEpT]|i.ai, ipp^9i\v. For the aor. elirov is 
 used, which see. In the aor. pass. (ppi9'i\v is sometimes met with, 
 in place of the usual ippi]6T\v ; but this is only in the indie. The 
 other moods are prjOu, pr|6ECT]v, pTiflfjvai, pr]6E[s, all with tj. The 
 forms 6tpT|Ko, etc., are also explained as coming from a stem pt-. 
 
 oviroTS lp€i o^ScVs cos E^w Ti]v Toov ^ap^dpuv cfiiXCdv €iX6|iT|v, never 
 shall any one say that I chose the friendship of the barbarians. ctpT|Kd 
 o-oi irowrav Tiiv dX.'iiSeiav, / have told you the ichole truth, ija ip&v, 
 I was going to say. irepl airoB irdvT Ap\\*.a irpds 'v|i.ds, I have told 
 you everything about it. (Notice that " to speak, say, or tell to any 
 one" is either dat. or irpis with accus.) rd SeivoroT eIp^jkei tov 
 'ApCo-Tttpxov, he had been saying the most dreadful things about Aris- 
 tarchos. tC ijiids epoSo-iv ot iroWoC ; what will people say about us ? 
 TO irpoppTi9^v, that which was stated before. oE Ike! \6yoi pr]6«vT«s, the 
 speeches that were spoken there, rd ^i^Wovra pT|6ifja-E<r6ai, the things 
 that are going in be said, rfls d-yYEXtds Ka9' dSdv airots pijOeCo-tis, 
 the news having been told them on the road. 
 
 b. The fut. perf. clp'fjo-ETai (the only form of this tense, perhaps, 
 found in Attic) is used in the sense of a future, and very often as a sort 
 of parenthesis, equivalent to the truth must be spoken, the truth will out. 
 Kol TdTt — etp'^o-ETai ^dp — , and then — for I must out with it — etc. 
 
■WOEDS ON STEM pr) "EX/tw. 87 
 
 B. Derivatives, p^rup, p'fJTopos, speaker, orator. pr)Topi.Kds, skilled 
 in speaking, ij pT|TopiK^ (so. t^vi)), the art of speaking, Rhetoric. 
 pT|TapEV(D, he a p'^Tup, as Pao-iXEvu = 6e a PouriXevs. p^lP'O'i something 
 spoken, a word, phrase, expression. As a term of grammar prjiia = 
 verb (ivffrf,frM6v, |j,^a-ov, rj vaeriTuc6v, active, middle, or passive). 
 pTiTos, stated, agreed upon, specified, ^nj ijp^poi, an appointed day. 
 Iirl pT]To£s, on specified terms, apptiros, ov, unspeakable. air6ppT|Tos, 
 ov, means forbidden, prohibited, or more commonly not to he told, 
 secret: ou -ydp dir6ppi]Tov ifv, for it was not a secret. diroppTio-is, 
 prohibition. 
 
 'EXavvu, drive, march, ride, row, i\a (for e\a<ra, Aiim), 'qXaira, 
 EX'fjXaKa, 4\^\a|i,ai, i]\d6T|v. 
 
 The aor. m^id. is occasionally found in Attic, as : ircip(&|j.«voi tows 
 iroXc)i,Covs l^e\d(rao-6ai, striving to dislodge the enemy. The verb is 
 most common in compounds. Originally transitive, drive cattle, 
 ride a horse, row a boat, it is also used as intrans., the object being 
 understood. e<|)i] ij|tCovov eXavvciv, he said he was riding a mule. 
 irepi^XavvE ti^v irdXiv, he used to drive (or ride) around the city. 
 Tpi^pr] Taxv eXavveiv, to row a trireme fast. (XijXaKdTcs ovv us 
 o-TaSiovs eilKoo-i. ir^vre t} TptaKovra, so when they had rowed about five 
 and twenty or thirty furlongs. (u'XXu eXav o-Tpordv Sid ttjs Eip(&in]s 
 ets TTiv 'EXXdSa, / am going to march an army through Europe into 
 Greece. toSt' cliruv Icj)' Hirirov dvaPos dirijXauvev, with these words he 
 mounted his horse and rode off. ovSeIs ii(i.»v dirsX'iiXoToi Tip,wv, no 
 one of us has been excluded from honors. irSs tis tows avSpos direX^ 
 ToB Xd(|>ov; how shall we drive the men from the hillf l(|>' ap|j.aTos 
 irapeXavvEiv, to ride by in a chariot. 
 
 'E\iy\a>, refute, convict,- kXiy^a, i\\(yla, no perf . act., I X <) X e 7- 
 )i.ai, liXs^x^l"- Often used iu the comp. I|£X«7X"- 1"^ AAH0E5 
 
 OTAEnOTE EAErXETAI, THE TRUTH IS NEVER REFUTED. cX^7|ai 
 
 Tivd iroiovvTd (iF€iroii]K6Ta) ti, to convict any one of doing {of having 
 done) anything. o eXfyxos, an argument that refutes, disproof, refu- 
 tation : TO. i|rEvSfi eXs-yxov i\a, what is false admits of refutation, or 
 involves (its own) disproof. dv^X^YKTos, ov, unrefuted. 
 
 "EXku, draw, pull, eIXkov, e'X^u, elXKuo-o, -etXKVKa, 
 -eCXKvo-|xai, ciXKva-6T)v (in A.p.?). dv^XKu, draw up. KaOIXxu, 
 
88 "EX«a) — 'ETTt'cTTayoiat. 
 
 draw down, launch (tos vavs, tos Tpt/jptis). apfia o tiriroi cIXkov 
 XevKol oKTiS, a chariot drawn by eight white horses. The pf. act. 
 seems to occur ouly once in A. p., KaS^CXKVKE, Dem. 5, 12. 
 
 'Eji^w, vomit. ■l\\iovv, -■/i|j.6<ra, seem to be the only other Attic 
 tenses. From 4/i.€Tm6s comes Emetic. 
 
 "Syvvfu. See a)t(|>icvvv)i.i. 
 
 "Evox^^w, disturb, harass, is reg. except its double augment, 
 ijvdx^oi'v, ■qviox^l"''*! -«<"■■ Pf- pass. iropnv<4x^T''8«, Dem. 18, 
 50, seems to be the only pass, form outside of pres. and impf. The 
 word is from Iv and o o'x^-os, crowd, mob, which fully explains the 
 meaning of discomfort, annoyance, expressed in the verb. 
 
 'Eiroiv^w, praise. See -aiv^w. 
 
 'Eiravop66(i>, set up straight (opfl6s), correct (rectus, straight), is 
 reg. exc. double augm. liri]v(ip9<i)(ro, -Ka, -jiai, Iiri]v(i>p6ii6i)v. 
 The mid. is also used, eirTivci)p6oiii(i.T|v, iiTr\va>p6<o<ra,}n\v. The 
 compounds dvop66ci>, set up, restore, and KaropGdw, set down straight, 
 establish correctly (dp9us) have reg. augment, dvtipSuo-a, etc., Kariip- 
 6oi(ra, etc. Used intrans. KaropOiw = succeed : rots l'irix«i.p''i|»a<riv o4 
 KaTop6oii|iEv, we are not succeeding in our attempts. 
 
 b. op66s = straight, erect, correct, ij dpSij TrTonns = casus rectus = 
 the nom. case. dp86TT|s = uprightness (of position), correctness (twv 
 \a-yi(r|j.uv, of one's calculations'). Iirav6p6<i>p,a, a correction (o(i.opTii- 
 (idraiv, of mistakes). The word for success is not KaT6p8a>(ns in A.p., 
 but eirvxta or evrix'HI"''' ov evirpd'yld. successful, iiTtt\i\%. 
 
 'Eiri.|i.^\o|),ai or liri|i.c\ovp.at. See ^\a, b. 
 
 'Eir((rTa|ji.ai, know, understand, €irio-T'/i(ro|iai, r[tri. <Tr'i\9i\v 
 (D.P.). No perf. In regard to this verb, notice : 
 
 a. that even if it was originally a comp., Itti-o-to-, (cf. understand) 
 — the view most generally held — still it was not felt to be a comp. 
 with lirC ; hence the augm. is ■^ir-. 6. that some of its forms differ 
 by only one letter from the corresponding forms of l(|>C(rTa|i,ai, mid. 
 of l<|>Co-'n]p.i,. c. that pres. subj. and opt. accent as if there were no 
 contraction (cf. 8vva)i,ai) : iirCo-Tup.ai, lirCo-T(|, JirCtrTTjTai, etc., from 
 
'FiTTicTTa/jiat — "KTTO/iai — 'Epaw. 89 
 
 ima-Td-ii/iai, etc. Opt. liri(rTaC)i.T|v, lirCo-raio, eirJo-TOiTO, etc. Cf. 
 l(t>i.(rTa)j.ai., -rf, -T]Tai : 44iia-Taio, -atro, etc. d. that impf . has in 2nd 
 sing, ijirto-ro) (rarely riTrftrTewo). Pres. imperat. usually JirUrTW. 
 e. that aor. pass, has only active meaning (D.P.). /. that with 
 infin. it means knoio how to — , while with the participle it means 
 know THAT a thing is so, equivalent to on or cSs with indie, or opt. 
 [Cf. )i,av6dvoi, a and b, and otSo, Rem.] g. that it is not the word 
 for know in the sense of be acquainted with a person (French cour 
 naitre, German kennen). For this use •yi-yvAo-Kin or otSa. 
 
 Knowledge is «irio-Wi(n). eincrT^)UDv, lirC(rTt|[iov, having knowledge 
 of (tivos), knowing how (Xiyav « koI <rlya,v, both to speak and to be 
 silent^. aveiri<rH|)i<av, avcir((rTi)|j.ov, not knowing how, ignorant. 
 
 "E iro(jitt I, _/bZtoiO (tivC), € I IT 6(1,1) V, e<|ronoi, 6<rir6nT)v. No perf. 
 
 a. Stem is same as seq in sequor. See under aXXo|iai. eir- is 
 thus for <r6ir- and 2nd aor. 6o-ir6|n|v has lost the c (so to-xdnTjv on 
 stem o-ex-j see under €X")i ^-^d the rough breathing is doubtless 
 used, because pres. impf. and fut. have it. The comp. li)>4iro|iai, 
 follow on (or after) has as its synopsis : «(|i«<rir6(i.T]v, iTrCo-irufiai, liri- 
 o-irot|i.T]v, lirCcriroD, Iiri.(rirl<r8ai, liri.inr6|icvos. The 2ud aor. in its 
 simple form seems to be limited to the indie: o^x 60"irou rots 
 Xexfleto-iv, you did not follotv the discussion. 
 
 b. dKoXovScu, reg. but no pass., also means follow (tivC). oKi- 
 XovSos, u follower, attendant. As an adj. it means consistent with; 
 Tois vd)iois dKoXovOtos, consistently with the laws, oix d.K6Xou6os, in- 
 consistent. An AsTACOLUTHON is a grammatical inconsistency, a 
 sentence in which the last part does not follow the construction 
 with which the sentence began. 
 
 'Epdu, love, be in love with, be enamoured of (tiv6s), has only pres., 
 impf. Tjpmv, and aor. pass. ■^pdo-Oriv, / became enamoured of, fell 
 in love with (A4ti]s, Her). Also pres. pass, d lpci|jicvos, tj epuiiivTi, 
 the beloved one. v4kt|s Ipuvres, enamoured of victory. ovSeiroTt 
 d\i|6cs oiSev ttwOev direiXeiv epuv IpufilvQ, a man in love is never 
 accustomed to make any real threat to the woman he loves, ^ia-a irus 
 eHyaydv Io-ti irds dviip Ipuv, somehow every man when he is in love is 
 naturally a very easy thing to lead. 6 epus, epwros, love: "Epois 
 Tuv 6{Sv Poo-iXtvei, Love is king of the gods. [For dYdin], love, see 
 
90 'Epdco — 'Epyd^o/iai. 
 
 <rT^P7(i>, 6.] IpaiTT'^s, lover. Ipao-rds, beloved: to Ipao-rov KaXdv 
 Kal dppov Kal ts'Xcov Kal |iaKapt<rT6v, that ■which one 
 loves is beautiful and gentle and perfect and blessed. 
 
 'Ep7d.^o|jiai., work, do, ilpya,l6 [i,i\v, lp7d(ro|iai, Etp7aird- 
 |iT|v, ctp^ao-iiai, elpYdo-Oiiv (pass, in meaning). The apparent 
 irregularity in the augm. is explained by the stem Ftpy-. See B. 
 
 Perf. and plup. may be used as act. or pass, in sense: ravTo 
 Elp^ao-ai, you have done these things. rairA croi eVpYoiTTOi, these 
 things have been done by you. tt^v 7<iv )ii(r8ov cIp7a(r|i.cvoi ijo-av, they 
 had been tilling the ground for pay. ^fj elp70ir|i^vT], land that has 
 been tilled. XCBoi clp7ao-)i.^voi, wrought stones. b. In the meaning 
 make : olKoS6|j.T)|xa Sid Ta\iav £tp7a(r|ievov, a structure ( building^ 
 hastily made. ovScvl ovW Ka\us us Speirdvco (nom. Bp^irovov) tu 
 lirl ToiTo) lp7aor6^vTi, with nothing so well as with a scythe that was 
 made for the purpose. In the sense make or render, followed by a 
 predicate, dirEp7d£o)i.ai, is the word ; or irotu may be used. c. In 
 1 he meaning do: tC etp7d<r<D ; what did you do f oigia 7dp avrt^ 
 Savdrou €l!p7a(rTo els l|t'> /<"" things worthy of death had been done by 
 him to me. It takes two accusatives, as is usual after verbs of 
 doing : ^oWd 'vp.ds Kal Kaxd oSe c{p7airTai, St iraiScs, children, this 
 man has done many evil things to you. 
 
 Rem. The four verbs for do are Spdu, lp7d^o)iai, iroiw, and 
 irpdTTcii. Thus, he appears to have done this may be (fiaCvETai Tafira 
 Spouras or ScSpdKus ; lp7a(rd|i,£vos or etp7a(r)i.cvos ; iroifjiras or 
 irfTTOiriKdis ; irpoi^as or irEirpd\cis. 
 
 B. Derivatives are very numerous. 
 
 «P"yov, WOKK, deed. Originally with the Digamma f ^p7ov, Ger- 
 man Werk; English Work. [For 7=^ of. 7^v-os, Kin: 7V0-, 
 Know : y6w. Knee.] lp7dTT]s, workman, laborer, doer. €p7oo-rfi- 
 piov, a place to work in, workshop, factory. lp7a\Etov, something to 
 work with, tool, implement. In same sense, but a more common 
 word, is op7avov; hence Organ. 4p7ao-£tt, work, labor; also 
 making, construction, as : ij lp7ao-(d Tei\wv, ij lp7a(rCd 'i)iiaT(<ov, the 
 construction (making') of walls, of cloaks. — Ip7d(ri)i.a x«>p(a, places 
 capable of being tilled (£p7d(ri.|j.os, ov) . — cp7aa-TiK6$, or lp7aTiKds, 
 working, industrious. — cp7<&Si]s, ep7»8«s, causing or requiring work, 
 irksome. — 'dp76s, ov (from d-ep7-; hence d), either not working, idle, 
 lazy ( = ptjSvji.os) ; or, not worked, untilled, fallow. 
 
WORDS ON STEM ipy "Epo^oi. 91 
 
 Rem. 'cip76s is one of the very few exceptions to the rule that 
 adjectives beginning with " alpha privative " and ending in -os, 
 have recessive accent. Thus, by the side of Swotos, able, is dSiva- 
 Tos, unable. 
 
 b. 'apyt6.= pall)v)i.la,=z idleness, laziness. 'apyia=be (or in aor. 
 become) without work, be (become) idle, ^fj 'dp^ovo-a, land lying un- 
 tilled. In Dem. 27, 19 we find : Ivtore |j^v (|>i)(riv 'dp7fi<rai to lp7o- 
 oT-^piov, sometimes lie says the factory stopped work; and in § 20, 
 speaking of the same thing: "dv (ilv o«v 'dp-yov <|)^ 7«v^<rfloi, if, 
 therefore, he says that it stopped work, in which the adj. with Y€ve<r6ai 
 is used as the exact equivalent of the " ingressive " aor. 'dpYfjo-ai. 
 Ivcp^os, ov, at work, active, busy ; of land or money it means yielding, 
 productive. From two unattic words hepyem and ivepyi\TiK6s come 
 Energy and Energetic. ijiiCEp^dv ti KaToXeCn-civ, to leave any- 
 thing half-Jinished. 
 
 u. From €v and kpy- we have tiipyiTr\i, benefactor, tiipyfo-la or 
 cvcpYenjiia, benefaction, benefit, kiip^ma, benefit, do good to. Aug- 
 ments €U£p7- or «iir)p7-. KaKovp7os (KaKo-£p7-), eusV-rfoer. KaKovp7Cd, 
 ill-doing, villany, etc. KaKovp7^<a, be vicious, he an evil-doer. With 
 the accus. it means do ill to, harm, injure. — iravoOp7os, one who 
 will do any and everything (irdv) ; hence, like KaKovp7as, a villain, 
 scoundrel. iravovp7(d, rascality, villany. ira.v<yap>(ia, be a villain, 
 etc. irdpcp7os, ov, means by the side of one's icork, i.e. not the real 
 or main work, but something incidental to it ; and irdpep7ov denotes 
 this side work. To do anything iv 'irap^p7<j>, is to do it as a piece of 
 work subordinate to the main work on hand. 
 
 o^vEp76s, co-worker, helper, partner, tmvipi^la, co-operate (rivt). 
 7e(Dp7iSs, a husbandman, tiller of the ground, farmer, yiap-y/la, agri- 
 culture, tillage, yiapyia, be a farmer. 
 
 °Ep7<i), shut in (see iKpya) , has fut. 6pS«, and aor. in unaugmented 
 moods, e.g. in such forms as Ka6^p|i|S, irepUpgavTEs, Jov^pSavrss. 
 
 'Zpoiiat, a doubtful present. On stem Ipe- is a fut. lp^o-o|iai = 
 epwr/jo-ft) = / shall ask; and on stem Ip- is a 2nd aor. ■r^p6p.t^v 
 (epoiljiai, «po{|i.T)v, Ipov, Ip^o-Sai, Ipdjievos) = ■i\p&Tt\<Ta, = I asked. Other 
 tenses are supplied by IpuTdu, which is complete and regular. The 
 compounds av- and lirEpurdiii, dv- and cirEp^o-ofiai, are also used. 
 
92 "Epo/iai — "E/apeB — "Ep-^ofiai. 
 
 For aor. / ashed Yre may therefore use any one of 6 words : ■qpiJniora, 
 aviipii'rr|(ra, kin\pd)Ti\iTa, i^p6|»|v, dvr)p6|».T]v, ein)p6|iTiv. These words 
 take the accus. of the person asked, and are followed by an indirect 
 question. When followed by the infin. (" I asked him not to do 
 that"), the word is S^ofiai. See the second Se'w.^ " To ask any one 
 for anything " is alrtlv with accus. of person and accus. of thing. 
 b. lpiiTT||i.a, question: ij ^pds to lpi4TT||j.a dir6Kpi.iris, the reply to 
 the question. lpi4Tr|o-i.s, a questioning ; a question. Properly, lpi&Tr)|ia 
 = TO iparrfiiv, the thing asked, question : and EpiiTi)o-is = to epwTctv, 
 questioning, asking questions. 
 
 "Eppu, ie gone, perish, seems to have no impf., and the other 
 tenses [€ppV<"i lippvc"; -ijppijKa] are perhaps only poetical, "dv 'v|i€ts 
 dir^6r|T«, cppci Tdjid ( = Td £|j.d) iravnXus, if you go away, my fortunes 
 are entirely ruined. The imper. 4'ppE is often used as an impreca- 
 tion, plague take you ! or, go to the mischief! Do not confound 
 £ppEi, the pres. tense of this verb, with 4'ppei, was flowing, from p^<o. 
 
 "flpxoijiai, go or come, impf. ^a or ■n'tiv (from «t|ii), fut. Et|ii 
 (see this verb), t|X Bo V, l\<)\v9o. 
 
 Note the following points : a. ■r[p\6^i\v is rarely impf. of this 
 verb, but is nearly always from dpxo|jiai, / begin, am ruled. b. e'px°" 
 liat is not much used outside of the indie, so that the synopsis of 
 the pres. tense is cpxo|j.at, tw, to£i]V, Wi, iivax, U>v. c. Synopsis of 
 the future is et|j.i, lotTjv, Uvoi, \Av. These last 3 forms therefore 
 have to do duty either as pres. or fut. d. iJXBov is shortened 
 from Homeric ^\veov (syncope). Imperat. 1X6^, IXSetu, eXBctov, etc., 
 but SCeXBe with reg. accent. e. Perf . I\^\v6a (2nd pf.) is formed 
 on stem KKvi- with Attic redupl. In place of JX'fjXufla, ii'kw, 1 
 have (am) come may be used. So, too, ■qKov as plupf . = c\T]\veT). 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 Of the 18 prep. Epxoiiai is comp. with all except d(i.(|>£ and dvTC. 
 [^a/upipxafta in Homer.] We notice only the following. (See under 
 
 tlfU.) 
 
 1. SUpxojxai, go through, is very common in the sense of go 
 through in discourse, i.e. relate, recount, either trans, or intrans. 
 irdvra SieX'^jXvBe, he has related {got through with) everything, ireipo- 
 
COMPOUNDS OF "^p^ofiai — 'Ea-ndco. 93 
 
 o-o|iai Kal irepl tovtuv SicXSetv, I will try to give an account about 
 these things also. 
 
 2. lirEpxopiai, go or come upon, often means attack (come upon 
 ■with hostile intent) : lirloo-iv TJiitv, they will attack us. b. iirrt\6i 
 iroT^ o-oi lvSv|iT|6Tivai on — , did it ever OCCUR to you to reflect that — . 
 
 3. KaT^pxojiai, go or come down, when used of exiles means 
 return, come back ; just as KarciYca means restore, bring back one who 
 has been banished. E.g. PovX6|j.cvas KaTcXSctv itcCSei KopivSCovs 
 cavTov Kard^Eiv, wishing to return he persuades the Corinthians to 
 bring him back. 
 
 4. |jicTepxo|j.ai, go after, in quest of: tA liriT^Seia iitrUvai (or 
 (lETcXSciv), to go after provisions. 
 
 5. In vir4pxo|i,ai., vir6 has its frequent sense of underhand ; hence, 
 the verb means to court u, person's favor by cringing to him, to in- 
 gratiate one's self with him in unworthy ways, ^tc. virepxiiievos 
 St] Piiia-£i irdvTos olvOpciirovs, you will live — just think of it ! — cring- 
 ing to all men. 
 
 C. o or 1] eiTTiXus, lir/jXuSos, one who comes to a place, hence, a 
 stranger, new arrival. [The usual word for stranger is l^vos.] In 
 the same meaning is Trpo<r^\vTos (unattic). In the sense of "one 
 who comes over" it means Proselyte. To 'HXinov (Homeric) 
 iteSIov, the plain of arrival, is Elysium. 
 
 tr' 
 
 'Eo-6C(i>, eat, eSofiai, e4iaYov, IS^SoKa, €S^S€o-p.ai., ■r\HJb6r\v, 
 the last two forms being perhaps found only in comp. drr-, Kar-. 
 
 The stem 18- is seen in Latin edo and in edible. From ij o-dp|, 
 o-apK65, flesh, and ({""•Y" 'we get Sarcophagus (^aapKorj)dyos) ; i.e. 
 carnivorous. At Assos (on the mainland, just north of the island 
 of Lesbos) there was found a kind of stone that consumed the flesh 
 of the dead when buried in coffins made of it. Then the word 
 came to denote any kind of stone coffin. For Oesophagus see 
 under ^ipa. iSaS-fi, anything to eat, food, for which o-tros (d) is 
 the usual word. ISuSi] Kal iroo-is, food and drink. IS(i8i.|i.os, edible : 
 c8(i)S(|i.T| pC^a, an' edible root. 
 
 'Eo-Tidw, entertain, feast (any one) is reg. exc. augment: 
 EO-Tido-tt), €i<rTCdo-o, clo-rCdKa, Elo-r[d|i,ai, €i(rTia8i)v. The 
 
94 ESBco — EvplaKa. 
 
 pass, forms, with fut. mid., not fut. pass., may often be rendered 
 intrans., feast, banquet. eo-rido-is, a banqueting, feast, entertain- 
 ment. 
 
 Note. — Verbs beginning with eu- should regularly augment r|w-, 
 and inscriptions testify in favor of this. But MSS. frequently leave 
 €v- unaugmented, and so some of our texts give the augment, while 
 others omit it. 
 
 EvSu, sleep, usually KaOsvSu, impf. eKiSL6ev8ov or KaSijOSov, 
 KaeEuS'/jo-(i). The aor. is supplied by Kar^SapSov (see 8ap6dvai) 
 or by iKoi\i.i\9r\v, pass, of Koi,)i,d<i>, properly ^«J to sleep, of which 
 Koi|j.u|j,ai, cKoi.|iu|ji,T|v, and cKoi|i.<)6'r|v are the only tenses in 
 classic prose. We may exhibit the different verbs for sleep as 
 follows : 
 
 Fres. KaTa8ap6dv(i> KaScvSu Koi|jiu|iai 
 
 Impf. ? cKdO^vSov or Ka6r)vSov cKoi.p,u|jiT|v 
 Fut. KaOevS^ (TtD 
 
 Aor. Kar^SapSov lK0i|i.'fi6T]v (D.P.) 
 
 Ferf . KaTaSeSap6T|K(Ss once in Flato. [KiKoiii.riii.ai late.] 
 
 b. KaTa8ap6dvii> strictly means / am sleepy. a SiKpares, 
 
 eyp^Yopas ti Ka6ev8Ei.s ; Sokrates, are you awake or asleep ? el<rl 
 Tiv£s oL Ka6EvSovT€s dvC(rTavTai Kal vopEiovrai uo-irep oi CYpT]7op6TES, 
 there are some people who get up in their sleep and walk about, just as 
 those {do) who are awake. Ik€Cvt|s Tfjs vvktos ov86Vs iKoi^ifiri, on 
 that night no one slept. iroMv tivo tfirvov Ikoi|xu ; pray, what sort of 
 a sleep were you having ? 
 
 t. From Kuim (Epic), deep sleep, comes Coma, an unnatural 
 sleep. Hence the adj. comatose. From Koifinriipiov (unattic), a 
 sleeping place, comes Cemetery. 
 
 'Evpla-Ka, fnd, evp^jo-o), ■t\vpov, r\vpi\Ka, i]vpi)|iai, i]vpi6't\v. 
 In the mid. fnd for one's self, obtain, get, ciSpC(rKo|jiai, Evp'/jo-ojiai, 
 T|ijp6|XT]v, ■ni)pT)|ji,oi. The augmented tenses also have eiJp-, as 
 €vpov. €ijp6 is indie, ivpi is imperat. But in comp. I|cvp€ and 
 4'|evpc. 
 
 6. t\ irdXis ei5pe6^(reTai tovto irciroiriKvia, the State will be found 
 to have done this. (Notice the participle ; the infin. is rarely used 
 
^vpiaKw — "Ej^ft). 95 
 
 with tvpla-Kio). Verbals evpeWos, having to be found, and EvpcT^s, 
 capable of being found. Sav6Tfp6v n rotiTov evperfov, r\ — . some- 
 thing more dreadful than this must be found, or else — . (rj = or, and 
 also or else.) c. evpcr^s, a finder, discoverer ; \p6vo^ o evper^s, 
 Time is the discoverer. (The art. with cvp. shows that it is the 
 subject, and so xpovos is predicate.) cvperiKds, skilled in finding, 
 inventive, evpco-is, a finding, discovery. evpT||xa, a find, discovery. 
 The compounds dv-, I^EupCo-Ku, find out, discover, are frequent. 
 From the joyful exclamation of Archimedes, EvpiiKa, EvpT|Ka, I've 
 found it ! I've found it ! has descended the exclamation Eureka ! 
 
 "Ex«, have, hold, il^ov, €|<» (and, less frequent, <rxi\<ria), 
 i<r\ov, co-X'tKu- In mid. €xop.ai, cIx<S|Jit|v, £'^0|tai (less 
 frequent, <rx''i<'"0P''n)> "'•'■xi|'''>li', - ^irx'H !'■•"'• 
 
 A. Forms, a. The stem is o-«x-, of which i\- is another form. 
 [See under aXXoftai for intei'change of <r and rough breathing.] 
 From 6X- is formed the present system ex^i s^XO"; 'X^K''"; ''X^CI"; 
 the smooth replacing the rough breathing for euphony. From 
 e'x- e^a and c|o|i,ai. are reg. <r«x- gives 2nd aor. 6<rxov and -t<rx6|jiiiv, 
 the E being cut out (cf. ^9ov for ij\v9oi', see cpxo|iai, d). By 
 metathesis o-ex- gives ir\f-, and from this the forms <r\f\ira, ir\f[a-o- 
 fuxi, 6<rxilKa, iir\i\Kr\, -^(rxip.01, -«irx'/i|it|v are formed regularly. 
 
 6. The syn. of 2nd aor. act. is li<r\ov, <rx«», <rxo'''l''> <'TC*'Si "TC'^", 
 crx<&v, ayjova-a, <r\6v. There is no contraction in the sub]'., but 
 the accent follows the analogy of all other monosyllabic subjunc- 
 tives, u, ^s, ■g; <rT», cTT'gs, o-Tfl, etc. The opt. has the form 
 axo£i]v, (rxotiis, <rxo'l (pl- "TCO'I""! "TC"'"! •OC^") iu the simple 
 verb only. In comp. : iropl<rxov, iropdirxu (irapdcrx'OS) irapdox'Q, 
 etc.), irapd(rxoi|u, irap4<rxes, irapaoxetv, irapa(rx<&v. 
 
 c. An unattic aor. pass. 6(rxf9rj» is found. 
 
 B. Meanings, a. have. b. hold. c. be able (= Svvaiiai). d. with 
 adverbs = 6e, as : ct toBB' ovtus ex«i, if this IS so. koXus tx'^i '' ^ 
 well. Notice then, that very frequently an adverb with t\ta must be 
 rendered by the corresponding adjective with €l|it, as : oKVT)pus ex*'- = 
 oKviipds lo-Tiv =he is reluctant. oJtos d v6)ios KaKiov 4'5«i, this law 
 will be worse, = KaKW eo-roi. In Anab. 1, 1, 5 Xen. has both con- 
 structions : MS iroXeiietv « iKavoV €lii<rov koI cvvoikus «x<'"v iwu, 
 in order that they might be able to carry on war and might be well 
 
96 DEKIVATIVES OP "E;)j;&). 
 
 disposed towards Mm. He might have written iKavws t'xoiev and 
 EvvoiKol Arytrav. 
 
 e. Know (as haheo in Latin) : o4k e'xovres o ti -^iviavTax, not know- 
 ing what was to become of them. (Direct question, t£ Ycv(6)u6d;) 
 
 /. In the mid. 4'xo|iai means hold one's self to a thing, keep hold 
 of (tiv6s). T<is ovTfjs 7v<j|jiris 6xo|iai, I hold to the same opinion. 
 p. This easily gave rise to the meaning next to, adjacent, hard ly, 
 etc. tls Ti^v cx°M*'^'' VT)o-ov 4|lirX€v<rav, they sailed out to the adjacent 
 island. So, in telling the order in which things were arranged : 
 " the horsemen were on the right ; next to these were the hoplites ; 
 next to these — ," etc. Ix'^K'"""' 8' toutwv ■qcrav ol dirMrai ex<>H^'voi 
 86 Toirav — . 
 
 C. Derivatives are numerous, and on the various stems i\-, 
 t'l", o-x«-, •rx'n-, OX" (cf . Xiyio, \6yo% ; trTeXXu, <rT6\os ; 'ire(ji'ir<i>, ir^iro|ii|>a, 
 ironir^, etc.), and to-x-, from t<rx<i>, a side-form of «xm ; see the verb. 
 
 a. Stem ex-. i\6vras, adv. from «x"> used in the phrase vovv 
 IXiSvTWs, sense having-ly, i.e. sensibly. lx''P"'s, able to hold or keep ; 
 hence of places, strong, as : Ix^'po" x^p'"" ^v tois opeo-iv, a strong 
 position in the mountains. Ix"?'"'''^?'' 8tpvo|jiis, a stronger force. For 
 to-xCpos, strong, see l!<rxo>. 
 
 b. Stem «J-. ejis, e'lecos, a having. 2. From the intraus. use of 
 i\ii>, as oiPTws 'Xei. it is thus, this is the stale of the case, or the con- 
 dition of affairs, t^is= state, condition. df^la and Kax^ila, = good 
 condition and bad condition, as : X6y°'' "'P^ 6V6|£dv t€ twv (r(D)j.dT(i)v 
 Kal Kaxe|(dv, discourses (^discussions') about (the) good and bad con- 
 dition of our bodies. In Kaxe^to, the x arises from the roughening 
 of K before the aspirate (/cok" 6|id). This gives physicians their 
 technical words Cachex'y (ch pron. like k) and Cache'ctic (from 
 Kax cKTiKifj, unattio). 
 
 p. ejf|s and I<|>e|1)s, next in order, succeeding, are connected with 
 eXOK^ai in its sense of adhering to, adjacent, next (see B,y). The 
 abbreviation k.t.I'. = Kal ri, i^i\i=and the next (or succeeding) 
 things = k.t.X. = KaV to. Xoiird = and the remaining things = et cetera. 
 leKtoviKriu) = have more (than others, or than one's share) ; have the 
 advantage. It also means be a ir\eov€KTt)s, i.e. one who always 
 wants to have more, be greedy, selfish, grasping, etc. irXeov^KTi)|j,a, 
 a gain, an advantage. irXcove^Cd, greediness, selfishness; advantage, 
 |uioveKT^(D, have less, be at a disadvantage. (leiovcgCd, disadvantage. 
 
"E;)^;a): DERIVATIVES AND COMPOUNDS. 97 
 
 c. Stem <rx«-. crx^<ris, the way a thing has itself, its nature, con- 
 stitution, fashion: irpeirovo-av t\ii-v <rx^<riv Kal Tpi\»v Kal l<r9fiTOS, 
 to have a becoming fashion both of hair and of dress. <r\iS6v, nearly, 
 almost; like e^iis, connected with lx6|i,cvos, near. 
 
 d. Stem trxT]-. o-xTiiia, the way a thing has or holds itself; 
 heuce form, shape, fashion ; bearing, demeanor, mien, carriage, etc. 
 TO <rxT](i.a ToS K6<r\u>\> toiitow, the fashion of this world. From <rxii|ia. 
 in the sense of a figure, sketch, plan, conies Scheme. Hence a 
 Schemer is a planner. From o-xfjlia, o-xifiliaTos, comes <rxT|(jioTJ|(o 
 (or in mid. o-x'nH'<^'''C^o|i,ai,), give fashion or shape to, arrange. 
 o,ayJ\Y,av, ajiT\i\^ov, unshapely, unseemly, indecorous, ugly. ii<T\'f\f.iav, 
 ewxiliov, shapely, seemly, decorous. a,<r%y\fjoirivi\, unseemliness, in- 
 decorum-. iia-x<\^oiTivy\, seemly deportment, decorum. airxi)|iov^(ii, 
 behave with impropriety. eii<rxi))jiov^ci>, behave with propriety. 
 
 e. Stem o-)(-. 6\ia, in Attic only pres. and impf ., carry, convey ; 
 usually in the passive; dx^tcrSai 6<|>' apjioros (l<|)' tirirov), to ride in 
 a chariot (ride on horseback) . o\iai : t\<o — (t>opE<D : ^ipa. ox£t6s, 
 something that carries or conveys, a channel, canal. ox'ni>'<*> vehicle, 
 carriage. From ra ijvCo, the reins, and ox-, we have livJoxos, driver 
 (the man who holds the reins) ; i\vio\tla, driving ; ijvioxetv, to drive. 
 
 D. Compounds. 
 
 1. dv^x") ^"'^ ^P' is used chiefly in the mid., and has double 
 augm. liveix^iMiv and i]veo-x<5K.Tlv.- [Pf. act. of this comp. is late, and 
 pf . mid. seems not to occur at all.j Fi-om holding one's self up 
 under a burden, easily comes the meaning endure, put up with, 
 followed by participle, ovk ilveCx'To o-i7coo-a, she could- not endure 
 to keep silent, ovk av &vao-xo(|ii.T|v (" potential " opt.) ISwv riva 
 toBto iroioOvTo, / can't endure to see any one doing this. avaaytTds, 
 6v, and dv«KT6s, 6v = endurable ; vop.Ca-ds toOt o^k dveKTus (\(iv 
 ( = dvcKrd «tvai) , thinking these things to be unendurable. dvox^, 
 usually pi. dvoxii£= a holding up (i.e. cessation) of hostilities, hence 
 truce, armistice. dvoKuxTi (also spelled dvo-) means the same thing, 
 and so does CKexeiptd (e'xM and x«'p> holding the hands off). 
 
 2. dyr^x**! ^"W against, withstand (tivC) ; also hold out. oAk^ti 
 dvTtlxov, they could no longer resist (or, hold out). Also, avrCo-xw. 
 dvT£o-xi] is 2nd aor. from dvr^x"! or pres. from dvT(o-x<». We dis- 
 tinguish by accent dvno-xowa and dyrto-xoio-a, but not dvTio-xowns. 
 See i(r\<a. 
 
98 COMPOUNDS OF "Exa. 
 
 3. dir^x"' ^"M off, is generally intrans. in the act., meaning be 
 distant from : iroXv oW^Xuv direixov, they were far distant from one 
 another. In the mid. dir^x°K''''' tivos = / refrain from something, i.e. 
 hold myself off from it : XiytTai, ala-y^pdv KepSuv dire<rx<io-6oi., he is said 
 to have refrained from disgraceful gains. 
 
 4. Sie'xw, lit. hold or keep apart, is usually intrans. = be separated, 
 be distant, like dir^xw. 
 
 5. ^ve'xa), mainly in pass., but with ev^|o)i.ai and «v€(rx6(jiT|v in 
 passive sense, be held in, i.e. caught or entangled in : ivia-\(T6 irou Iv 
 Tots Tfjs veils <rK€v£(riv, it became entangled somewhere in the ship's 
 rigging, iv t^ oItC^ cv^^ei, you mil be liable to the charge (the charge 
 will have a hold on you'). rt§ v6f,<f evoxos, amenable to the law. 
 
 6. ^i\a> (rare) is intrans. =j3TOyecf, be prominent, excel. Hence 
 the expression (unattic) kot' l^oxh" =per excellentiam —par excellence. 
 
 7. iiri\<i>, lit. hold on, is used intrans. = wait, stop. Iirtcrxes ! hold 
 on there ! oi iroXvv $« yjp&vov ktritryfjav i^kcv, and after waiting no 
 great time he came back. b. In a sentence such as lirlo-xoiiev toB 
 SaKpiieiv, we ceased our weeping, the idea literally is, we put a check 
 upon it, the notion of checking or stopping being closely connected 
 with holding. c. Not so apparent is the meaning prevail, extend 
 over, which Imxio frequently has. Still, we say " a law holds in one 
 State, but does not hold in another," where holds = prevails. So, 
 Thuc. says : o-£icr(jiol lireVxov iiA irXeio-Tov |i,^pos r^% 7'fjs, earthquakes 
 prevailed (extended ) over a very large part of the earth. These ideas 
 of holding, checking, prevailing are the most common ones for cir^x"- 
 
 d. From inoxh (unattic) comes Epoch, which, as a period of 
 time, is the time during which some particular influence, govern- 
 ment, etc., holds or prevails. As a point of time, the underlying 
 idea is that of a halt or pause at one of the turning-points in an 
 individual's or nation's life. 
 
 8. Ka.rl\av, hold down, repress, restrain, check, etc. KpCroiv ovx 
 ol6s T rfv KOT^x"''' '''°' 8dKpvo, Krito was unable to restrain his tears. 
 Tovs irp^o-peis KOTo<rx6tv, to detain the ambassadors. b. Intrans. 
 it is used like eir^x" i"^ the sense of hold, prevail, etc. 
 
 9. iicT^X" (tiv4s Tivi), have something with another, i.e. share. 
 |iETa8(Sa>|u = share, when it means give a share ; and |i.cTaXa|iPdv(i> = 
 share, when it means receive a share. 
 
COMPOUNDS OF "E;^'** 99 
 
 10. irop^x") offord, occasion, cause: irpd-y|iaTA tivi •rapi\tiv, to 
 give trouble to any one. ijSoviiv Ttapla-^tv, it afforded pleasure. 
 iropao-xelv toutu irpd<^a(riv SiKaCav, to furnish this man with a Just 
 excuse (^pretext). b. The mid. is often used in pretty much the 
 same sense as the active. In Attic courts irap^x"''®'"''' ^^ *he 
 regular term for producing or bringing forward witnesses : eov 
 Pov\i] KOT 1(1.00 p,dpTvpas irapcurx^o-Sai, if you want to bring witnesses 
 against me. 
 
 11. ircpi^u, hold about or around, i.e. surround, embrace, comprise, 
 etc. T^TTapes 7pa|X|xal ircpi^xovo-ai x^P'o^i four lines surrounding a 
 space, TO Kvpov arrpdrcvfia irdvToOcv irepieCx^T*' ^iro tcov iro\e)iC<dv, 
 the army of Cyrus was surrounded on all sides by the enemy, irdvra 
 TO |i.£pi) ijird TOT) o\ov ircpi^x^'*''''''' ''^^ '^* parts are comprised (included, 
 contained) in the lohole. In this last sense -rrepiXaiipdvu may also be 
 used. 
 
 12. irpo^x'^i hold before, or in front of: rcl x'^P' irpo^x*"' ^veiri- 
 Si^ov Tov iraCovTa, 1 held my hands in front and impeded the striker. 
 [Notice that impede (in and pes, pedis) and 4|jiiro8Ct<' («v and iroiis, 
 iro86s) are formed alike.] 6. It is often used intrans. = be before, 
 surpass, excel: (iiKpov irpo^eiv «v tois |ji€7dXois, to excel a little in 
 great matters. irpoo-xilia, something held before, i.e. an excuse, a 
 pretext, another word for which is irp<i({>ao-is. 
 
 13. irpoo-ex«>> ^old to or towards, most common in vovv irpoo-^xeiv, 
 to hold the mind to a thing, pay attention, give heed: Sevpo tov voBv 
 irp6o-o-x6T6, direct your attention hither, vovv is sometimes omitted : 
 irpoo-^X'"' dKouo-dTci), let him listen attentively. — The word also means 
 have in addition, or besides : Tijv otxtdv irpoo-^Jeis, you will have the 
 house besides. 
 
 14. oTJv^x^j ^"^'^ together: to S4p|ia tA do-To otiv^X''! th^ s^** 
 holds the bones together, to o-TpdTev(jia otiv^x"'''! '" Ti^eep the army 
 together. h. The pass., besides the literal meaning, is also used 
 in the sense of be distressed, afflicted; no doubt this meaning is 
 founded upon the tendency pain has to make a person double him- 
 self together : aviarois voo-^p-oo-i o-uvtxdc'vos, afflicted with incurable 
 diseases. 
 
 c. The adj. omvex'^is = continuous (o-vv = con, and i\a = hold, — 
 teneo). o-uvex"S iroXcuetv, to wage war continually. aMvlj((\,a= continuity. 
 
100 "Twepexo) — "Ei|r w — Zaw. 
 
 15. viTEp^x'', hold over or above, is commonly intrans., meaning 
 excel, surpass : avSpoiiros Jw^o-ei ijirep^x."' ''■"'' a^^"" S<?'™''i ""''" *"'"" 
 passes the other animals in intelligence. 
 
 16. vir^x™! ^"M under, ■umx* tiiv (|>i,d\i)v, AoM the howl under! 
 Usually it means undergo, endure, suffer, as KiXoo-iv, chastisement; 
 Tijicoptav, punishment ; StKTjv, a trial. 
 
 "Ei|/(i>, boil, ■^^ov, €<|/^(r<i) or Ei|/^o'0)i.ai, i\^r[<ra. Kp^d, moat; 
 lx6iv, a fish; X£6ov, a stone (said when one is taking needless 
 trouble). c<j>6ds, boiled: ovx E<|>6ots Kp^ao-iv dXXd (livov dirrots, not 
 
 with boiled meats, hut only with baked. (See J^w.) 
 
 Zd(i), Kwe (see ^\,6a), contracts ae and at) into t) : hence iufin. is 
 Jfjv. Outside of pres. and imptf. and fut. {%i\<ra) the tenses are 
 supplied by Pi6a> ; and Pi.iS(roii.ai is more frequent than tfya-a. 
 
 b. Jwfj, life, Lat. anima, the vital principle, the loss of which is 
 death. Geologists speak of 4 periods in tracing the history of life 
 on the earth : 1. The Azoic period, when there w^as no life. 2. The 
 Palaeozoic, the time of the raost ancient (iraXaids) form of life : 
 the age of fishes. 3. The Mesozoic, or middle period ((i^o-os) : age 
 of reptiles. 4. The Caenozoic, the new or recent period (Kaivds) : 
 age of mammals. 
 
 c. J(d6s, alive : Iva, (lev Jadv eXaPev, eiTTd 8e dir^KTCive, he took one 
 alive, and slew seven. l<Sov (also t&ov ; but the form with iota is 
 better), anything that has life; animal, living creature. This is the 
 word so unfortunately translated beasts in Revelation, in speaking 
 of the four Living Creatures around the Throne. Zoology, 
 the science of animals. Epizo'oty, a disease that seizes upon 
 (eirC) animals; as Epidemic is one that seizes upon people (8f||j.os). 
 From X,a- and dYpcvca, catch, we have Xju-^plii), capture alive. From 
 Jw- and 'YpdifxD, paint, we have f 7.paij>^(D, paint; £ii>7pa<|>Cd, the art 
 of painting ; ^u^pdclios, a painter ; ^(i>7pa<t>i.Kds, skilled in painting. 
 Properly the words would apply only to the painting of living 
 things ; but they were not limited to this. In fact, Jifa itself often 
 denoted, not animals, hxit figures, patterns, images. 
 
Zevyvv fit — Zeco. 101 
 
 Ze^Yvviii, yoke, Join, £ev$o, t'leu^* (.H^ox^i late), c JevYfiai, 
 IJvPYnv. [eJeixSlv is also found, but less freq.] " The mid. in 
 the simple form seems not to occur in good Attic prose, but 8ia- 
 £Eil7VV(r6ai Plato and (nivctev|aTo Xen." (Veitch). 
 
 a. In the meaning Join the Greeks used it of joining the two 
 banks of a stream by a bridge, as : Htp^ns X^7«toi tov 'E\\<jo"irov- 
 Tov £€v|ai, Xerxes is said to have built a bridge over the Hellespont. 
 8iupv$ irXoCois Si.«|cirY|i.^vi), a canal with a pontoon bridge across it. 
 For a bridge of boats Xen. says 'ye'(j>vpa I^evypl^vt) irXoCois. 
 
 6. Sia^EvYvvfiii = disjoin, separate (Sia), parts that had been Joined. 
 Si,E|evx6ai diro tuv oXXuv 'EW^voiv, to be separated from the rest of 
 the Greeks. (Lit. to have been separated; but the perf. very often 
 expresses not simply that the thing has been done, but also that it 
 remains in the state or condition indicated by the action that has 
 been performed ; and our auxiliary verb to be expresses not merely 
 (o) the simple doing of the thing, but also (6) this other idea of a 
 completed action and a continuing state or condition resulting 
 from it. In German (a) is expressed by the aux. verb werden, 
 and (6) by sein. In the ex. last given, if to be separated meant to 
 become (or get) separated, it would be in Greek SialcvYvwrSaL or 
 Sia^iryrjvai,.) (rvjcv7vti|j.i, yoke together: tiriroi (ruvc£cuY|jivoi, horses 
 yoked together. 
 
 c. The noun £cv|i.s is hardly Attic, exc. in comp. as cHi^culis, a 
 yoking together. Ivy6v =Jugum = Y Okf,, i.e. the thing that yokes. 
 [For y = k, see cp7d|o|j,ai, B.] We use yoke to denote the animals 
 yoked together, a team ; this is to ^61)705, which also means the thing 
 drawn by the team, chariot, carriage, as : eir«rTd(i.6vov i]viox«tv lirV 
 '^EVYos XaPttv, to take upon a chariot a man who knows how to drive. 
 Td viro^ii'yia, the beasts of burden (the animals under the yoke). 
 
 d. From tcv7|j.a (lit. something formed by yoking) comes the 
 grammatical term Zeugma, an irregular joining of two words in a 
 construction that rightly suits only one of the words. E.g. I sato 
 the thunders and the lightnings (people can't see thunder), koti)- 
 7opov<rk Kal SiapdXXovo-iv dXXijXous, they accuse and slander each 
 other; the accus. belongs only to SiapdXXovoriv ; KOTrj^opoSo-iv would 
 rightly have the genitive. 
 
 Zeu, boil (intrans.), S^o-w, ejeo-o. Xtfivi) fkiltay t^s irop' ijniv 
 
102 Ze'&j — OaTTTW. 
 
 OaXao-o-ns ?fov<ro i'Saros KaV irnXov (nom. in)X<5s), a lake larger tlian 
 the sea is with us, boiling with water and mud. For hoil as trans., see 
 €)|;ei). ^o-is, a boiling ; v8o>p fi^xP'' S^TtMS sij/eiv, to heat water up to 
 the boiling-point. 
 
 b. On this same root is JfjXos (o), emulation, Zeal. Zeal and 
 fervor contain the same idea, as fervidus in Lat. means boiling, 
 JuXiDT^s, an emulator, imitator; later, a Zealot. Jt)\6ii>, emulate. 
 Another word from Ji^Xos is Jealous. Zealous and jealous axe not 
 far apart in sound, and unfortunately are frequently not far apart 
 in meaning. 
 
 Ziavvu|ii, gird, is rare in prose, and perhaps only in comp. 
 Thuc. has pf. pass. (1, 6) written 8iE£(Dir|i.^voi and 8ie^<i>|jievoi. The 
 noun JiSvT), belt, girdle, is a good prose word, and gives Zone, an 
 imaginary belt around the earth. 
 
 H. 
 
 For ■gSeiv or rfSi), / knew, see otSa. For ■^liai, sit, see KdOr)- 
 [lai. Of 'H(i.C, say, only these forms have to be learned: ifv 8 
 hi&, said I; ■^ 8' os, said he ; if 8' i^', . 
 
 0. 
 
 Qa-n-ra, bury, 6di)f(«, 4'6a\|/a, no pf. act., T^6a|i)i.ai, eTa<^T]v; 
 fut. pass. Ta<)>'/j(ro)i,ai. The stem is to(|>-; but when the rough 
 mute disappears from the end of the stem by euphonic change, 
 the aspirate sound is transferred to the beginning. Of. 6p£|, hair, 
 Tpix<Ss, etc., and rpi^a, d. — X^Ytrai iv rfj catirov X'^P? '''6Bci(|)9oi, 
 he is said to have been buried in his own land (or, to be buried ; see 
 Jeii-y villi, b). 
 
 b. Ta<|)^, burial, o tiSu|>os, burial, and also tomb (place of burial). 
 araijios, unburied. \6yos 4iriTtt<|>ios, a funeral oration. An Epitaph 
 is an inscription on a tomb. A Cenotaph is an empty tomb (k€v6s, 
 empty), a monument erected to one whose remains lie elsewhere. 
 Sir John Franklin, the Arctic explorer, has a cenotaph in West- 
 minster Abbey. 
 
&ia, — ma>. 103 
 
 &4a,run, impf. eOeov, t'Beis, etc., fut. 6cvo-o)iai, other tenses 
 lacking. See Tp^x<"- 
 
 ©VT|'o-K« (also Ovfjo-Kcii), die, he put to death, -Savovfiai, 
 -^6avov, T^OvTjKo. It is usually comp. with diri, but not in 
 pf. and plup., so that airo6v|](rK(i), diro6avov|i,ai, dTr^Savov, 
 T46vT|Ka are the forms. 
 
 The stem is 6av-, and the pres.- is made by shifting the letters 
 (^metathesis'), lengthening a to r), for which ■(] in pres. and imp. is 
 the approved form, and adding o-k. The perf. is reg. on stem 6va-. 
 There is also a fut. perf. act. tcBv^Iu, which means literally / shall 
 be dead, but also / shall die, or / shall be killed, like diro6avov)iai. 
 Like IVi-qKo, / stand (which also has a fut. perf. act. eo-T^^w, / shall 
 stand), riivr\Ka. has some forms of a second perf. beginning with the 
 dual. Te'Svarov, T«9vaTov : T^Bvajiev, T^Bvare, teBvcuti.. So in plupf . 
 iTeBv/JKeo-av or CT^Bvao-av = they were dead, or they had been put to 
 death. 2nd perf. opt. Ti6va.lt\v, may I die! imper. TeBvdTCD, let him 
 die. Infin. reBvdvai = rcBvi^K^vai, and in part. t€Bv«c6s, -wcra, -is = 
 TeBvt|Kcis, -KDia, -k6s. o Te9v6<6s or o teBviikiSs = the deceased, or the 
 murdered man. oi diroflavdvTes, or ol reBvtiKOTCs, or oi tcBvcutcs, 
 may all be used for the dead. 
 
 b. This verb is regularly used as the pass, of diroKreCvu, kill: 
 irdnpov Set olKTctpai (or olKTipai) |id\Xov, rov rcBvEura t\ ti]V 
 diroKTcCvdcrav ; which of the two must we pity more, the murdered man, 
 or the woman that killed him? iroWol iSird toutoh reBvoo-iv, many 
 persons have been put to death by this man. 
 
 t. o BdvttTos, death. 'oBdvoros, ov, immortal. ' [Note the unusual 
 quantity of alpha privative.'] 'dBovao-td, immortality. 6a.va.r6a, put 
 to death. flvi|T6s, mortal. ijiiiBv^s, -vfiTos, half-dead. 
 
 0pav(i>, crush, shatter, is rare in prose. The forms it has are 
 reg., except that pf. pass, has <r sometimes, T^Bpavp.ai. or 
 Te6pavo-|i,ai, and aor. pass, regularly has <r, l8pav(rBi]v. The 
 few instances in which it is found in prose are usually in comp. 
 
 0v<i), sacrifice (generally «, as flfie), Bvo-u, cBvo-a, rlBvKa, 
 TcBv)iiai, CTvBriv. The middle is also in frequent use, Bvo|ji,ai, 
 9va-o\i.ai, cBi;<rd|i.i]v, T^Bv|i,ai. The middle means consult the 
 
104 @va> —"Irjiii. 
 
 gods hy sacrifice, though very often the distinction between act. and 
 mid. hardly amounts to much. 
 
 6vo-Cd = sacrifice : Qvariav irowto-Oai, to offer sacrifice. 
 
 I. 
 
 'ISp6(i), sweat, aor. "iSpcoo-o. These seem to be the only tenses 
 in prose. The contracted forms are found written with a as well 
 as with ov, e.g. 6<t>' Iiriro) tSp&vTi, on a sweating horse, although 
 ISpoOvTi is the better form. d ISpiis, ISpuros = sweat. 
 
 "TC,a. See Koecjo). 
 
 "Ii]|ii(i), send, ii'o-o), iiKa, etKa, €l(i.oi, (1.9t\v. Fut. mid. 
 i^o-op,ai. Fut. pass. eO'/io-oiiai. 2nd aor. mid. el'iii] v. 
 
 a. The stem of the verb is «'-; fjo-o) and T|cro|j.ai, are therefore 
 reg., and e9^<ro|jioi is iiTCg. in retaining «. b. The reg. augm. is 
 seen only in i|Ka ; elsewhere €i- : 2nd aor. act. is : elrov, iiTt\v, elf.tv, 
 fin, cXo-av. 2nd aor. mid. «tp.t|v, «l<ro, elro, etc. : aor. pass. Mi\v 
 {i6m, i9iiT\v, etc.) : pf . and plup. dxa, el'Kt] ; elfiai, eV'iii^v. c. Unlike 
 Tifl^do-i from tC8h|ii, "injii has 3rd pi. 'ido-i. d. Impf . act. has "wis, 
 "i6i, "wTov, etc. Cf . lT£9r|v, ItCBcis, M9fi, ctISctov, etc. In 1st pers. 
 authorities differ as to"iiiv or"iciv. e. Aor. act. is (using a com- 
 pound to show accent) : d<|>{jKa, d<j>i)Kas, d(|>'nKe, d(|>ciTov, d<)>E(Tt|v, 
 dc|>el(i.ev, d<t>EtT£, d(|)ct(rav. The kappa forms are also found in the 
 pi., but less frequently than the others. These kappa forms are 
 occasionally found also in the middle, though very rarely as com- 
 pared with the 2nd aor., d<t>EC)i,r|v, d4>Eto-o, d<j>E!TO, etc. 
 
 /. Synopses of aor. act. and aor. mid., dijifjKa, d<|)ffl, d<|>e(i]v, a<|>cs, 
 d<j>Eivai, d<t>cCs, d(|>Eta-a, d(|>4v. d<t>eC|iT|V, d<j>u|iai,, d<|KC|XT]v, d^oO, 
 
 d<t>«o-6ai, dc|>i|iEvos. 
 
 g. Notice that 2nd aor. mid. ind. and opt. and plup. mid. are 
 all alike, except that the opt. has d(t>Eto, while the other two have 
 d(|>Et<ro. h. In the optatives we find such forms as a^ioiTt, 
 d(|>ioiev, irpootvTo, etc. In Thuc. 1, 120, the different MSS. and 
 editors give irpdoivro, irpooivro, and irpoetvTo. So in other places 
 authorities difieV. Cf . under tCBthii, e. i. The circumflex remains 
 
"Ir)fJ.l AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 105 
 
 on the subjunctives even in comp., because of contraction with t : 
 'la for 'ie'co ; u for ea, etc. 
 
 J. Syn. of pres. act. and mid., "trijii, 'la, 'uh\v (and °ioi(i.i), "ici, 
 'Uvoi, 'kCs. "uixai, 'iufiai, 'i£C|J[,t|v (and 'lotiiijv), "i«o-o, "uo-Sai, 'ieiievos. 
 
 k. In Uruii, iota is long (even in present) usually, but not always. 
 
 I. Locate and give quantity of i in the following forms, some of 
 ■which are intended to show the identity or similarity of forms of 
 clfii, Et)iC, and "ii)|ii. d4>(ea-av, a<{>ct(rav (2), d<t>i.eicrav, d(t>eC6T|(rav, 
 difieSEto-av, d(|>cv, d<|>E6EV, d<|>u, d4>i,u, diru, dirCu, d(|»tvai, dirctvai, 
 irapcivai (2), irapi^vai (2), d<j>LEvai, dirUvai, d<j>£i(r6c (5), difxI^TO (3), 
 d<f>eiT£ (2), dirctn, irapcln (3), d<|>Eio-o (3), d<|>£to, d<j>CoiTE, dirCoiTt, 
 d<j>fi (2), dir^, ^ap^ (3), otiv^ (3), d<|>e6^(rc(r6ai, irpo^Ku, d<|>iiKas, 
 d4>EiKas, dirctev, d(j>EtEv, o-vvetcv (2), o-uv^v, cruvov, irdpes, etc. 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 "Irifjii is mainly used in compounds, some of which are : 
 
 1. dviTiiii, send up; irSp Kal <|>X6Ya dvf|K«, it sent up (produced) 
 fire and flame. It has various other meanings, esp. let go, relax. 
 avEo-is, a relaxing (of tight strings, for example), or, relaxation (of 
 the mind). 
 
 2. d4>iT|p.i, send off, let go, dismiss, is the most frequent of all the 
 com.pounds. Its impf. is sometimes found with double augm., 
 ij(|>iEi, i|<t>tEo-av, as well as difttei, d(|>i«rav. [Inscriptions give a^ia, 
 not ii(|>i».] iriXiv airdvoiiov dcfiUvai or dcfiEtvai, to let a city go free, 
 leave it independent or Autonomous, ovk d(|>ET^as &, irplv av stirgs 
 Ti^v dX'^jBeiov, you must not he let go, before you tell the truth. 
 di|>C(ris, a letting go, dismissal. 
 
 3. Ka6ti)|ii, send down, let down, njv a^Kvpav, the anchor, to; 
 Kiiiras, the oars. 
 
 4. |i,«6fT||u, let go, remit, relax, in various shades of meaning, to 
 be learned in reading. 
 
 5. irpotijiii, send before: irpoere njv Kap.'^Xaiv rdjiv, send the line 
 of camels on ahead. iirirlSerai,, irpoels tos KOiif^Xovs coo-irep Evpos 
 Ik^evo-ev, he makes the attack, after sending the camels on before, just 
 as Cyrus (had') commanded. b. Usually 7rpoii))jii is in the mid., 
 meaning abandon, desert, leave in the lurch : tijv vfjo-ov rots iro\£|iLtoi.s 
 
106 COMPOUNDS OP "l7]fii — 'IXda-KOfiai,. 
 
 irpo€tvTo, they abandoned (or had abandoned, as irpoetvTO may be aor. 
 or plup.) the island to the enemy. <|)C\ov wpoeo-Boi, to leave a friend 
 in the lurch. 
 
 6. 0T)vtT]|ii, understand, comprehend (rivis, any one) : o4 Jvvteo-av 
 dW^Xuv, they could not understand one another, opo irdvTa raSra 
 (TuvECKaTE ; have ye understood all these things ? irvvti\s ''EWr\vurTi 
 (VepfiavidTi, raAAiCTi, *A7'7A(a'Tf, ToupKurrl, AaTtvia-ri, 'E^paiari) ; do 
 you understand Oreek {German, French, English, Turkish, Latin, 
 Hebrew) f o-iyetris, intelligence, sagacity. cn)v«T6s, intelligent, 
 shrewd, sagacious. d<rvv£Tos, ov, lacking in intelligence or shrewdness, 
 stupid. A construction Kara o-vveo-iv is one according to sense rather 
 than according to strict gratnmatical rule. 
 
 7. t!it>ti)|ii, lit. send under, put under, commonly has the mean- 
 ings slacken, relax, yield, etc., either in act. or in mid. 
 
 This does not exhaust the compounds, but is no doubt suflBcient. 
 
 'lKvcop,ai is hardly found in prose except in two compounds. 
 
 1. d(t>iKV£o)i,ai (by far the more frequent of the two), arrive, 
 come, d<|>t^O|j.ai, d<|>iK6|j,T)v, d4>i'YP'ai (d(|>i^ai, d<|>iKrai, etc.). 
 Plup. a.^iy\i.r\v, d<|>t|o, d<|>tKTO, etc. 
 
 XeYCTai x9«s d(|)ix9oi, he is said to have arrived yesterday, fura, 
 Tijv Twv o-TpaTiuTuv a<|)i|iv, after the arrival of the troops, irpd T<is 
 i\),f\s d4>t|e<iis, before my arrival. 
 
 2. The other compound is l|iKv^o|xai, reach (with a missile). 
 d(j)i4vT£s 86paTa koI mrpovs l|i|(S|jiE6a airav, if we hurl our spears 
 and throw stones we shall reach them, irplv T6|£u|ia l|iKvct(r8ai 
 (E|i,KE(r8ai would be the more usual tense after irpCv), before an 
 arrow reached them, oi'irai |jiou l^lKrai, he has not reached me yet. 
 
 'IXd(rKop.ai (t), propitiate, conciliate, 'l\ao-o|ji.ai (^|)-iXa- 
 a-d|j.i)v, and -iXdo-Btiv. toOs BeoOs Supois 'i\dirK€o-9oi, to propitiate 
 the gods by gifts. "iXscds (gen. "iXeu, dat. "iXeco, etc.), propitious. 
 In the N.T. 'tKaan65— propitiation. 
 
 b. On the same stem is 'i\ap6s, cheerful, mirthful, gay, denoting 
 the temper of one who has propitiated the gods and has nothing to 
 fear from them. From 'IXap6s comes Lat. hilaris (or hilarus), 
 whence we get Hilarious, with hilarity, exhilarate, etc. 
 
["iTTTO/lOl] "la-TIJfM. 107 
 
 ["lirTOMai.] For irT^o-o|j,ai, shall fly, and 4irT4|j.i]v, flew, see 
 lioi. The pres. 'lirranai (act. Ittiiixi) is not Attic. 
 
 ir«To- 
 
 "Io-TT|(ii, cause <o stand, set, place, stand, o-rVjerai, 4'o-TT|(ro, 
 f(rTt|Ka, Eo-Ta|j.ai, E<rTd6i]v. Fut. pass. <rTo9'/i(ro|iot. Fut. 
 mid. o-T'fjo-oii.ai. 2nd aor. act. «'<rTT]v. 
 
 The act. has forms of a 2nd perf. and a 2nd plup. beginning 
 with the dual (cf. 2nd perf. T^flvarov of Bytfo-Kw) : I'o-Tarov, co-Tarov, 
 s<rra\uv, IVroTe, 6<rTairt. 2nd plup. eo-Tarov, «(rTaTi)v, l'<rTa(i6V, 
 ttrrare, eVroo-ov. Subj. cittw (of which only eV™, i(rTa\iiv, and 
 to-TMo-i seem to be found) ; Q<rTalriv and eVtoAi, poetic) ; eVrdvai, 
 eo-Ti&s, eo-Tucra, eards, eo-TMTOs, eirT<4in)S, etc. 6. Fut. perf. act. 
 ia-rli^a, I shall stand, torx'^gco and reBv^Ja are the only two verbs 
 that have fut. perf. active. c. Plup. act. has ia-Ti\Ki\ or eIo-t^ki). 
 The kappa forms of perf. and plup. are not confined to the sing, of 
 the indie. The part., e.g. is ^<miK<Ss or etrrds. [The inf. i<m]K4va.i. 
 seems unattio, except when comp. with a prep, as owJieo-TtiKevai.] 
 Perf. pass. na-Ta]uxx is rare, and plup. pass, is perhaps not found. 
 
 B. Meanings. Only four act. tenses are transitive, pres. impf. 
 fut. and 1st aor. In these the meaning is cause to stand, set up, 
 place, weigh. b. The 2nd aor. act. and perf. and plup. act. (the 
 kappa forms as well as the shorter forms) are intrans. and mean 
 stand. E.g. eo-raiiev, orav i<rr&[uv, otdiuvoi P^Xtiov «tvai, we stand, 
 when we stand, because we think it to be better, c. The middle 
 voice furnishes the other intrans. tenses, i.e. pres. impf. and fut. 
 d. But the middle may also be transitive (rpdiraiov to-Tovrai, 
 they are erecting a trophy'), and i<rrri<ra}ir\v is only trans, (rpdiroiov 
 l<rT<i<ravTo, they raised a trophy). e. These same principles hold 
 good of the compound verbs also. E.g. a^Urrn\u, cause (any one) 
 to stand off is the regular expression for revolt ; and as in Eng. 
 revolt is only intrans., we use incite to revolt, make to revolt, etc., as 
 the rendering of the transitive Greek tenses. Thus : 
 
 ■ a<|>i<rTdiri, they are inciting the islanders to revolt. 
 a<J>fo-Ta<rav, they were inciting the islanders to revolt. 
 TODS vt]o-i<Stos •{ airoo-T^o-ovo-i., they will incite the islanders to revolt. 
 
 dir^o-Tno-av, they incited or have incited the islanders 
 to revolt. 
 
108 
 
 "larrjfit. 
 
 Rem. The aor. has to do duty for the perf. too, as the perf. is 
 only intrans. 
 
 p. For the meaning revolt the tenses are : 
 
 oi VT|<rici>Tai 
 
 the islanders are revolting, 
 the islanders were revolting, 
 the islanders will revolt, 
 the islanders revolted. 
 
 I. 
 
 the islanders have revolted. 
 
 the islanders had revolted. 
 
 ' cti^CcrTavTai, 
 diJ>t(rTavTo, 
 dirooTT^trovTai, 
 dir^cTTurav, 
 a^itrrfiKaa-i, or ) 
 dfjjEO'Tcuri -^ 
 
 d<j>EarT^K£<rav, or 
 d<j)6io-T<)Ke(rav, or 
 di|>^<rTa<rav J 
 
 f. Notice that e(rTT)o-a and I'o-ttiv both have e<rTr|<rav in 3rd pi. 
 In this case, then, if the context shows that the word is transitive, 
 £<rTT)(rav is from eo-rqo-a. If it is intrans., then 4'(rTT)(rov is from 
 «<rTi)v. The same is true of the compounds dv^o-rrio-ov, kot^ 
 CTTijcrav, etc. 
 
 g. In the compounds, the intrans. tenses are occasionally found 
 as transitive. E.g. x^P^s rfjs irepio-Tacnis av i]|j.ds alcrxuvus, apart 
 from the disgrace that would surround us (or, would have surrounded 
 us). Irakis o'x^os '«|ids irepwo-T^Kci., a large crowd was standing 
 about you. ima-Tr\ (intrans.) toSto iroiciv, he undertook to do this. 
 But also, dpxiiv iSiroo-Tfivoi, to undertake an office. (v<|>t<rTaTai tov 
 irXoCv, he undertakes the voyage.) 
 
 h. A6s (loi iroS (TTu Kal ti]v ■yiiv Klvi\<ra, give me a place to stand, 
 and I will move the loorld. — Archimedes. In the meaning weigh: 
 ko.v rfila ^pos Xiiirnpd io-T^s, if you weigh pleasant things against 
 painful things. dpi.9(jioSvT«s Kal (UTpovvTcs Kal tirrAvTes (or, dpiOfi.^- 
 o-avres Kal p.erp'fio-avTes Kal <rTf|<ravT6s), counting and measuring and 
 weighing. o-Ta6|ids = weight; (i^Tpu tJ crraOixu, hy measure or by 
 weight. Tciro-apdKovTa rdXavra o-TaOpidv, 40 talents by weight. 
 [oToOndv ixav, to have weight = to weigh in the intrans. sense. 
 Papvs = heavy. kov()>o5 = light, to pdpos = heaviness, weight, kou- 
 ^djTis = lightness."] 
 
 C. The stem o-to- (seen in stare and stand) is the basis of many 
 words. 
 
"la-Trjfli,: DERIVATIVES AND COMPOUNDS. 109 
 
 o-Tdo-is, properly a standing, position, usually means a faction, 
 sedition. o-Too-idJoi, be in a state of faction, be split up into factions. 
 (TTao-iao-TiKol \67a1, seditious speeches. ij 'Attiki) acTao-CairTos 
 ouo-a, Attica being free from sedition. o-T(io-i|ios, ov, standing, 
 stable, steadfast : iv xp'Soti <rTacr()i,i^, in stagnant water. rj o-totikiJ 
 (sc. T^xvT)), the art of weighing. From this word comes Statics, 
 i.e. the laws of equilibrium; and as this word is from Lat. hbi-a, 
 scales for weighing, it is seen that the Greek and Latin words both 
 have the same idea of weighing. o-r^jXi), a pillar, column {i.e. 
 something set up) : ai toO 'HpaxX^ovs o-TfiXai, the Pillars of Hercules, 
 i.e. the Straits of Gibraltar. o-toLSiov (pi. to o-rdSia and 01 
 o-ToSioi), stadium, race-course ; as a measure of length = about \ of 
 a mile. o-raSfjios, which we have already had in the sense of 
 weight, also means a standing place, a stall, stable; then, a halting 
 place ; then a stage (of a journey), a day's march, the word endeared 
 to us all by Xenophon in the memorable phrase beginning ivrivitv 
 l$c\avvei, etc. 
 
 D. The Compounds are numerous and important. 
 
 1. d.vt(rrr](ii, make any one rise, or get up, set up. — Intrans. rise, 
 get up : dvao-Tos irop6il<ronoi irpos tov irar^po now, 1 will arise and go 
 to my father. dvao-r^iro|i.ai., resurgam, I shall rise again. dv4(rTT|o-ev 
 Airdv Ik tmv vcKpuv, He raised Him from the dead. b. Applied 
 to a population, the verb means make them get up and leave their 
 country, drive them out. So, dvoo-riivai liird rfiv I|iPoW<vt<i)v = to be 
 expelled by the invaders. So, too, dvdo-Too-is, a rising (in N.T. = 
 Resurrection'), also means the removal of a population, or the depopu- 
 lation of a country. And when it is said that a country (x<5pa) 
 dvao-TaTos ■y«7ovev, it means that its inhabitants have been driven 
 out and the country ruined. 
 
 2. dvSCo-TT))!!., set against or in opposition to; oppose: Tp6iraiov 
 dvTlo-TT|<rav, they set up a rival trophy, lov tis dv6i.o-TiiToi. (or 
 dvTMTT'g) i])i.tv, if any one opposes us. 01 dv6«o-TMT«s, the opponents. 
 
 3. d<|>C<rTT||ii, cause to stand off, remove : to do-Oev^o-TOTov irippw 
 dirlo-TTio-ev, he removed the weakest part (of the army) to a distance. 
 But TO do-6ev6o-TaTov irdppu dir^o-n) would mean, the weakest part 
 REMOVED to a distance. Notice that in Eng. oppose and remove are 
 trans, and intrans. In Greek the distinction is made partly by the 
 
110 COMPOUNDS OP "la-rrifil. 
 
 voice and partly by the tense, as given above under B. As ab-eady 
 stated, d<t>C<r'n]|ii, is the regular and frequent word for make any one 
 revolt (in the trans, tenses), and revolt (in the intrans.). In Thuc. 
 we find |jii^ diroo-Tuo-i, tovs « aXXovs luvoirocrT^o-oio-i, lest they may 
 revolt, and induce the others to revolt with them. ir6\is d<j)«<rTHKiiio or 
 a4>eo-Tma-a, a rebel city, a city that has revolted. Henee dirdo-rao-is 
 = a revolt, defection (twv irD|i|idx<i)v, of the allies'). It also means 
 distance, the amount by which one thing stands off fi'om another. 
 Plato (Phaed. Ill, J), describing the inhabitants of the blessed 
 world, says : so that they {are free from disease and live much longer 
 than the people here do, and in respect of sight and hearing and intel- 
 ligence and all such things they) are removed from us by the very 
 (irep) same distance by which air is removed from water and ether 
 from air in point of purity, wrre IkeCvovs — iipifflv d<|>6o-Tdvai t^ auT^ 
 airotrrAxTti ^ircp 'd^p te vSaros d({)^o'TT]K€V Kal alOi]p 'dcpos irpos 
 Ka6ap6TTiTa. [Air. Ether.] Apostasy is a revolt from one's 
 former convictions ; a renouncing of one's creed. 
 
 4. 8i.to-Tt](i.i,, cause to stand apart, separate, often with the added 
 notion of hostile separation. In intrans. tenses, stand apart, sepa- 
 rate, be at variance. In the battle of Cunaxa (B.C. 401), when the 
 Greeks saw the scythe-bearing chariots rushing towards them, 
 Xenophon says the soldiers Sifo-Tovro, would separate, open their 
 ranks, to let the chariots pass through (Sid). Kard ir6\(is SiEo-raixEv, 
 we stand apart from one another, each city to itself, ol o-TpaTiuToi 
 Sieo-TTio-av Kard SidKoo-Covs, the soldiers stood at intervals, in bodies 
 of 200 each. Sido-Tao-is and Sido-rqp.a = interval, separation. 
 
 5. lv£o"n)(it, set (any one) in a place. In intrans. tenses, stand in. 
 But in such expressions as d Ivo-tos ttoXeiios, it means the war that 
 arose (broke out). 6 ivurTus ■ir6X6nos, the war that has broken out, 
 the existing war. 6 ivea-riis xP'''<>^ = the present tense. [These gram- 
 matical phrases are usually unattic] 
 
 6. 45£crTT)(ii, set (any one) out of anything : TaCra l|l<rTt|o-i.v 
 dvSpciirovs aiirSv, these things put men beside themselves. Intrans. : 
 l£^<rTTi(rov Ik rfjs oSov, they got out of the road. iKO-Tijvtti Tijs dp)^fis, 
 to withdraw from the office. l|iirTdvoi rivd (or iKo-T^jo-aC rtva) toO 
 <{>pov£tv, to drive any one beside himself — drive him crazy. e|£o-Ta<r9ai 
 (or lK<rT<ivoi) ToS <|>povEiv, to lose one's senses. From inaTains 
 
COMPOtTNDS OF "la-TrjfjLt. Ill 
 
 (unattic) we get Ecstasy, i.e. a condition in which we have, so to 
 speak, stepped out of ourselves (or, as we express it, in which we 
 are beside ourselves) with delight. 
 
 7. c<|>Co"n||i.i, set upon: irvpYovs Kal irvXas cirl ruv 7c<|>vpuv lin- 
 o-T'iio-avTes, having set towers and gates upon the bridges. Then, as 
 ivl + dat. has the meaning of over, i.e. in command of, in charge of, 
 we have d^ioirto'Tous e<)>Ca-TT] rots irpa'yiJ.ao'L rots fii] SioL crov Yi-yvo- 
 (i^vois, place trustworthy men in charge of the affairs that are not 
 carried on through you. (Where else may 4c|)Co-Tt| be found, and 
 would I be I or I?) Kvva lirl iroC|i.vT|v (|>avXov o48' civ «ts liricrT^jo-eiev, 
 no one would put a worthless cur in charge of a flock. Parallel with 
 this is the intrans. usage : apxovres i^' ekiIo-tu |x^p€i. c4>E(rT^Kdcriv 
 ( = l<j)e<rTtto-i.v), commanders are ( = have been) set over each division : 
 and in the literal sense, we read in Xen. Anab., 1, 4, 4, eirl 8e rots 
 TeCx«<riv a|jiit>oT^pois €<|>ci(rTy|Ke(rav iriiXtti, and on both walls there had 
 been placed gates. oi i^urriarts =' those in authority. kmtrr&Trp 
 denotes one put in charge of a matter, a superintendent, director (r&v 
 "dflXuv, of the contests). It also meant the President in the senate 
 (iv Tx\ PovXfi). The verb eirio-TOT^oi means preside over, direct, super- 
 intend, etc. : ToB spYOu lirio-TOTijcroi., to boss the job. ij 'I'iJX'i sirio-TaTet 
 Tov crii|i,aTos, the soul directs (controls) the body. Cf . irpoto-Tmii. 
 
 8. Ka6((rTT||ii. is the most frequent compound of l!oTr]|ii. Its 
 fundamental meaning is set anything down in its place, settle, establish, 
 institute, appoint, etc. : KaSurrdvai tivo. (or Karao-TTiaraC riva) eIs 
 apx'^v, to appoint any one to an office. toOs "EXXijvas KaTO(rTf]<roi 
 fls 'IwvCdv irdXtv, to set the Greeks down in Ionia again, i.e. to bring 
 them back to Ionia, v6)iovs KoOwrTOs, establishing (instituting) laws. 
 dpxi]V (8i]p,0KpoT£dv) KoBio-Tdo-iv, they are founding (establishing) an 
 empire (a democracy). The mid. voice also is frequent. 
 
 b. The intrans. tenses are often translated passively : els apxiiv 
 Karao-Tas, having been appointed to an office. eIs ti^v pao-iXEtav 
 KaToiTT^io'ETai, he will be established in the kingdom. eIs ■n-ruxECov 
 KOT^o-Ti), she was reduced to beggary (irrw\6%, beggar). ij SijiiOKparCd 
 X^YETai RaflEcTTdvai iirl t'q Koiv6Tr|Ti, the democracy is said to be 
 founded upon community of interest. 
 
 c. Very often the intrans. tenses simply = 7C7vo|iat, become. 
 viroTTTov KoOfiiTT^KEi, it had become a suspicious thing. KaT^o-rr) pao-i- 
 
112 COMPOUNDS OF "I(rTr)fM. 
 
 Xeis, he became king. liriKtvSivov KaflCo-Tarai (KoBfo-Toro), it is (was) 
 becoming dangerous. o-uyKaBCo-TiHii =yom or aid in establishing. 
 Kardo-Tao-is, a settling, establishing, appointing, etc. 
 
 9. iicSCo-niiJii, change the position of anything; in general, simply 
 change, remove : v6|j.ous, iroXiretov, iieOio-Tovai, to change laws, a form 
 of government. |jiETao-Tl|o-ao-6ai, tovs irp^o-peis, to cause the ambassadors 
 to withdraw (retire'). oL PovXeural nerlo-TTio-av, the senators withdrew. 
 ev Tcf 'PV*? |ieT^(rTT)(rav ot iirireis irttpd toijs iroXeiJiIovs, in the (heat 
 of the) engagement the cavalry deserted (went over) to the enemy. 
 iierdo-Too-is, change, removal: especially change of government, 
 revolution. 
 
 10. irapCo-TTiiii, lit. set one by anything, develops a variety of 
 meanings, several of which we give. 
 
 a. In the trans, tenses of the active, we find such examples as : 
 irapao-T^jo-ai IXirCSas los, to inspire us with hopes, that — etc. l|iol 
 opYijv tKao-Tov TovTwv iropfo-TT], each one of these acts filed me 
 with anger. ov ■yap ij irXn'yi) iropl<rTi)(r€ Tijv op^y^v, 6,W rj dTrp,Cd, 
 for it was not the blow that aroused the anger, but the disgrace, to 
 Seivov TapatrTfjcrai, rots dKoiouo-tv, to make the audience feel hota 
 dreadful it was, lit. to set by them the terrible (nature of the deed), 
 i.e. make them realize it. 
 
 b. The intrans. tenses are used in the general sense of standing 
 by, being present, etc. d irap6o-TT)KcSs xP'Svos, the present time. c. The 
 mid. is also used transitively, but with a sense differing from the 
 active, a. As a legal term it means produce, bring forward (|idp- 
 Tippas, Mitees.<ies), for which irap^X"!''"'"' is the common word. p. As 
 a military term it means bring over to one's side, cause to surrender 
 (iriXiv, TOVS iroXsiiiovs, etc.). irapao-TdTt|s, one who stands at the 
 side: in line of battle, d iropao-TdTtis would be the man at your 
 side : irpoo-TdTi)s, your front-rank man (irpwToo-TdTris, however, is 
 more usual) ; and lirto-TdTt)s, the rear-rank man. As we say : Stand 
 by me now ! i.e. assist me, so irapao-TdTris has the general idea of an 
 assistant. 
 
 1 1. irtpil<r'n\\i.i, place around, surround : Kipos ir£pi^a-Ti)a-E irdv to 
 a-TpdT£iip.a irepl BaPvXuva, Cyrus surrounded Babylon with his entire 
 army. But, the army surrounded the city would be r& o-Tpdrevfia 
 irepifo-TOTo (or irepUo-Tr|) Tijv irdXiv. We also find ; Kvpos irepilo-TOTOi 
 
COMPOUNDS OF "I(7T7)fll. 113 
 
 Tov X6(|iov Tip o-TparEvitari, Cyrus surrounds the hill with the army, 
 h. Notice that in this verb the tenses ordinarily used as intrans. 
 are sometimes trausitive. So e.g. : 6 irepio-ras ijiios KtvSiivos, the 
 danger that surrounded us. iroXvs 'i>(ids ox^-os ir-epieo-TTJKei, a large 
 crowd was standing around you. c. When an individual "stands 
 around " he faces about. So in Greek we find in irepito-Tao-Bai this 
 notion of complete change or reversal. irepUcm] ij TiyT\, the situation 
 of affairs was reversed ; literally, fortune turned around, about-faced. 
 This usage is quite frequent. 
 
 12. irpo(o-Ti)|jLi, set or place in front. In the intrans. tenses, stand 
 in front of; hence, direct, control, be leader of: oi irpoeo-rnKbTes or 
 irpoeo-TuTes, the chiefs, leaders, pretty much like ot i^t<TTt\K6Tii or 
 l4>€(rTUTes- ot ToO 8'/j|jioii irpo«o-Tr)K6T«s, the leaders of the people. 
 Tijs 'EWdSos irpoeo-Tovoi, to be the leader of Greece, to be the foremost 
 man in Greece. irpoo-Tao-Cd, leadership : tt]S toB S^jjiov irpoo-Ta<r(ds 
 d|ici>8evT«s, having been deemed worthy to be leader of the people. 
 irpoo-TdTTis, leader, chief. irpoo-raTcvu and irpoirTaTeci) both mean be 
 at the head of (Tf\i ir6Xecas), manage, lead, control, etc. Cf. lirio-TOT^o) 
 under e(|>(im]p.i. 
 
 13. irpo<rC(rTT]|ii, set by or near. Usually found in the intrans. 
 tenses. dvoirT]8'/io-tts irpoo-lo-Tri rjiitv, he sprang up and took his stand 
 by us. 
 
 14. oTivto-TiKii, set together, bring together, unite, etc. Then, by 
 bringing different parts together to constitute the whole, organize, 
 bring about, constitute, etc. E.g. oi njv oXi'yapxCdv JuvurrdvTes, those 
 engaged in organizing the oligarchy. 6 0«os IwffiTjo-e Kal ^uvto-rijo-aTO 
 ojipavov fipdrdv koI dirrdv, God bound together and framed a heaven 
 visible and tangible. b. oTivurrdvai rivd tivi = introduce one person 
 to another : Sevo(|)Mv oTiveo-rdBn Kvpu, Xenophon was introduced to 
 Cyrus. PouXei otio-Wjo-w <re air^ ; Shall 1 introduce you to her ? 
 
 c. In intrans. tenses, stand together, unite, organize, band together, 
 etc. : 01 |vv(a|jidTai. Juvfo-ravTo, the conspirators were banding together 
 (organizing'). rjo-BtTO avrCiraXdv ti t^ Ai7apxCij. |vvia-Td|xcvov, he 
 perceived that a certain party, adverse to the oligarchy, was forming. 
 ij (ru|j.|jLaxCd ij otio-too-o, the alliance that was brought about (formed, 
 organized). 
 
 d. <r«o-TO(rts has most of the meanings of the verb, all traceable 
 
114 COMPOUNDS OF "larrjfjLi — "Icr;)^». 
 
 to the root-idea of standing together, either in the trans, sense of 
 standing (^ = placing, setting), or in the intrans. sense, ij o-iIo-too-is 
 Tov Kocriiov, the framing of the Cosmos or Universe. So, too, it 
 denotes an organization of men for political ends, usually with the 
 idea of being banded together for revolutionary purposes; often 
 it = conspiracy. 
 
 e. <rv<rTT]|j.tt, a complex whole formed by the union of various 
 parts; hence System, as "the solar system." The idea oi plan, 
 method, involved in our word system, comes from the fact that the 
 organization of parts into a coherent whole must be based upon 
 some methodical principle. Hence, Systematic = proceeding 
 according to plan. Notice, that as far as the derivation is con- 
 cerned, systematic and consistent should mean the same. But " a 
 man cannot be consistent without being morally systematic." 
 
 15. v4>la-TT)|xi, lit. set under. In the intrans. tenses (mainly pres. 
 mid., and 2nd aor. act.), a very common meaning is, undertake, 
 engage (to do so and so) : 'A7t)(rC\dos (o-y-) i!c|>C(rTaTai (iSirio-ri)) 
 <rTpaT€VE(r6ai ets ti^v 'Ao-£dv, Agesilaos undertakes (undertook) to 
 march into Asia. The iniin. depending on v^Io-t. may be pres. or 
 aor., or, as an oratio obliqua infin., it may be fut., on the analogy 
 of verbs of promising. It may also take the accus. i!<|>C<rTaTai 
 TOV irXovv, he undertakes the voyage, apxiiv iSiroo-Tf^vai, to undertake 
 a command (an office). eSeXovral i!i|>£(rTavTai, volunteers offer them- 
 selves {i.e. undertake that for which volunteers are called for). 
 
 h. Closely connected with the idea of undertaking something, is 
 the idea of facing, opposing, resisting : "dv tis iS<t>i<rTf|Tai ( = ovBi- 
 o-TfjTai), if any one opposes, oi 'ABTjvaioi 4TiX|iT)(rav iJiroo-Tfivat rots 
 PapPdpois, the Athenians dared to resist the barbarians, d ijivyilv tov 
 kIvSvvov toO iSiroo-TclvTos (leiiTTTOTtpos, he who shunned the danger is 
 more to be blamed than he who faced it. 
 
 'la-\a is a side-form of (l%a, found only in pres. and imp. act. 
 and pass. It means hold, hold in check, keep hack, etc. Also 
 intrans. with adverbs ; thus, tv lerxei is sometimes used for the far 
 more common iv i\a, it is well. See tx"' B, d. — ij tcrx^s, -vos, 
 strength. I(r\vp6s, strong. 
 
 b. The comp. dvCo-xci is used of the sun = rise (for which 
 dvuTcWci is also used) ; a)i,a i^\l<f ovCot^ovti (dvoTeXXovTi), just at 
 
"Iffj^ca — K.a0aLpo} — K.a6e^o/j,ai. 115 
 
 sunrise. See hva, A, a and h. Io-ts S-Zjirov dir68£v iJXias avtirxei, 
 Kal oiroi Svcrav, you know, of course, where the sun rises and where it 
 sets (lit. whence and whither). c. As shown under «x<», D, 2, some 
 forms of dvT(o^(i) and of 2nd aor. of d.vTi\a differ only in accent, and 
 some do not differ at all. In the same way kitia-yiiv and ^irio-xetv 
 show the tense by the accent; whUe ivia-j(6vTav might be eir-wrxov- 
 Tcov or im-a-)(6vT(i)v. 
 
 K. 
 
 Ea8a(pci>, cleanse, purify, KaOapu, iKaOrgpa (pf. act. late), 
 K£Kd6ap|iai, lKa6dp6T)v. For aor. act. forms with d for t] are 
 sometimes inet with (iKdSdpa) which constitutes the u-regularity of 
 the verb. The mid. is also used, purify one's self, KaBapovfiai, 
 4Ka6T|pd)i,T)v. The comp. diroKaOafpu = cleanse off, and eKKaS. = cleanse 
 out and out, cleanse thoroughly. 
 
 olKCdv Ka6T)pai, to cleanse a house. t\ vijo-os EKaSdpSi) (KCKaSaprai), 
 the island was (has been) purified. 8oS\ov d KTcCvas iavrov KaOi)- 
 pd<r6o>, let him who has killed a slave of his own purify himself. 
 
 B. KaOapcvd), be clean, pure. KaSapos, pure, clean. Ka6ap6Tr)s, 
 purity. Ka6ap)ids, purification (dSiKT)}idT(i>v, from crimes) . KaOapcris, 
 the act of cleansing or purifying. KaOapr^s, purifier. KaOapriKos, 
 purifying, cleansing: Cathartic. dKa6apa-(d, impurity. axdOapTos, 
 ov, impure, as : Tiiv i^vxiiv dKaOdpTws ^x'^"' '" ^^ impure in soul. 
 iraXaid Kal dKd6apTa dSiK^iiara, old and unpurged crimes (crimes 
 from which d dSiKuv, the wrong-doer, has not been purified). 
 
 N.B. — The student must not confound forms of KaOaipeiv, take 
 down, and of Ka6aCpEiv, e.g. KaSatpu KaSapu and KaOaipu ; Ka6aCpi[| 
 and Ka8aipf| ; KaS^pTirai, aor. subj. mid. of KaSalpu; and Kai^fnyrai, 
 peirf. ind. pass, of xaOaipu. 
 
 Ka6E^a|iai, sit down, lKa6e^ii(iT]v, Ka6eSov|iai. 
 
 The impf. has augm. before the prep. The stem is €8-= Lat. 
 sed in sedeo. See under dX\o|i.ai. The word means take a seat, and 
 lKaOc^d|i,r)v usually has the force of an aor. = / sat down, took my 
 seat. But sometimes the word means be sitting down = Kd8i)|iai : 
 and sometimes, as is natural, either meaning will suit. — Used of a 
 general or of his army it means take up a position, encamp, bivouac. 
 
116 Kade^o/j-ai — Kddrjfiai — Ka6c^a>. 
 
 (KiXivtv airov KaOc^cirSai, eirl Tijv iarridv, she told him to sit down 
 upon the hearth. ravT etirwv iKoSilero, with these words he took his 
 seat. r\ Pov\t] Ikci e)i,eX.\c Ka6e8cta-6ai,, the senate was going to hold a 
 session there, oi TpiaKovra eKci6T)vT0 ov viv oi irpvTdveis KaSeJovroi, 
 the Thirty were sitting where the Prytanes now sit. irapaKa6e^6|jiEvos 
 elirev, taking hit seat beside him, he said. Kd6e^<>|i.Evoi IBrfow rijv yf^v, 
 they encamped and proceeded to ravage the land. eaA irAvres o-uveKOr 
 6£^6|j.€6a, after we had all taken our seats together (lird <ruveKa6'/j|ji.E6a, 
 when we were all sitting together). 
 
 B. TO I'Sos, generally denotes the temple or statue of a god. 
 eSpd = a seat : 6 la-ropiKos Neipovp, ^pco-pcvTijs irapd rfj 'AyCij, "ESpij, 
 the historian Niebuhr, ambassador to the holy see. irpdfSpos : 'APpadji 
 AC^KoXv, o irpdcSpos r&v 'Hvii>)i,^v(i>v IIoXlTeiuv, Abraham Lincoln, the 
 President oj the United States. [e'vico from «ts, e'vis; unite from 
 unus.^ From KaSeSpol, a seat, we get Cathedrai., "so called 
 because in it the bishop has his official chair or throne." e'Spatos^ 
 seated. iroWol e'SpaioC cto-iv, many persons lead sedentary lives. 
 
 Kd6i)|i,ai, be sitting down, is inflected in the grammars. Syn. 
 of pres. is : Ka6u|j,ai, KaSoliiriv (KaSoto, etc.), Kd6r)a-o, KaSijo-Sai, KaB'^j- 
 jxcvos. Inipf. eKa6^)j.t)v, £Kd6i]<ro, eKd6T|To, etc., or: KaS'f\\ir\v, 
 Ka8f)o-o, Ka9f|<rTo, the n- in this last form being explained by the 
 fact that the stem was origin iilly tJo--. No tenses except pres. and 
 iinpf . Distinguish between Kd6r|(r6E and KaSijo-de, each of which may 
 be found in two places. Difference between Kd6T]o-o and KaOfjo-o ? 
 
 o (lev dvi]p CTVYX*"' KOTOK6t|ievos (itrd Setirvov, i^ Sc 7«vii irape- 
 Kd6i]To, the man happened to be lying down after dinner, and his wife 
 was silting by his side, ij Pov\i] iKiAiyro Iv t^ d'yop^, the senate was 
 holding its session in the market-place. 
 
 KaSC^u, make one sit down, seat, impf. iKdSi^ov (like lKa6c£d|jiT|v 
 and lKa6^|i,t|v, augmented before the prep.), KaSiu (Attic fut. for 
 Ka.Biaa'), aor. cKdeto-a, or better, Ka6i<ra. In the middle, KaBCJo- 
 liai, lKa6i£6|iir|v, Ka6i£'^<ro|xai, lKa6i.crd)i.'t)v. 
 
 The act. is usually transitive = seat, but also = sit down. The 
 middle tenses (except aor.) mean sit down : the aor. mid. is usually 
 transitive, but we find in Xen. : Ka6£(rds oirdv Kal irapaKa6i.(rd|icvos, 
 having made him sit down and having sat down by him, where the aor. 
 mid is intrans. = irapaKa6c^d|j.evos. 
 
K.a9i^co — KaXe'o). 117 
 
 K&Sil( (ic, let me sit down, said the blind Oidipous to his daughter 
 Antigone. Ka6iov|i£v avrov €irl tov Opdvov, we will seat him upon 
 the throne. [Throne.] lKd6io-e or Ka6to-e to o-rpdrevjio, he encamped 
 the army. Ka6C£ouiriv eirl tov Pa\i6v, they sit down at the altar, the 
 intransitive use of the active, for which KaSe^ovTai or KaSC^ovTui 
 would be more usual. The student will notice that the Greeks 
 wavered a good deal in the use of these three verbs, and did not 
 distinguish the various meanings very sharply. So in Engl, the 
 use of seat, set, sit wavers. 
 
 Kaivta, kill, a poetic verb. Xen. alone of the classic writers of 
 prose uses it, but in the comp. Karaicaii/ai, of which he uses, besides 
 pres. and impf ., the 2nd aor. RaTtKavav. 
 
 Ka£ci>, burn, Kav<r(i>, cKavo-a, (KaTa)KeKavKa, KeKavjxak, 
 lKav6i]v. The corap. KaTaKavu is used in any of the tenses, but 
 the perf. act. happens not to be used in the simple form. Kaoi and 
 cKdov (without contraction) are the more usual Attic forms. 
 
 b. The verb means kindle, light, as well as burn : irOp koei, he is 
 kindling a fire, tr^v \a|j.irdSa Kavirai, to light the torch, niv \&pav 
 cKoov, they proceeded to burn the country. vcxpov Kdeiv, to hum 
 (cremate') a corpse. c. The passive of kou corresponds to burn 
 used intrans. : irupd iroXXd IxdcTo eirV Tfflv opuv, many fires were burn- 
 ing on the mountains. oVav o'pijs TOvp.ov o'cofia Kd6|iEvov, when you 
 see my body burning (cremated). d. KaTaKou is perhaps more 
 frequently used than Kau in the transitive sense : tos oIkCos KaroKe- 
 KauKdo-iv, they have burnt down the houses. lirio-ToXiiv (Xoyov) KaTa- 
 Koeiv, to burn (up) a letter, a speech. 
 
 e. Kav|jia, burning, heat; also, Kavo-is. Kaio-ijios, ov, combustible. 
 KavffTtK6s (unattic), having power to burn, gives Caustic, burning, 
 stinging; and KouTTipiofo) (unattic) means Cautjbkizb. Holocaust 
 means a whole burnt offering. The verb for this is oXoKavTco or 
 -TOW. Tovs Tavpovs wXoKavToio'av, they burnt the bulls whole. 
 
 'K.a.\ia, call, fut. Ko\u (precisely like the pres.), cKaXEo-a, 
 KCKXiiKa, K^KXii)iai, IkX^Ativ. 1 shall be called is K\.T|S'f|a-op,ai 
 or K£K\'/jo-o|tai, fut. or fut. perf. Middle, call to one's self. KaXoO- 
 |iai, KaXovfiai, lKaXovp,T)v, CKaXco-d|it)v. [K^KXT)|Jiai and 
 IkckXIjiitiv seem to be used only as passive.] 
 
118 KaXea AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 b. KaX«a> means call in our various meanings : kAXco-ov awois, 
 call them, rt ovofia K^KXijo-ai; by what name have you been called? 
 airov \i,iyav KaXovo-iv, they call him great. c. KoKia is also the 
 reg. word for invite ; iKeK\{\]i.r\v iirX Silirvov, I had been invited to 
 dinner. kXtjo-is, a calling, summoning, imntation. aK\T|Tas, unin- 
 vited : n»v aKX.T|Kos i^Keis J you haven't come uninvited, have you f 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 1. oLvaKaXloi, lit. call up, has other uses to be learned in reading. 
 
 2. ttiroKaX^d), lit. call off, is also. used with a notion of derision 
 or contempt : o«s irTwxoJs diroKaXei, whom he contemptuously calls 
 beggars. 
 
 3. cto-KaXcu, call in. 
 
 4. l-yKoXew, lit. call in, commonly means charge, accuse (dat. of 
 person and accus. of thing) : a\\o ti avrcp cvEKdXovv, they kept 
 bringing some other charge (complaint, accusation^ against him. tC 
 dX\o I'YKEKX'^Kdo-iv ; w?iat other complaint have they made ? iy- 
 KXii|j.a = charge, accusation, complaint. 
 
 5. cKKaX^u, call out: iKKaXlo-ds y&p (le sVSoBev, lireiSij rdxio-Ta 
 e^TjXOov — , for, having called me out from within, as soon as I went 
 out, etc. op7T)V €KKaX«tv, to call forth anger. b. From this is the 
 word lKKXr)<rCtt, the assembly of the people. The Christian writers 
 adopted this as the word for Church, the body of those called out 
 from the world. Hence Ecclesiastic. c. The verb cKKXi^cridSco 
 means hold an assembly of the people, and augments either I|ckXt|. or 
 ■nKKXr)., the latter being according to rule, as the word does not 
 come from l| and a verb, but from lKKXi](rtd. Cf. KaTr)YopE(i> 
 (index). lKKkx\a-iaa-Ti\'s, a member of the ecclesia, as PovXevT'/js, 
 senator, is a member of the PouX^, and iroXtrTis, a member of the 
 ir6Xis, otK^TTis {domestic, servant), a member of the oIko% {household), 
 (rTpoTi<4Ti]s, a member of the o-rparia, etc. 
 
 6. ciriKaX^ci), call upon: Kal Ocovs circKaXetTO Kal dvSpiiirovs Ka6o- 
 pdv rd ■yi'yvinevo, he kept calling both upon gods and men to look down 
 upon what was being done. b. It also means call to one's self, call 
 in, summon, as : oXXous ttreKaX^o-ovTO |u|i.|i,dxovs, they called in other 
 allies. See lird^oixai, under di-yw. c. It is also used as lyKaX^a) is, 
 
COMPOUNDS OP KaXew — Kdfivo). 119 
 
 charge something on any one, accuse : in this sense the active is used ; 
 in a and b we find the middle. d. call a person by an additional 
 name — give a surname or nickname to any one : K66opvas Iitiko- 
 Xeirai, he is called "cothurnus" (d KdSopvos, a shoe made to fit 
 either foot: applied here to a politician who tried to suit both 
 parties). 
 
 e. eitlK\T\tr\.% = surname, additional name (d shoY^). ot IttCkXhtoi, 
 those who have been summoned as allies (6 above) . The negative of 
 this, however, dvEirCKXr|Tos, is connected with the meaning c, free 
 from blame. 
 
 7. TrapaKaX^u tivA, call any one to one's self, summon. b. call 
 to any one, exhort (rivd). |i,i{ dva|i,^V(D|i.EV aXXovs 4X6civ irapaKoXoiiv- 
 Tas (fut.) eirV rd KdXXio-Ta ep7a, let us not wait for others to come to 
 incite (exhort} us to the noblest deeds. c. irapdK\T|(ris, a calling to 
 any one, a summons, an exhortation. d. In N.T. Greek irapaKaXioi 
 = comfort : irapdKXi)a-i.s = consolation : and UapiK\7iTos = The Comr 
 forter, Paraclete. 
 
 8. irpoKoXcu is mainly used in the middle, call forward, invite, 
 Is |«|i|j.ox£dv, to an alliance. With the accus. of the thing, it 
 means pi-opose, as : tipi\vt\v irpoDKaXoBvTo, they proposed (^offered) 
 peace. irp^KXrio-is, invitation, proposal: irpoKXrio-iv S€x^e<r6ai, to 
 accept a proposal. [Vd^os often means proposal, proposition. 1 
 
 9. irpoo-KoX^oi, call towards one's self, summon, esp. of summoning 
 into court. irpdo-KXTio-is is the legal term for a summons. 
 
 10. oTi^KoX^oi, call together, convoke (con and voco). ol o-TpoTiw- 
 Toi (rwYKeKXi]VToi, the soldiers have been called together. 
 
 Kdiivm, Ka|jiov)iai, ^Kafiov, K^K|iT|Ka, has 3 meanings: 
 1. toil or labor (= irovtw). 2. be weary (= dir«(pi|Ka from diraYO- 
 pcvu). 3. be sick (= do-Sevcu or voo-ew). 
 
 1. uirep Tfis irdXecos Kdjiveiv, to labor in behalf of the State. 2. (it) 
 Kdii'gs c|>CXov evepysTSv, do not become weary of benefiting a friend. 
 o v6|ios airov e'iraivuv oi'irorc KafiEiTai, the law will never weary of 
 praising him. Kd|iv(D Tiiv d<nrC8a ^ipav, I'm tired of carrying my 
 shield (Anab. 3, 4, 47. In 5, 1, 2 we find dircCpt)Ka rd oirXo ^ipav, 
 I'm tired of carrying my weapons. Cf. A^w (say), C, 4, c). 3. tj 
 irots Ka|j,o«cro airiBavfv, the girl sickened and died, 'tdrpol Scivdraroi 
 
120 KayLH/ea — Kel/iai. 
 
 &v yivoivTo, e( airol iroiras v6<roiis K&\u>iiv, physicians would become 
 most expert, if they themselves were to have all diseases. ol kek)j.t)- 
 Kores is sometimes used for the dead, the deceased: aX t&v k€K(M)k6t<»v 
 i|/i)X*'i tl^^ souls of the departed. 
 
 KaTd7vi!|i.i or Kara-^vva, break, KaT<l|(i), Kar^a^a, 2nd 
 peif. KaT«'d-ya (with pass, meaning), 2nd aor. pass. KaTeo7T|v. 
 
 evos KaT^a^ttv to (tkIXos, they broke one man's leg. (o-vvrpfpoi 
 might be used in same sense.) Aristotle recommends giving 
 
 children a rattle {-n-KnTayfi, unattic), to amuse themselves with, that 
 they may not break anything about the house, oirws (i.t|S6v Karo-yviiuo-i 
 Tuv Kara Tijv oUCdv. (o-wrpfpo) may al.so be used of breaking 
 furniture.) So, either word may be used of shattering ships by 
 running them ashore on a rocky coast. |iaxE<rd|tEvoi dXX'^X.uv 
 tTuxov KaTd|avT€s tos Ke<|)tt\as, they got to fighting and, as it chanced, 
 broke each other' s heads . tijv K£4>aXTiv KaredY^voi ^a-o^v; shall we 
 say we have had our heads broken f 
 
 b. The stem was originally ^a-y- ; which explains the augment. 
 Cf . ep7(lJo(iai. From vaOs and d-y- come vavdyiia, suffer shipwreck. 
 vavdyla., shipwreck, vooia-yiov, a wreck. va,va.y6s, a shipwrecked man. 
 The student will connect these verbs with the Latin naufragium, 
 naufragus, etc. 
 
 Keljiai, lie, is a pres. tense in the -jii formation, with impf. 
 iK.ily.r\v («K«io-o, etc.), and fut. KcC(ro)iai. The subj. and opt. 
 forms are very rare. The only forms given from Attic authors 
 are Klrfrai (also Sio-, KaTaK^T)Tai.), SiaKlijirSc, k^oito (also ckkcoito), 
 and irpoerKioivTO, all on a short stem k£-. Imperat. Ketcro, KeCa-Su, 
 etc. Inf. Kcto-Sai (KaraKeEa-Sai shows the accent in comp.). Part. 
 KeC[j.cvos. The full inflections are given in the grammars. 
 
 6. The important thing to learn about Kct)i.ai is, that it is 
 regularly used as the perf pass, of tC9ti|j.i. Eg. ;« 
 
 1. v6]iov Ti0evai (or TtSeo-Oai.), to make a law. v6|xov T^Seirai, he 
 has made a law. But: v<S|jios liiro 'A6i)vaCii>v kcItoi, a law has been 
 MADE by the Athenians. 2. dvariO^vai = <o set up (dedicate') a. 
 
 votive offering : dvaKet(r8ai, to have been set up, to be set up ; differ- 
 ing from dvoTeOfjvoi, to be set up, in this, that the latter (aor.) 
 denotes simply the act, and the former denotes the state, to be in 
 
JLeifiat — ILepdvvvfu. 121 
 
 that position. Cf. lev-yvuiii, 6. 3. diroT[6co-9ai, to put aside, 
 
 rese7-ve : toIs Seo-iroTais diroKeiVToi, they have been (= are) reserved 
 for the masters. 4. SianSlvai rivd olSCkus, to treat any one un- 
 justly : ttSiKus SidKEi|i,ai, I have been treated unjustly. 5. tov 
 o'T€<t>avov T^ KE<|>a\|| ircpiTi6«vai, to put the crown (or garland} around 
 the head. 6 (rTl<|>avos t'q K6()>a\'g irepCKEirai, the crown has been put, 
 etc. 6. vEKpov irpoTiOevoi or irporMto-Bai, to lay out a dead body. 
 veKpos irpciKcirai wiro t&v <j>CXci>v, the body has been laid out by the 
 friends. 7. |ji06ov o-uvtiB^voi, to compose a fable. iivSos o-vviKtiTo, 
 a fable had been composed, \p6vov o-uvTeOeivrai, they have agreed 
 upon a time, o o-vvrtOels xP'^^'os, the time that was (aor.) agreed 
 upon. 6 o-vyKtlfuvos XP''''°s> ^^* '*"** *^''' ^'^ been agreed upon. 
 eis TO irvYKE(|Uvav x^p'ov, to the place agreed upon, mrirep o-vvIkeito, 
 just (irep) as had been agreed upon, etc. etc. 
 
 K.elpa, cut off, shear, KEpu, cKcipa, K^xapKa (perhaps not 
 Attic), K«Kap|iai (2nd a.p. 4icdpriv not Attic). The mid. is also 
 found ; K«pov|iai., lKEipd|iT|v. The word is not common in A.p. 
 
 KcXcvcD, command, order (accus. and infln.), is reg., except for 
 sigma in perf. and aor. pass, systems: KEK«X€va-|jiai, ekeXcvo-Stiv. 
 
 KEXeupia or KE'X£U(r|i.a, command. keXevo-t'/js, on board ship was 
 the officer who, by his measured calls, enabled the rowers to keep 
 time. Sia- and irapaKE\cvo|iai (D.M.) both mean cheer, exhort, 
 encourage any one (rivt). Several other compounds of keXevu are 
 used with this meaning. SiaKeXcvo-iuSs = irapaKEXEvo-)i6s = irapaK^- 
 Xewo-is = cheering, exhortation, encouragement. 
 
 K£pdvvv|ii, mix, iKcpdvvvv (fut. late), EKcpacra (perf. late), 
 KEKpdp,ai, CKpaOT|v and lK£pd<r6r]v. Aor. mid. -cK«pa(rd|ii)v. 
 (TirYKEpdvvviii, mix together. 
 
 .Tijv kpi\vj\v ol!v<j) KEpdirds, having put wine in the spring (lit. having 
 mixed the spring with wine). 6 olvos oKpoTos n^v d|«s l<|«''''"'''o 
 etvoi, KEpao-SEls 8^, cici8t)s te koI tjSOs, the wine unmixed appeared to 
 be sharp ; but when it had had water mixed with it, it was fragrant and 
 sweet. 
 
 B. Kpdo-is, a mixing, combining. By Ceasis is meant the union 
 of two words into one; as raird, the same things, for rd avrd. o 
 KpdTljp (-iipos), a mixing bowl; then, from the resemblance in shape. 
 
122 Kepdvvu/j,!, — KXa/iu. 
 
 the mouth of a volcano, Crater. aKpdros, ov, unmixed, literally 
 (as olvos aKpdTos), and figuratively, as: i)fc€Sos oKparov, an out and 
 out lie. dSiK(d aKpdros, sheer injustice. Another negative com- 
 pound is dK^paios, which is more commonly figurative ; e.g. iKiUrt 
 dK€paios ■^v 6 irXoCs, the voyage there was entirely successful (unmixed 
 with harm). If a country (x<Spa) or land (yfj) is dK^paios, it is 
 inviolate, unravaged (no admixture- of harm has come to it) . 
 
 (TU'YKpdo-is, a mixing together. t^ truyKpturu r&v xP'"l*^''''*''i ^V 
 the blending of the colors. From this word and tSios, peculiar, i.e. 
 belonging to an individual, comes Idiosyncrasy, a peculiarity of 
 habit or disposition. The connexion between this meaning and 
 mingling together is seen when we reflect that habits and dispositions 
 are not simple, but compound, as many forces and influences blend 
 together, to form them. 
 
 KepSaCvo), gain, KepSavu, cK^pSdva (no perf. pass, or aor. 
 pass. A perf. act. irpoa-KCKepS^Kdiri. is found once in Demosth.). 
 The aor. is irreg. in having d for t\ (<|>a£v<i), 4>avu, £<j>t)vo). 
 
 TO K^pSos = gain (lucrum) . KcpSaX^os, lucrative : 'ri\vi\ KcpSaX^d, 
 a lucrative profession. aCo-xpoKcpS^s denotes one who is fond even 
 of disgraceful gain, avaricious : and alo-xpoK^pScia is the thhig itself, 
 base love of gain, avarice. 
 
 KlxP'HH'^ ^^""^ (formed from stem XP«"^> ^s t£6tiji.i is from 6e-) 
 seems to be used chiefly in aor. exp^io-a, though the forms kCxpt||i.i 
 and SiaKEXP^I^^vov (as pf. pass.) are each quoted once from Dem. 
 o-ol diro8(6o-<i) o dv |jioi XP''l<'"nSi ^ '"''^ P'^V y " back whatever sum you 
 lend me. to xP^°s, debt, the sum lent, pi. rd xP^a (» after «, >, 
 and p, as usual). XP^"""!*, money-lender, usurer; gen. pi. xp^o-ruv 
 (irreg. accent). See xp^- 
 
 6. 8av€(^(i> (reg.) means lend on interest («irl rdKip), while KCxpT||ti 
 means lend gratis (Supedv). 
 
 K\.aC(i), weep, KXaio-opiai, and less freq. icXai'fjo-u and KXa^o-u. 
 
 f^K\av(Tovfiai, e/cXai/<roi, and KcicAoujitai, poet.] Attic writers use in 
 pres. and impf. kXoo) and cKXdov (never contracting the forms) 
 much oftener than the other forms. b. Weep is commonly 
 SaKpvd), which means shed tears (SdKpvov, a tear), while kXou de- 
 
KXaim — KXtvm. 123 
 
 notes audible weeping, sobbing. iraBo-ov Sr\ to iratSCov kXoov, for 
 pity's sake (8^) make the baby stop crying! (no silent shedding of 
 tears there I). 
 
 KXdu, break [icXeicra?, unattic], -cKXao-a, -K^KXao-fiai, 
 
 In prose used in compounds. tA Sop&ria evaircK^KXaa-ro, tJie 
 javelins had been broken off in (the armor) . et ircos liriKXoo-Stiev tJ 
 'yvc&ii.'g, if by any means they might be broken in spirit. ii(ios kot^- 
 KXacrev, he broke us down (broke down our fortitude). From 
 
 this word and ij Hk^v, eIkovos, image, we get Iconoclast, image 
 breaker. See stem. sIk-, d. 
 
 KXe(<i>, shut, kXcCo-oi, cKXcio-a (kckXeiks, unattic), KcKXeiiiai 
 (also K^KXEiir|iai), ekXcIo-Otiv. Another form, very common in 
 Attic, is KXt) (I), tcXTfa-o), etc., but in this form the perf. pass, is only 
 K^KX^fiaL (without sigma). 
 
 kXcio-ov ti]v Otipdv, shut the door, elirov tiJv Ovpdv KEKXetcrBai, they 
 said that the dour must be kept shut, i.e. it must be ( = get) shut and 
 remain so. See Jev^vviii, 6. tA pXc<|>apa ev ti» i'lrvu o-uYKXcCErai, 
 the eyelids close together in sleep. oLiroKXeCw, shut off, cut off: i^o- 
 PovvTO fi.r\ Tuv lirin]8EC(i>v airoKX«i<r9«CT|<rav, they were afraid they should 
 be cut off from their supplies. 
 
 kX^o-is ( = kXeio-is), a closing (tuv Xi|jl^v(i)v, of the harbors). Not 
 to be confounded with kXtjo-is, a calling, summons. KXtjo-Tds 
 (^ = KKei(rr6si), capable of being closed, ij kXcIs, KXeiSis, KXaSt, kXeiv, 
 or kX'q's, kXt|8(Ss, KXtjSt, xX^Sa, key (Lat. clavis ) : also, collar-bone. 
 KX^Opov and KXctSpov, a bar for fastening doors and gates. aKXeurros, 
 ov (or aKXija-TOS, ov) , not shut. 
 
 EXIirTu, steal, kX^i|>(i>, ckXeiI/o, K^KXoifia, K^KXcftfiai, 
 fK\6iirr\v. 
 
 dTToSiSdvai TO KXair^v, to restore what has been (or was) stolen. 
 kX^itttis = thief. KXomf, theft. Cleptomania, a mania for stealing. 
 
 KXtvoj, -kXivu, 4'KXiva (kckXiko, late), K^KXi|i,ai, €KXt8T|v, 
 and -£KXtvi]v. 
 
 The word means bend, incline, sometimes trans, and sometimes 
 intraus. It is usually found in compounds, as : dircKXivev, he bent 
 
124 Kxtvco — KoTTTft). 
 
 o^f (from his course). Of soldiers, e^KXfvovonv, Iv^KXivav, = they give 
 way, gave way ( = ev8i86d<riv, IveSoo-av, they give in, gave in) . In the 
 same way : ot a\\oi «|6K\ivav, the others gave way. KaraKXtvofiai 
 = lie down : aov. is KaT6K\C6i]v or KaTtkX.tvr[v, I lay down {Ka,TiKtlf.i\v 
 = I was lying down). KXfvi), a bed, couch. From this comes Clini- 
 cal; clinical practice being practice at the bed-side of the sick. 
 d do-Otvffiv «K ttIs K\fvT)s oi!k ISivaTo Kiv€t<r6ai, the sick man was not 
 able to be moved from his bed. 
 
 From ic\i/i.a (unattic), inclination, comes Climate, which varies 
 according to the inclination of the sun's rays. From i| K\i|ioJ, 
 K\i|jiaKos, ladder, comes Climax, a gradual ascent, step by step, in 
 a speech or argument. To " cap the climax " is to get on the top 
 round of the ladder. 
 
 Enclitic is from iyKMrmis (unattic), leaning on, and denotes a 
 word that instead of caiTying its own accent, leans it back on the 
 preceding word. In the same way a Proclitic leans forward. 
 
 KvaCu and Kvdoi both mean scrape. KvaCu is used only in 
 comp. -KvaCcro), -^Kvaicra (^-KSKvaiKo), -K^Kvaio-fiai, -.-Kva£cr8T|v. 
 Kvdu has the same irreg. sigraa in perf. and aor. pass., and con- 
 tracts into 1) instead of into a (KVijo-Bai, not KvaaBai). The mid. of 
 Kvdu means scratch (to relieve itching) : ti^v Ke<)>a\iiv iv\ SaKTiiXoi 
 Kvi)a-6ai, to scratch the head with (only) one finger. [For only, cf. 
 8C8«|ii, C, 3, a.] 
 
 Koi|jiu)i,ai, sleep; see £v8u. 
 
 KoXd^o, chastise, is reg., except that KoKdo-opiai, may be used 
 in the same sense as fut. act. KoXdo-u, and pf. act. is lacking. 
 K6Xaa-is, chastisement. aKoXao-Tos, ov, unchastised, unpunished ; thence 
 comes the meaning, lacking proper restraint, uncontrolled, intemperate, 
 given to excess. dKoXocrCd, intemperance, excess. 
 
 KdiTTw, beat, smite, cut, is reg. except 2nd aor. pass. (K6iri\v. 
 Fut. perf. pass., KeK6i|/o)i,ai. 
 
 7tiv or x<ipav K^irreiv = to lay waste a country, devastate it (by 
 cutting down timber, fruit-trees, etc.). 8ipdv Kdirreiv, to knock at 
 a door. From Ki|i,|jLa, a part cut off (in this sense unattic), comes 
 Comma, the sign that marks off a part of a sentence. 
 
COMPOUNDS OP KoVto) — Kpefiafj,ai. 125 
 
 B. CoMPOirNDS. 
 
 1. avriKdiTTEiv TivC, oppose any one (lit. strike against him). 
 2. airoKoirroi, cut off. From airoKoirVj comes APOCOPE, used in 
 grammars to denote the elision of a short vowel before a con- 
 sonant. 3. SiaKdiTTU, cut through (tos twv iro\£|i,((i>v rdgeis, the 
 ranks of the enemy'). 4. iKKiiima, cut out: SevSpa lKKCKd4>d(rtv, they 
 have been cutting down trees (Ut. cutting them out of the place they 
 were in). 5. KaTaKoirru, cut down; also cut up (^Kpia, pieces of 
 meat') ; cut to pieces (often used of troops), ol jiev ei|>aa-av tov 
 Xoxov KaTOKoirfjvoi ijiro tmv KiXCkuv, some said that the company 
 had been cut to pieces by the Cilicians. 6. trvyKdirrav, beat 
 together, break up. (rvyKoir-fi (unattic) gives us Syncope: i)X6ov 
 for ijKveoi/ is a case of it: v is cut out, and the two parts are 
 brought together. So 6o-ir6nr|v for -o-£ir-; t'o-xov, for -<r6x-- See 
 c'iro)iai and ex"- 
 
 Kp&la, cry out, has a 2nd aor. act. in compounds, as: av^Kpa- 
 70V, / cried out, and a 2nd perf. and 2nd plup. K^Kpd7a and 
 iKEKpaYi), used as pres. and imperf. 
 
 ij-yov auTov poMVTO Kal KEKpdYOTa, they led him shouting and crying 
 out. TTctvTes a|ta IkekpoLyeitc, all of you were crying out at the same 
 time. cayaSoC, aKoviraTE to irpa-Yiia, d\X.d |ii) KEKpa7CTE, good friends, 
 hear the thing, but make no outcry (an instance of the rare perf. 
 act. imper., used because the perf. here has the sense of a 
 present). Kpav-y^, outcry, clamor. 
 
 Kp^fiafiai, hang, be suspended, seems to have in A.p. only pres. 
 and imperf. (lKp«|i.d|iT]v), inflected like tcraiiai and 'lirTd(jiT]v. 
 [Fut. /cpe/i-^o-o^ai in Attic poetry.] 
 
 opi itrip ToS iroTonov lKpE|iaTo, mountains hung over the river. 
 kif tirirfflv Kp^fiavTai, they hang on their horses (said of poor riders). 
 orav ai (jiiXiTTai ki, dXX'^Xuv Iv tu crfi^vEi Kp^|i(i>vTai, when the bees 
 hang from one another in the hive. 
 
 b. Notice that subj. and opt. of this verb accent as if there were 
 no contraction. The form above would be -uvrai by rights (like 
 lo-Tuvrai, a arising from dw). Svva|i.ai, lirfo-raitai, and cirpid^iTiv have 
 the same irregularity of accent in subj. and opt. 
 
126 TLpefiavvv fit, — K.ptvco. 
 
 KpE)icS.yvv|ii, hang, suspend, iKpijiaa-a, iKp(\>.&(r9r\v. [The 
 books give "Attic fut. Kpeiiu, ^s, ^." This seems to rest on a 
 single form, Kpt|iu)tcv, in Aristophanes, Pint. 312.] 
 
 X^Ycrai 'AirbXXwv to S^pfia KpE|idcrai iv riS avrpu, Apollo is said 
 to have hung the skin in the cave (to avTpov). i\i\^6ii\<r&,v Tivts 
 Kp€|iiao-6^vT£s, some got hung (in the palings of a stockade) and were 
 captured. Kpmi.v6s, a steep bank or cliff. Kpi])ivi6ST|S, -mSes, precipi- 
 tous, for which 0Lir6KpT||ivos, ov, may also be used. 
 
 KptvCD, Kplvu, CKpiVa, K^KplKa, K^Kpl)iai, lKpt6T|V. KejeCtS 
 
 V in the last three tenses (of. K\tvo>) and so becomes a vowel stem. 
 
 a. Primitive meaning, separate, distinguish, equivalent to 8io- 
 yiyvia-Ka. In Xen. Mem. 3, 1, 9 we find toOs d^aSoiJS Kal tows 
 KaKovs 8io'Yt7v<6<rKei.v, to distinguish between the good and the bad, and 
 directly afterwards tovs tc d^aBovs Kal toOs KaKoOs Kptvav, in the 
 same sense. b. To Judge, to try: rovrov tov P£ov ijSfo) KCKpCKaiiEV, 
 we have judged this life (to be) the pleasanter one (rjStm is predicate 
 adj., and so has no article). c. As a result of trying or judging, 
 decide, determine: Kpfvo«<ri Po^ koI ov i|>^<t><!'' ^^^V decide (questions') 
 viva voce and not by ballot. d. To bring to trial, and, as one of the 
 results of this, condemn : tuv o-TpaTn^wv eKoo-Tos 8ls ^ Tpls Kpfv«Toi, 
 each one of the generals is brought to trial two or three times. KpiBels 
 air^Bavcv, he was condemned and put to death. 
 
 B. KpCo-is, judgment, decision, trial: Sid olSikov KpCo-iv diroSavctv, 
 to be put to death on account of an unjust trial. A Crisis is there- 
 fore a time that decides a matter one way or the other. KpiT^js, a 
 judge. KptT<)piov, Critekion, something to judge by. It also 
 means the place of judging, court, tribunal (= SiKHorT'^piov). From 
 Kpi/io (or Kpifio) (not an Attic prose word) comes Crime, some- 
 thing that calls for judgment and merits condemnation. A Critic 
 (KpiTiK<s) is one who is given to passing judgment on matters. 
 Critical means pertaining to criticism (a critical essay), or, per- 
 taining to a crisis (a critical time). Hypercritical, critical above 
 (ijir^p) measure. aKpiTOs, ov, without a trial: iroWol aKpiToi. 
 
 KaTe-yv<4cret]o-av, many were condemned without a trial. 
 
COMPOUNDS OF Kpfva — Kpova. 127 
 
 C. COMPOtnSTDS. 
 
 Some of these are : 
 
 1. airoKpivo|i,ai, airoKpIvov|j[,ai, dn'eKpivd|i,i)v, diroK^Kpiiiai, answer, 
 reply. airoKpivaC |i.oi, answer me ! diroKpivci rd cpcaT<i|i.Eva ; ivill you 
 answer the questions asked f dir^Kpio-is, answer, reply. 
 
 2. SiaKpfvu), distinguish, discriminate (cfis = 8id ; crimen, cnminis, 
 is on the same stem as Kpip,-). SiaKpiTiK6$, capable of discriminating, 
 gives us DiACKiTiCAL, as diacritical marks in writing or printing. 
 
 3. KaTaKpivo) Ttv6s, pass sentence on any one, give judgment 
 against, condemn (= Karayiyviia-Ka). irapd rov v6|i.ov KaraKpiSeCs 
 (KaraKEKpijicvos), condemned contrary to the law. 
 
 4. i)iroKptvop,ai in Herod. = answer (for which diraKpfvo|xai is the 
 Attic word) : in Attic it means act on the stage : tovto to Spdp,a 
 oiSeiroTE viTEKpfvaro, he never acted in this drama. 'AVT176V11V 
 2!o<t>oKX^ous iroXXaKis liiroK^Kpirai, he has often acted the part of 
 SophoMes's Antigone. Actor is viroKpir^s: hence Hypocrite, 
 one who merely acts a part. {iKTixpuns, acting (unattic), gives us 
 Hypocrisy. 
 
 Kpovu, beat, is reg. except that perf. and plup. pass, or mid. 
 may have the irregular o- ; K«Kpov)iai or K^Kpovo-|iai; and that 
 the aor. pass, (used only in compounds) always has it, -CKpoil- 
 <r6r[v. b. In the middle, irpijivav Kpoveiriiu, = to row stem fore- 
 most, for which dvaKpove<r6ai may also be used. dvdKpov(ris = 
 a rowing backwards. Its literal meaning is seen in Anacrusis, 
 upward beat, a term used in prosody. c. Uttitov t^ pd^Siji Kpoiav, 
 to cut a horse with the switch, tos do-irCSas irpos rd Sdpara cKpovo-av, 
 they beat their spears against their shields. 
 
 B. The word is used in various Compounds. dvaKpouEo-Sai we 
 have had above = back water. 2. Under Kiirru we saw that ovti- 
 Kdiriru, strike against, meant oppose. In the same sense, avTiKpoiu : 
 a^Tots dvT«KeKpoiiK€i., he had opposed (thwarted) them. 3. diroKpouo 
 in act. or mid. = beat off, repulse, tovs iroX£[ji£oiis Sis tJ rpls direKpo«- 
 o-avTo, they beat the enemy off two or three times. 4. irapaKpoiiu, 
 knock aside, divert, mislead, deceive, [iij iropoKpovo-OfiTs rots X^yois 
 ainov, do not be misled (deceived) by his arguments. So, irapdKpovo-is 
 = deception. 
 
128 K-Taofiai — KTetVft) — K-vittco. 
 
 Krdopiai, acquire, kt'/j cropiai, lKTT](rd|jLi)v, Ke'KTr)|i.ai, 
 Ikt^6t|v; this last always pass, in sense. 
 
 a. The perf., / have acquired, usually means I possess : lKeKT'(i|ji.T]v, 
 I possessed: K6KT'^oro|j.ai,, 7 shall possess. The perf. sometimes has 
 a pass, sense : rd KEKi-q^i^va, the things possessed. b. Instead of 
 K^KTi]|jiai,, which is irreg. in its reduplication, the reg. form €KTT||jiai 
 is sometimes found, especially in Plato. The plup. of this form is 
 of course kKTi\y.t\v. c. The perf. subj. contracts KeKTi]- with the 
 following vowels : KiKrHrai, K6KTii<r6«. d. In the opt. the forms 
 are either KCKT(<>|i,r)v KeKTuo -wto, etc. (t|o = to), or kektt|)j.t]v, kekt'do, 
 -■gro, etc., the o-sound being rejected. Cf. iiiiivgo-Kw A, d. 
 
 Locate ktu, Iktu, KTatrOe (3), KTi&|x€6a (2), KTtofu9a, KeKTi](r6e (2), 
 
 KEKTijCrSe, K€KT'g(r6€, KCKTTJO-Sai. 
 
 B. KT'fi(jitt = something acquired, acqumtion, possession. Thucy- 
 dides called his history KTTJjta Is otC, a posses.iion for all time. The 
 pi. KT'fjij.aTa denotes possessions, property, kttjo-is = acquisition, pos- 
 session : = TO KTdir9oi (the process of acquiring), or to KCKTijo-Bai 
 (the having in possession) : ktVjuo = to K«KTT||jievov (as pass.), that 
 which has been acquired, or is possessed : 0e4s Io-tiv d E7ri|j,E\av|i6vos 
 ij|i<av, Kal i||jiEis 'EkcCvov KT^jjiaTd Icrjiev, it is God Who takes care of 
 us, and we are His property. 
 
 KtcCvu, kill, is usually compounded with dir6 : diroKTECvu, 
 diroKT€vu, dircKTciva, dir ^ k t o v a, this last being the only irreg. 
 form. dirEKTdvdo-iv, they have killed. direKTiveo-ov, they had killed. 
 dircKTovEvai, to have killed, etc. b. Remember that the passive of 
 this verb is d7ra6vT)'o-K(i>, diro6avov)i,ai., dir^Oavov, T^6vr]KO, this last form 
 uncompounded. See Ovp'o-Ku. 
 
 KtCvvvhi and ktivvvw, generally diroKTiv., are found in pres. 
 and impf . = diroKTetva, kill. See ktsCvm. 
 
 Kiirru, stoop (-k«i|ki) or -Kiji|>o|iai., rare), cKvilia, KEKv(|>a. The 
 fut. seems to occur only once in A. p., dvaKiii|>oi PI. Euthyd. 302 a, 
 and even here, " there is a variant, dvaKvi|/oiTo, which must be pi-e- 
 f erred" (Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 398). dvaKijirTu denotes a 
 reversal (dvd) of the stooping position ; hence, raise one's self up, 
 hold the head up. iyKiwra = stoop, bend over; iyKiKv^ns, bend- 
 ing over. 
 
 Eem. Authorities vary as to the quantity of v in this word. 
 
Aay')^dva) — Aa/i^dvco. 129 
 
 Aa7x°''"'> obtain by lot, \^|o)iai (rare), tXoxov, elXrixa, 
 ctXT]7|iai,, eXyjx9T|v. 
 
 Biav iir\ ttjv ki6|i.t)v '^v «l\T|Xfi H«vo(|>(«v, running to the village that 
 Xenophon had obtained by lot. Xtj^is, allotment. 6 K\i]pos was the 
 word for a lot. Aclx«ris, Lachesis, was one of the three Fates (ai 
 Tpeis Moipai) ; they were daughters of Necessity ('AvAykti). The 
 other two were KXuSu, Klotho, the Spinner, and "ArpoTros, Atropos, 
 the Injlexible (the one who will not turn from her purpose : alpha 
 priv. and rpivo, turn). 
 
 Aaii^oLvci), take, \'f\'^ofi.a\,, EXa^ov, eIXi)<t>a, EtXT||i,p,ai, eXifj- 
 <j>6i]v. 2nd a. m. 4XaP6|iT|v. (Perf. pass, in the tragic poets is 
 
 \e\7ififjLat.') 
 
 A. The word means take, seize, catch, capture; also, receive, get: 
 eXa^ov Tif|s Jioviis tov 'Op<SvTT|v, they took (or caught) Orontes by the 
 girdle. « ti}s eSpos dven-<iSi)o-€ koI to 86pu cXaPev, he sprang up from , 
 his seat and seized Ms spear, otov tci oirXa ets tos X''P°'S Xd^wiiev, 
 when we take our weapons in our hands. XoPe tiJv liri.o-ToXi]v Kal 
 dvd-yvoiSi airots, take the letter and read it to them. ovScls o-rpoufldv 
 eXa^cv ( = elXev), no one caught an ostrich. KXeirrovo-a etXnirro, she 
 had been caught stealing. ij iroXis irpoSocrd}, IX'fjijjOT], the city was 
 taken ^captured) by treachery. |ii<r9dv o4k ei!XT)ij)ev, he has received 
 no wages, to X^ftfiara X<i>|/eTai, he will receive (get) the gains (profits). 
 81K11V Xo|ipdv£iv irapd tivos = to inflict punishment on any one (to 
 receive a penalty from him). 
 
 a. XoPtj = something to take hold of, a handle : then, a hold, grip, 
 such as a wrestler (itcAoio-t^s) gets. Xfjilns, a taking, seizure, get- 
 ting, etc. ij TOV )i,io-8oS Xi^ilfis, the receioing of the wages, ij Xfi(|<is 
 TTjs irdXews, the seizure of the city. Xtjiifia, something received, hence 
 receipts, gain, profit. 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 1. dvaXa|ip., take up, oirXa, arms. rdv Xo-yov dvaXdP(i)p,cv, let us 
 take up the discussion again (resume it). 
 
 2. dvTiXa|i.p., get or receive in return, is generally used in the 
 mid. = take hold of. ovTiXapijieBa toB iroXc)i.ov, let us take hold of 
 the war (i.e. go at it in earnest) . 
 
130 COMPOUNDS OF Aa/Jt,^dvo}. 
 
 3. airoXa|ip., receive from any one ; get back, regain. A common 
 military meaning is cut off, intercept. Ka6opi} tos vaSs Airo toB 
 XifiEvos ciirM\i)|ji|ilvds, he observes the ships cut off from the harbor. 
 
 4. In SiaXapip., 8id gives the idea of separation or division, but 
 the translations are various. 
 
 5. linXa)i,p., seize upon, as when Thuc. says of the plague (ij v6iros) 
 at Athens, Sis tov airov ovk lireXdiiPavev, it would not attack the same 
 person twice. b. Closely connected with the idea of seizing upon, 
 is that of checking, arresting, stopping, as : cirCXa^c to vSup, stop the 
 water ; or, as we should say, stop the clock, as a speaker's time in 
 the Athenian courts was measured by a water-clock. c. In the 
 mid. ein\a|ipdvo)jiai means take hold of, get a grip (\aP^) on (^ir(), 
 and is followed by the gen. case : lireiSav <roii eiriXaPofibcvas a'Y'll' 
 when he lays hold of you and leads you {away). 
 
 6. KaTa\a)i.p., seize upon, occupy, tijv dKpoiroXiv, toL axpa, the 
 citadel, the heights. (irpoKaraXaiip., seize upon in advance.') A com- 
 mon meaning is find, as : KaTEXd.po|iEv tiiv 6vpdv dv€o)-y|ji^vT|v, we 
 found the door open. KanXd^oiicv tov S6(rp.i6TT)v XEXvp,4vov, we found 
 the prisoner loosed. 
 
 7. |i,«TaXa|ip., receive or get anything with any one, i.e. share: 
 Tt|s XeCas f.iTa\i\^au-i,v, they have shared the booty. Cf. )i.ETaS(Sai|ii, 
 under SISuiu. b. From the other meaning of |i6Td in comp., 
 denoting change, we have ir6Xe|iov dvTl clp'fjvi]S )UTaXap,pdy£iv, to 
 
 (change and) get war instead of peace. 
 
 8. irapaXajip., receive from any one, inherit, the opposite of irapo^ 
 SCSciini, give to any one, transmit, bequeath : irapaSup,cv njv dpxijv otov 
 KaV iro^d Toiv iraT^puv TapcXdpo[jicv, let us transmit (to our posterity) 
 the empire in the same condition in which we received it from our 
 fathers. 
 
 9. ircpiXajip., take around = embrace, either literally, as tov iratSa 
 irepieXapEv ( = ircpUpaXcv), he embraced the boy ; or figuratively, sur- 
 round, include, comprise, in which sense irepUx" niay be used. 
 
 10. irpoXa|i.p., take (receive, or seize) before; anticipate: T<f ri, 
 XtDpCa Kal Toiis Xijiivos irpaeiXT|(|i^vai, by having seized the places and 
 the harbors beforehand. 
 
COMPOUNDS AND DEEIVATIVES OF Aa/Ji^dvco. 131 
 
 11. irpoir\a|xp., take (or receive) besides: iiio-Sov irpoo-XaPctv, to 
 receive extra pay. 'v|xa$ (rv|i.|j.axovs irpoo-^XaPov, / took you as allies 
 
 12. <rvXXa|ip,, apprehend, arrest: <rvXXa|jipdvci Kiipov us diroKre- 
 vflv, lie arrests Cyrus with the intention of putting him to death. 
 
 13. ijiro\a|i.p., take under, as : tovs <|>£v70vTas virlXaPev, he took 
 the fugitives under (his protection). Its most common meanings 
 are, interrupt (any one speaking), reply, rejoin, etc. ; and suppose, 
 imagine, if (|><'Xav6pii>irCd ifv exav vittCkrY^ai, the philanthropic spirit 
 which you have been supposed to have, cl y&p <r« viroXcipoiEv ax^- 
 pto-Tov ctvai, ovSels av vopita-ciEv, k.t.X., for if men should once imagine 
 {take up the idea) that you are ungrateful, no one would think, etc. 
 — In the other sense: viroXa^uv «<|)t|, interrupting, he said, irpds 
 ravra olp.aL 8eiv *vp.as viroXapctv, on, k.t.X., to these things I think 
 you ought to reply, that, etc. The common word for reply is diro- 
 Kptvo|j.ai. 
 
 C. The words XaPirj, Xfj)i|ia, and XTjijns are found in comp. with 
 pi-epositions, some with one, some with another. Thus we find 
 avri\api\, something to take hold of, a handle: and ovtCXiuJtis, in 
 various meanings. 6. From lir(XT|<|/is, comes Epilepsy, a sudden 
 attack that seizes upon people. iTri\riTrTM6s (unattic) gives Epi- 
 LBPTic. c. KaToXrul/is, seizure, occupation (xoipCoiv, of places). 
 
 From this comes Catalepsy. d. From wp6\ri^is (unattic), 
 
 anticipation, comes Prolepsis. E.g. " You know Sokrates, what a 
 wise man he was," for "you know what a wise man Sokrates was," is an 
 instance of Prolepsis. The word "Sokrates" was taken into the 
 sentence before its natural position. 
 
 e. Syllable is from o-vXXaP^, as much of a word as is taken 
 together in one utterance, i] irpiSTri (reXevToCa) <ruXXaP'^, the first 
 {last) syllable. o-uXX'/jpSnv, collectively, all at once: to take away other 
 people's, things not little by little, but all at once, raXXdrpia a<|>aipcur6ai 
 [M] Kara o-p.lKpov dXXd (ruXX^p8T|v. — (rvXXi)i|/is, arrest : ovSels yop 
 o«S' etSev cKcCvous |i«TA rifv o-iXXT)<|/iv, for no one even saw them after 
 their arrest. o-uXX^JTrTup (-ropos), a partaker {part-taker),' helper, 
 accomplice. Xen. has o-uXX^irrpio as the fem. of- this. 
 
 /. vir6Xinl»is, a rejoinder, reply ; but diroKpio-is is the more usual 
 word. g. From the prefix Sio--, 8i- (SCs, timce), and X{||i.|ia comes 
 
132 Aavddvm — Aeym. 
 
 Sl\7ififi,a (unattic), Dilemma, i.e. a position in which you stand 
 a double chance of being caught. 
 
 Aav6dv(D, escape notice, \i\a-a, eXaSov, X^XijOo. Middle: 
 Eiri\av6dvo|j,ai, forget, liriX'^io-oiioi, lirc\a66)j.T|v, liriX^- 
 \ 1] o- )!. a I. 
 
 a. The act. is either trans., as ovtov ^\d6o)uv, we escaped his 
 notice, or intrans. b. Note the idiomatic renderings : Eto-cXSovo-a 
 iXadiv, or El(rf)\6c \a9ovo-o, she came in unobserved. Or, iravras 
 cto-£\6ovo-a 4'\a6ev, she came in without any one's noticing it. Xi\a-(n 
 Sia<|>6ap£VTcs, you will be corrupted before you know it. to iroXu 
 oiTfjs e\o9« KOTanavS^v, mo.'it of it burned down before anybody knew 
 it. C-. The comp. SiaXavOdvta = escape notice completely (^through 
 to the end) : ere toiIto 8iaX^Xi)96v, this has completely escaped your 
 notice. Sokrates taught his followers that nothing they might do 
 would finally escape the notice of the gods, fleoOs a,v SiaXaSeiv. 
 
 d. liri,Xav6dvo|ioi., forget, like its opposite pL^itvqiiai, remember, 
 takes the gen. case : toB <|>6dvov lirEXeXno-ro, he had forgotten his 
 envy. (Sometimes the accus. is used, especially with neuter prons. 
 and adjs.) lireXa96|jiT)v ircpl airoS, / forgot about it. liij olarii, A 
 'ij|i6ts PoiiX6o-96 liri.Xa9eir9ai, KaV tovs itov% l'iriX'fjo-6o-9ai, do not 
 imagine that, if you loant to forget, the gods will forget too. dXC-you 
 liriX^XT]ir(j.ai eiireiv, oti, k.t.X., I have almost forgotten to say, that, 
 etc. SoKcts 4'iri.X£X<icr9oi, on e^ia evTav9a rjv, you seem to have for- 
 gotten that I was there. 
 
 B. X^9t], forgetfulness. The waters of Lethe, the waters of 
 oblivion. From this and 'dp-yis, idle, lazy, comes Lethargy. 
 dXT|9^s, true, i.e. not escaping notice, not hiding or sneaking. 
 dX'^9£ta, truth. 6.\i\9tia, speak the truth, though dX'q9f| X^ycd, say 
 true things, is the more usual expression. dXi)9i.vds, true, genuine. 
 lirLX^criicov, ^irCXijo'p.ov, forgetful. ciriX'qcrp.ov^a'Tcpos et, you are too 
 forgetful. 
 
 A.iya, say, Xi^ia, IXc|a, - — , X^Xcyjiai, eXcx^^v. Or, to 
 give the forms in another and more usual way, Xcyu, Ipu, dirov, 
 el!pT)Ka, 6lpi)(iai, IX^x^T", or ippi\9t]v. As fut. pass, we have 
 not only Xexfl''io'o(jiai and pi)9<io-o|i.ai, but also two future perfects, 
 XeX^|o|i,ai and tlpi\<ro]i.ai. The compound verb SiaX^70|i,ai, discourse, 
 
Aiyo) AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 133 
 
 converse, has Si.aXc^o|xai, SieX4x9t|v (D.P.), and StctXcYK^'*''! with irreg. 
 redupl. epu has opt. fpoLi\v, iuf. 4petv, part. Ipwv. etirov has etiroi, 
 cltiroi|jii, {lire, etirtiv, etircov. «tir€ and iiiri are distinguished by the 
 accent, as are tvpt and «i5p^ from cvpCo-Ku, Jind. 
 
 B. 1. X4-yw not only means say, but also speak, tell, mention, 
 mean, read. tC toOto \i7Ms ; loAai do you mean by this f TaBr 4'\e|cv 
 (etirev) , he said these things. rdSe eXe^ev, he spoke as follows. Xe^ov 
 ijlilv tA dvofiara, tell us the names, dm p.01, l'<|)t), tell me, said he. 
 Tol ji^XXovra pi]6^<rE(r6ai, the things that are going to be said {spoken, 
 mentioned). Kpiral iQKou(ri rfflv Xex6T|o-o(iiv«i>v, they have come as 
 judges of what will be said. X^v' 'il'''''' ''■<' »|''^<|>nr|ia, read us the 
 decree. The special word for read is dva-ui'yvcia-Ka). See under 
 
 2. The verbals are Xekt6s and piyrds : Xekteos and ptjT&s. o 
 X«7a> pi)T6ov, what I am saying must be spoken, a yiyv<!i<rKia KtKriov, 
 I must tell what I know. 
 
 C. Compounds. 
 
 Hem. 1. Most of the compounds of \iya have very little of \iya 
 left to them. They usually have -aYOpeiiw and -T|76pevov in the pres. 
 system, and -tpa, -ciirov, -cCpT|Ka, -£(pi]|iai, -ippi\9r\v, ■pifii\(rop,a\, in the 
 other tenses. 
 
 Rem. 2. Still, the line is not drawn as sharply as is done in The New 
 Phrynichus, p. 327. Mr. Rutherford there says : " But, except with 
 e'lrC, ovtC, and irpo, Xe'yoi was never compounded ; its place was taken 
 hy d70pcva) in the present and imperfect, while -Xe'fu and -eXela com- 
 pletely disappeared before -«pi3 and -ttirov, and -eXe'xOiiv and Xe'Xc'YiJLai " 
 (misprint for -Xc'XEYfiai) "before -cppijSijv and -iiprmi.ai.'' Naturally 
 he intended to include SiaXc'^ofiai, whose aor. SieXex6iiv he treats on 
 p. 191. But Kwri\iy(v occurs Xen. Conv. 6, 3. [The same word, 
 Anab. 2, 6, 27, is most likely to be referred to the other XeYu, though 
 Kruger takes it as a comp. of Xe'^oi, say.'] And as to the " complete 
 disappearance of -Xt'lu, -c'XEga, and -Xc'XEYfjiai," we find d)i.<|>iX{'$Ei Xen. 
 Apol. 12 : d)i<|>iXE|dvT(i>v Xen. Anab. 1, 5, 11. aVTiXE^u and avTEXc^a 
 are Attic ; see L. and S., and add Lysias 8, 11, oKTiXe'^eiv. irpoXeXtY- 
 ju'vuv occurs Ar. Vesp. 886. If we go outside of Attic, several other 
 compounds may be given : irapaXE'lai and uiroXc'^u in Plut., etc. 
 
 1. d|i<|>iX4-y(<> (cf. d|i.<|>io-pt|T€'(ii), talk on both sides, occurs twice in 
 
134 COMPOUNDS OP Aeya) {'Ajopevo), ETC.)- 
 
 Xen., in fut. a)i.(|>i\c^ci and aor. a|ji(t>i\c|dvTci>v, in sense of dispute. 
 Its adj. d|ji(|>lXo'yos, ov, is much more frequent = debatable, doubtful 
 (= d|j,(t>ia-P'nT'^cripios) : d|i<()CXo-ya d-ya6d, doubtful blessings. So, its 
 neg. dva|ic|>(Xo'YOs = dvo|i<|>i.irP^Ti)Tos = indisputable : dvon(|>i.\oYuTaTov 
 d-ya96v, a most indisputable blessing. 
 
 2. dvaYopevu, proclaim, a}n\y6p(vov, avipSi, dvctirov, dvECpT]Ka, -|iai, 
 dvEpp^6i)v (dvoppi]6w, -8e£riv, etc.), dvappT|6^<ro|iai. vIkuv dvi)- 
 ^opEvETo (or dv£pp<)9ii), he was proclaimed victor. 6 KTjpul dvEpEi, 
 dvEiiTEv, oTi — , the herald will proclaim, proclaimed, that — , etc. 
 The accus. after this verb may either be a cognate accvs., as : 
 K^pv7|xa dvEiiTEV, he issued a proclamation, — or it may express the 
 thing about which proclamation is made : tov a-ri^avov dvEiwEv, he 
 publicly announced (the bestowal of) the crown. dvappiiB^vros ^v tio 
 6EaTpii> ToB iTTEcjidvoii, proclamation about the crown having been made 
 in the theatre. [B^arpov, TiiBATRE ; a place for viewing (6£do|iai).J 
 
 3. dvTi\E-y«, dvTEpra (usually), dvTEtirov, dvTECpTjKa, etc., speak 
 against or in oppositionTo (tivC), contradict. Followed by a ncg. in 
 the dependent clause it may often be rendered deny : dvTEiirEv on 
 ovK eIkos eir\, he denied that it was right, i.e. .laid, in opposition (to 
 the other person), that it was not right. ivnXoyla, contradiction. 
 
 4. dira-yopEvia, dirEpu, dirEtirov, dirECpT]Ka, diTECp'qp.ai, diTEpp'^BT^v. 
 This word means : u. to declare off, renounce : ax o-irovSal ovk 
 diTECpTivTo, the treaty had not been declared at an end. \^7ovo-i 
 Tos (TirovSos diroppTiB-^io-Eo-Bai, they say that the treaty will be 
 renounced. b. forbid (dat. of person and p.^ with the infln.) : 
 K^pvKa cirEp.<|/av dirEpovvra aiirois (jli] <r<f>C<riv eitiitXelv, they sent a 
 herald to forbid them to sail against them. dir£(pT]Ta( p,oi., I have 
 been forbidden. ■ c. grow weary, give out. Xenophon says of the 
 bustards in the desert of Arabia, they fly a short distance, just as 
 partridges do, and quickly give out, irETovTai, ppa,\i, iwrirEp ir^pSiKEs, 
 Kal Tttxi! diro7opcilo«<ri. When the 10,000 Greeks came to the 
 Black Sea, one of the soldiers urged their going by water, saying, 
 I'm tired of packing up and walking and running and carrying 
 my arms and fghting, dirECpT|Ka |vo-KEva£6piEvos Kal ^aSC^tov Kal 
 Tp^X"" '^"■^ ''^ oir\a <|>^pci>v Kal )iaxi|iEvos. Cf. Kd|j,v<i), 2. In the 
 pf. and plup. act. this seems to be the only meaning : and of course 
 no passive tense can well have this signification. [For kiriXdira, give 
 out, see XeCirw, B, 5, N.B.] 
 
COMPOUNDS OF Ae7(B (^Ayopevfo, ETC.)- 135 
 
 5. SioX^-yopLai, talk, converse, is D.P. and has irreg. perf. Sie£\«7- 
 |i.ai, as has been given above. irpoSioXex.'*!'"*' ''''•> '" t*^^^ o, little 
 heforehand. 
 
 6. Kora-^oftiia, Kartpu, KaTctirov, KaTcfpriKa (lit. speak against) = 
 tell ore any one (tivos), denounce: oi (|>v\aK£s irpoo-eXdo-avrts eXoiSd- 
 povv ovTov Kal 4'(|>a(rav Karcpetv ovroii, the guards riding up began to 
 scold him and said they would tell on him. 
 
 7. irpoa7opEv(i>, irpocpu, irpoctirov, irpocCpi)Ka, etc., say or tell before- 
 hand, give notice (nvt) . 
 
 8. irpocra'yopEvco, irpotrepa, irpocrctirov, ^poa-ctpTjKa, irpoo'€CpT||iai, 
 irpocrepp^jBTiv, speak to (nv&), accost, address. iapyli,iTo, on irpoo-CLiri&v 
 Tiva xaCpEiv, oiK avTiirpotrepp^ST], he was angry because, having 
 spoken to some one to greet him, he was not spoken to in return 
 (== because he had saluted some one, and his salutation was not 
 returned). b. Another meaning is, style any one so and so, call 
 him by a name : toB (= rtvos) I'vsKa otei "Ojiiipov tov 'Ayaiuiivova 
 irpocra'yopcvo'ai (= Trpoo-eiiretv) iroip.^va Xduv J Jbr what reason do you 
 think Homer styled Agamemnon " shepherd of the people " ? 
 
 N.B. As this ex. shows, aYopevo) is not limited to the pres. and 
 impf. ; but outside of these tenses the forms Ipu, etirov, etc., are 
 much more frequent. 
 
 9. trwayopiva, truvepu, cruveiirov, 0T)ve£pT]KO, speak with, speak on 
 any one's side: lirel xafira ctircv, aWoi dvfiTTOVTo o-vvepoSvTCs, when 
 he had said this, others began to get up, to speak on Jiis side of the 
 question. <n)v«nr«iv is thus the opposite of avreiiretv. 
 
 D. Derivatives are numerous both in Greek and English. Fore- 
 most among them is c> \6yos, word, speech, a reason, argument, 
 narrative, proposition, etc. 0X0705, ov, unreasonable, absurd. aXo^Cd, 
 absurdity. CVX070S, ov, reasonable. But dXoyia and tv\oyla.= praise 
 (= TO ev \iyiiv). Hence Eulogy. In N.T. ti\oyia = bless, and 
 cv\o7Cd = blessing. d|id\o7os, ov, worth talking about, important. 
 diroXo74o|Lai, D.M., or D.P., = defend one's self in a speech, urge in 
 defence, lit. talk anything off from one's self. avoXoyla, a defence. 
 Hence Apology. From o' dir6Xo7os (rare in Attic), a story, fable, 
 comes Apologue. [tt'iroX€X67i)(iai is mid. or pass, in sense.] 
 
 6. From 8iaXe70)i,ai, discourse, converse, we have d 8idXo7os, 
 
136 DERIVATIVES OF AeytB Ae'yei). 
 
 conversation, Dialogue. Also SiaXeKTiKis, skilled in the art of 
 conversation; hence Dialectics, the art in which Sokrates was 
 supreme. From ij SiiIXektos, a mode of speech, we get Dialect. 
 Epilogue is from 4Tri\oyos (unattic), the closing part of a dis- 
 course, opposed to Pkologub, the opening part. Monologue 
 explains itself; and Catalogue comes under the second Xiyo. 
 
 c. Xdyos is the word that helps to give us the numerous 
 "ologies." In Tautology, saying the same thing (ravrd) over 
 again, and Beachylogy, a short way of saying a thing, we have 
 the literal and common meaning for \6-yos. In most of these 
 words, however, X670S has the meaning science : as Ethnology, the 
 science of nations (to eSvos) : Ontology, the science of Being, etc. 
 
 d. X^^is, speaking: X^^is Kal irpd^is, speaking and acting. X^^is 
 Kal wSt) Kal opxio'i'S, talking and singing and dancing. A Lexicon 
 is a Aeii/cbi' (unattic) pipXfov, a word-book. Lexicographer 
 explains itself. 
 
 e. TO «iros = a word, an Epic poem. Epic poetry. From stem pe- 
 we have pfljia, a word : in Gram, a verb, prjo-is (like X^^is), a speech, 
 speaking, piyrds (= etprjiievos), slated, fixed: prirds xpi^vos, a stated 
 time : ij puTi) ijp.€'pd, the day fixed, fiiyrap p'^Topos, a speaker, orator. 
 ^i]TopiK6s, skilled in speaking, for which Seivos X^-yeiv is more 
 common, ij pT|TopiK^ (so. t«xvi]), the rhetorical art, Ehetoric. 
 Siapp'^Sriv = expressly : oi 8i.app4iST]v etiriv o-oi |i,i) Ik€io-e <X6eIv ; 
 didn't I tell you expressly not to go there ? [Some of these words 
 were given before. See under [e?pa] B. They are repeated here 
 as a matter of convenience.] 
 
 There is another A^^u, used only in comp. The forms are -Xiya, 
 -\ify>, -^c|a, -etXoxo, -ECXc^itai. (also -X^Xe-yiiai, but less freq.), -cXI^tiv 
 (also -eXexS-n", but far less freq.). The perf. act. seems to be found 
 only in o-uvelXoxa, / have collected. The compounds most in use 
 are: 
 
 1. ikkiyo (or IxX^'yoiiai in mid.), select, pick out, choose. E.g. 
 4| dirdo-uv Tuv veuv toOs dpCo-Tous ep^Tos iKX^gds, having picked out 
 the best rowers from all the ships. Sid to Ik iroXXuv irXi]pii>|i,dT(iiv 
 lKXEX«'x6ai Toijs dpCo-TODs Ip^Tds, owing to the fact that the best rowers 
 had been picked out from many crews. 4| EKdo-Tij; Tfjs iroXireCas 
 l£eiXEY|jy^vos TO P«Xtio-tov, having selected the best thing out of each 
 
COMPOUNDS OF -Aeyo) — AetVa). 137 
 
 form of government. 4| dir&vTuv tuv priee'vTwv cKX^^airSai, to P4\ti- 
 o-Tov, out of all that was said, to select the best thing. 
 
 1. IkXoy'^ = selection (apx^vruv, of rulers). Hence Eclogues, 
 Selections. Eclectic (iK\eKTtK6s, unattic) therefore means selecting, 
 choosing. 
 
 2. liriX^'yoiiai, loriX^loiJiai, lircXe$d|j,T|V, lireCXcyixai or iiriXcXcYiJiai, 
 
 among other meanings has that of select or choose. 
 
 3. KaToX^-yo) (or KaTaX^70|i.ai, mid.) also means choose, select, but 
 with the more special meaning of enlist, enroll, levy (o-TporicSTas, 
 o-TpttTidv) . The noun d KaraXoYos = register, list, enrolment. Cata- 
 logue. 
 
 4. o-uXX^Y(ii, collect, assemble, may also be used in the mid. 
 KaTafiaSiav avrdv iroXXd 7pd)i.)iaTa (ruveiXcYp,^vov, learning that he 
 had collected many writings (O.R. o-«veCX«KTOi, he has collected). 
 ttSs dv Tifitv <n)XX67eCr| to o-Tpdnvjia ; how could xoe get the army 
 assembled ? lit. how could the army become assembled for u.i f When 
 assemble is intrans. in Engl., the pass, is used in Greek. Hence, we 
 assembled in the morning at the court-house is ^wtX^-yniiev i'uSev els to 
 SiKao-T'^piov. o-uXXo-y^, collection, assembling. 6 o-vpXXoyos, assembly, 
 assemblage. 
 
 B. From this \iya and dvSos, blossom, flower (SevSpa KaV &v6t\ 
 Kal KapiroC, trees and flowers and fruits), comes Anthology, lit. 
 a collection of flowers. It denotes a collection of short poems by- 
 various Greek poets. 
 
 AeCiru, leave, Xcdj/cii, eXiirov, X^Xoiira, X^XEi)i,|iai, IXcC- 
 ■)>8t|v. Fut. pf. XcXe(i|/o)i.ai. The mid. is used in comp. 
 
 The word does not mean leave (intransitive) in the sense of 
 go away. The pass., besides the literal meaning, as : kSv Xci(|>6iiT€, 
 T<f a-Tipa (nom. trrl^s) r&v I'lriruv eireo-Oe, and if you get left, follow 
 the horse-tracks ; — also means be outdistanced, be inferior. A con- 
 necting link between these two meanings is seen in the foil. ex. 
 etirov ovTiy iiij toO K-fiptiKos Xe£ir€<r6oi, they told him not to lag behind 
 the herald, the gen. case showing that the idea of comparison is 
 involved ; he was not to be slower than the herald, inferior to him 
 in speed. Hence we find uX^jflci ijpiuv Xci,4>6^vrcs, inferior to us in 
 number. 
 
138 COMPOUNDS OF Aeiva. 
 
 Xoiiros, left, remaining. The letters k.t.X. = KaV toI Xoiird, and the 
 remaining things, and so forth. See e'jTjs under t\a, C, b, p. 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 1. diroXcCTTo, leave off, as when one has been speaking and leaves 
 off. h. Abandon, desert (rivd). c. The pass, is' frequently 
 used in the sense given above for the pass, of Xetiru, be outdistanced, 
 be inferior. dir<SX£i<|/i,s, forsaking, abandonment (tuv <j>(\(i)V, of one's 
 friends^ . 
 
 2. SiaXcCira), leave a gap or intervening space, so that one can go 
 through (as Biao-Tfjvai = stand apart, Sid giving the idea of separa- 
 tion). Xen., describing parallel columns of soldiers, speaks of the 
 space between the columns as to SiaXeiirov. xp*^"" o^W"" SiaXiirtGv, 
 after a. short interval of time. 8i.o\nr<Sv by itself = after a while, after 
 an interval, xpovov being understood. 
 
 3. IkXsCito), leave out, also means forsake, abandon, as d'iro\€£'ir(i) 
 does, d fiXios l|^Xi'ir€ Kara )i.Eo-T])iPpiav, the sun was eclipsed at mid- 
 day. 4'kX6h|/is, Eclipse (riis o-eX'fivTis, of the moon). 
 
 4. eXXeCiro), fail, be deficient. Its noun eXXeiijiis gives Ellipsis, 
 a leaving out of words ; and Ellipse, one of the conic sec- 
 tions. eXXiir^s, deficient, irpofli)|iCds or ((, in zeal. 
 
 5. liriXetim), fail, give out: Jirel TravreXus d o-tros lireXeXoCirei, 
 
 when the food had entirely given out. 
 
 N.B. When a man or an animal gives out, becomes exhausted, the 
 word is dira-yopevu (see under X^yw {say), C, 4, c). When the supply 
 of anything gives out, is exhausted, eiriXeCiru is the word. 
 
 b. It may also be used trans., as : d xp"*™? ^iriXtirot av )i«, time 
 would fail me. 
 
 6. KOTaX€£ir<o, leave behind, leave. It is the special word for leave 
 when one dies and leaves an estate, money, a family, etc. ovo-Cdv 
 B^Ka TaXdvTuv Kar^Xiircv, he left an estate of 10 talents. 
 
 7. irapaXeCireii, leave aside, leave out, omit. irapoX^oiira irXeCb) i^ 
 ctpTiKa, / have left out more things than I have mentioned. tC irapl- 
 Xiirts ; what did you omit ? It may be used with infin. / omitted to 
 utter a prayer, irop^Xiirov «v^a<r6ai. 
 
Aovm — Maivofiai, — 'M.avddvm. 139 
 
 8. irpoXtCiru is not much used in A.p. 
 
 9. iSiroXeCiru, leave, leave behind, leave remaining, ol i5iro\6i<t>8evT«s 
 Twv o-TpaTiuTuv, thosB of the soldiers who were left behind. virdXoiiros, 
 lejl, left remaining. 
 
 Aoiici), bathe (tivo): the act. is rare in prose. The mid. is 
 iiitrans. bathe, take a bath. The forms are reg. \ov(ro)i,ai, 
 IX.ova-d|i,T|v, X^Xovtiat, except that in the pres. and impf. by 
 the side of the reg. forms Xoierai, eXovero, IXouovto, Xovi)icvos, 
 etc., shorter forms Xovrai, eXoSro, IXoBvto, Xa<i|jievos, etc., are always 
 found. Some MSS. and editors give one form, and some give the 
 other. XovTp6v (usually pi. Xovrpd) = a bath. 
 
 M. 
 
 Ma(vo|i.ai, be bereft of one's senses, rave, be mad. The only 
 other prose tenses are l|taiv6|iT|v, and 2nd a.p. Ijjidviiv. 
 
 p.aCiq] IlavXc, Paul, thou art beside thyself, ov |xa[vo)i.ai, Rpdrio-n 
 Hia-Ti, I am not mad, most noble Festus. "HpoKXfis Maivo^uvos, The 
 Frenzy of Hercules, the title of one of the tragedies of Euripides. 
 
 |iavCd, madness, frenzy. Mania. Cleptomania, a mania for 
 stealing (KXeirrw). Monomania, a mania in a single (fiovos) 
 direction. jiaviKos, mad; also |taviii8T]s, -uSes, mad. |jiavici8i]s vird- 
 oT^eo-is, a mad promise, kvvcs jiaviciSeis, mad dogs. 6 (idvTis p.dvTeas, 
 soothsayer, so named because of the frenzy they assumed in giving 
 their answers. 'AX^gavSpos ii ^eiiSdiiavTis, Alexander, or the False 
 Prophet, is the title of an essay by Lucian, in which he exposes the 
 tricks of Alexander, a noted false prophet of his time. Mr. Froude 
 gives an interesting account of this in one of his essays. 
 
 Connected with (idvTis are (lavreCa, divination, prophetic power. 
 Iiavretov, an oracular response, or the seat of an oracle. |iavTcvo|i,ai, 
 consult an oracle. Cf. xpTjo-T'^ipi.ov under xpdu. 
 
 Mav6dv(i>, learn, p,a6'/)(ro|iai, 4'|j,a6ov, |iE|jid6T]Ka. (Pass, 
 forms are rare, and limited to pres. tense.) 
 
 a. Followed by on (or ws) or by the participle, it means learn, 
 observe, perceive that something is so, its comp. xaraiiavO. being often 
 
140 Mavddvco — Mapaivw — Maxo/J^ai. 
 
 used in this same sense. 6. With the inf. it means learn to — , 
 or learn how: 4'|jia6ov ep-yd^co-Sai, / learned how to work. Cf. lirC- 
 a-Ta|iai, /. c. Understand ( = <ruvtii|jii) is another frequent mean- 
 ing : fiavBdvEis o Xe-yu ; do you understand what I mean f 
 
 |xd6T)|xa, learning, knowledge : ravTO toI |ta6Vj|iaTa airorp^irci toOs 
 v^ovs iroWuv d|i,apTT)|i.dT(i)v, these studies keep the young from a great 
 deal of mischief (turn them from many faults'). toL |i,a6^|j.aTa was 
 also used to mean Mathematics, which word comes directly from , 
 |ji.a6T]|iaTiK<5s, literally, ap( at learning; then, pertaining to |j,a9^|j.aTa 
 in its narrower sense. |id6T|(rts, learning, in the two senses, either 
 Ihe act of learning ( = to )i.av6dveiv), or the knowledge gained ( = to 
 (i.d0r||i,a). pia6r)T'^s, a learner, pupil, student. (io6t]t6s, capable of 
 being learned. djiaS^s, unlearned, ignorant. d|ia6Cd, ignorance. 
 
 MapaCvci), wither, cause to waste away, occurs very rarely in 
 prose. KdXXos v<So-os Ijidpavev, disease causes beauty, to fade 
 (gnomic aor.). lu pass., fade, waste away, intrans. to o-u|j,a oiK 
 l|i.apaCveTO, the body did not waste away (in spite of the terrible 
 disease). This verb gives us the words Amaranth, and Ama- 
 ranthine, unfading. St. Peter uses two forms of the adj. EI2 
 KAHPONOMIAN A*0APTON KAI AMIANTON KAI AMAPANTON, TO 
 AN INHERITANCE INCORRUPTIBLE AND UNDEFILED AND THAT 
 PADETH NOT AWAY. KOMIEI^eE TON AMAPANTINON TH2 
 
 A0EH2 STE'SANON, YE SHALL RECEIVE THE CROWN OF GLORY 
 
 THAT fadeth NOT AWAY. 1 Peter 1, 4; 5, 4. 
 
 'M.&\o\i,a,i, fght (tivC), |iax.ov)jiai, if>,a,\KT6,\ir\v, |jie|j,dxi]|iai,. 
 cjItTO Pao-iX^d i^'leiv (i,axoi|ievov, he thought the king would come to fight. 
 TToWos (idxas |i.e|iax.Ti|t^vos, having fought many battles. 
 
 b. |xdxT), battle. [vfKi], victory : viKdw, conquer, be victorious. ^TTa, 
 defeat: iJTTdoiiai, be worsted (i^ttoiv, worse), be defeated: d'fJTTTiTOs, 
 ov, undefeated -1 ^a,\i\u>i, ov, warlike, as : |i,dxi|jioi YwaiKcs, warlike 
 women, to jidxniov, the fighting force. a.\i,a\il and djiaxilTt both 
 mean without fighting. 
 
 c. diro|idxa|jiai, fight from, as : Tctxos iKavov uo-tc diro|j,dxEcr6ai, 
 a wall sufficient ( = high enough) to fight from. Also-; tov pdp|3apov 
 Koiv^ dire|iax^<rovTO, they jointly fought the barbariai} off. l(rxiip«3,s 
 dirc|idxovTO, they fought against it mightily. In an army, pi diriJiioxoi. 
 
MaxofJ-ai — MeOvaKto — MeOvto. 141 
 
 are the non-Jighting men ; in Anab. 3, 4, 32, Xen. says they were the 
 •wounded (ot TCTpuficvoi), those who were carrying them, and those 
 who liad to carry the arms of these last. 
 
 d. Sia|idxo|jiai, fight through to the end, "fight to a finish." Also : 
 fight thoroughly, i.e. earnestly. Xen. tells us that his hero Agesilaos 
 fought earnestly to keep from being kissed by a Persian nobleman : 
 SiC|jid\eTo TO 111] it>iX.T]6Tjvai. 
 
 e. iiriiiaxCd, an alliance, for defence only. (rv)i|jiaxCa is the 
 ordinary word for any kind of alliance. cirCiiaxos, ov, open to 
 attack, assailable: Eiropevovro irpos tovs n'oXE)i.Covs iirV xupCov o eSoKci 
 ciri|tax<&TaTov etvoi, they marched towards the enemy against a place 
 that seemed to he most assailable. 
 
 f The words iinroii.ox^<i> and tiriroiiax'a ; vaii|Jiax^<D and vavp,ax(ci; 
 and irc£o|iaxE<<> and ire^opiaxCa show their own meaning. So, too, 
 we have (rv)i,|j,ax^(i) and a-v|ji|j.axCd. <rv|j.p,axas = ally. For orv|i.|i.ax^<<>, 
 be in alliance with (tiv£), fight on any one's side, (ru|i.|idxo|i,ai, is also 
 used. 
 
 g. irepi)i.dxT|Tos, ov, something that people fight about, contend for. 
 o4 irepl|j.dxnToi i^o-av aX dpxaC, the offices were not fought for. So, 
 also, of beautiful Helen ('EX^vt|), Isokrates says she was ir£pi|idxi)- 
 Tos, contended for, by her various suitors. 
 
 h. irpd|j,axo5, one who fights before, a champion (not common in 
 prose). 
 
 i. The word for sword, (idxaipa, is connected with |idxo|iai, It 
 means also knife, dagger, to $(<|>as is another word for sword. 
 
 MEevo-KO), make drunk, intoxicate, is used chiefly in aor. pass. 
 I|ie6vo-6t)v, / became intoxicated, which is frequently found. In 
 Plato we find ^cvCo-ds koI KaTajuSvo-ds avrdv, having entertained him 
 and made him dead drunk. The pres. and impf. pass, are also found. 
 d o-ds iroTijp ttivav ov |iE6iio-KETai ; doesn't your father become intoxi- 
 cated when he drinks ? 6|ieBiio-K«To, he was becoming intoxicated. 
 
 B. MeBvd), be intoxicated, seems to have no tense in prose but the 
 pres. #£Xiinros |wB«et tio (ic-ycOci t&v irivpay^vav, Philip is intoxi- 
 cated by the greatness of his exploits, iroo-av «9ed<rd|ir)v ti^v iroXiv 
 (icOiiovo-av, / beheld the whole city in a state of drunkenness. (i^flr) = 
 strong drink, and drunkenness : irfveiv tls |«9riv, to drink to intoxica- 
 tion. fxavcvTcs vird \iA6rp, maddened by drink. rj ajieBvaTos (un- 
 
142 Me'Ww — Me'Xet. 
 
 attic), the Amethyst ; " so named becauso it was supposed by tha 
 ancient Persians that cups made of it would prevent the liquor 
 they contained from intoxicating." (American Cyclopaedia.) 
 
 M^Wai, intend, \i.e\\.'l\ira, e|i,4\\T|o-a. The augm. i||jic\X- is 
 sometimes found in impf. ; very rarely in the aor. The pass, is 
 found in pres. tense. Other meanings are : to he going to, be on the 
 point of, delay, del (d) e|i,^^^<>v o-«-Y7p(i((>6iv toijs v6|ious, they were 
 always "going to" compile the laws, or, were constantly delaying. 
 ovK Efi.'^^'i'i ^^^ 6v60s iiropiviTo, he did not delay, but immediately 
 set out. Notice its idiomatic rendering by our verb to be : tl ij 
 iroXiTtttt iieWei trififirBai, if the constitution is to he preserved. Cf . 
 Et|tC, B (3). tC e)i,e\\ov iroieiv; quid facerem? what was I to do f 
 
 f-iKKa is followed by the pres. or fut. infin.; rarely by the aor. 
 The part, to |j.^XXov or rd |ji^\XovTa means the future, as to irapdv 
 (or TO irap6vTa) = the present, and to ■rap£XT)Xu66s (or to, irapeXtiXv- 
 66Ta) = the past, tA |i^\\ovTa tois Trap«XT|Xt)66<ri (or irpoYe'yeviip.^vots) 
 TeKftaCpea-Oai, to Judge of the future by the past. \UWi\a-is = delay. 
 
 M^X<o: in A.p. impers., [i^Xei, it is a care or concern (tivC). 
 The other tenses are reg. on stem (jieXe-, ixcXifjo-Ei, kfii\t\a-(, 
 )j.Ep.^Xi]KC. ovSev ovtoIs [UKti TMv dvSpwirCvtov, they take no interest 
 in human affairs. yAXurra 6|iE|xcX'fJKei oiriy iiririKfis, horsemanship 
 had been his chief concern, ov (ioi f.i\a el Kal ivoliyra,, I don't care 
 if I did (Kat) do it I 
 
 h. On the stem jieX- = care, we have d|jieX'Jis, careless ; d|ji4Xeia, 
 carelessness; i.f,t\ta, be careless of, neglect (tiv6s). lirifieX'^is, on 
 the contrary, describes one who bestows care upon what he does, 
 i.e. it means careful; liriiUXeia, carefulness; eiri)i.^Xo|i.ai, or usually 
 liri,|iE\^o|iiai, hestou) care upon, care for, he careful of (tiv6s). Its aor. 
 is eiTeii.iK-l\6r\v, with act. meaning (D.P.). The fut. is 4iri|iieXif|o-o)i.ai. 
 
 c. |ieTa|ieXei, it is a care after, is the word for regret, repent: 
 (icTaiieX^irei. o-oi to«tov, you will regret this (will repent of it). [The 
 perf . and plup. of this comp. seem not to occur.] o4k 'i\<o etircxv 
 et |i€TC|i^T)o-e S«p5tI tov 'EXX^o-ttovtov (lacrri-yiia-avTi, I cannot stale 
 whether or not Xerxes repented of having scourged the Hellespont. 
 [et, whether, is often used where we should say whether or not.^ The 
 mid. piETaiilXoitai may be used personally, but is mainly confined to 
 
Me\et — Mevco — Wifiaprat — Miaivo). 143 
 
 pres. and impf. : |icr£|jL^\ovTo tos o-irovSos ov Se^djitvoi, they rep'ented 
 of not having accepted the treaty. |i,eTa|i,^tia, repentance, regret, 
 sorrow. 
 
 On the same stem |ieX- are (uX^rr), |i€X4n)|jia, and luXcrdiii, practice : 
 IieXetuo-i To^evciv, they practice shooting. 
 
 M^vu, wait, remain, [Leva, cficiva, |i€|ievT|Ka. 
 
 The word also means await, wait for (see ava)i.^v<ii). An intrans. 
 meaning that frequently suits, is stand one's ground: (t^vovres, <3 
 o-TpoTiMTai, f,a.\ea-9e, stand your ground, soldiers, and fght ! |iov^, 
 waiting, delay (cf. dvaPoX^ under dvaPdXXw). |i.dvi|i.os, ov, lasting, 
 permanent. 
 
 B. CoMPOmSTDS. 
 
 1. dva|Uv(i>, wait for (rivd) ; also with infin., as : (ii) dva)Uv(i>|uv 
 dXXovs IXBetv, let lis not wait for others to come. 
 
 2. k^\t,iva, abide by, rots opKois, the oaths. 
 
 3. liTipUvo), lit. remain on, frequently means simply wait, tarry, 
 remain. 
 
 4. irepi|ii^v(ii, wait about : irEptefjivopiEv sKdo-Tore, las to iea-\uo'Ti\piov 
 
 dvoixScCri, we used to wait about each time, until the prison was opened. 
 It also means wait for, like ^va and dva|i,^v(i>. 
 
 5. ijiron^vtii would literally mean remain under; from this was 
 derived the meaning endure, stand ^-m ; remaining under the burden 
 to be borne being opposed to throwiiig it off, as one who was restive 
 or impatient would do : hence the word means endure, submit to, 
 be patient ; and (nronorfi is the N.T. word for patience, the Attic word 
 being KaprepCd, or KapT^pi]o-is. iiiroji^vo) also = remain behind. 
 
 On the same general stem as (lepos, a share, a part, that which 
 has been allotted to one, thei-e is a perf . pass. EijiapTai,, it has been 
 (or, it is) fated, destined, tl i](iiv ovtws tl'ji.O'PTo irpd^ai, if it was 
 decreed that we should fare thus, ij ci)i.ap|jL4vi), fate, destiny. XP''''°S 
 ei)i,app.^vos, an allotted time, at Molpai, the Fates ; see Xa^x^^vu. 
 
 MiaCvo), stain, pollute, defile, Lat. maculare, jiiavu, (^i/iiava, 
 late), no perf. act., |i€|jilao-|iai, l|(idv6T|v. fiiapiis, defied. 
 
144 yiiaivw — Mlyvv/M. 
 
 polluted. |i,Ca(r)ia, pollution, defilement, Miasma . ajiCavros, undefiled, 
 immaculate. EI2 KAHPONOMIAN A*0APTON KAI AMIANTON KAI 
 AMAP ANTON, TO AN INHBRITANCB INCORRUPTIBLE AND UNDEFILED 
 AND THAT FADETH NOT AWAY. Cf . |iapoCvM, aild <f>6ECpia, B. 
 
 Mt^vviii (Iji^'yviiv), f,iir>{ii> ({(iwr^ov), and less often ^lyvia 
 (Ijit'Vvuov) are 3 forms of the present of the verb for mix, mingle. 
 The other tenses are iii^u, «|ii|o, pf. act. late, (i^jiiYiiai, 
 ejitx^T' ^°d iV'^^i\v. In the pres. and impf. mid. the forms 
 from |it'yvv|i,ai are the prevailing ones. 
 
 Rem. The authorities disagree as to the natural length of iota. In 
 some editions the aor. inf. is given irpoo--, o-w|i|j,t|ai, and in others irpoo"-, 
 o-v)i|i($ai. Inscriptions give ijleI^u and c|ici|a, and (ru|i)uiKTOs. The 
 " testimony of the rocks " is henc^ in favor of i. 
 
 a. As we say "to mingle in society," "to mix with one's 
 fellows," so (it7VD|iai, means associate (one's self) with, have dealings 
 with, etc. E.g. Otos avflptSircj) oi p.t'yvvTai., a god does not associate 
 with man. b. And as we use our words mingle, mix, as trans, or 
 intrans., so we find the compounds Im-, irpoo--, and a-v\i.\dyvv\i,i used 
 as trans., or as intrans., in the sense above given ; and side by side 
 with this intrans. active, associate with, is the mid. associate one's 
 self with. E.g. eirijiiYvilvTes dSeus dX\^\ois, mingling fearlessly 
 with one another; and iTr(\i.tyvwTo, they associated (with one 
 another). c. The mingling (or commingling, o-u(ip,fY.) of 
 
 people may be that of enemies, so that engage often suits as a 
 rendering: ii'ireC'yovTO |v|j.ni|ai (or |u(i,|iC|ai), they were hastening to 
 engage. d. Often, join, catch up with (tivC), is the meaning. 
 
 B. Greek Derivatives are : (itjis (or |ji(|i.s), a mixing, mingling. 
 afiiKTos, ov, a. unmixed: apiiKTos i]8ov<i, an unmixed pleasure. 
 h. averse to mingling with one's fellows, unsociable. &|ii|Cd, un- 
 sociableness. d.va)it'yvv|ii, mix up : iv |ieo-ois dva(i6|ilY|i^voi toEs 
 "E\Xt|o-iv, mixed up in the midst of the Greeks. Iiri|ilg£d, association, 
 intercourse. o-ii|j.|j,rKTos, ov (a-i)|i|j.EiKTos in Inscriptions), commingled, 
 compounded: o-(6)i.aTa |v|i,|i,iKTa Ik ■yfis t€ KaV ti'Soros, bodies composed 
 of earth and water mixed together, b. mixed together, miscellaneous, 
 heterogeneous : 6')ii\o5 l-uiipiiKTOs, a miscellaneous crowd. o-ti|jip.i|is, a 
 commingling. 
 
-M.ifiv'^crKm. 145 
 
 -Minvijo-KW (also -iiiiiv^erKo)), remind, -]i,v([ira, -4(i.vt)o-o (no 
 pf. act.), )!, c )j, V 1] )!, a I, (\ivf\ir6r\v (D.P.). |jLvT)o-6^o-o|i,ai,, I will 
 mention: )i.c)jiv'<io-o|j.ai, / will remember. Fut. mid. and aor. mid. 
 are poetic. 
 
 6. As pres., past, and fut. of remember we have |ji4|i,vT||i,ai, i]i.(f,vf\- 
 \LT\v, |i.c|iv^(ro|iai. c. Perf. sabj. |i,E|jLvu|jiai, -v^, -vfJTOi, etc. d. Perf. 
 opt. lieumt-oiixt)!/, -oio, -oiTo, etc., contracts into )i,E|jiv(i>|j.T|v, |jiE|i,viao, 
 |i.€|jivc^To, etc. ; or, with the o dropped, into |i,c|tvxi|iii|v, |i,c|jivt|o, |U|i,v^to, 
 etc. Cf . xTdofiai, d, Imper. |j.^|i.vt]o-o, remember. Inf. and part., 
 
 p.£|lV1]0'6ai, (J.€p.V1)p.CV0S. 
 
 e. For the form of pres. from stem jivo- cf . ^i^vcio-Kw from yvo- ; 
 SiSpoo-Kcii from 8pd-; and TiTptSo-Kio (wound') from rpo-. The fut. 
 and aor. act. are therefore reg. ; perf. has irreg. redupl. ; and aor. 
 pass, has irreg. sigma. 
 
 /. The fut. act. and aor. act., as indicated, occur only in comp., 
 ava-, viro-, both meaning remind. The perf., plup. and fut. perf. are 
 almost invariably uncompounded. 
 
 Note. — Veitch says (4th ed., p. 452) : "p. -|i€'|ivT]|i.ai : aor. -i\iv^ir9r\v 
 we have not seen." In PI. Lach. 180 end, occurs €iri(i£(iVt|VTai ZwKpdrovs, 
 they talk about Sokrates. The aor. pass, is very freq. in comp., esp. with 
 ova. a,ve(i.vti'o-6>)v, Xen. Oec. 16, 7. dvc|ivTio-6i], PI. Phaedo, 73, c and d, 
 and 74, a. tVeiiviio-eii, Xen. Cyr. 1, 6, 12 (8Cs) ; Time. 1, 97 : 3, 104. 
 eirE|j.vi]<r6T||uv, PI. Tim. 18, c. wenvrio-OTicrov, Thuc. 2, 54. dva|ivT|(rOcS 
 Eur. Cycl. 152. dva)ivT|<r6u|uv, PI. Soph. 264, c; 266, d. dvap.v'n'o-STjTE, 
 Dem. 34, 49. Lys. 10, 24. Andok. 1, 19. dvojivtio-Biivai, PI. Phaedo, 
 73, b, and 73, e (TpCs). dvo|iVT](r9££s, PI. Apol. 34, c. dvap.viiirSEVT£s, 
 Dem. 20, 159. dva|i,VT|<r6e'vTa$, Lycurg. 45. 
 
 B. Meanings. The two compounds ava- and iSiro- mean remind 
 (tivA Ti or Tivd Tivos, any one of anything). In pass, they mean 
 be reminded, which often amounts to the same tiling as remem- 
 ber, b. The simple tenses of the pass, not only mean remember, 
 but also talk about, mention, allude to, all of which meanings are 
 very freq. to |i€|iv{)<r6ai Suxparovs 4'(i.oiy€ itAvtciiv 'qSio-rov, to talk 
 about Sokrates is, at least (7^) to me, the most delightful of all things. 
 SuKpdTTjs a^ToO if,v(\<r9t\, Sokrates mentioned him. irpSrov (ivtio-Otj- 
 crop-ai TeXeuTaiov Kar €|jioi) €tir€v, frst I will mention the last thing 
 he said against me. ov8' l|i.^|i,vT|TO ouketi toutwv, he no longer even 
 alluded to these matters. 
 
146 M.LfjLvf/CrKQ) Ne/AO). 
 
 c. Notice the participle in Greek after )i.^|xvi]|ji.ai : |i^|jivT)|xai cLkoiI- 
 o-as ttotI o-ow, oTi, / remember to have heard (or having heard, or 
 hearing) once from you, that — etc. But with infin. : ^^vt\a-o iQKeiv, 
 remember to come back. 
 
 C. Derivatives. ^vf\^i\, memory. jjivcCa, memory, mention (rivis). 
 |iv7j|xa, memorial, monument ; in same sense |ivr))i.£iov : |i,vT)|ji(tav oirou 
 lo-Tiv iv T'fi iriopa,, there is a monument of him in the market- 
 place. )ivt||i.ovi.k6s, a. aiding the memory; hence, Mnemonic. 
 b. able to remember, for which there is also the adj. )i.v^|j.ciiv (gen. 
 (j.v<i|xovos). As the opposites of these two we have ajiv^iicov = 
 fm\'f\a-fiMv — forgetful. aeC(i,vt)(rTos, ov (d), held in everlasting 
 remembrance. dvd|jivT|(ris, recollection, bringing something back 
 (d.vd = re-) to the memory. Amnesty is from an unattic word 
 afivrio-Tia, forgetfulneas : " forgive and forget " is the idea involved 
 in an amnesty. The opposite idea is expressed by )i.vT]o-i.KaK€o>, 
 remember wrongs, cherish ill feeling ; and so, in declaring an 
 amnesty, o|j,v«vai [it[ pivriiriKaK^o-civ, to swear that they would not 
 remember wrongs, was one of the preliminaries to a peace. Lastly, 
 note the two verbs |j.vT))i.ov€Vfi>, remember, and d|jivi]|xov^a>, not to re- 
 member. )i.vr||i.ovetl(a takes the gen. or accus. of the thing remembered, 
 and is reg. and complete in act. and pass. d(i.vr|)i.oveu does not go 
 beyond aor. act., and takes gen. or accus. 
 
 N. 
 
 Ni|i,(o, assign, v6|i«3, cvcijia, vc|i^[ii)Ka, vc|i^|i.i)|iai, Ivefi,^- 
 6t|V. Mid. v^|xo|ji,ai., vcjioOpiai, Evei|i.d|iT] v, vev^)i.T||jiai. The 
 
 forms, then, are reg., except that beyond the aor. act. and mid. 
 the stem is vejie-. As to the meanings — 
 
 A. a. assign, allot, deal out, distribute, divide, etc. E.g. rpCrov 
 (jiEpos Tfjs Xctas v6t|iavT£s Tots 'ABiivatois, assigning a third part of the 
 booty to the Athenians. In pass. : meat that has been divided up into 
 portions, Kpid vevE|ir||j.cva. b. So in comp. toutois ovSe|i(av tihi]v 
 uTrevcifiav, to these they assigned no honor, tov o-itov 8iav^fi£iv airdo-iv, 
 10 distribute the food among all. (rv|j.irdira r\ \u)pa Kard SiiScxa |j,6pi] 
 Siavev^|jiT|Tai, the whole territory has been divided out into 12 parts. 
 TO (TTpdreuiia KaT^vci,|u SiiScKa |i^pii, he divided the army into 12 
 
Ne>« — Ne'o). 14T 
 
 parts. u. graze (transit.) : jii) oIkcIv to \ii>pl.ov dXXd Koivfj v^jieiv, 
 
 not to inhabit the place, but to use it in common as pasture-land, tl 
 |i^Xo|uv x'^pO'V iKavi]v e'^civ v^iiciv re Kal dpoCv, i/ we are to have 
 territory enough for grazing and plouiing. In pass. : to opos v6|j.eTai 
 ot|l Kal PovcCv, the mountain is grazed upon by goats and cows. 
 
 B. In middle voice, assign, distribute, etc., among themselves: 
 TOVTovs liroC'qa'a 8iaveCp,ao-0ai c| rdXavTa dp-yvpCov, / made them 
 divide 6 talents of silver among themselves. b. From the notion 
 of dividing out land for one's own use comes the meaning dwell in, 
 inhabit, own, use, cultivate, etc. 4Xcv6epdv -iroXiv ve[td)iE6a, we inhabit 
 a free city. cXcvSepdv ve|i,ovp.E6a, we shall have a free country to live 
 in. c. graze (intrans.) : XCjjivt) p.e'ydXT), irspl ijv v€p.ovTai Hwiroi. 
 aypioi XevKoC, a large lake, around which graze horses wild and white. 
 The connection between b and c is thus given by L. and S. " The 
 sense to feed is closely connected with that of dwelling in a place ; 
 as with the early pastoral tribes (vojidSes), pasturage established 
 possession." 
 
 C. Derivatives. vo^'f\, pa-iture, pasturage: iroTOiJids os vop.a5 
 KaXXCo-Tds KT^veiri irope'xeTai., a river that affords most beautiful 
 pastures for cattle. vo|jicvs, shepherd, herdsman, (iroin^iv, -ivos, 
 is the special word for shepherd.) The adj. vo|ids, -dSos, seeking 
 pasture, gives us Nomad ; and from (unattic) vo/iaSiKis is Nomadic. 
 The country Numidia took its name from its excellent pastures. 
 o vofios, that which assigns, usage, custom : its special meaning is law. 
 From it come a number of words, as dva|ios, ov, without law, lawless. 
 dvo|i.Cd, lawlessness, etc., etc. 
 
 NIoi, swim, vcvcoviJiai (?), -Ivtvtra, -v^vevKa. 
 
 (10715 Siav«vriKa|i«v, we have swum through with difficulty. iJiiiv 
 vevoT&v Kal ircipdT^ov o-u'^eo-Sai,, we must swim and try to escape. 
 ^TTviyfTo oo'Tis p-Ti v€iv €TU"yxav€v 4irio'Tdp.€vos, whoever did not happen 
 to know how to swim, was drowned, ws elSov Tas vaSs, irpoo-evevo-av, 
 when they saw the ships, they swam towards them. 4fev6uo-av, they swam 
 out. ia-ivtov (= elo-€v«ov), they tised to szvim in. tj virrCds veiv, to 
 swim on the back. Ab ve- is a monosyllabic stem in i, it contracts 
 only into a. : hence vet, vetv : but eveov, v^wv, etc. 
 
 Rem. The fut. of this verb seems to be found in only a single place, 
 Anab. 4, 3, 12, us vevo-OD'p.'voi, as if to swim ; and even here some editors 
 give vEUfTo'iuvoi. 
 
148 -Ne'oi — OliMco^o). 
 
 -Nia, heap up, pile up; pres. only in comp. aor. cvijira, pf. 
 pass. v^vT]|iai or v^vr)cr|i,ai. Other tenses unattic. tuv vsKpSv 
 fir aW^Xois |iivv6vii|i4vci)v (Thuo. 7, 87), the dead bodies having been 
 heaped together upon one another. 
 
 -Ntjii), wash; vi<f/m, ewfia, vmiJ-iiai occur in Attic poetry; -vCi|/o|iai 
 and -€vn|/d|jir)v in A.p. Thesq forms are from WTTToijbut this form 
 of the pres. is late. Plato says that things put into the mind when 
 we are young, are S^o-^KviirTa, hard to wash out. As opposed to 
 Xotiu, bathe, -vCJ« applies to the washing of only a portion of the 
 body, hands, feet, etc. The word is very rare in prose. 
 
 o. 
 
 "Ojo>, smell, give out an odor, is limited in A.p. to the pres. 
 [ofV" in Attic poetry.] In the other meaning, as, smell this rose, 
 d(ri|>paCvo|j.ai is used. 
 
 oa-|ji'/j (for oS/^ii'), a smell, odor. e4i48iris, -fiSes, sweet-smelling, 
 fragrant. ei(!>Si\ oio-irep dpcDfiaTa, fragrant. Just like spices (apo>p,a, 
 Aroma). cicoSfd, fragrance, perfume. 8vo-<48tis, bad-smelling, as 
 irv6€|io Svo-uSes, a bad-smelling breath. The noun SuffuSla is late. 
 
 Oiyvv[i,i,. See avoC^vviii. 
 
 OtSa, know, etSm, cISe(t)v, lo-fli, clSlvai, «lS<5s : ffSTi or 'qSeiv. 
 See the grammars for the full inflection. In dual and pi. I'o-tov, 
 etc., comes from tS-rov. This 18- was originally fx&-, Engl. Wit. 
 Cf . 2 Cor. 8, 1 : " We do you to wit," as the translation of yvapllo- 
 |i€v "vjitv, we make known to you, as the Revised Version has it. 
 This same f iS- occurs in 4'f i8ov, €l8ov, / saw. See opdu. a-uvoi8a 
 = con-scio = / am conscious, aware. In N.T. o-vvcC8T](ris - conscience. 
 
 Rem. Ot8tt tovto iroiuv = / know that I am doing this. otSa 
 to€to iroi£tv= / know how to do this. Cf. eirto-ranai, ^ and p,av6dv(ii, 
 a and b. 
 
 Ot|i,<i£(D, lament; in A.p. the fut. mid. ot|ji(i|o|j,ai is the tense 
 chiefly used, though <dpici>|a also occurs. oliui>yi\, lamentation. 
 
O'iofiai — "OWv fii. 149 
 
 Olojiai, think, impf. i^V^v, ot'^<ro|jiai, ipyjOtiv, D.P. Notice 
 these points : 
 
 a. ot|uii is more frequently used than o<Io)i,ai ; and in A.p. <^6|i,t|v 
 is hardly used at all, <f[Lnv being used instead. But this shortening 
 takes place only in 1st pers. sing, of these two tenses. 6. In 2nd 
 pers. sing, only otei is used ; hence oti) is subjunctive. So, of Poi- 
 Xo|i.ai, Poti\€t. is indie. ; PoiiX'a always subj. c. To say T thought 
 (aor.) we have Iv6|u(ra or T]7T|<rd|j.T|v or (^ifj9i]v. Remember that 
 these verbs take only the injin. to render the conj. that. 
 
 Otxo|i,ai, am gone, have gone; imp. ia)(d|ii)y, was (had) gone. 
 oix'^<''<>H''°'''> shall be gone, or shall go off. The pres. usually has 
 force of a perfect ; <ax<i|<''nv> on the other hand = I went off(_3s aor.), 
 or / had gone, asplup. 
 
 6. Notice the idiomatic form of expression in <pX''''o diroirX^wv, 
 lit. he was gone, sailing off, for he sailed off. So, olx''i<ro|ioi diru4v, 
 / shall depart ; lit. going off I shall he gone. 
 
 'OXio-Odvo), slip, in A.p. seems to be limited to pres. [In Attic 
 poetry the 2nd aor. &\ur8oi> occurs.] oXio-Biipds, slippery. 
 
 'OXXv|ii, destroy, or lose; in prose only in comp. as dir-, 8i-, i^-, 
 of which dir- is by far the most frequent. Its forms are ; 
 
 Transitive, destroy ovlose: dir6\X.v|ii or diroXXvoi, diri&XXvv 
 or diruXXvov, diroXu, diriiXco-a, diroXuXcKa, diroXuX^KT) (or 
 diruXuX^Ki)). 
 
 Intrans., perish, he destroyed, he lost: dir6XXv|iai, dir(i>XXv|iT|v, 
 diroXov|iaL, dir<i>Xo|i,T|v, dirdXaiXa, diroXtiXi) (or diruXi&Xi)). 
 diroXuXa —peril, actum est de me, I am ruined, undone. 
 
 a. In the meaning destroy, Sia<|>6ECpu is often a synonym, and 
 both often = diroKTetvoi. 
 
 h. In the meaning lose, diroPdXXu is a synonym : o o-TpttT»|-yos 
 X^'ycrai iroXXovs dvSpas diroX^o-ai (or diroPaXetv), to have lost many 
 men. MijSoi diriSXto-av niv dpxiiv ijird Ilcpa-uv, the Medes lost their 
 empire at the hands of the Persians. iroXXal vijes dTrAXovro, many 
 ships were lost. 
 
 c. The part. diroXXvuv (Attic usually dvoXXus, -ii<ra), gives us 
 Apollyon, Destroyer, 6 oXedpos, destruction, loss (xptindriiiv of money). 
 
150 "OWv/ii — "OfMvvfjii — 'Ovivr)fu. 
 
 dXiepios, destructive (not often in prose). The noun oTrtiXtia is 
 unattio, but is used in N.T. for destruction, .perdition. l^cSXcia, utter 
 destruction is Attic, though the Tcrb l|6\\v|iii. is rare in prose. 
 e|u\t|s, -uXes, utterly ruined. In imprecations, ^^liXTjs diroXoC|it|v = 
 may I perish root and branch ! 
 
 "0|ivv|iii, swear, d|i.ov|i.ai, u|iO(ra, d|i,(S|iOKa (plup. d|ici>|ji6KT) 
 or uiiupioKr]) . Pass. d|j,(&|tO|i.ai, w|jid6T|v or (0|j.6(r6i]v. The pf. 
 part, has the inserted sigma, d|i(i>|i.o(r|j,^vos. 
 
 6. o|i.v{i|ti takes the accus. of the person or thing sworn hy. 
 Tpets 6eoi)s d|H(iivai KcXevci SdXuv, Solon command^ to swear hy three 
 gods. liro|jivxiw <roi ti^v r[f.eripo.v (j>iXCdv, I swear to you by our friend- 
 ship. The pass, may therefore be used with a person as subject. 
 The usual subject is d opKos, oath : evavrCa tois djiup.oo'iJL^vots o'pKots, 
 contrary to the oaths that have been taken (sworn). 
 
 t,. The mid. occurs in several compp. as 8iiSp.vv|i,ai, Sio|iov|j,ai, 
 Si.(i>p.o<rd|j.T|v. So in some others. d. crDvii|ivv|jii, swear together, 
 conspire, is a frequent corap. ^uvuuoo-fd, conspiracy. o-uv<i>(i.6tt|s, 
 conspirator. dvufiaTos, unsworn, without taking oath. 
 
 e. The word opKos gives ImopK^u (-Kyjcrco, liri<ipKi](ra, liri(4pKT|Ka), 
 he guilty of perjury. liriopK^d, perjury. lirfopKos, a perjured person. ■ 
 tiopKia, abide by one's oath. [cuopK(d, unattic] ei'opKOs, of a person 
 = faithful to one's oath: of things = in accordance with oath, as: 
 cvopKa i)>'r|<|>((ra(r6ai, to vote (things') in accordance with your oaths. 
 
 f. The compp. dvr-, aTr-, 81-, J|-, and urrcoixoo-Cd were technical 
 terms in Athenian law. 
 
 'Ov£vT)(ii, benefit (rivd), no impf. act., ov(\<Ta, wviicra, <»i/^6 
 (once in Xen.). Tn the mid. dv(va|jiai, cavivdp.T)v, dv^(rop.ai, 
 2nd aor. iav(\^r\v. This last is rare in indie, but opt. dvaCp.T|v 
 (ovaio, ovaiTo, etc.), and infin. ova<r6ai are classic, the opt. especially. 
 [In indie. «vd|j.Tiv is also found.] The raid, forms may be translated 
 as pass., as receive benefit for one's self, and he benefited, amount to 
 about the same thing. [For accent of orato, etc., cf. 125, 6.] 
 
 TO o-Tpdrevjia dvfjo-ai, to benefit the army. t\ crrpoTia mi'i\9i\ ti, the 
 army was benefited somewhat. o4k€ti. dvCvavrai ouS^v, they no longer 
 receive any benefit. «v£vovto KoXa^djicvoi, they were benefited by being 
 punished. 
 
'OvLVTjfii — 'Ott- — 'Opda. 151 
 
 ovr|(ri5, benefit (= u<|>^\eia, from which comes Ophelia). dvtjo-iiJ.os, 
 ov, benejicial (rare in prose). Hence the proper name Onesimus. 
 dvivTiTos, ov, unprofitable. a^eXia, benefit (rivd), is reg. in its 
 forms, but fut. mid. u<|>E\'/)<ro|i,ai, is used for fut. pass. / shall be 
 benefited. 
 
 'Oir-, oi|/o|iai, / shall see, a^f,o.\., 1 have been seen, a^it\v, I was 
 
 seen ; for these see the next verb. 
 
 'Opdcii, see, i&pav, oi|/0|j,ai, cISov, EiSpdKa (or Edpaxa), 
 c(ipd|jiai, or (on stem dir-) u)i,|jiai, u(|>6t|v. Impf. pass, likewise 
 has double augm. iap&f,r\v. Fut. pass. d<)>6^<ro|iai. The fut. mid. 
 ot|(o|i,ai has only o+ei in second pers. The 2nd aor. act. is reg. on 
 stem ^8- (Lat. vid-) : c^iSov became eiSav, shortened into etSov. 
 
 6. The mid. voice is found in some compp., as irpoopu|jiai, 
 irpoci86p.T]V. 
 
 B. The most frequent Compounds are : 
 
 1. €t|>opu, lir6i|(o|iai, lircCSov, etc., to look upon, behold: oirov i^ia- 
 pdro Tijs v^o-ou, as much of the island as was in view (as could be 
 looked upon). Notice that iirlSta is from c4>opa, and liriSu from 
 ciriSC8cii|jii, 
 
 2. Ka6op«i, KaT6i|fO|jiai, KantSov, etc., lit. look down upon ; the 
 usual meaning is observe, notice, and often the force of Kard, down, 
 is entirely lacking, ■qo-o-ov KaBeupuvro, they were less noticed (or, 
 could not be seen so well). 
 
 3. ircpiopu, lit. look about, usually means overlook, permit, suffer, 
 as : (11] Tiiv VTjv TTEpilSTiTe T|i,t)8Eto-av (or T(iT]9fjvoi) , do not allow the 
 land to be laid waste. Its verbal is vepioirriov. 
 
 4. irpoopu, foresee. kCvSvvos irpoii'irTos (= unattic irpiioTrTos) = 
 foreseen danger, manifest danger. 
 
 5. <riivopS, see together, see at the same time, as : <rxivopdv Tijv dpxi|v 
 Kal TO T^Xos, to see the beginning and the end at the same time. a-<ivo<|/i$, 
 a general view. Synopsis. oTivowriKis, Synoptic, comprehensive. 
 
 6. vircpopu, look over, overlook, disdain, the latter sense coming 
 from the superior air of those who look over (above, iieifi) their 
 fellow men. Compare Prov. 30, 13 : There is a generation, how 
 lofty are their eyes ! and their eyelids are lifted up. 
 
152 COMPOUNDS AND DERIVATIVES OF 'Opdm. 
 
 1] AaKc8a(|ji(i>v virepii^6i\ Sid tos |v)ii<|>opas, Sparta was disdained 
 (^scorned) on account of its disasters. ijirepo<|((d, disdain, scorn (rffiv 
 v6\uiiv, of the laws). vTrepoirrris, one who disdains or scorns. 
 
 7. v<|)opu is commonly used in the mid., vij>opu)i,ai, suspect, which 
 meaning comes from the underhand or secret way of acting, so often 
 implied by iiir6 or sub ; hence, to look at on the sly, as it were, and 
 so, suspect. But the common word for suspect is viroirTevoi, reg., 
 exc. that it augments viro>irTivov, -o-o, etc., as if from vit6 and 
 oTTTeite, while in fact it is from i'lroirTos. This last word has the 
 double meaning of suspecting and suspected, avitroitros, ov, un- 
 suspicious or unsuspected. viro<|(Cd, suspicion. 
 
 C. Derivatives. 
 
 a. On stem opS-. opa|i,a, something seen, sight, spectacle (but not 
 "sight" as one of the five senses. This is o>|/is). Seivdv opdiia, a 
 fearful sight = Scivo v 9id,\i,a, (both in Xen .) . opdrds, capable of being 
 seen, visible, dbpdros, ov (rarely dvop.), unseen, invisible. From Trdv 
 and opd|j.a, comes Panorama, lit. a painting that presents all of the 
 view or scene. Diorama, a picture seen by looking through (8id) 
 an opening, the picture itself being some distance behind the 
 opening. Kalorama = Belle Vue. 
 
 b. On stem oir-. oVl^a and o(t>6a\|x6s both mean eye, d<f>9aX|j,<Ss 
 being the more common word. d<t>6aX|j.(d, Ophthalmia, a disease 
 of the eye. Ophthalmoscopb, an instrument for looking at 
 (o-Koir^u) the interior of the eye. o<|/i,s, sight, vision; ij kf.^ o<|/is ' 
 curScv^s, my sight is weak. The name of Bryant's poem Thana- 
 T0PSI8 means a view of death. a4T6irTt|s, an eye-witness (one who 
 has himself (airis) seen the thing. Autopsy (avTo^^la, unattic), 
 denotes a post mortem examination, in which the physicians see /or 
 themselves the cause of death. Optic, from oirTuc6s (unattic), per- 
 taining to the sight. kAtoittos, ov, observed (Ka6op£<D), in sight. 
 KdroTTTpov, mirror: Iv KardirTpij) s'tturdv dpuv, seeing one's self in a 
 mirror. Myopia, near-sightedness (f.vw, close the eyes'). (i^Tuirov, 
 forehead^ the part between the eyes (pit- lengthened to cSir-). 
 irp6o-(i>irov, face, countenance. TA TOT APAMATOS nP02nnA = 
 Dkamatis Personab. irpoo-uirctov = mask. 
 
 c. The stem elS-, 18-, gives to «I8os, form, shape (lit. the part 
 
WOEDS ON STEM EIB-, 'IS 'O^XiaKavm. 153 
 
 seen) ; to €t8os Trjs v4<rou, the form of the disease, to etSos Tijs v^jo-ou, 
 the shape of the island. From this word, with KaX6s and a-Kiyiria, we 
 get Kaleidoscope, an instrument in which we view beautiful forms. 
 cCSuXov, an image, Idol. From this, and XarpeCa, service, worship, 
 comes Idolatry (eiSoiAoXorpefa, N.T.). l84o is another word that 
 means /oj-m; KoXij ttJv Ihiav, beautiful in form,, Tpets itoXitmuv tS^ai, 
 three forms of governments (viz. dXiYapxla, ST|)ji0KpaTCd, )i.ovapx.(d). 
 Then of the mental form assumed. Idea. But it rai'ely has the 
 sense of our word idea ; this would be cvvoia, 86Jo, 7v<Sti.T|, etc. 
 
 'OpvTTu (opv(r<rci>), dig, dpv^o), upu|a, dp<&piix°'> dp<Spv7|jiai, 
 u p V X 6 '>) V, reg. exc. Attic redupl. 8iopiiTrii>, dig through (tov "A6<i>, 
 Mt. Athos). 8iupu| SicSpuxos, a canal: ax 8i(ipvxis dird tov n-OTa^ioO 
 plovo-ai, the canals flowing from the river. KaTopvTTiD, dig down, 
 bury (JSvt4 tivo, any one alive). dpvKT<Ss : TO<|ipos dpuKT^j, a ditch 
 that has been dug. 
 
 Note. — The pf . pass, upvyiiai. is occasionally found, and plup. 
 pass, is sometimes upup-. 
 
 'Oa-<)>pa(vo|iai, smell, perceive by the smell ; o<r<t>p^<To/iai, and 2nd 
 aor. ai(r(t>p6fiiiv do not seem to be in A.p. 
 
 at aUrS'^jo'eis tov oKoiiEiv Kal dpdv xaX dar(|>pa(vco-Sai, the senses of 
 hearing and seeing and smelling. Kpofifiiutv d(r<|>paCvo)iai, I smell 
 onions (to Kpd|i|ivov). 4av ai kvvcs tov Xa7u (or Xayu) d(r<|>paCv(i>VTai, 
 if the dogs scent the hare. oo-(|>pT|(ris, the sense of smell. For do-|i^, 
 smell, odor, see oJm. 
 
 '0^ii\a, owe, d<ticiX'fjo-ci>, uijt<CXt|a-a, <a<|>E(XiiKa (pf. pass. ?), 
 u((>ciX^8t|v. 2nd aor. «<|)tXov, used only in wishes "contrary to 
 fact," as : u({>eXc Evpos S<]v, would that Cyrus were alive ! implying 
 ov Ifi, he is not alive. 
 
 irdo-ois d<|>ElXiD ; how many people am I in debt to f ^ip tSu, tC 
 d<t>c{Xci> ; SiiScKa |ivds IIdo-C(|f., come, let me see ; what do I owe f 
 12 minas to Pasias. toIs o-TpaTi(iTais (J<|>e£X€To |jiia-66s, pay was due 
 the troops, to d<|>£iXd|iEvov, the amount due. The word for debt is 
 TO xP^°s> P^- XP^'d : also d<|>ECXT||jia. Debtor is d(|iEiXcTT|s. 
 
 '0(|>Xio-Kdvu, owe as a fine, incur, (a penalty), o^\i\tr<i>, iS(|>Xov, 
 u<|>^'n ■<'■') ^<|>^il|i<^>' (do aor. pass.). In the infin. and part, of the 
 
154 '0<j)X,ia-Kdva) — Tlai^to — IlatG). 
 
 2nd aor. the accents o<|>Xeiv and o<|>\(<iv occur in some editions, 
 inst. of o<)>XEtv, o'<|>\(&v. _ 
 
 a^\t hiKa |ivds, he incurred a fine of 2(i minas. olo-x«viiv oit>Xctv, 
 to incur disgrace. toB <|>6vou njv 8iKt]v ui{>XT]Kiis, having incurred the 
 sentence (or, the penalty) for the murder. With S(kt)V to be siiji- 
 plied we find e.g. Z&pav oijiXeiv, to he convicted of bribery {gifts). 
 S(|>XT||ia = a fine: 6^\i\\>,aTa irX&v rpiuv rakiiVTav, fines of more than 
 3 talents. 
 
 n. 
 
 Tlali,<j>, play the child (irots, iraiSis) ; play, sport, jest, opposed to 
 <rirov8oi^iii, be in earnest. [The int. 7rai|oC/nai occui's in Xen. in the 
 mouth of a Syracusan, who naturally used his Doric form.] Aor. 
 eiraio-a, pf. pass, impers. or with neut. pi. : rd oXXo ircirato-eai 
 i)>aCveTai, the other things appear to have been said in jest. i)|itv 
 ir^iraitTTai, toe have been joking (it has been joked, by us ; joking 
 has been carried on by us). The y stem that appears in TraifoE/iai 
 and other unattie forms, is seen in iroC-yviov, a toy, plaything. 
 irai-yviciSTis, -loSes, playful. The 8 stem is seen in ttois, iraiSiis, child 
 (d irats, the boy ; ij irats, the girl) , and in iraiSio, sport, a game, and 
 in the numerous other words on stem iraiS-. 
 
 IlaCu, strike, irala-a, ciraio-a: the remaining tenses supplied 
 by other words. The fact is, it takes 4 verbs to make out the full 
 list of tenses, act. and pass., and even they do not supply euough 
 to go round I Thus, from the 4 verbs iraCu, iraTdo-o-oi, irX-fia-ira, and 
 TviTToi we have : pres. iraCu or Tiirra. imp. eiraiov or 'drvitTov. fut. 
 iriiltra or Tuirrljcro). aor. ciraicra or cirdrala. no perf. act. ; see 
 below, pf. pass. irfirXti-yiiat. aor. pass. lirX'^^riv. fut. pass. ir\t\yl\- 
 <ro|j,ai. pres. pass. iraCo|iaL or T4irT0|jiai.. The impf. pass, of these 
 verbs is rare. The expression TrXr)7as Xo(i.pcivo), receive blows, is 
 often used as a pass. otXti'yos liir airuv EXa^ev, he was beaten by 
 them. (l\i\^vai Kal 8cSci>K^vai irXiryds, to have had a beating and to 
 have given a beating. So that irXriYos SeSoiKa supplies the place of 
 a perf. act. 
 
 Xen. gives us the following interesting information about Spar- 
 tan boys : if any boy has at any time been beaten by another and tells 
 
UaLco — Hda-'xo). 165 
 
 his father on Mm, it is disgraceful (for the father) not to give his son 
 another beating, tJv 8^ tis ttois ttots irXij^os Xopmv iSir aWou KarECiq) 
 irfm% Tov uar^pa, al(rxp6v icrri )») owk aWd$ itXtiyo; IjipdXXciv tiS 
 vUl. (For KaTEtirg, see KaraYopEvu under X^yoi, say.) 
 
 From dvdiraio-Tos, lit. struck hack (dvd. denoting reversal), comes 
 Anapaest, the metrical foot w w , the reverse of the dactyl, 
 
 TLapaxviia, exhort, advise. See alv^o. 
 
 Ylaftavof.ia, act contrary to law (iropd v6|xav), is from the adj. 
 irapdvofios, ov, illegal. But it augments after the iropd instead of 
 before it, and so irapEv6p,ovv, irap€v6|iT](ra, irapavEv6|xT|Ka, 
 -[jLoi, are the forms. Aor. pass, indie, seems not to occur in Attic. 
 Thuc. has irapavo|ii)6ct(rav (5, 16). Impf. and aor. also irapxy/-, 
 as if from irapd and arajucm. In Attic law the 7pa(f>i] irapav6|ji<iiv. 
 was an indictment for proposing illegal measures. irapavo)i(d, violation 
 of law, illegality. 
 
 Ilapoiv^ai, behave like a drunken man, behave insolently, takes 
 double augment, cirapu'vovv, fut. unattic, eirapci>v't|(ra, ireiro- 
 pcpvTjKa, pf. pass, unattic, itra.pavl\6T\v, 1 was insolently treated. 
 •Kapo<.vli,=^ drunken behavior (els 7iivaiKa, towards a lady). [otvos, 
 originally ^olvos, vinum. Wine.] 
 
 Ildcrxo), suffer, ircCo-ofiai (on stem irev9-), eiraSov, ir^irovSa. 
 It means suffer not only in the sense of suffer pain, but also in the 
 wider sense of experience. In the strict sense of suffer pain the . 
 Greek word is dX7eu, which can be remembered by Neuralgia, 
 nerve-suffering (vevpov = nerve, sinew). But icaayja may have ev or 
 KaXus joined to it ; eu (or KaXus) irdcrxoi = be tvell treated, iSiro tivos, 
 by any one. kukus irdo-xeiv vir6 tivos, to be ill treated by any one. 
 
 b. On the stem iracrx- we get Paschal ; paschal lamb, lamb of 
 suffering. c. On stern irevB- we have' to irivBo^, grief, sadness ; 
 and irevWw, grieve, mourn ; as : irev9oi\uvoi, 4'ti Juvtcs, mourned for 
 while still alive. The 2nd pf. of iriaya changes c of irevO- to o, 
 hence ir^irov6o (cf. 'ir^'irop,<|>a from irs'iiiroi; 'y^'yova from stem ^ev-, 
 etc.). Nepenthe (or Nepenthes) is from vriTeve^s (unattic), 
 i.e. the neg. prefix iiif- (poetic), and ir«v9-. <|>dp|iaKov vriirtvBis, a drug 
 that banishes grief. 
 
156 "WORDS ON STEM UaO TIeideo. 
 
 d. On stem iroO- we have to itASos, what befalls one, -an experience, 
 feeling (good or bad) ; usually in sense of calamity, misfortune. 
 Fi'om this we get Pathos, that which moves the feelings. Pathetic 
 is from TraSririKSs (un attic), causing pathos. Apathy, lack of feeling 
 (ttirae^s, without feeling). Sympathy, o feeling with any one. 
 o-uiiiraScu) Tivt, sympathize with any one. Aristotle says r <ru|iiro96tv 
 SokeI dWTJXois 1) i|/vxij Kal to <ru|i.a, the soul and the body seem to 
 sympathize with one another. Antipathy, a feeling against anything, 
 aversion to it. Telepathy, a feeling of something occurring at a 
 distance (j%\f, as in telescope, telegraph, telephone, etc. t^Ac is 
 Epic.) 
 
 tlaTitraie, strike, is hardly used in prose exc. in lird.To|o, which 
 is very frequent. (See iraCu.) irdTaJov n^v, aKovo-ov 84, Strike, but 
 listen to me ! said Themistokles. 
 
 IIcCSci), persuade (see p. 10), is perfectly reg. throughout. The 
 pass., with fut. mid. ircCo-oiiai, means be persuaded by, obey (tivC). 
 The verbal may have either meaning: tnia-Tiov Io-tIv avrdv (avTcp), 
 we must persuade {obey) him. 
 
 b. The verb is irreg. because of the poetical forms eirifloi/, cViflii/ti)!', 
 and jreTTotflo ; the 2nd aorists are perhaps never used in A.p. The 
 2nd perf. irciroiO^vai, to trust, is found once in Thuc. (2, 42), but is 
 in the main poetical. c. vdSa takes two accusatives: o4 toCto 
 iriSirore lircCa-6T]v, lis i] 'I'iiX'i. k-t.X., / was never yet persuaded of 
 this, that the soul, etc. oiSe tovto ir4ircio-|tai, / have not been per- 
 suaded even of this. avairMa practically = the simple ircCflo). 
 
 B. Derivatives. Jlaidi, Persuasion, a goddess : also in the 
 natural sense. Of the great Perikles, Eupolis (one of the comic 
 poets of Athens) said : persuasion sat upon his lips, irciSu lircKiiSijEv 
 lirl Tois x<'^'<''''V- |i«Tot n'€i6o€s, with persuasion, iraiol tj pCf, by 
 persuasion or by force. Accus. is ireiBu (accent irreg.). Sometimes 
 itiii& = obedience. iriBav6s, persuasive, eloquent. ireiOapx^u, be 
 
 obedient to rule, obey (toIs v6|ioi.s; toIs ei|>ecrTuo-i, one's superiors). 
 ir»6apx(d, obedience. dirEiSio), disobey (rivC). direiS'^s, disobedient. 
 dircCOeia, disobedience. [Xen. Mem. 3, 5, 5, seems to be the only 
 place where it occurs in Attic.J 8vo-irci9^s and Sio-ireio-ros, ov, both 
 mean hard to persuade and disobedient. eiirciO^s, easy to persuade, 
 obedient. 
 
HeLvdm — Heravvvfii. 157 
 
 Tlfiv&a, be hungry, contracts oe and at\ into ij, but is otherwise 
 reg. ireiv^o-oj, cireCvqa-a, ircirECvqKa. Pres. ind. ircivu, ^s, •fi, 
 etc. Infin. ireiviiv. Hunger is ireiva or ireCvi). [Also Xi|jids, 
 wMch means famine, starvation.^ 
 
 II4|jiir(i>, send, ir4|ji<|/<i>, «ir€)i.<|/a, ir«'n'0)iij>a, ir4irE|i,)i.ai, iirifL- ^ 
 <l)9r)v. Nothing irreg. exc. o for 6 in pf ■ ant. ( ^ X 4 xi'Wj? ' if ^) 
 
 irpoir^jjiiro), send forward, conduct, escort: iroCav vv|x<tiiiv iriSiroTs 
 too-oBtoi iinreis Kal ireXroo-Tal Kal oirXtrai n'povirc|jii|fav ; what bride 
 was ever yet escorted by so many horsemen and peltasts and hoplites ? 
 [vvp(i.<|)Tj, Nymph.] 
 
 b. ironir^i = escort, conduct, as well as lit. a sending (veuv, of 
 ships^ : also procession, whence Pomp. 
 
 B. The Compounds send up, off, into, out of, upon, down, etc., 
 are dvo-, diro-, el<r-, Ik-, Itti-, Kara-, etc., some of them used in mid. 
 as well as in act. Siairl|iirii>, lit. send through, has also the mean- 
 ing send over or across, as Sia^aCvo) = go across. |jiCTaire|jiir<i>, send 
 after or for (nvd), is more commonly used in the mid. : |UTcir€)it|(d- 
 Ht|v = / sent for some one ; and |ieTcire|i.ifi6i]v = / was sent for. The 
 pass, meaning may belong to other tenses; |UTair£|jiirovTai may 
 mean they are sent for, as well as they send for. |UTdirc)i.irTos, 
 ov = sent for, summoned. 
 
 TliTra, cook, forms its other tenses fi'ora itctt-: aor. 4'irei|/a. 
 Pf. pass. . d irXaKovs ir^ireirroi, the cake has been cooked, dpros tv 
 ircirE|i,|Uvos, a loaf of well-baked bread. Aor. pass, in conip. uEpu- 
 iri^9i\v, in figurative sense. The word is rare in prose. From it 
 comes ir^iroiv, triitov, ripe ; that is, fruit is ripe, when exposure to 
 the sun's heat has cooked it enough. The verb also means digest, 
 hence the noun ite'i/zij (unattic) means cooking, ripening, digestion. 
 Pepsin is "the essential digestive ingredient of the gastric juice." 
 Svffiretf/ia (unattic) = difficulty of digestion. Dyspepsia. If it also 
 meant bad cooking, the two meanings would harmonize admirably. 
 
 nerdvvviJii (or -vvia), spread, is hardly used in prose exc. in 
 comp., dvttireT. being the most frequent. Impf. dvEirerdwiiv or 
 -vvvov. Aor. dvcTCTao-a. Pf. pass. dvaTr^irrapLai. [For 
 -Trerao-ai the Attic fut. is ire™ (cf. IKaiva, fut. (K& for iAdaa) ; but 
 it seems to be found only in an Attic comic poet.] Of ovoireT. 
 
158 lieravvv/xi — Uerofiai. 
 
 the pf . pass. part, is especially frequent, as irvlXai a.vaireirTa\Uvai, gates 
 thrown wide open. (rv|i.irdo-a ij olKCd irpos |XE<n||iPp(dv dvair^irTarai, 
 the entire house opens wide towards the South. tA pX^i|>apa dvaircrdv- 
 vuTai, the eyelids open wide. dvaireTovviioiKri (or -vvOdiri) tos irvXds, 
 they throw the gates wide open. From TiraKov, leaf (rare in prose, 
 ()>vWov being the common word), comes Petal. 
 
 n^TO|j.ai,, fly, -TTT'fjo-oiioi (in Attic poetry also ireT^o-o|j.ai), 
 -£irT<J|ir]v or -eirTanT|v. Both of these are 2nd aorists; one like 
 verbs in -<i>, the other like verbs in -|ii. The aor. in -<S|j.r|v is used 
 
 oftener than the other : dveirT6)i,i]v (dv^irT<D)i,ai ?) , dvairToC)iT|v, , 
 
 avaiTT^o-Soi, dvan-rdiiEvos. In the -(jn formation : ov6irTd|ir)v, dvct- 
 irTwfiai {TrTi.-iiii.aC), no opt., no imperat., (dvairrdo-Sai, in Attic prose?), 
 dvairrd|jicvos. In the subj. the accent usually found is the circum- 
 flex, which makes it a -(ii form. 
 
 Note. — It is difficult to determine about the aorists, for the differ- 
 ence of spelling consists only in a change of o to o. iirT6f,i\v is synco- 
 pated, -ITT- standing for -irer-, as -<r\- in tayfi[i,j\v is for -<r£X-j ^"d -o-ir- 
 in c'<riro(Miv for -o-tir-. On the other hand -irTa- belongs to an unattic 
 present 'lirTafiat, as o-ra- belongs to the present to-raiiai. In the subj. 
 mood the accent should show the tense; for, as syncope is not con- 
 traction, we ought to find Trpo'o-irTHTtti, dvdirTT]<r8«, and dvdirrciivrai., just 
 as we find diroVxwvTai, (Ar. Lys. 771) and iirLa-rr^ (Soph. El. 967 ; 
 PI. Theait. 192, e). But in Xen. Mem. 3, 11, 5, irpoo-irTTJTai is the 
 accent in nearly all the editions, and in Veitch, Passow, L. and S., and 
 Tlies. s.v. irpoo-irtTOjiai. So, in lid. 4, 132, dvairTTJo-Se, and in Ar. Lys. 
 774, dvaiTTcovTai, are the forms given, and this accent implies stem irra-; 
 cf. io-TTJo-Se, io-Tc3vTai. In Hadley-AUen, p. 146, 0, we find : "mid. (also 
 in prose) eirTd|j[.T]v, irTdcrBoi, irrdnevos." As the subj. is omitted, tlie 
 inference is that this mood must be considered as formed only on the 
 syncopated stem -wr-. Rutherford {New Phryn. p. 373) says : " No 
 Attic writer uses 4irTd(i.i)v " ; and he would change all the a forms to 
 the corresponding o forms. Of course this simply cuts the knot; it 
 does not untie it. "When he says (p. 374) : "the subjunctive irTcSnat 
 may be a mood of either iirTa^i\v or tTrro^tp, but in Attic it certainly 
 belongs to the latter," it is to be regretted that he used the simple tense, 
 which gives no clue as to how he would accent the compound forms 
 given above. These tenses have been investigated by K, P. Schulze 
 in the Neue Jahrbucher, and his conclusion is that while ivronipr is the 
 
YleTOfiai — H'^yvv/ii, 159 
 
 usual prose form, yet iwrd)i.7]v is frequent in Plato. [See the Classical 
 Review for Nov., 1887, p. 289, first column.] 
 
 B. TTTtpdv, feather : ij tSv ■jrrep&v 6.iro^\i\, the loss of the feathers. 
 irT£pd <^v«v, to grow feathers. ij irrepvj, irr^pwyos, wing. Trrepiytov 
 (unattic), little wing: Pterygium, a wing-shaped growth on the 
 ball of the eye. im)vis, toinged: irnt|vos SicSkcis tos eXirtSas, the 
 hopes thou pursuest are winged, irrepwris, feathered : ri^evfia irrcpio- 
 t6v, a feathered arrow. irTep6a, furnish vriih feathers or with wings. 
 
 n'/i7vu|ii (rarely miyvica), fix, fasten, freeze (fut. unattic), 
 6 ITT] I a. In pass, he fixed or fastened, freeze (i.e. become frozen), 
 iT-(\yvv\iai,, ira7^(ro|iai., lirA^Tjv, Tritrtiya (2nd pf., supplying 
 the place of a pf. pass.). 
 
 o-Tavp(D|i.a 4'in]|ov, they huilt a stockade, i.e. they fixed or fastened 
 the parts together, so as to make one compact whole, o-ktivos 
 irif|{ovT€s KOT dYopdv, having put up booths in the market place. 
 ave|ios Poppas evavrCos eirvci ttti'Yvvs tovs dvOpc&irovs, a North wind 
 was blowing in their faces, freezing (benumbing) the men. tovs 
 iroTa|jiovs iin\^f, it froze the rivers. — - The rivers froze would be oi 
 iroTa|xol eiraYiio-ov. to uSup Odrrov tt^yvutoi toO 4\a(ov, water freezes 
 more quickly than oil. '^v\os, atrri to vScup cir^-yvipro, cold (so great) 
 that the water would freeze. Kpvo-TaXXos iirerH\ya, ice had formed. 
 [d Kpiio-roXXos, ice, and also Cetstal.] 
 
 B. a. d ird-yos, denoting something ^xetf or fastened, is used by 
 Homer and other poets to denote a rocky hill. This meaning is 
 Attic in d "Apeios ird7os, the hill of Mars (Ares), the Areopagus 
 (opposite the Acropolis at Athens). In A.p. d ird^os means /rosi; 
 another word for which is irdxvt] : irdxvai Kal xdXa^ai, frosts and 
 sleets. Aristotle says that irdxvTi is Spdiros ■ireirri'Yvia, frozen dew. 
 
 b. iraxvs, eta, i = thick: hence Pachyderm, see Se'pw. Thickness 
 is TO irdxos or (less freq.) irax^TTis, -iptt]tos. iraxvvw, thicken. 
 va\nn]yia, or usually va«in)7oB(iai, build ships, i.e. to collect the 
 difierent parts of the ship and fasten them together. Its aor. mid. 
 has act. meaning, and aor. pass, has pass, meaning. vaDTn)7£d = 
 shipbuilding. |<i\a vainn|7/)o-i|ia, timbers for shipbuilding. Naupactos, 
 KaviraKTos, the city on the northern coast of the Gulf of Corinth, 
 was so named because the descendants of Hercules there built the 
 ships with which they invaded the Peloponnesus. 
 
160 n LfJLTrKrffjbi — n tvay . 
 
 ni|i.irXT||ii (stem irXor), Jill, -T\i\<r<i), -4ir\r\<ra, -iTiir\r\Ka, 
 -IT 4 ir X. 1] <r (). a I (sometimes -ireTrXTHioi), lirXViir9T]v. 
 
 a. There is a verb irkiiOu, be full, of which only the pres. part, 
 is classic (ir\^9ouo-tt d^opd, full market). The stem nXifi- of this 
 verb may be counted as the stem that supplies the tenses of 
 ir(|iir\i))i.i. outside of pres. and impf. 
 
 b. The most frequent comp. is e|i.irC'irX.T](ii, eveirCnirXriv, 
 E|iir\'/jir<i>, (viiT\r\ira, Ifiir^irXt) Ka, etc. In the pres. tense of 
 this compound the \i. of ir£|nrX.T|(ii is usually (not always) dropped, 
 to avoid having |ji, three times in the word. But the impf. has 
 lvEirC|i,irXT|v, as the augm. causes the prep, to appear in its own form 
 iv, and not k\L-. c. The verb is inflected like t<rTT||jii; thus 
 IfiirCirXi], 4|jiiri.ir\avai., 4|j,inir\as, like Wtx\, lo-T^vai, l(rTas. 
 
 Tov IVirov dvSpuv l(i'ir\'/io-as, having filled the (wooden) horse with 
 ■men, to«s Ko<t>tvoDs airavras l|iirtir\n imp&v, fill all the baskets with 
 feathers. [k6<|>i,vos, irrepdv.] Kvpos tviicK-f\xr6r\ SaKpioiv tA o)i.|iaTa, 
 Cyrus's eyes were filled with tears. [SaKpuov.] 
 
 B. Derivatives. ir\r\p6io, fill, and dvairX.it]p4a>, ^W up, are both reg. 
 teKi\fr\<i, full, [(leo-ris also =/«M.] Other words for /uW are : irXius, 
 irX^d, irX4(i)v ; dvaTXeus, dvairX^d, dvdirXsuv ; KardirXEus and irEpfirXEtos^ 
 in which the masc. and neut. are of the Attic 2nd decl. From 
 stem irXiiO- we have dirXrio-Tos, insatiable. dirXr|o-TCd, insatiableness. 
 ■:rK<\a-^vf\, fulness, satiety, to irXfjOos, number, multitude. The Ionic 
 word irKriBiipri gives us Plethora. 
 
 II(p.irpT||ii, burn, in the comp. l|i.ir(irpT]|i.i, lv£ir£nirpT]v, 
 I p. IT p ^ o- (■>, (viirpi\a-a (perf. late), k^viirp^fiai, ev€'irp'/i(r6i)v. 
 As to pf. pass, the form with a-, though found, is not counted as 
 Attic. Tos iriXcis lveir(|i.irpo(rav oirols Upots, they burned the 
 cities, temples and all. Thuc. has the foil, forms : Ep.inirpd(ri (.3rd pi. 
 or ?), lvEir(|j.irpa(rav, l|jiirp'fj(rEiv, iv^irpijcav, 4)iiirpf|(rai, IfiirpljiravTas, 
 l|iirp'^(ravT£s, Ep.irpt^o'Ocicra. 
 
 IIiv<D, drink, iriojiai (asigmaless fut.), Eirtov, ■jr^ircoKo, -ir^iro' 
 fiai, -Eir69T)V. SKirtva, drink out, drink empty, drain: S\y\v f.va-a.% 
 EKirivE, shut your eyes and drink it all, i.e. S\i\v ttjv KilXiKa, all the 
 cup{ful). o4k lKirfop.ai avrds tov otvov, / will not drink the wine 
 out (of the cup) myself, irpoirtvoi, drink before — drink to some 
 one's health. KOToirtvo), drink down, swallow. 
 
WOEDS ON STEM Ho WOEDS FOE Sell. 161 
 
 B. iru|i,a, a drink (less correct, ir6|ia). irdo-is, drinking, a drink: 
 irpos irdo-iv T€Tpd<|>8ai toijs iroXXoisj (they said) that most of the 
 people had given themselves up to carousing (had turned themselves to 
 drinking). [Not to be confounded with d Tr6ins, a poetical word for 
 husband, nor with irocrCv, dat. pi. of o irois, iroSds, foot.'] 
 
 b. The verbal is iroreos : oXXa ird|jiiroWa ev ols oi ttot^os otvos, very 
 many other cases in which wine must not be drunk. iroTis, drinkable : 
 iroTov vStop, drinking-water (for which also irdTipiov xi'Sup). As a 
 noun, (Ttra Kal mr&, or o-trCa Kal iroTii, food and drink. 6 iriTOS, 
 a drinking-bout, carousal. £Kirup.a, something to drink out of, a drink- 
 ing-cup : lKirup.aTa \pviTa Kal dp-yvpa, drinking-cups of gold and silver. 
 In the N.T. Troritpwv = cup, esp. used of " the cup " in the sacrament. 
 — The neg. airoros may mean not fit to drink, or without drink, as ; 
 ao-iTos Kal airoTos, without food and drink. a-u|i,ir6o-iov, u drinking 
 together, drinking party. Symposium. 
 
 [niirpdinca], sell; the tenses in use of this verb on stein irpt are 
 iTEirpdKa (and its plpf.), ir^irpdjiai (and its plpf.), lirpaOriv, 
 and fut. pf. pass, ireirpao-oiiai, used as a simple fut., / shall be 
 sold. The lacking tenses are supplied by itaXia and diroSC8o|iai., 
 as shown in the following : 
 
 Act. to sell. Pass, to be sold. 
 
 Fres. irmXu or diroSC8o|i.ai. iruXovjiai or 'rri,irpao-KO|iai. 
 
 Impf. liriiXovv or direSi.86|i.i]v. «'ir<iiXoii(i.i]v (liri.irpd(rKip.t|V ?) 
 
 Fut. [irwX'fierw or] diroSmirop.ai. ir6irpd<ro(i.ai. 
 
 Aor. [liriiXT|<ra?] dirESi|i.i)v. iira\i\9r\v, but much oftener 
 
 In-poBriv. 
 
 Perf. ir^irpdKO. ir^irpd|j,ai. 
 
 Plup. eireirpaKT]. lireirpaiiTiv. 
 
 b. The verb uv€0|xai = buy, but the aor. is lirpid)i.i]v. To charge 
 is irpd.TTop.ai, as : he charged me two francs for this, Toirou Svo 
 Spa\|ias lirpalard p.E. 
 
 c. irpdo-is = sale, as wvt| = purchase, irpdr^p, -T)pos = O- seller. 
 irpdreos is the verbal : ij olxCd irpdre'd {trrtv = the house must be sold. 
 irpoo-ijios =yor sale: e'xei cKao-Tos irpdiri.|i6v ti, each one has some- 
 thing for sale, dirpdros, ov, unsold, not for sale. 
 
162 ntTTTCl) — nXaTTO) TTKeKCO. 
 
 TliTTTa, fall, it(irovfia.i, e TTia-ov, ir^irTWKO. [irf irrw f or iri-ireV-ci), 
 reduplication and syncope : pf. for ireirerw/co, o added to stem irer-.] 
 
 a. As a peculiarity of this verb it is to be noted that its com- 
 pounds are often used as the pass, of the corresponding compounds 
 of pdWci). E.g. avaPaWoftai = postpone ; dvcireirTiSKei = it had been 
 postponed. iK^Wa = drive out, expel, banish ; oi ^KirEirruKiTEs = ot 
 ckPcP\i]|ievoi = those who have been banished. if.^Wa = throw into ; 
 ivtma-tv av = IvepX^Or) ov = he would have been thrown in. 
 
 b. irT»|ia, a fall: t]|x<dv ij irdXts o4k av eVeo-e rdre toiovtov TTooiia, 
 our city would not at that time have had such a fall. irTflo-is also = 
 fall. It also = case (Lat. casus from cado,fall), as : ij SoTixii irrSxris 
 (unattic), the dat. case. <rv|iirro>|j,a lit. = a falling together; hence 
 Symptom. The mathematical lines called Asymptotes are so 
 named because no matter how far prolonged, they can not fall 
 together with the curve of the Parabola or Hyperbola; i.e. the 
 straight line and the curved line will never coincide. 
 
 nXdTTw (irXaa-o-ci)), shape, form, mould (fut. unattic), aor. 
 eirXao-a (pf. act. late), ire'irXaa-fiaL, 4ir\ii<r6T|v. Mid. irXirTo- 
 |j.ai, ^TrXoo-ttiiTiv, ir^irXao-iioi. Properly the word means give 
 shape to some soft substance, as clay (irr|\ds) or wax (Ki)p6s). 
 Then, mould, lit. and figuratively, as we say, to mould one's char- 
 acter. It gives us Plastic (irXoo-riKis), and as anything plastic 
 can be twisted into any desired shape, the verb has the further 
 meaning mal:e up, invent, fabricate (irpoijxiircis, excuses). 
 
 B. irXAcriio, something moulded, a figure, fabrication: irXdcriiOTO 
 KT|poi), wax figures. oi|/ea-6£ on irXdcrfia o\ov «o-tVv t] Sia6^KT|, you 
 will see that the will is an out and out forgery. Protoplasm is a 
 word used by biologists to denote the first or original substance ; 
 the substance moulded by the vital force into living organisms; 
 " the physical basis of life." Bioplasm is another name for this 
 "germinal matter." irXdo-Ti]?, u modeller. Bioplast, the living 
 Something that moulds pi-otoplasm or bioplasm into the various 
 shapes required. ir\a<rT6s, moulded, fabricated. tvirXao-ros, easy 
 to mould ; 4vei8i] civXacrTdTcpov Ki^pov Kal rcav roioiruv \6yos, since 
 speech is an easier thing to mould than wax and such things. 
 
 The word Plastek is also from itXAttu. 
 
 nX^Ku, twist, plat, seems to lack fut. act. and pf. act. in Attic. 
 
HXSKQ} — nXe'w AND COMPOUNDS. 163 
 
 The tenses cirXe^a, ir^irXcyiiai, and tirX^xflriv are reg., besides 
 which there is in comp. a 2nd aor. pass. -6irXaKT|v. ir\^|avTes 
 o-T4<|>avav AKavOflv, when they had platted a crown of thorns (axavSa). 
 b. The word occurs in several compounds, as <ninir\^K<«, plat to- 
 gether, and others. irWYfia, anything formed by platting or twining. 
 irXeKTds, woven, twisted, platted. The stem ir\eK- is seen in the Lat. 
 plecto and plico, from which come implicate, complicate, complex, etc. 
 
 nX4ci>, sail, irXevo-onai and (less often) ir\£vcrov|ji,ai, cirXevo-a, 
 ir^irXcvKa. The pf. pass, occurs, as: d irXovs d ir€irX««<r|ji«vos, 
 the voyage (=Me course, distance) that has been sailed, to irtirXcv- 
 o-|ilvov, the part (of the sea) that has been sailed. [Aor. pass. iirhiiaBr] 
 late.], Verbal irXeuo-xfov. 
 
 Note. — As n-X^'u is a one-syllable stem, it only contracts into ci : 
 irXsts, irXct, irXetn, irXetv, c'lrXcis, eirXctTE, etc. But irX«u, irXcoi|u, 
 itXe'uv, irXe'oviro, 4'irXeov, etc. 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 nx^oi is used in Attic with 14 of the 18 prepositions, the 4 
 exceptions being a|u)>(, nerd, iSir^p, and vit6, the last three being 
 found in com. with irXew only in late authors. Moreover, it has 
 some double compounds, as avTSKirXetv, sail out against; otivekt- and 
 <rvv«KirX«Iv, etc. Several of the compounds are noted here. 
 
 1 . avairX^u, sail up, as : &vairXcv<ravTes ciird rfjs SaXdirirTis Is rdv 
 NeiXov, sailing up from the sea into the Nile. b. It also means put 
 to sea, as this is a departure from the coast in the direction of " the 
 high seas " ; hence Avd, up. The usual word for this is d,vd.70|xai, 
 which see, under a.ya. 
 
 2. KaroirX^a, sail down, is often used of coming from the open 
 sea to the coast ; KorlirXeov ets rdv Xi|ji^vo, they sailed into the harbor. 
 
 3. SwKirX^ii), sail out through, describes a favorite manoeuvre, in 
 which a ship sails out from its own line through the enemy's line, 
 turns, and as it comes back, strikes an enemy's ship at some weak 
 point, the prows being strongly built, so as to withstand severe 
 shocks. See Grote's Greece, Chap. 49, Note 70.. The name for 
 this manoeuvre was Si^KirXovs. 
 
164 U\eeo — Uvem. 
 
 C. Derivatives. -rrXovs (from t! ir\((bs), a sailing, course, voyage. 
 irepCirXovs, a sailing around, circumnavigation. irapdirXous, a voyage 
 along the coast. So, «l!<rirXoi)s, tKirXous, etc. (gen. dat., etc., tlo-irXov, 
 eto-irXw, eKirXoD, cKirXu, etc., keeping the accent of the nom. By 
 rights these forms would be perispomenon, from el<rir>^6ov'). irXotov, 
 something to sail in, a boat, vessel. irX6i|i.as (also TrXiinos), ov, of 
 ships, fit for sailing, seaworthy: rats irXotnois avrfirXeov, witJi the 
 seaworthy ships they sailed against them. airXovs, unjit for sailing : 
 vfjcs airXot. 
 
 nX'^iTTO) (irX<j(r<r<i>), strike (see irala), in act. only in comp. 
 -irXii^io, -^ttXti^o (no pf. act.), ire'irXTi 71101., eirX'^YT'i •"■Xij'y^i- 
 o-o|i.ai ; fut. pf. ircirX'fj|o|jiai. It has 3 compounds in frequent use : 
 liriirX'fJTTO), find fault with, rebuke (rivt) ; and Ik- and KaTOirX^TTio 
 (riva), strike any one with amazement or with panic fear ; in these 
 last two verbs the aor. and fut. pass, are l^eirXdYiiv and «KirXo7<i- 
 0-op.aL; KaTcirXd-YT|v and KaTairXa'y^croiJ.ai. 
 
 B. From dird, off, and irXtig- comes Apoplexy, a disease that 
 carries one off by a stroke. it\i\>ii], stroke, blow ; irXri-yiiv Tvirreiv, to 
 strike a blow. It also had the sense of Plague, for which ij v6o-os 
 or d Xoi|i.ds was the regular word. Compare Halleck's lines in Marco 
 Bozarris : 
 
 " Oorae when the blessed seals 
 That close the pestilence are broke, 
 And crowded cities wall its stroke." 
 
 The word irXfjKTpov, something to strike with, was the name of the 
 instrument, plectrum, used to strike the lyre with. [Xvpd, Lyke.] 
 
 nXvvw, wasA, irXuvffl, eirXiiva, tr^irXvii.ai. [Aor. pass, late.] 
 It is the special word for washing clothes, but is also used of people. 
 Xen. uses it of washing a horse's mane and tail, \a.\,Ty\v koX oipdv. — 
 iKirXvvu, wash out, has iKirXuveiToi with pass, sense. 
 
 Hvia, blow, breathe, -irveio-oiioi or -irovftai (either in A.p. ?), 
 cirvevo-a, -itiievivKo.. [Pf. pass, and aor. pass, late.] "In 
 classic Attic prose the simple form of this verb occurs in the pres. 
 and imp. act. only," Veitch. 
 
 orav 6 Poppds irv^u, when the North wind blows, irvfovros dv^fiou. 
 
Uvea) — Tlvtyo) — Uparrto. 165 
 
 when a wind is blowing, [o avcfios: hence Anemometer.] lav 
 "T'TI' t% if he breathes, he lives. irBp irvlovres tiriroi, Jire-breathing 
 horses. I'ws av if.irviii>, as long as 1 have breath in my body. 
 
 b. irvEV|jia, breath, ivind, breeze. To "A710V nv«v|ia, The Holy 
 Spirit. Unattic irvevfiarLKds, pertaining to wind, gives Pneumatic 
 (a pneumatic tube). Pneumonia is from unattic irveu/iovid, from ot 
 irvev)iov(s, the lungs, i.e. the breathers. 
 
 B. In the Compounds we have : 
 
 1. dvairv^oi, get one's breath back again, rest (when one is out of 
 breath). Also draw in one's breath, opposed to 2. iKirvia, expel 
 
 the breath ; or, of the wind, blow out, as : At CKirvevo-ai Ik toB 
 K6X'irov TO irvev|i.a, and if the breeze should blow out of the gulf (come 
 from the gulf, k^Xitos). dvairvotj and ekitvo'^j = inspiration and 
 
 expiration, [irvo-li alone is poet.] 3. cfiTrveu, have breath in the 
 body, be alive, ejiirvous, breathing, alive; i^&,yova-iv o4tov Ik tov 
 lepov £Ti E)i,irvovv ovra, they bring him out of the temple while (he is) 
 still breathing. 
 
 nvt7<», choke, suffocate (nva) , irvt^u (in A. p.?), Iirvi^a, irlirvi-y- 
 |iai (in A.p. ?), Iirvt'yriv. Usually diroirvfYu. The pass, means 
 be suffocated, strangled, drowned. 
 
 a. TUTTToiv Kal irvifov avTov, striking and choking him. diroirvC^ai 
 a,iri\v Xi'^erai, he is said to have strangled her (his mother-in-law. 
 Xen. Hell. 3, 4, 14, with this accent), pfirrei aurov sis Tijv 6dXao-o-av 
 KaV dir6irvt7t|, he throws himself into the sea and was drowned. (The 
 historical pres. and the aor. not unfrequently occur in the same 
 sentence, as in this one. Sometimes histor. pres., imperf ., and aor. 
 are all found in the same sentence.) diroirviYetev div, they would be 
 suffocated. lirvt7«TO oo-ns veiv (iij IruYxavev liri(rTd|i,cvas, whoever 
 did not happen to know how to swim, was drowned, to itviyos, stifling 
 heat. 
 
 npoTTo, do, is reg. exc. ire'irpdYa, an intrans. 2nd pf. = I have 
 fared, as : xaXus (Kaxus) ir6irpd7€vai, to have gotten on well (badly), 
 to have been well off (badly off). (The reg. pf. ireirpdxa is trans., 
 / have done.) This intrans. meaning belongs also to the other act. 
 tenses : dpio-Ta irpd^as, having fared excellently. b. In the mid. 
 irpaTTOfiai, irpd|o|iai, lirpd|d|i,i]v, irlirpd'y|jLai, mean charge (a price for 
 
166 UpaTTo) — Hvvddvofiai. 
 
 a thing) : iroo-ov |i« tovtou irpa|» ; how much will you charge me for 
 this? c. The pass, may be pass, for either meaning: tovtuv 
 irpdxSevTuv, when this had been done. SiirXoSv (or SiirXa) irpaTTovrai, 
 thei/ are charged double. Only the context shows that this does not 
 mean they charge double. 
 
 Obs. Notice that each of the four verbs for do, sends a root 
 into Engl. Apdu, Drama, Drastic. 'Ep7cL£op,ai, Work (ftpy-, 
 German Werk), Organ. Iloim, Poem, Poet. npaTTu, Practical, 
 Pragmatic. 
 
 B. Trpavfia, something done ; 'irpd7|ittTO, things, affairs, matters. 
 It is also the word for trouble: iroWd irpayiiaTd tivi irapex^iv, to 
 give any one a great deal of trouble, irpd^is, a doing, action, act. 
 •irpdKTiKos, able to attend to affairs, business-like. Practical. A word 
 used in late writers was irpd.ynaTM6s, whence Pragmatic. airpdKTos, 
 ov, one who achieves nothing: olaaZt dirTjXBov airpdKToi, they went 
 bach home without having accomplished anything. It also has a pass, 
 sense = not done, unattended to. 
 
 b. The intrans. meaning seen in iv (KaKws) irpaTTw gives rise to 
 ciirpd'yeci), do well, prosper, and KaKoirpa-^ia, fare badly. evirpd7Cd and 
 KaKoirpd-y(d (also eiirpd^ld) = success, and misfortune. c. The 
 
 meaning trouble is the basis of the foil. : dirpd^iiuv, oirpd7|jiov (gen. 
 aitpa.-<ifm)o%), free from trouble. a.Trpa,yfiiO<rvr<\, freedom from trouble. 
 
 npior, stem oflirpid|XT|v, 1 bought. See cav^o|j.ai. 
 
 Tlpta, saw, no fut., eirpio-a, -ieiirptir\i.ai (8ia-, Ik-), Iirpi(r6i)v 
 (perhaps not in A.p.). Siaireirpla-iiivoi, saivn through, sawn 
 apart. irpiav, irpfovos, a saw. wplafia (unattic). Prism, because 
 the faces of a prism look as if they might have been produced 
 by sawing. 
 
 IlTop-; on this stem we have irrdpwiiai, sneeze, and eirrapov, 
 inf. irrapetv. 
 
 IIvv6dvo|j>.ai, learn by inquiry, find out, ireva-ofiai, 4irv66|iT|v, 
 irlirti(r|Jiai (inf. inmiirSai). 
 
 i^Siios av inj9ol(»T)v crov, e(, k.t.X., I should like to find out from you 
 whether, etc. ijSius av €ini6(i|i.T)v, I should have been glad to find out. 
 
Uvuddvofiai — ' Pe'o). 167 
 
 (OS lirvSovTo T<is IlilXov KaT£iXT)|ji,|jilvT|S, when they heard of the seizure 
 of Pylos. €irei8i| mivSdvcrai Kvpov irpoo-eXaivovra, when he hears 
 that Cyrus is marching against him. The construction with on may 
 also be used, on Evpos irpoo-eXatlvei. irilo-Tis, a finding out, learning. 
 
 VLaXia, sell, see [niirpoff/cai]. From iJ.ovma\iB. (unattic) comes 
 Monopoly ; i.e. a man has the monopoly of a thing when he is 
 the only (p,6vos) one who can sell it. By transfer of meaning it 
 denotes exclusive control of anything. 
 
 'PdiTTft), sew, -pdifru (diroppclxlni)), 4'ppai|fa (prose?), eppa|i)iai 
 (inf. eppd(|>6ai), €ppd(|>-r]v. to \elXos Sicko^ ovtois uo'Te Kal pa^^fj- 
 voi, his lip was cut through so that it actually (koI) had to be sewed. 
 (xeiXos is accus., for the passage had to x^'^os SioKoirets.) 
 
 'Pi a, flow, -pu^o-0|i,ai (will flow}, lppiiT|v (flowed), eppvT|Ka. 
 i.e. 2nd fut. pass, and 2nd aor. pass, are used as iutrans. [^eiio-o^at 
 and eppeuira are very rare.] 
 
 irotrov irXouTov oleo-Oe els •n\v ir6\iv clo-pv^o-so-Oai ; how much 
 wealth do you think will flow into the city f 6 iroTaiios «ppwi K^7<»s, 
 the river flowed with a strong current. XiytTo, ^u'ijvai., it is said to have 
 flowed, els toSto to x^Tfia [Chasm] rvpp^ovo-C t« irdvTss oi iroTapcol 
 Kal Ik toutod irdXiv iKp^ovo-i, into this abyss all the rivers flow together 
 and they flow out of it again. Aa-f&v, to flow into. diroppElv, to flow 
 off. Siappetv, to flow through. KaTappeiv, io flow down, irepippeiv, to 
 flow around : ij vito-os irepwppeiTo «iro toO ttotoijioO, the river flowed 
 around the island (the pass, was flowed around will hardly do in 
 Engl.). The student will notice the doubling of p in these com- 
 pounds, according to rule. Remember too that as pe- is a monosyllabic 
 stem, these words only contract when ci would result. 
 
 B. pois, stream: dvi poBv, up stream; KaTd poiiv, doum stream. 
 I^EVExS^VTa [cK4>^pa>] viro tov poC, borne out by the current. \af.&,fpom, 
 winter-stream, torrent. poi\, usually poat, streams, mainly poet. 
 pEv|j.a, stream, flow. 6 pvd|, pvdKos, stream, torrent: d pvldj toB inipds 
 Ik T<is AtTvus, the stream of fire out of Mt. Aetna. pv)i.T|, from what 
 
168 'Pea — 'T'^yvvfit — 'Vlyom. 
 
 ■would be its natural meaning, _/?ow, is used in a sense based on the 
 idea of the rush and force and impetuosity of a torrent. 
 
 C. From ^EVfia comes Rheum, a discharge. ^eu/ioTt/t((j (unattic), 
 subject to discharges, Rheumatic, ^ev/iwrifrfiis (unattic), Rheuma- 
 tism. Kardppovs, a down flowing, Catarkh. [_-Tih, because of the 
 other mode of writing, KaT&^pov$.J 
 
 'Pe-, ippf[6r\v, pT|6^(ro|j,ai, etc. See \lya {say). 
 
 'PVJYVvjii, hreak, rend, is rare in prose exc. in comp. : the 2nd 
 a.p., in the simple form, is good, -pi\%ia, -4ppT]ga, 2nd perf. 
 -ippiDyo. (intrans.), Ippa'yTjv. 
 
 It is used in comp. with various preps. (dvA, dird, Sid, Ik, Kard, 
 irapd, ircpC, iruv). Dem. has an impf . Kurcpp^'yvve rd 'ip,dTia, he tore 
 up the garments, from -pt]-yvii<D, which is rare. The middle voice is 
 not common. [Xen. has KOTappT]-yvi|i6vai and Karepp^^aTO, of per- 
 sons rending their clothes in grief. Cyr. 3, 3, 67 : 3, 1, 13.] 
 
 ^TfrX Tijv vavv irXfoiio-av eg AIyvittov ^a^fjvai, he says his ship was 
 broken during the voyage from Egypt, t&v 'l\).wrlav ^a-y^vruv, the 
 garments having been torn. ijfovTo dvapp'^gciv tos vovs, they thought 
 they were going to shatter the ships, to o£KTi|j.a lga7rCvi)s KareppdYTi, 
 the structure suddenly broke down. lireiSav tis Siapp^g'g ras x<>pSas 
 Tiis Xvpds, when any one has snapped the strings of the lyre, [xopsyj. 
 Chord.] Siappa-yelcv dv, they would burst (if they were to eat too 
 much), pfj^iia, fracture, rupture. 
 
 Cataract, a place where water dashes down, is from Kord and 
 dpdrTu, smite, dash down, as the one r shows. But rrh would also be 
 correct (as in Catarrh), and in Greek, ancient and modern, the 
 word is usually KarappdKTTis ; from Kard and P07-. From unattic 
 aifioppayld comes HEMORRHAGE, a bursting forth of blood (al|ia). 
 For -nh- see Catarrh, at top of page. 
 
 'Ply 6 a, be cold, shiver, piyixra, ippiyuxra (in A.p. 7). [Any 
 impf.?] The grammars state that this verb contracts into a 
 throughout, even where SriXdu gives ov or 01. But we find inf. 
 P170SV as well as piYuv : 3rd pi. pi'yoSiri, PI. Phil. 45, b : gen. pi. 
 part, plyoivrav. In PI. Gorg. 517, d, we have lav piY<^; but orav 
 pl^oi (Phaedo, 85, a). ^tYos, cold: riy pt^ei dir(i>\Xii|ie6a, we were 
 ready to perish with the cold. 
 
'PiTTTffl — XjSevvvfii. 169 
 
 Tiirra or ^iirTu(ccii), cppiirrov or Ippiirrouv, pt'^a, 
 cppi(|(a (inf. ^ti|>ai), eppii|>a, Eppi|i|jiai (inf. Ipptit>6ai), cppi(|>8i)v 
 or ippt<|iT|v. The verb means throw, cast, hurl: tppv^tv iavTov tls 
 •njv 6aXao-o-av, he cast himself into the sea. b. It also means throw 
 away, cast off = airopdXXu or airoppfirTu : X^ycrai tA oirXa (rijv 
 ao-irtSa) cppl(|>4vai, he is said to have cast away his arms (his shield). 
 [ti]v d<rir(Sa diropdWu, may mean to lose the shield, accidentally.] 
 
 'P(4vvv(j.i, strengthen, encourage (imp. and fut. in Attic?), 
 -^ppuo-a, Epp<i>p,ai, Ipp(&ar8i)v. 
 
 Toijs" (lev l|«ir\i)g«, Tovs S^ ^ir^ppoio-sv, he struck one party with dis- 
 may, and inspired the others- with strength. tireiSri i]X9ev o S-fyfiKo^, 
 iroWip (iidWov epp<i(r8i)(rav, when the messenger came, they were 
 much more encouraged. b. The pf. and plpf. pass. cppcDfiai and 
 4ppii|j,T)v are very often used as pres. and impf . . oV lpp(S|iT)v, when 
 I was strong, tn eppuvTO, they were still strong. oiSapLus 4'pp<i)(i.ai,, 
 T am by no means strong. c. Pf. pass, imper. eppwo-o = Lat. FaK 
 = farewell : ^pait airtS IppuirBai, tell him good-bye. d. cppufievos, 
 is used as an Sbd]. = strong, stout, vigorous, ipputfiva^ = vigorously : 
 ipputfxvia-Ttpov = more vigorously (also Ippuixevco-r^pois). 
 
 e. pi>f!i\ = strength, might : pc^iiri i|(i)XflS! strength of soul. As a 
 proper name, Rome. appuo-Tos, without strength, weak, sick ( = 
 d<rBev<is) : dppwo-rCd ( = dtrSeveia), weakness, sickness, poor health : 
 i.ppa<nio (= &ir6t\ia), be in poor health, be sick. 
 
 ZaXirCJu, sound the trumpet; this tense, and the aor. l<rdX- 
 ttiyIo (which some virrite lo-dXiriJa) are the only Attic tenses. 
 Trumpet is rj <rdXiri7|, o-dXirtY^os, Trumpeter is croXiri7KT<is, or 
 o-aXiriKT'^s (the latter spelling supported by inscriptions). 
 
 'Zpivv v}ii, put '■out, extinguish, -a-fHa-a, ^o-peo-o, -«<rP^o-6T|v. 
 In the intrans. or pass, sense go out, become extinguished, -o-p^vvu- 
 liai (diro-, KttTO-), -(rP''jiro|iai (diro-), -^cPriv (dir-, Kar-), -ftrpTiKa 
 (dip-, Kar-). 
 
 TO v8(i»p X^yerai o-p^o-ai. Ti\v 4>Xd'Ya, the water is said to have put 
 out the fire, oirws to (t>pdvi)|i.a tSv vcviKi)K<STa>v KOToo-peffOtir), that 
 
170 '^^evv'J/j.i — ^lydo). 
 
 the pride of the victors might be quenched. lireiSrj o Xilxvos aireo-p^Kei, 
 
 when the lamp had gone out. 
 
 B. SirySerrToj, ok (not in A.p.), inextinguishable, as in Homer's 
 famous line (II. 1, 599) : 
 
 OLo-peo-Tos S' ap' Ivwpro ylka^ (laKiipEcrcri Oeoto-iv, 
 
 inextinguishable laughter arose among the blessed gods : 
 
 whence the expression " Homeric laughter." See 7£Xii<i>, B. As 
 a substantive, it means Asbestos, something that will not bimi, 
 whereas its rightful meaning would be something that could not 
 be put out when once on fire. * 
 
 SeCiD, shake; to-ciov, Eo-cio-a, and i<rfl<r9ii\v, seem to be the 
 only other tenses in A.p. In Attic poetry -aeiaa, -afa^Ma, and 
 aetreuriiai occur. The mid. is found in comp. as : dirocrEio-d|iEvos 
 iriivTa toOto, having shaken all these things off from one's self. 
 <reUi ! there is an earthquake ! lit.. He is shaking, " lie " being old 
 Poseidon (IloireiSuv) or Neptune. From <ra<r^%, earthquake, come 
 Seismology, the study of earthquakes ; Seismometer ; and Seis- 
 mic (seismic theories). For Solon's Seisachtheia, see under 
 ax6o|iai. 
 
 S^jiro), cause to rot, is rare in act., and seems to have no other 
 transitive tense. For rot, decay (intrans.), the pass, tenses 
 o-^'ro|xai, -<rair'f|(ro|j.ai, and £<r<iirr)V are used, and as perf. the 
 2nd pf. act. -o-^o-Tjira. 
 
 Oi ijird TOv il/vx^^S Toijs SaKTuXous Tuv iroSuv diro(r«o-i)iriT€s, 
 those who by reason of the cold had had their toes {the fingers of the 
 
 feet) mortify and full off. [SAktvXos, finger; Dactyl, w w; 
 
 i.e. one long joint and two short ones.] rpiffpris o-airelo-a, a trireme 
 that has rotted. (ii) o-TjireSav (-86vos), putrefaction. Rotten, de- 
 cayed, unsound is o-a6p6s. Septic (from a-riTTTixis, unattie), some- 
 thing that causes putrefaction. Antiseptic, something that coun- 
 teracts putrefaction, as salt, creosote, etc. 
 
 Siydu, be silent, or (transit.) be silent about (ti) is reg. exc. that 
 A.p. seems to have no fiit. act. or mid., while Attic poets use 
 alyiiao/iai. [Fut. act. late.] <rlyf\, silence. See a-iair&a. 
 
ZiayTrdo) — 'ZKoirem. 171 
 
 Siuirdoi, iri(oiry)(ro|i.ai, «<ri(&irT|(ra, etc., reg. Has same 
 meaning (trans, or intians.) as a-lyoM. o-iioirii, silence. 
 
 When a speaker suddenly breaks off (dwo) his discourse and 
 falls into silence (jmlnvnais, unattic), it is called in Rhetoric Aposi- 
 OPESis (i.iio(Tid>iTt\iris, unattic).. 
 
 Skclittu, dig, <rKdi|fu, (KaT-)£<rKa<|/a, (KaT-)^o-Ka<|>a, E(rKa|j,- 
 (lai, (KaT-)c(rKa<|>T)v. [The other verb for (ii^ is dp«TT<i).] 
 
 TO irKd(|>os, something dug out, often used for a boat. KOTOtrKdirroi, 
 dig down, often means overthrow, i.e. to dig down and undermine 
 the foundation : whereas KaTopiTTu = bury. KaTa(rKa<f>^ is used in 
 pi. to mean overthrow ; KaTao-Kaijial twv t«ix«v, overthrow of the walls. 
 avaiTKttipal (unattic), = excavations (i.e. digging things up). 
 
 2K£Sdvvv|ii, scatter [-o-KeSai in Attic poets], -co-KiSao-a. Pass. 
 crK£8dvvv|i.ai, Ea-Kc8avvv|i.T|V, lo-Ke8do-6i)v, l(rK^Sa<r|iai (the 
 . perf . is used chiefly in part. e<rKe8o(r|i«vos) . 
 
 a. The act. only in comp. as diro-, 8i.a-, Kara-. 
 
 b. The impf. act. seems to rest on a single place in Dem. (54, 4), 
 where some edd. give KaTco-Kc8dvvv(rav, and some KaTco-KE8dvvvov, as if 
 from KaTa(rK«8awuci>. 
 
 c. Fut. -trKtia is for (rxcSdirai. Cf . pi^u, fut. of Pipdjoi, and eXu, 
 fut. of fXavvo); also Kpcfiu, p. 126, and vera, p. 157. /i/jo 
 
 d. The pass, may be rendered lit. be scattered, or simply scatter 
 in the intrans. sense. So, a-vXKi-^a = assemble (transit.) ; its pass. 
 = be assembled, or assemble (intrans.). 
 
 e. In the pass, the simple forms occur, as <rK<SdvvuvTai and 
 (TKESavvvuvTai (Xen.) : eo-KcSdvvuvTo and (rKc8dvvu<r6ai (Plat.): 
 o-KcSao-Ocls (PI.) aud (rK£8a<r8evTes (Thuc). 
 
 f. In the compounds diro- would denote scattering off from a 
 place, as ; rflv d'iroo-K«8avvu(i,^v«)v rives Tofi o-TpaTO'ir^8ou, some of those 
 who were straggling off from the camp. In 8iaa-KeSdvvv|i.i the promi- 
 nent idea is, that of dispersion: avc)ios rd vavoyia 8i.6o-K^8ao-ev, a 
 wind scattered the wrecks, mrmp irvEvfia rj kuitvos 8ioo-K68ao-6eio-o, 
 dissipated ju^t likebreath or smoke, says Plato, speaking of the soul. 
 
 Dkcit-, stem of o-K^il^oiiai, etc. See nest verb. 
 
 Skott^oi, consider, has only pres. and impf. act. and mid. on this 
 
172 "ZKOTreco — %K(07rT(o — STrato. 
 
 stem: o-Koir<o or <rKoirov|jiai; l<rK6iro«v or Jo-Koirouimv. The 
 other tenses are in mid. and reg. on stem o-Kcir-: (rK4i|/o|i.ai, 
 l<rKci)>a|iT|v, €o-Ke|i(jiai,. The pf. may be act. or pass, in sense. 
 
 a. a-KifULa, view, consideration: also in same sense, crK4i)/is. 
 ao-KeiTTOs, ov = inconsiderate, or unconsidered . <rKoir6s, sentinel 
 (= look-out man) : also that on which one's view is directed,' hence, 
 a mark, as : toB o-koitoS tux«'v (d|iapT6iv), to hit (miss) the mark. 
 
 b. The stem o-kottc- gives Scope, the range of view or considera- 
 tion. Also Telb-, Micro-, Kaleido-, Stetho-, Stereo-scope, 
 and all the other "scopes." TTJAr, at a distance: )iiKp6s, small: 
 KaX6s, beautiful, to ctSos, form: to o-tijOos, breast, chest: o-Tcpeds, 
 solid. A Stethoscope is what physicians use to examine the lungs 
 with. A Stereoscope represents things as solid, i.e. as having 3 
 dimensions, instead of being flat. t. Sceptic (or Skeptic) is 
 from (rK^Trnxis (unattic), and lit. denotes one who is inclined to 
 consideration or speculation. The word SiceimKol was applied to 
 philosophers who contented themselves with mere speculation, 
 without coming to have any fixed beliefs ; hence the use of Sceptic 
 as opposed to a " believer." 
 
 B. Compounds. Only two of these will be noticed. 
 
 1. iirurKomia, fix the view upon, inspect, watch over, has, besides, 
 the special meaning of go to see, visit (nvci) : owoTt tis do-6«v^o-«iev, 
 lireo-Kiirei, whenever any one had become sick, he used to go to see him. 
 The modern Greek for visiting card is eVio-KeTrr-^piov. lirCo-Koiros is 
 one who has the oversight, overseer. Bishop (which last word goes 
 back to iirto-KO'iros in its derivation). Hence, Episcopal. The 
 Episcopal church, the church ruled by bishops. 
 
 2. KaTao-Koir^d), watch intently, as a scout does. Naturally a 
 scout seeks a high point from which he can look down on the 
 country around him ; hence KaTd. — KaTdo-Koiros, spy, scout. 
 
 SKc&irTU, joke, jeer, scoff (o-kiSi|/o|jioi), 4'(rKcii<|/a; aor. pass. 
 a-K(D(|>6TJvai, once in Xen. [iij o-kmitt dW tWi (loi, irdTe ^y^vcto ; 
 don't joke, but tell me, when did it happen f orKc5|ji(i,tt, joke, jeer. 
 
 STdci), jerk, draw (-o-Wircii), 4'a-irao-a, -^o-iraKa, -^o-ira(r|iat 
 (as pass.), -tonrdo-6i)v. Aor. mid, lo-irap'dii.T|v, pf. mid. eo-ira- 
 
COMPOUNDS OF tTrdo) — tTreipw. 173 
 
 (r|i,ai. ev6vs lKin]8ua-i,v lo-irao-|iivoi to |(<t>n, immediately out they 
 leap with drawn swords, inrdv tov tirirov, to Jerk the horse. o-iro- 
 o-|ia, Spasm, because of the involuntary jerking and" twisting. 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 1. dvairirdu, draw up: tos oi|>pvs dveViraKev, he has his eyebrows 
 drawn up. dv^o-irairav to o-Tavpoifjia, they pulled up the stockade. 
 Tas Tpi'^psis dvoo-irdo-ds iJiro to T«£xi(r(i.o, having drawn his triremes 
 up under the fortification. 
 
 2. dvTio-irdu, draw in the opposite direction, gives ovtCo-itoo-tos, 
 
 Antispast, the metrical foot w \j, because the order of long 
 
 and short syllables is reversed. 
 
 3. diroo'irdoi, draw off or away: diro twv L€puv dir€cnr«VT0, they 
 were dragged away from the temples. 
 
 4. hiturma, pull apart, tear asunder : 6 v€v PcutiXevuv kuI lirexeC- 
 pT)(re iroT€ iy.i Kal tov dvSpa Stao-irdo-ai dir' aW'/jXaiv, the present 
 sovereign actually (Kal) attempted one day to tear me and my husband 
 apart from one another, dpxi) Tcy 8ieo-irdo-6ai tos Svvdp,£is do-flev^s, 
 an empire weak by reason of the dispersion of its forces (SuvdjiEis is 
 subj. of the pf. pass. Suo-irdo-Sai. For pi. Suvd|iMs see SOvajiai, B). 
 
 5. tirio-irdti) (lit. pull upon) = draw towards one : lirio-irdo-do-a ti^v 
 6vpdv, having pulled the door to. Often in the mid., draw on, in- 
 cite : auToO o' X670S Tdx' dv lirio'n'do-aiTO, his argument might perhaps 
 attract you. And in the pass. : if'oPoviiai, ^r\ emo-irao-Suo-tv TJfi.iv 
 iroX€)i4io-ai, / am afraid they will be led on to make war upon us. 
 
 6. mpurircia, draw OT Jerk from around : ircpico-irdo-aTO tijv Tidpdv, 
 he Jerked off his tiara (lit. Jerked it from around his head). The 
 pres. pass. part, of this word gives us Pkrispomenon (irepio-iriS- 
 liEvov), twisted about, so called from the shape of the circumflex 
 accent. 
 
 SireCpu, sow, <rirtp&, Eo-ireipa (pf, late), Eo-Trappiai, 
 co-xdpT)v. 
 
 o-ir^p)ia (ytiv) o-ircCpEiv (o-irelpai), to sow seed (land). co-ircCpa)icv 
 Kpi6uv |i£SC|ivovs ctKoo-tv, wc sowed 20 measures of barley (01 KpiSaC) . 
 
174 Xireipo) — SreWo). 
 
 TO o-irapev, that which was sown. b. To scatter (as seed are scat- 
 tered in sowing) : lo-irdpijo-av kotoI tijv 'EXXolSo, they were scattered 
 throughout Greece. KariSovres tows "EX\i)vos lcrirap|ievoi)S Ka6' 
 dpira'Y^v, seeing the Greeks scattered in search of plunder. c. The 
 comp. Siacrirctpu answers precisely to disseminate, scatter abroad (dis 
 = Sid. ; semen = o-ir«p|ia) : Xd^ov 8ioo-ireCpavTes, having disseminated 
 a report. (Ikos Io-ti to tnt,6v 8ico-irdp6ai, the infantry is probably 
 scattered about. 
 
 B. cir^piia, seed, (d) o-irdpos, sowing, as : irpiii|jios o-irdpos, early 
 sowing. a-iT6pi\Los, ov, good for soioing,a,s : yf[ o-irdpi|iios. onropeis, a 
 sower (rare in Attic), o-'n-opds, scattered: o-iropdScs vrjes. o-iropdSnv, 
 scattered about: o-iropdSriv diriiXXwTo, they perished, some here, some 
 there. Hence Sporadic, as : a sporadic case of fever, a case here 
 and there. The oil in the head of the whale was given the name 
 sperm ; from which we get Spermaceti, sperma ceti, cetus in Latin 
 (and TO KfjTos in Greek) being the name for all large monsters, 
 sharks, whales, etc. Hence also Cetacean, a name including all 
 animals of the whale family. 
 
 SirovSdJa, be in earnest, or, work earnestly at anything, is reg. 
 exi. o-irovSdo-o|jiai as fut. inst. of fut. act. Aor. pass, is late, 
 but co-iroirSacra, lo-irovSaKa, and la-irovSao-fiai are in A. p. 
 
 a-novhi\ = haste, speed: o-irou8i]V iroieio-Boi, to make haste. Also 
 earnestness, seriousness. o-irouSoios, earnest, serious, zealous. o-ircvSu, 
 hasten, be in a hurry: a-irivhi PpaSeus =festin& lente = hasten slowly. 
 
 STeXXd), equip, fit out, send [ffrcAai], i'o-TciXa, -^o-TaXKa, 
 c a-TaX|j.ai., -€o-tAXi)v. 
 
 vaOs £o-T€iXov €s SiKcXCdv, (hey sent ships to Sicily. The comp. 
 airoo-T^XXd), send off, dispatch, is far more common ; e.g. Thuc. has 
 o-T€XX<i> only 4 times, always in the form 4'o-T«Xav : he has dir4o-T«i- 
 Xov 19 times, and other forms of diroo-T^XXw 45 times. b. In the 
 sense of equip : 06vo<]>uv dvto-TaTo co-TaX|ievos lirl irdXe|i.ov cos ISvvaro 
 KdXXio-Ta, Xenophon arose, equipped for war in the handsomest style 
 possible. c. Another frequent comp. is Iitio-t^XXoi, which means 
 (a) lay a charge upon (tivQ, enjoin, and (i) write to: ICipos tov 
 iraT^pa e<j>t| toBto lirEo-ToXK^vai (sc. ol, or a^Tcf), Cyrus said his 
 father had enjoined these things upon him, or, had given these com- 
 
SreWm — %rl^ai. 175 
 
 mands. tA lir«(rTaX|i.^va iroictv, to do what has been commanded, 
 b. «iri<rT«XX«iv ijjiiv Toiavras lirio-ToXos, to send to us such letters; or, 
 to write us such letters. iJSfa cx'^" 'i}i-lv itna-riKXav, to have pleasanter 
 news to write to you. Hence iiri.irTo\i[, a letter, Epistle. 
 
 B. The meaning equip is seen in o-ToX<i, attire, dress, accoutre- 
 ment, and o crriXos, a military equipment, an armament, expedition. 
 From irTo\'<i, robe, dress, comes Stole, part of the dress of Catholic 
 priests on certain occasions. airdo-roXos is sometimes used for 
 o-TiXos. In N.T. it means Apostle, one sent forth. 
 
 2t^P7o>, love, a-rlp^a, ta-rep^a. [The grammars give 2nd pf. 
 isTopya, ■which seems to rest on a single passage in Hdt.] 
 
 Of the pass, the pres. alone is Attic : vird tSv diro(K(Dv o-repY*- 
 |u6a, we are beloved by our colonists. 6 ©eds t^ 'yvvaiKl toB o-rep-yciv 
 TO ppcij>r) irXctov eSuKcv tJ tm dvSpC, God gave to the woman (wife") 
 more of the love for infants than to the man (husband). b. a-ripya, 
 a^airu, and <|>iXm are often used as exact synonyms : ijird t«v (|>(Xuv 
 o-T^P7«<r6ai, to be loved by one's friends. These differ from Ipdv as to 
 love differs from to be in love with, the latter expression, like Ipav, 
 relating to love between the sexes. Of the nouns from the three, 
 if \.\lo,— friendship; a,y&Tn\ = love ; and a-ropyii is unattic and late. 
 ao-Top7os = without natural affection. 
 
 'St t pi a (usually airoirrtpla), deprive (rivd xtvos, any one of 
 anything), a-T^p^o-ti), i<rr4pi]<ra, (d'ir-)«<rT4pi]Ka, lirT^pT||i,ai, 
 iirrtpi\6r[V, (diro-)o-T«pn6^<ro(».oi or crrcp'fj(ro|i.ai, though 
 iaTcp-fiv is poet. The comp. diroo-TEp^u is complete and reg., and 
 has as fut. pass. diro<rTcpT]6'/i(ro|i,ai or diroa-Tep'<i(ro)iai. 
 
 6. There is a form of pres. o-rcpCa-Ku, very rare in act. (Thuc. 
 2, 43), but more freq. in pres. pass. c. Lastly, there is a pres. pass. 
 <rripop.ax, " perhaps always used with the force of a perf . have been 
 deprived, am without " (Veitch). Its impf. pass, lo-r^povro is found 
 in Xen. (Hellen. 2, 2, 9), but is rare. o-Wprjo-is and diroo-repTia-is 
 both mean deprivation, loss. 
 
 StC^u, puncture, tattoo, brand, seems to have in A.p. only pf. 
 pass. ia-Tiyp.ivos, tattooed, branded. In Attic poetiy o-Tifw and 
 fo-Tija are found. 
 
176 %Ti^a) — StjOcc^q). 
 
 6. o-t£7|xo, a mark or brand on slaves, or criminals ; hence Stigma. 
 When St. Paul said (Gal. 6, 17) : "I bear in my body the marks 
 (rd o-TC-ynoTo) of the Lord Jesus," it was only in accordance with 
 his way of speaking of himself as Christ's slave or bondman 
 (SovXos). o-Ti-yn^j, a point. Oculists use the word Astigmatic 
 to describe eyes in which the rays of light do not come to a point or 
 focus as they should. Astigmatism is the name of the defect 
 itself. 
 
 Stp^<)>i<>, turn, twist, -<rTp4<|/ci>, co-Tpctj/a (^(rTpo<j>a, unattic), 
 c<rTpa)i.|i.ai, lo-Tp(i<j)i)v; fut. pass. -<rTpo<|>'<io-o|iai. [The 1st aor. 
 pass, occurs once in A.p., <rTp£<j>ecCs in Plato.] In mid. o-Tpe<|>o|i.ai 
 and larTpE<|>6)ii)v are found in the simple and comp. form ; but 
 (KaTa-)<rTp^<|>o|jiai and (KaT-)e(rTp€\|(4|jLnv. The form €<rTpa|i|iai seems 
 not to occur in an act. (or mid.) sense: o-irdpra co-TpapLfi^va, twisted ' 
 ropes. 
 
 B. a. Transitive : a-rpi^e to irpdo-uirov irpds (it, turn your face 
 towards me. toOs iirirous o-rplcfieiv, to turn the horses. b. lutrans. 
 either act. as : crTp^<(>ci>v (or <rTp^i|/ds) irpos toOs iro\e|jitovs, turning 
 towards the enemy; or more commonly <rTp^i|>o|i.ai, 4<rTpe4i6(Jiiiv, and 
 €<rTp<i<|>i)v : ■qv ns o-Tp£i|)HToi., Savdria ^i))i.iov(r6<i>, if any one turns, let 
 him be punished with death. oVav ti Iv tcj oircp (rTp^i|>T]Tai, when 
 anything keeps turning in the same place. Eirrp£<|>6|i.T)v coo-irep Iv 8iktv<o 
 ct\T|)j.pL^vos, / kept turning just as though caught in a net (SCkttjov). 
 
 c. Strophe is from o-Tpo<|>^, a turning : " the turning of the chorus, 
 dancing towards one side of the dpx'^o'Tpa : the strain sung during this 
 evolution, the strophe, to which the dvTio-Tpo(|)'fj answers." (L. and S.) 
 [Orchestra from opx'^o-Tpa, the stage on which the Chorus 
 (xop*s) danced.] 
 
 C. Compounds. 
 
 1. dva<rTpl()>a>, lit. turn up (as ij irdd dvairTpE(t>o|UvT|, the grass when 
 upturned in plowing), also means turn back, trans, or intrans. : used 
 of fleeing soldiers, rally is the natural word in Engl. In the 
 intrans. sense the mid. (or pass.) forms may also be used : 
 dve<rTp^<|>ovTo (dvto-Tp4<t>T|(rav) , they turned back, rallied. The noun 
 dva(rTpo<|>'fi, a turning back, gives the term Anastrophe, a turning- 
 
COMPOUNDS OF %Tpe^a). 177 
 
 back of the accent, as tovtwv ir^pi for irepl Toirwv. [irepC is the only 
 prep, in A.p. that allows anastrophe.] 
 
 2. airoo-Tp4()>u, turn off, turn aside, turn hack, trans, or iiitr. 
 airo(rTpo(|>T|, a turning off, gives Apostrophe, in Rhetoric, " A figure 
 of speech by which the orator or writer suddenly changes his dis- 
 course, and addresses, in the second person, some person or thing 
 present or absent." (Wore.) The same name is given to the 
 comma (•) that marks elision, etc. 
 
 3. KaTa(rTp^<t>a), lit. turn down, is commonly used in mid. Karo- 
 irTp^i|/op.ai, KaTco-Tpci)(a|i,T|v, KaTl<rTpa|i|iai (as mid. or pass.), kote- 
 (rTp<i<|>Tiv (as pass.), subvert, overturn, reduce to subjection, etc. 
 Karao-Tpoi})'/], overthrow, subjection. A Catastrophe is in some 
 sense an overturning of one's hopes, plans, etc. Examples of the 
 use of the verb : Iv iJ IkeCvos (ji^XXei «aTa(rTp4it>E<r6ai ( the aor. would 
 be Karao-Tp^il/ao-Sai. ) "OXvvOov, irii KarEo-Tpaiipivos eo-ei O^^os, while 
 he means to reduce Olynthus, you will have reduced Thebes, rots 
 ■MavTiveO<ri (lEpos ti 'ApKaSCds Korfo-TpairTo, hy the Mantineans a con- 
 siderable portion of Arcadia had been brought under subjection. 
 
 Note. — (rTpE'i|ro|iai and -arrpe^df,i\v are used almost solely with 
 Kara. With other preps. -o*Tpa(|>i]o*0|iai and -EO'Tpa()>T]V are used. 
 
 4. iiETOo-rp^i^oi, turn around (trans.), as : |i,ETtto-Tp£<t>Eiv to irpdopuirov 
 irpds TO <|)ws, to turn one's face round towards the light. As the usage 
 of the other compounds suggests, the intrans. sense is in mid. with 
 2nd aor. pass. : )iETao-TpE<|>dp,Evo$ airgEi, he turned round and went 
 away. p,CTEo-Tpd(|>i)v Kal ^p6)ii]v oirov Ai\, I turned round and asked 
 where he was. |i,ETao-Tpa<f>Els irpos tovs XoxtTos eIttev, turning round 
 to the men in his company (d X6\os), he said — . |iETao-Tpo<|)TJ, a 
 turning, aird tSv o-kiuv lirl to 4>«5s, from the shadows (ij o-Kia) to the 
 light. 
 
 5. oT)o-Tp^<|>ci), lit. bring together hy turning or twisting, is oftenest 
 used in pass, in the sense oi. forming a solid column or compact mass, 
 commonly as a military term : dVov fidXio-Ta r\v |vveo-Tpa|i,|iL^vov, the 
 most compact body of troops. ^o-Tpa<j>^vTEs Itt^Oevto, they formed solid 
 qolumn and attacked. 
 
 6. viroa-rpi^a, turn back (and go in the other direction), usually 
 intrans., in which sense viro(rTpE'<|>o|jioi (aor. virE(rTpd<|>T|v) may also 
 
178 "ZTpcovvv/ii — %(j)dTTa) — 2i^dWay. 
 
 be used : iSiroo-Tp^ijrovTes (or ijTro<rTpa<|>6VT£s) ■geo-ov niv irpos to opos 
 ({>c'pov(rav d84v, they turned bach and went the road leading towards 
 the mountain. 
 
 STpcivvvp.!, spread, is rare in A.p. either in simple or comp. 
 -o-TpdJirto.and iarpaicra occuT in Attio poetry. eo-Tpuitai (in part. 
 lo-Tpufilvos) in A.p. On a cognate stem o-ropt- there is an aor. 
 Icrrdpeo-a, occurring only once in A.p. o-Top^o-o)|j,6v, Thuc. 6. 18. 
 Attjc poetry has as fut. -o-ropS (for ffropeiru). 
 
 h. The noun o-Tpmjia is very common, meaning something spread ; 
 hence, mattress, bed, bedding: 'ijiiiTia koI o-Tp(&|i,aTa dvao-eto-ai Kal 
 o-vveElvai, to shake out clothing and bedding and put them away. 
 a-TpafLvi] is used in about the same sense. KaTao-rpuiJia is the regu- 
 lar word for a ship's deck, being the part spread down. 
 
 2(|>dTT<i), slaughter, o-<j>d|<i>, 4'a-<|>a|a (pf. late), £o-<t>a7p,at, 
 -«o-<j)tt7T|v, the forms being reg., all except the last. The pres. is 
 also found as a-^i-la, but a-^arra is the usxial prose form. The 
 compounds diro-, liri-, and Kara- are used : a,iri(r^a^(v iavrov, he 
 slew himself. 
 
 b. a-^ayit, slaughter, massacre. As a part of the body, tr^ayf\ is 
 the hollow place where neck and ooUar-bone join. Thuc. (4. 48) 
 speaks of men killing themselves by thrusting arrows down into their 
 throats, oto-Tovs h tos <r4>a7as KaSUvres. Plence o-i|>dTT<o stiictly 
 means to kill by piercing or cutting the throat. tr^aytii, one who 
 slaughters or butchers. o-<)>a7i.d^o|xai (D.M.) , cut the throat of a victim, 
 sacrifice (rfj 6o\dTrj| raSpov, a bull to the sea). <r<|>d7iov, an animal 
 for the slaughter, a victim, 
 
 Zi{>dXX(i), trip up, o-()>aX<o, c<r<|>i)Xa (pf. late), ^o-<|>aX|i,ai, 
 l<r<t>dXT|V. Fut. (r(j>aX'fi(ro)iai (o-i^aAoC/uoi is very rare). 
 
 The lit. meaning is not the common one : trip up gave rise to 
 the derived meanings cause to fall o^ fail, overthrow, baffle, disappoint, 
 deceive. The word is especially common in the pass., be overthrown, 
 fall, fail, be disappointed, etc. The meaning fail is sometimes 
 sharply brought out by being contrasted with KaTop66(ii, succeed, 
 b. (r4>dX|ia, u false step, a trip, failure. o-ijxiXspds, likely to maken 
 person trip or stumble: hence, dangerous. d(r(|>aX'^s, safe, i.e. not to 
 be tripped up. dir()>dXeia, safety. 
 
Xw^u> AND KINDRED WORDS. 179 
 
 Zcy'Jo, save, rescue, preserve, tr&a-a, eo-oxra, c^o'coKa, iricra- 
 o-jitti or (r^o-<i>|i.ai, k<ril}9t]v, the irregularity being that the <r is 
 sometimes omitted in pf . pass., and is always omitted in aor. pass. 
 (and of course also in (rci>6^a-o|tai) ., These sigmaless fornas are 
 from the Homeric <T<ia. C^i4\c '■^hJC'^f^ ^ ' ^* ^ . 2" ij f, 
 
 5. The pres. sys^m (all the forms with %) is often written a-Htfa, 
 the form with iota being supported by Attic inscriptions. [Cf. 
 6ii)]crKu and |U|tvx|o-Ku in pres. system.] c. The pass, is frequently 
 to be rendered escape, as : Io-w'Jovto (lirci6T|(rav) eirl ti]v ^ijv, they 
 escaped to the land. 
 
 d. The compounds dva- and 8ia- are often used, dvao-ai^u (or 
 mid. dva(r(>i£o|i.ai) suggesting the finding again (dvd) of something 
 that had been once possessed and lost; while Siao-ii>t«> (or 8iao-u>- 
 tofiai, mid.) suggests bi-inging something safely through a period of 
 danger. dvao-iia-ao-Sai ti^v irarpijiov S6|av, to regain (retrieve) their 
 ancestral reputation. rd irXcCo-rov d|ia IXdfiPavov ws' Siao-ctio-dfjLevoi, 
 they were seizing their most valuable things in the hope of {lis) eventually 
 (Sid) saving them. 
 
 B. <rii>|ia, body, i.e. that part of the man that can be kept or 
 retained after death : the immortal part escapes us (lK<|>€V7ei i)|jids. 
 Cf. PL Phaedo, 115, c). (r<u|i.aTaeiSirjs, corporeal, o-wi-rip (-liipos), 
 saviour, preserver: 'O Evpios Kal Sur'/ip, the Lord and Saviour. 
 (r<i>TT)pCd, safely, preservation, salvation. o-oirfipias, ov, affording 
 safety: A «X«x^'n <> ^"Svos, o-wr^pios dv ifv, if the word had been 
 spoken (or, if the speech had been delivered), it might have saved us. 
 The neut. pi. o-uT'^pia, agieeing with tepd understood, means thank- 
 offerings for deliverance. Soteriology, one of the divisions of 
 treatises on theology, embraces all that pertains to the doctrine of 
 salvation (o-uTqptd). 
 
 b. There are two defective adjs. for safe, limited to nom. and 
 ace. sing, and pi. They are o-fios (or <r<oos) and o-<5s. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 o-uos 
 
 or o-us. 
 
 o-foa or o-ios. 
 
 «rmov or o-uv. 
 
 A. 
 
 <rcaov 
 
 or <rSv. 
 
 o-(iav or o-mv. 
 Plural. 
 
 (Tcoov or o'uv. 
 
 N. 
 
 iruoi 
 
 or «ras. 
 
 o-uai. 
 
 <rwa [<rd oncf 
 
 A. 
 
 
 o-aos. 
 
 
 trua. 
 
180 TetVm AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 All the forms of <rwos are written with or without i subs. 
 
 The pass. part, of a-ifla (o-ujiiievos, o-mBeCs) may be used, of 
 course, adjectively. 
 
 c. SozODONT, tooth-preserver (d dSovs, oSovtos). Crbosote, 
 meat-preserver (to Kp^as, meaf), is, as its name indicates, an anti- 
 septic (see under a-i\ira). 
 
 T«£v<i), stretch, extend, nva, ereivo, reraKa, r^rafiai, «Td9r|v. 
 The mid also is used; fut. and aor. -T6voB(jiai and -eTeivdfiTiv. — 
 The simple stem tcv- rejects the v in the perfects and the aor. pass., 
 and changes € to a. Cf. o-xeX-, eo-raXKa, «'<rTa\|i.ai, kirr6\r\v. 
 
 a. Like stretch, extend, TeCvco may be intrans. : to Ttl\-r\ eirl tov 
 Xi,)i,^va Tilva, the waits extend to the harbor. b. Also, it means 
 tend, as ; irol reCvei toiIto ; whither does this tend ? c. Closely akin 
 to the notion of stretching is that of straining, exerting one's self, a 
 meaning found in the simple verb, and in some of the 
 
 B. Compounds. 
 
 1. dvareCviD, stretch up: ot(j) SokeI TofiTa, dvaTCivdru (or 'dpdTci)) 
 Tiiv X'^pO'i '''^ *"" favor of this motion will signify it by holding up the 
 hand (lit. to whomsoever these things seem good, let him, etc.). 
 
 2. diroTcCvio, stretch off: Spe'irava Ik twv d|6v(ov diroTCTOii^va, scythes 
 extended out from the axles, [d d|<i)v.] 
 
 3. CKTcCvci), stretch out, extend, to d-yaXiiia l'o-Tr]K€v €KTeivov ti^v 
 j^Eipa, the statue stands with its hand outstretched {stretching out its 
 hand). 4'ktsivov t-i^v xetpd o-o«, stretch forth thine hand. 
 
 4. irapaTcCvci), extend along: iroptTlTOTo ij Td<t>pos, the trench had 
 been extended along. 6 iraparaTiKhs (unattic) \pdvos, the imperfect 
 tense, i.e. the tense whose action properly stretches alongside of 
 some other action, as : she was singing, when I came in, ■nSev ot« 
 clo-f|X6ov. See AoRiST, p. 13. 
 
 5. TpoTcCvu, stretch forward, extend before : tov xaXtvdv Tif tirirw 
 TtpoTtlva d tinroK6|jios, the groom {hostler") holds out the bridle before 
 the horse, ij dxpd irportivft, els Tijv OdXaTTav, the cape {promontory) 
 
DERIVATIVES PROM Teivco — TeXio). 181 
 
 stretches forward into the sea. The noun Trp6Tains (unattic), a 
 
 putting forward, proposition, was used to denote a conditional propo- 
 sition ; hence Protasis. 
 
 B. The word riais is unattic. It means a stretching, extension. 
 Instead, we have tiSvos (from rev-, as X670S from X.fy-) ; tovos lit. 
 means a stretching or straining : also, Tone, pitch, accent. The con- 
 nexion of thought is easy and natural : stretching a chord causes its 
 tone ov pitch to vary. Hence Oxytone (o|vs, sharp). Atonics are 
 the words without accent (toneless), i.e. the enclitics and procli- 
 tics. When one's sinews (t^vcuv, tc'vovtos, tendon) are relaxed 
 and need bracing to make them tense, a Tonic (something to stretch 
 them) is presciibed. Under dvarECvu above, we saw the method of 
 voting by holding up the hand. This gave the Greeks a queer 
 verb, XEipoTovEu, to hand-stretch any one, i.e. elect him by this method. 
 The verb is reg. throughout, as is its opposite dirox^ipoTov^ti), vole 
 any one off, i.e. reject or defeat him. The nouns are xEiporovCd, 
 election, and airox»poTov(d, defeat (in an election). To speak of 
 hand-stretching any one is no stranger than to say to black-ball a 
 person. 
 
 TeXcu, end, finish, pay, reXfl [for riKina'^, er^Xco-a, tct^Xcku, 
 TCT^Xca-|i.ai, tT«X^cr6iiv. (Fut. mid. TcXov|iai, and aor. mid. 
 4T«X«o-d|jiilv are not frequent.) The pres. and fut. are thus identical 
 in form in the act. and mid., as are pres. and fut. of koX^u. 
 
 b. Besides the meaning end, complete, reXew also means pay, 
 especially pay taxes, to iqiiion) toB retxous ItcX^o-Ot], the half of the 
 wall was finished. toO XijUvos ttJv x'"""'''' ^ir^|i6Vov rsXeo-Oiivoi, they 
 were wailing for the obstruction of the harbor to be completed, irpoo-- 
 iiX6ov dvSpl OS TCT^CKE xp^ H^'*'''''^ o-o<f>i(rTais irXcCu r\ |v|jiiravTcs 01 
 aXXoi, / went to a man who has paid more money to professors than all 
 the others put together. t^os iv t^ irdXei |ii)Scls (iriSev teXeCtoi, let 
 no one in the State pay any tax. 
 
 B. a. reXos (to), end, completion: also tax (as in the ex. above). 
 It is often used adverbially, teXos or to t^Xos meaning _/?na%, at last. 
 
 b. Connected with the meaning end are : dnX^s, not brought to 
 an end, incomplete, unfinished, t^eos (or t^eios), finished, complete, 
 perfect. TEXEdu (more frequent in prose than nXuia), bring to com- 
 pletion or perfection, iravTeX^s, all-ended, complete, entire, as : 
 
182 DERIVATIVES AND COMPOUNDS OF TeXe'fi). 
 
 iravoirXCf. irovTtXct Ko<r|ii|STivai, to he adorned with a full and com- 
 plete suit of armor. [Panoply.] The Si&v. ira.vTi\Si% = completely, 
 wholly, entirely, as i d o-itos iravreXfls lir€\«XoCirei, the food had com- 
 pletely given out. TiKevri\, end. For TsXeurij pCoti, end of life, 
 TtKtvTi\ is often used alone, == death : (ictoi ttJv TeXeDTijv toO IlEpi- 
 kX^ous, after the death of Perikles. TeXeuTda, come to an end: to 
 Oe'pos kriKiira,, the Summer was drawing to a close. It is also the 
 common word for die, i.e. end life (pCov T€X«»Tdv), pCov being usually 
 omitted : lirciSi] lTi\tiTr\<ri Adpeios, afler Darius died. TeXeuratos, 
 last: TJ nXevraCa <rvXXaP^, the last syllable. As adv., lastly, in the 
 last place, to TeXevTaiov or simply TcXcvTaiov (= to t^Xos or t^Xos) 
 is used. 
 
 c. Connected with the meaning pay or tax we find dnX'tis, 
 exempt from taxes ; this adj. therefore has both of the main mean- 
 ings, end and pay, involved in it. dr^cia, exemption from taxes, or 
 exemption in general, as : dT^Xeia irpd-yiidTuv, exemption from trouble, 
 the idea of payment being lost sight of, just as in our word monopoly 
 (see under ituXe'u) the notion of selling often vanishes, as in to 
 monopolize the attention of the company. eiiTeX^s, cheap, tirikaa, 
 cheapness. iroXuTeX^s describes that for which one has to pay much, 
 hence expensive, costly. iroXuT^Xeio, expensiveness, costliness. 
 
 c. Compounds. 
 
 a. In sortie of these, as in diro-, Im.-, and <ruv-, both meanings, 
 end and pay, are found. 6. In others, as in 8ia- and «k-, only the 
 meaning end. c. In others, as in irpoo--, irpo-, and Jwo-, only the 
 meaning pay. d. Some of them have corresponding adjs. in ^s, 
 as o-«vT6X<is and iSirorcX'^is ; and on the other hand we have the adj. 
 ivTikiySjfull, complete, without any corresponding verb. 
 
 e. In the compounds in which the meaning end occurs, the 
 general idea is finish, achieve, complete, with only about as much 
 difference as can be seen in " bringing anything off (dinS) to an 
 end, through (Sid) to the end, out (ck) to the end, putting the finish- 
 ing touches upon (eirC) anything," etc. 
 
 1. SiaTcX^u, besides the trans, meaning go through with to the end, 
 is most commonly used in the sense of continue, but not with the 
 infin. as in Engl. SiaT^ci uo-ircp t[p$(i>, continue just as you began. 
 
COMPOUNDS OP TeXe'a) — Te/xvo). 183 
 
 SuT^ci IpuTuv, he continued asking or to ask ; or he asked continually. 
 [^Continuous is o-uvex'^is ; e\a, D, 14.] 
 
 2. (TvvTcX^u, pay together with others, subscribe or contribute money. 
 [o-v|jLpdXXo|iiai is a more general word for contribute. See pdWu, C, 
 15, c] o-vvTcXEia, contribution, subscription. o awTiMKhs xp6vos 
 = the perfect tense ; 6 innpavvreKiKbs \pivos, the pluperfect tense . [ Both 
 words unattic] 
 
 T^XXoi is used in prose in two compounds : 
 
 1. dvaTEWu is used in pres. impf. and aor. act. (dvlTciXe) with 
 the intrans. meaning rise, of the heavenly bodies ( = dv^xei or 
 dv£<rx«i) : oVav o i]\ios dvarttX.^, when the sun has risen. So the 
 nouu dvaroX^, rising, opposed to Biio-is, setting. Later on, dvaroX^ 
 was used for the Orient, the East, and from a,vaTo\M6s (unattic) 
 = eastern, we have Anatolic, as Anatolic literature, the literature 
 of the !East. d M^^as 'hvaro\iK6s, the Great Eastern. 
 
 2. lvT^\o|i,ai,, command (rivl iroiciv ti), is found in pres. impf. 
 and aor. mid. (lveT6tXtt|ii]v). The perf. is used as pass. : rd IvTeroX- 
 fiva,, the things commanded. — lvTo\<i, command ; in N.T. also ivTaAjjui.: 
 Kaivijv CTToXi^v SfS<ii|». 'ii[itv, a new commandment I give unto you. 
 
 'Sif.va, cut, lay waste, ravage, Tty.&, tTt^ov, T^T(n]Ka, T^Tnr|- 
 |iai, et)i.^6t|v. The mid. occurs, with fut. TC|xov|j,ai and aor. 
 
 iTE|ld|11]V. 
 
 From the habit of cutting down the trees, orchards, etc., in an 
 enemy's country, the word took on the meaning of ravage, lay waste, 
 as : Tijv 7f)v cteiivov, they proceeded to ravage the country. A fhia. 
 ■^ Pa6i) TO T|jiTj|jLa T) dX.7Eiviv, toioBtov Tfiijiia t^iivctoi to TC|i,vd|iEvov 
 olov TO T^jivov ri\f,va, if the cut is large or deep or painful, the thing 
 cut is cut just such a cut as the cutter cuts. hl\a, Tejiciv, to cut in two. 
 itirori^va, cut off (ttjv Kc^iaX^v tivi, anybody's head). 8iaT«|iv(«, cxtt 
 through. 4kt£'|jiv<i>, cut out. KaTarifiva, cut down, or cut to pieces. 
 viroTc'|j.V(i>, cut from under, as : iirorifioi ov tos IXirJSas aiTuv, he 
 would cut their hopes from under them. 
 
 B. The word for a cut is either Tfifjiia or to|x^. StiU a third 
 word is T(iTto-is, which gives the ^ammarians the term Tmesis, the 
 cutting apart of a preposition and its verb and putting other words 
 
184 Te/xi'a) — Tjjk(o — TiOij/ic. 
 
 in between. — The unattic word t<!^os, a cut, slice, section, became 
 used of the section of a literary work, hence a volume, a Tomb. 
 aT|iT|Tos, ov, uncut: yT\ aT|j.T)Tos, land not laid waste, arofios, ov, 
 uncut: also incapable of being cut smaller. Atom. The verb 
 imrijiva, cut upon anything, developed a later meaning, take a short 
 cut to anything, abridge ; hence, its noun Iiti.to)!,'^ (in Attic = a cut 
 upon anything) came to mean an abridgment, Epitome. The 
 verb o-vvT^fiva), cut together = cut up in pieces. Tben, as cutting a 
 thing up in small pieces often enables it to be put in smaller com- 
 pass, <riJvT^(ivo> came to mean cut short, i.e. to make a speech short 
 and concise. Notice that the same idea of cutting up so as to bring 
 the pieces together (criv, con) more compactly, lies in the word 
 concise (concldo, conclsus'). Hence o-vvTopios, ov, short, concise: 
 o-uvTO|»6Tcpos Xi^yos, a shorter, more concise account. ij cruvTO)i,(i)T<lTT) 
 o84s, the shortest way. o-uvTi[ici)s, concisely. 
 
 b. From a.vaTo/j.i] (unattic), a cutting up, dissection, we have 
 Anatomy. Phlebotomy = vein-cutting, b'.ood-letting (tj (|>\^i|/, 
 
 (t>X£p<5s, vein). Tracheotomy, the operation of cutting into the 
 wind-pipe (ij Tpdxeia, the wind-pipe). Entomology, the study 
 of insects : ivTOjiov (unattic) = insect, so called from the shape, as 
 so many insects have the appearance of being nearly cut in two. 
 
 T^Ko), melt (trans.), (t^jJio perhaps not in Attic prose), 6TT||a: 
 o ^iXios Ti\Kt\, Ti^v x''"'"*! '''^ *"" melts the snoio. KTjpov Siarfj^as, 
 having melted some wax. On the other hand we say \\.m T'^JKeroi, 
 
 is melting; kriyniTo, was melting; ira,Kj\ (2nd aor. pass.), melted; 
 T^TT)K«, has melted; IrtT^JKei, had melted. "So fut. in this meaning 
 seems to occur. tt|kt6s = melted, or capable of being melted. Its 
 negative is otijktos, ov. 
 
 TC6t|)i,i, put, place, SVjo-u, E6i)Ka, r^SciKa, T^6ci,|iai, (as middle 
 only), It^Bijv. Fut. pass, ree^o-ojiai. Fut. mid. fl^jo-oiioi. 2nd 
 aor. mid. iiiy.r[v. 
 
 A. a. In the act. the kappa aor. is used mainly in the sing.; 
 but E0T)Kav in the pi. is frequent, and l0^Ka|jicv also occurs, though 
 rarely. The aor. indie, therefore is infleoted, %i)Ka, i'SriKas, 4'6i]k« : 
 4'6£Tov, «6€Tnv : e8c|ji.cv, cOcte, tiara.v or e6r|Kav. b. The synopsis 
 of aor. act. is eSiiKa, iSt, fljCtiv, H%, Sctvai, 0c(s, as the kappa 
 
lie'niii. 185 
 
 aorists (cSiL>Ka, eOi^xa and ifKa from "it|(ii) are all limited to the 
 indie. c. The syn. of 2nd aor. mid. is i6i\Li\v, 6u)i,ai, 6cC|it|v, 6oO, 
 Seo-Sai, 64)i,£vos. d. The imperatives are accented 9h, o-ivOes, ev9es, 
 dtriSOes, ItrCSes, etc. Mid. BoB and IvOov ; but with a prep, of two 
 syllables, KardSou. e. In the opt. mid. the forms ti6oC|i.t)v, tiOoIo, 
 TiBoiTO, etc. : -Soiro (as liriBoiro), -8o(|j.e6a, -6ot(r0c, -9oEvto are often 
 found ; in fact, some good authorities prefer these forms to the 
 others (tiSe(|i,i)v, rtfltto, etc.). In the comp. verbs we find e.g. 
 <rvv6ElT0, oTivOoiTO, aud o-vvSoiTO. Cf . "tTl|ii, A, Ji. f. NotlcB tlOeCs 
 and te6e(s, gen. tiOwtos and t«B«vtos, pres. act. and aor. pass. In 
 TiS^vTos, Ti- is the reduplication (as Si- in SCSufu), and Be- is the 
 stem of the verb. In reflevTos, re- is the stem, changed from flt- for 
 euphony, and 9e- is the characteristic of the aor. pass. part. (\«- 
 fl^-vT-os). g. The perf. pass, of T(Bi]f» is Kei)i.ai. See under 
 KEt)iat. A. The pf. act. is r^fleiKa in texts and grammars, but 
 T«6T|Ka (reg.) in inscriptions. 
 
 B. Beyond the meanings put, place, notice only the following : 
 1. tC6t||u is the word for make, when used with v6)los, lam. The 
 act. is used of the lawgiver (vo(i.oBeTT|s), and the mid. is used when 
 people are making the laws for themselves. Thus : SdXuv v6|j,ovs 
 e6T]K«v, Solon made laws; but : oi 'ABT)vdu>i vd|i.ous 4'BevTo (t^Bcivtoi.) , iAe 
 Athenians made (have made^ laws (for themselves). In the pass. 
 vd)ios triOti, a law was made; vd|ios TeBrjo-eTai, o law will be made; 
 but vofios KEirai, a law has been made. 
 
 2. Notice the ever-recurring military expression rd oirXa crCBevro 
 (e'BcvTo) = they halted under arms, i.e. the soldiers often retained 
 their arms (did not go and stack them), but let shield and spear 
 rest on the ground. 
 
 C. Simple Derivatives are in part : 
 
 ffe/ia (un attic), something set before one for discussion; hence 
 Theme. In the grammars fl^jia denoted a primitive word, or 
 the set (fixed) part of a word; thus \v- is called the theme of 
 \ia. BE|ji\ios, foundation : ro vSup ^'p^'''" virep r&v BcjjlcXCuv, the 
 water began to rise above the foundations. 9i^i\i6ia, lay the foundation 
 (not common in Attic, but found in Xen.). Sv kwt dpxas, Kvpic, 
 TTJv 7<iv IB£|u\((i>(ras, Thou, Lord, in the beginning didst lay the founda- 
 tion of the earth. 6^)li,s, that which is set, fixed, established, by 
 
186 DERIVATIVES AND COMPOUNDS OP TWrjfjLi,. 
 
 usage and custom ; hence, that which is right and lawful according 
 to this standard. In Attic usually indecl. 9i\iii eo-rCv, it is right : 
 o« 6i\iis Tip OtM <|>evSe(r6ai, it is not right for the god to lie. In the 
 same sense, 6«|i.it6v (neut. of Osfiiris), lawful, right. 6^0-i.s, a 
 putting, placing, putting doion : position. r\ Bitrn TeXfflv, the imposi- 
 tion of taxes. 1] SeVis twv oirXcov, the putting down of one's arms, rj 
 SeVis v6(ici)v, the making of laws. o4tos eOedro Tijv 6^<riv Tfjs iriXews, 
 }ie viewed in person the situation of the city. — Thesis, a subject set 
 for discussion. In prosody Thesis, the downward beat, from 
 putting the foot down in beating time; oppose to Arsis (see 
 under otpca). 6co-)i.6s, an earlier word for law, v6|j.os being the 
 usual word. Drake's laws were called Seo-iioC, and Solon's, v<i|j.oi : 
 one was a 6£o-)i,o6e'TT|s (lawgii>er'), and the other a vo|j.a6«Tt)s (vojio- 
 ieriia, make laws). ^■{\ki\, a place for putting things, a box, chest; 
 especially a coffin. From fl'fJKt] and Pi^XCov (book, Biblk), came 
 0i0\i.oB'fiKTi (unattic), library (German Bibliothek, library). 
 
 D. Compounds. 
 
 TCflT)(jii is compounded with all 18 prepositions, and with 16 of 
 them in Attic prose, the exceptions being a\i.^(. and virip. 
 
 1. avaTCei]|i.i, set up, is used esp. of offerings consecrated to a god 
 and set up in his temple ; then, in general, to dedicate to a god : 
 Tiiv vijo-ov a,vi6r\Ki tco 'AiroWwvi, he dedicated (consecrated) the island 
 to Apollo. dvd6eo-is = dedication (dvSpiiivTas, of a statue ; rpCiroSos, 
 of a TRIPOD, etc.). That which was set up or devoted was called 
 avclSt|)i,a, a votive offering. But a thing may be dedicated to a god 
 to receive his blessing or his curse. In the latter sense the word 
 was avdBeiia (unattic), an accursed thing. Hence Anathema. 
 
 b. A second and very common meaning of dvarUi))!.!, is impute, 
 ascribe anything to any one : o-ol tijv atrtdv dvaS'/jcrovcri, people will 
 ascribe the blame to you (lay the blame on you), rd dpio-TEia IkeCvois 
 dva6cT4av, we must ascribe (or assign) the meed of valor to them. 
 
 2. dvTiTC6T))ti, set one thing over against another, place in opposi- 
 tion. Hence dyrCSEo-is, opposition. Antithesis. 
 
 3. diroT(6T||ji.i, put off, is most common in the mid., Athsi put off 
 FROM one's self, or, put off for one's self; lay aside has these same 
 two uses. Thus : tijv 'vfiET^pdv ppaSuTfjTa Set diro6^(r6ai, you must 
 
COMPOUNDS OF TlBriiJLL. 187 
 
 lay aside your slowness (put it o^from yourselves), iirtrifiaa airorC- 
 6ca-6ai, to put provisions away FOR one's self, lay them aside for future 
 use. The ■word reserve is often an exact rendering : toBto els ovflis 
 diro6(i|u6a, let us reserve this for another time. Xen. (Mem. 2, 1, 31) 
 describes the votaries of pleasure as having run through their pleasures 
 in youth (to, [i«v ijS^a iv rg v€6tt)ti SiaSpa|i6vTcs), and having reserved, 
 (put off, deferred) their hardships till old age (tA hi x"^*'"'* «'s to 
 7iipas diro6^|jLevoi) . Ff. pass. . ravra rots ScorirdraLs dirdKEirai, these 
 things have been reserved for the masters. dirdBeo-is, a laying aside. 
 diro0^KT|, a place for storing away, store-house. It is this word that 
 gives us Apothecary, now limited to mean one who keeps drags 
 and medicines in store. 
 
 4. SiarOTipii, place apart (dii-pono), arrange, dispose. In the act. 
 its special meaning is, treat any one (well, ill, kindly, harshly, etc.) ; 
 bring him into some state or condition: airavras dirto-rois irpds i]|ids 
 airovs Sio9a|j,ev; shall we make all men feel distrustfully towards our- 
 selves f orav ovTW SiaOfls rovs "EXXr)vas, oiirircp dp^s tovs eraCpous 
 ToOs <rovs irpds <re Si.aKEi.|i.evovs, when you have made the. Greeks feel 
 (towards you) just as you see that your friends feel towards you 
 (where SiaKcipivous is used as the perf pass, of SiarCeTHJii,). 
 
 6. The mid., arrange or dispose of for one's self, has besides, as 
 a frequent meaning, dispose of one's property either by sale or by 
 will, make a will, as : t|v tis diroOdvij in] SiaS^fiEvos, if a man dies 
 without having made a will. The word for a will, testament, was 
 Std6£o-Ls or (much more usually) StaO'/JKi] : 8ia6^Ki]v Sia6«o-6ai, to 
 make a will. tia6i\KT\v KaraXiirEiv, to leave a will. Sia6^KT)v axvpov 
 iroiTJo-oi, to set a will aside, invalidate it (ro Kvpo% = validity) . 'H 
 KaivT] AiaS^Ki], The New Testament. The other word SidSeo-is = 
 disposition, in the sense of arrangement, or sale (SiaS^o-Sai, to dispose 
 of by sale), or state of feeling, condition. From this last use comes 
 the medical term Diathesis, a person's condition, state of health. 
 
 5 and 6. et<rT(6T|p,i. and lvrL9r\\Li, put into or in (ets to irXoIov, into 
 the boat). The mid. is used in the same sense. 
 
 7. Ikt(6t||u, set out, expose (ex SLuApono) : Kiipos ijird toO irdinrov) 
 IJct^Bt), Cyrus was exposed (put out to die) by his grandfather. 
 
 8. tiriTCOiiiJii, place upon : toijs veKpoOs eirl iropov «iri84vTes, placing 
 the corpses upon a funeral pyre. nf^dXijv £t]p,(dv awcp liriBta-av, they 
 
188 COMPOUNDS OF TiOrj/Mi. 
 
 laid (imposed) a heavy penalty upon Mm. In the mid., the literal 
 meaning is also found, put on for one's self; but the usual middle 
 meaning is attack (nvt, = irpoo-pa\Xci)), lit. set one's self on (as "we 
 speak of setting a dog on any one) : rots iroXeiiiois MSfvro, they 
 attacked the enemy. — An attack is eirCSeo-is (= ■ffpoo-poX'^) : iTrtBeo-is 
 l-y^vcTo, an attack was made. — But as an illustration of the arbitrary 
 limitation of the meanings of words, in the adj. lirtBeros, ov, the 
 meaning "attack" disappears, and the lit. idea returns, put on, 
 added. It gives us Epithet. lir£9eTov (unattic in this sense) = 
 adjective (added to a substantive). And to make the matter worse, 
 €v{7rC6«Tos — easy to attack. 
 
 9. KaTaTC9T||ii, put down, deposit (de and pono exactly = Kard, and 
 t(6t||j,i). It also means lay up, i.e. put by in store for future use, just 
 as we lay up money by depositing it (putting it down) in the bank. 
 
 10. (leTarCBTiin,, change (v^tA.) the position, transpose. Hence 
 Metathesis, transposition of letters, as when paX- is changed to 
 pXa-, forming p^pXijKa, etc. [See )UTapdXX(i> for change and 
 changeable.'] 
 
 11. iropaTtOtiiJii, set by the side of, place by any one, esp. with 
 Tpdirela (table), set a table before any one ; or, with articles of food, 
 as : irapeTt6e<rav lirl ttJv oiniv rpdirt^ov mpia, iravToia, they would 
 place on the same table meat of all kinds. When the Greek general 
 Pausanias was beginning to put on au-s, Thuc. says rpdirejov 
 Ilepo-iKiiv iropeTCOero, he caused a Persian table to be set for him 
 (where the mid. voice has a causative meaning). b. In the mid. 
 it also means put something of one's own with (iropd) any one, deposit 
 with, entrust ; but irapaKaTarCSeiJiai is generally used in this sense : 
 diraiTciv o irapaKOTcSe'ij.'nv Tip (|>CXai, to ask back what I left with my friend 
 for safe keeping. diroSiSdvai o tis irapoKaTaTCOtToi, to return what 
 any one deposits. iropaKaToO^Kt), a deposit, anything entrusted to 
 another for safe keeping. — Parenthesis, something put in as one 
 goes along. 
 
 12. irEpir(6i)p.i, put around : iripii6ir\Ke (ni^avov irepl ti]v Kt^aXijv, 
 she put a garland about her head. Of clothes, put on ; o-Kevi|v irepiB^- 
 o-Boi, to put on apparel. 
 
 13. irpoa-TlSr^fti, put to, add (cf. irpos tovtois, in addition to these 
 things) : irpoo-BeivaC ti tois ■i\Sy\ e(pT]p,4voi5, to add something to what 
 
COMPOTJKDS OF l!l07)fJLl. 189 
 
 has been already said. Its opposite is ai|>aipelv, take away, sub- 
 tract. irpdo-Bco-is, addition. (di|>aCpc<ris, subtraction). irpo<r9^Kti, 
 something added, an addition, annex. 
 
 14. irpoTC6T](i.i, place before, propose : o9X6v tivi, a prize to any one. 
 i|ri)<t>os irpocnSr], a vote was proposed. veKpov irporiO^vai, to lay out a 
 dead body (for burial) : vcKpos irpiKtiToi, a corpse has been laid 
 out. 1] irpoSciris v«KpoB, the laying out of a corpse, ij "irpfiOeo-is e|, 
 the preposition «| (unattic in this sense). 
 
 15. (rvvT(6T)|i.i, put together, compose (con and pono') : (ivOov av 
 iruv^8T|Kcv Ato-uiros, Aesop would have composed a fable, [d |i€6os, 
 Myth. |jiv6o\o7Cd, Mythology.] to o-u|ia o-i-yKsiTai l| oo-tuv 
 Kol vcvpuy, the body is (literally, has been, cf. ltiivv\i.i,, b) composed 
 of bones and sinews (ytvpov). b. The mid. has a common and 
 special meaning, make an agreement, agree to anything (raSra, these 
 things; niv Elp'^vrjv, the peace). c. The lit. (active) meaning is 
 seen in o-vvfico-ts, a putting together, Synthesis. The middle mean- 
 ing is seen in o-vvStjkt), an agreement; esp. of parties at war, a 
 compact, truce, usually in pi. at o-vv6fjKai; and in <rvv6T)|Jia, watchword 
 (the word agreed upon) . otIvBctos, ov, compound^ aivde-ra iwiBfTa, 
 compound adjectives. 
 
 16. v7roTC8i))ii, put under, in various senses. a. literal, as: 
 <|>oCvrKas iiirerWei, he put palm-trees underneath. b. From this lit. 
 meaning easily came the one that undei-lies the word Hypothesis 
 (ijir66e<ris), lay down as a foundation, suppose (^sub and pono), take for 
 granted, assume. The mid. is esp. common in this sense. Accord- 
 ingly, a hypothesis is something assumed as a foundation or basis on 
 which to erect some doctrine or theory. The word supposition is the 
 exact parallel of hypothesis (sub = «ir6) . c. put down as a pledge, 
 mortgage : Tqv otKldv vTtl9r\K(v, he mortgaged the house. This mean- 
 ing went over to vitoB'^kt), whence the law term Hypothecate, to 
 mortgage. 
 
 E. Finally, we add (to make up for those two lacking preposi- 
 tions !) vovBtria (reg. vevonB^rriKa, -jiai, lvo«fl6T^Bt]v), put in mind, not 
 in the sense of dvap.ip.vT]<rKii>, remind, but in the sense of admonish. 
 This admonishing may be done by counsel or argument ; or, if this 
 does not answer, by blows (irXi)7ttts), and so it sometimes = correcJ, 
 chastise. Admonition is vouBIttio-is or vovB^TT]|ia. \dYOi vovBcttitikoC 
 (or vovfleTiKoC), words of admonition. 
 
190 Tt/KTCi) — TtV&) — TiTpcoa-Kca. 
 
 TCktu, ieget, or bring forth, bear, T4|o|jiai (oftener than r^a), 
 
 €TCKOV, T^TOKa. 
 
 tIkvov, offspring, child, used of young animals as well as of 
 children. [A poetical word for this is to te'kos.] tokevs, a parent 
 (yovtii is the more common woi-d). t6kos (o), interest on money, 
 that which the capital produces or " begets " : aroKos, ov, not yield- 
 ing interest; Iviaurov aT6Kif ^pfjcrOoi tco ap^vpCip, to use the money for 
 a year without interest. tsktuv (-ovos), a carpenter, lit. a producer. 
 dpxvTSKTwv (-ovos), master-buildcr, engineer, Architect. TEKTaCvop.ai 
 (T«KTOvoB|j.ai, £T€KTi]vd(jn]v) , be a carpenter, do carpenter's work; in 
 general, to frame, build, ij reKTOviK^i (sc. t^x*^); ^^* carpenter's 
 trade. tcxvt) itself belongs here, with its enlarged meaning of 
 trade, profession, art, etc., i.e. that by which anything is produced, 
 made, brought into existence. Hence we get Tbchnical, t6xvik4s, 
 belonging to a trade or profession. Texvtrtjs, one engaged in some 
 trade, art, profession ; artisan, artist, craftsman. 
 
 Ttvcii, pay, pay hack, rta-a, 4'Tio-o, -T^TiKa, -'riTl(r\ia,i, 
 -ETto-Biiv. [In inscriptions of the classic period reCo-ai, I'mo-a, and 
 lTetcr8T|v are the forms.] This verb usually means to pay something 
 in the nature of a penalty, as : TiveVa) Tijv pX(ipi)v, let him make good 
 the injury (sustained). The compounds diro- and Ik- are frequent ; 
 TouTOD ^t]|jiCav airoTto-T^ov, for this he must pay a fine. SiirXdciov 
 iKTicrdTci) Tw p\ait>6^vTi (pXaPe'vTi more common), let him pay double 
 as much to the one who was injured. ScSeo-Sw 4'«os av 4KTto-T|, let him 
 remain in prison till he pays out Ms fine (?ub av diroTfo-u, until he 
 pays it off). In the mid., take one's own payment, avenge one's 
 self, but rare in prose. tCo-is, punishment, vengeance (not common 
 in prose) : 4'ktio-is, full payment. 
 
 TiTp&a-Kia, wound (stem rpo-), TpcSo-w, crpua-a (pf. act. late), 
 
 T^TpIi>|l,at, lTpii6T)V. 
 
 TiTp(&(rK<i> from rpo- is exactly parallel with yiyvd}<rKa from ■yvo-. 
 The Greeks spoke of wounding ships, i.e. disabling them. Tpoiip.a, a 
 wound. Thuc. (alone of Attic writers?) uses TpavjiarCds (-o«), o 
 wounded man, usually expressed by a part., as TCTpoin^vos. The 
 word TpaD|iaT£5<i), wound, is also used : iroKXd Tpav|j,aTio-6E(s, having 
 received many wounds (or, having been wounded in many places'). 
 
TpSfjuo — Tpiira. 191 
 
 T p I |i u, tremble, has only the pres. act. An aor. erpeo-a, I trembled, 
 from rpea (poet.), is found (rarely) in A.p. — d Tpdjios, a trembling. 
 Of course Latin tremo, tremble, is kin to this word. 
 
 Tp^iroi, turn, rpi^a, crpci|>a, r^rpo^a (Wrpo^a rarely), 
 T^Tpa|i|iav, IrpdiTTiv (iTp^<t>6i)v rarely). 
 
 A. a. This verb is noteworthy as being the only one in the 
 Greek language that has all 6 aorists; but (Tpmrov is poet., and 
 4tpc(|>6t)v is rare in Attic. b. Further, rpliru is one of a very few 
 verbs that have the 2nd aor. in act. and pass, at the same time. 
 c. As to the meaning of the aorists, ^rpcijfa and lTpEi|>d)i.T|v are 
 always transitive ; eTpE<|;a either in the general sense of turn, or in 
 the specific sense of turn to flight, rout: and lTpci|>d|»)v only in this 
 last sense, so that, they put the enemy to flight, is either toOs iro\«n£oiis 
 cTpE(|/av or 4Tp^i|/avTo ; and lTpd,in)(rav (rarely hrpi^iiyrav) = they were 
 put to flight. d. In the intrans. sense, turn {one's self), the aor. 
 is either lTpair6(ii)v or €Tpdin]v. e. T^Tpa)i,|i,ai is used both as mid. 
 and pass., and often we may count it as either. The part. Terpaji- 
 (Uvos is often used of places, to denote the direction towards which 
 they are turned, towards which they lie : xi'P'ov (x<ipa) irpds to 
 ir4Xa70s TeTpa(i,(Uvov (-jUvr)), a place {country) turned (lying) towards 
 the sea. 
 
 B. rpdiros (d), Ut. a turn, is usually figurative and means way or 
 manner: roiPTcp Tcy rpdirtp or (adverbial accus.) toOtov tov rpdirov, 
 in this way, in this manner, after this ftishion. Then, just as we speak 
 of a man as having a turn for some particular thing, so rpdiros 
 denotes one's moral turn or bent; hence it is the word for disposition, 
 character, as when Xen. says of Cyrus : o4 7dp ijv irpds toO Kupou 
 Tp6irov exovTo (tij diroSiSdvai, ftir it was not Cyrus's way (or, was not 
 in accordance with Cyrus's character), not to pay, if he had (the 
 money to pay with). 
 
 b. Tpoir<), in the lit. sense of turn, is commonly applied to the 
 semi-annual turning of the sun, June 21st and Dec. 21st. al Scpival 
 rpoiraC (rd 6^po$, Summer), the summer solstice : at xeiiupival rpoiraC 
 (d \t\,\i.&v, -fflvos, Winter), the winter solstice. From tpoitik6s (unattic), 
 or its pi. oi TpoiriKoi (sc. kvkXoi, circles) we have Tropics. — Helio- 
 trope {i{KioTp6iriov, unattic), turning to the sun. p. rpoir^i was 
 also used (not iu Attic) to denote a rhetorical turn; hence Trope, 
 
192 COMPOUNDS OF TpeTTft). 
 
 a figure of speech. The adj. Tropical is used in this sense also, 
 as : a tropical expression. y. Lastly, Tpoir'fj had the military sense 
 of rout, turning the enemy to flight: rpoiriiv tSv IvavrCwv iroi'^o-acFSai, 
 to rout the foe. That which was erected as a monument of an 
 esnemy's defeat was a Tp6iraiov, Trophy (also rpoirotov). drpoiris 
 (■q), path, that which will keep one from turning out of the way. 
 "Arpoiros was one of the Fates (Motpai), who never turned from her 
 purpose. See under Xayx'^v''- 
 
 C. Compounds. 
 
 1. avarpeiru, turn bottom side up, upset, overturn, overthrow, ruin, 
 destroy : vaOv ctvoTp^ireiv, to capsize a ship. iroXlnla (or 'ir6\is) dva- 
 TCTpa|ji|i^vT|, an overthrown (subverted) government {State), ij iriXts 
 8oK£t avaT£Tpd4>6ai, the state seems to have been overthrown. e|<i) oijTfis 
 ovo-a 1] ■yuvii dvoirtiS^io-do-tt Tijv rpdirejov dvorplirei, the woman, being 
 beside herself (with terror), sprang up and upset the table, [dvo- 
 TpeirriKis, subversive (rf[% irdXeus, of the State) ; and dvarpoiHI, over- 
 throw, ruin, both occur in Plato, once at least.] 
 
 2. dn-orp^irci), turn off, turn any one away from (nvis), dissuade. 
 (rv|ii(|>opav diroTp^ireiv, to avert a disaster. Pass. <j>6pia dtrorpEircTai, 
 he is deterred by fear. [Aor. pass, of this compound is unattic] 
 The 2nd aor. mid. (1st aor. is unattic) 6.tnTpa,ir6fir\v = turn aside 
 from (rivis) ; espt turn back, return: dircTpdirovTO ds ti^v ir6\iv, 
 they turned back into the city. dirorpoir^, a turning aside, averting 
 (KaKuv, \vir&v, of ills, of griefs). 
 
 3. iKrpiira, turn anything out of its course, as: to vSup i^irptviv 
 ets Tiiv MovTiviK^jv, he turned the water out of its channel into the 
 Mantinean territory. In the mid., turn out of the way (intrans.). 
 
 4. IvTp^iru is Attic only in mid., and means reverence; oiire tj|i»v 
 T&v vdpiuv IvTp^irci, neither do you reverence us the laws. 6 tinros 
 o,-uT« KcvTpiDv ovrt |id<rTi70s Ivrp^irsrai, the horse regards neither spur 
 nor whip. [K^vrpov, a sharp point, a point, Centre.] 
 
 5. htvrphta, very f req. in prose, = entrust (tivC ti, anything to any 
 one), turn it over to him, leave it in his hands, etc. : ol ti^v (|>uXaKi)v 
 4iriTCTpa|i.|iivoi, those who had been entrusted with the guard (the dative 
 of the act. construction being made the subj. of the pass., because 
 
COMPOUNDS OF TpewQ) — Tpe<})a>. 193 
 
 it referred to persons, while the direct object i(>v\aK^v referred to a 
 thing. So in Eng. I was shown a wonderful sight). S(kt)s AaKe- 
 Sai|iovCoi$ lirirpaiTEdnijs, arbitration (of the matter) having been en- 
 trusted to the Laced cemonians (where the direct object of the act., 
 although a thing, is made the subject of the pass., as is logically 
 correct, but much less usual in both English and Greek than the 
 construction noted in the preceding ex.). The word lirtrpoiHi 
 denotes the leaving a thing to another's decision, the reference of a 
 matter to be arbitrated, corresponding to SCkiis iTnTpoireto-Tis in the 
 preceding example. EirCrpoiros, guardian, one to whom a minor 
 is entrusted ; dpifiavuv cirCrpoiros, a guardian of orphans. (op<)>avds, 
 Orphan.) kmrpoinia = guardianship ; and iicvrpoireia (two) = be 
 any one's guardian; it augments iinTp6itevov, -o-a, -6i)v. 
 
 6. Taparp^o), turn aside : vSup iraparpliru, turn water out of its 
 course. iraparpEirccrSai. (ts tos ' A6^vas, to turn out of one's course and 
 go to Athens. 
 
 7. irpoTp^irto, turn any one forwards, turn towards, incite : irpos 
 dpeTi]v dvOpiSirovs irpo^Tpeirev, he used to incite men to virtue. 
 
 Tpi^io, nourish, 6p^i|roi, 66pci|(a (rETpoi^a, poet.), T^6pap,|i.ai, 
 ^TpgL<)>T|v. Mid., nourish for one's self, Tp^(^o|i.ai, 6p^i|fo)i,ai, 
 (6pEt|rd|i.T)v; T^6pa|i|i.ai seems not to be used as mid. 
 
 6. The f ut. pass, is not rpa^ffoiuu (" perhaps late "), but f ut. mid. 
 is used instead. c. The pf. pass, inflects T^6pa|i.|i.ai, T46pai|>ai, 
 TeSpairrai ; TE6pd|i|u6a, T^6pa<|>6E, TcOpafiii^voi cUrl. Infiu. 'Te6pd<|>6ai. 
 [T^Tpa|i.|i,ai, T^pa<|/ai, TCTpd<)>6ai, etc., are from Tp^u.] d. Notice 
 that the aspirate at the end of Tp6<|>- is transferred to the beginning, 
 whenever it is lost by euphonic change at the end; hence 6p4i|f(ii, 
 c6pEi|fa, Tl6pa|i,|i.at, and even T^Spa(|>6E and T€6pd<ti6ai. So, too, in 
 6p£)i|ia (see below). Cf. Odirra. 
 
 B. The word means nourish in its widest sense, as : to nourish 
 young children or young animals, to bring them up : to nourish 
 those who are old and feeble, to cherish them and take care of 
 them, support them, etc. The Greeks even said, to nourish ships'i'a 
 fleet, voBs Tp^i|>eiv or vavriKov rpi^av, that is, tn maintain them. For 
 bring up, rear, ixTpi^a may be used : l|6Tpdc|)i)v irapd rif vvv p<uriKft, 
 I was brought up at the court of the present king. trvvrpi^a, bring 
 up together. 
 
194 Tpi(j)(o — Tpex(o — Tpt^o). 
 
 C. Tpo(|iE{$, one who rears or brings up. Tpoi|>6$ (usually ij), nurse. 
 Xenophon calls agriculture (t) yeapyla) the mother and nurse 
 (Tpo<)>6s) of the other pursuits (twv oWwv rexvwv). Tpo<|)'^, food, 
 nourishment. Tp6<|>i|i.os, one who is being reared or educated, 
 nursling, pupil. 8p^)i|i.a, a creature in the nursing stage ; usually of 
 young animals, whelp, cub. 
 
 b. From aTpo^ia (unattic, though Xen. uses arpocjias, poorly fed), 
 comes Atrophy, lack of proper nourishment. Another medical 
 term is Hypertrophy, excess of nourishment (vir^p denoting excess, 
 as in Hypercritical, critical above measure). 
 
 Tp^xu, run, Spa|jiov|i,ai., 4'8pap,ov, Se8pd|ii]Ka. 
 
 The word is naturally compounded with various prepositions, to 
 denote the direction of the running, as : ava-, oLiro-, tto--, eiri-, Kara-, 
 irapa-, irepi-, irpo-, irpocr-, <ruv-, and iJiro-. irpo^rpexev airo tov SevSpou 
 Bio TJ TpCa p'tjiiara, he would run forward two or three steps from the 
 tree (S^vSpov). 8c(<ras (iij ■n-opaSpdp.oi, /ean'n(^ that he would run past. 
 
 B. d 8p6|j,os, a run, race : 9eiv 8p6|i,(j>, to go on a run (run with a 
 run). 8p6|ios also means a place for running, race-course, (o) 
 iirir68po|jios, a place for horses to run. Hippodrome. liriroBpoixCd, 
 horse-race. Spo|uvs, a runner. Spo|jiiK6s, skilled in running. From 
 dpojids, -dSos (poet, and late prose), swift, comes Dromedary. A 
 Palindrome is a word like to-do-i, or Madam, that runs backwards 
 (irii\iv) just as it did forwards. From -Spojji'fj are made compounds, 
 as cto-Bpop,^, Tpo8po|i^, etc. 
 
 Tpox<is, something that runs, wheel. Troche (lozenge) got its 
 name from its shape, as if it were a little wheel. Trochee, the 
 metrical foot ( w ), is from rpoxatos, running quick. 
 
 Tpia, tremble. See Tpi\ui>. 
 
 Tptpu, rub, wear out, rpi'^a, i'Tpti|/a, TirpX^a, T^Tpi)i|iai 
 (inf. TeTpI<|>6ai), «Tpt4>6i)v; but €TpiPr)v as aor. pass, is much more 
 common ; fut. mid. Tpii|fO|iiai, used both as mid. and as pass. ; fut. 
 pass. -TpiP'^o-ofi.ai (Ik-, Kara-, etc.). Aor. mid. -CTpii|>a)i.T|v. 
 
 B. rpipti) = rub in the natural sense : <|>dp|i.aKov rpipav, to rub a 
 medicine (in a mortar), to prepare it, mix it. In the meaning wear, 
 wear out, it is applied to people = exhaust, wear out their energies. 
 
COMPOUNDS OF T/3t/3(B — Tvyxavm. 195 
 
 For wear out clothes Kararptpa is the usual word, drpairos TeTpt|i|UvT|, 
 a well-worn path ; hence arpip^s, not worn by the feet of travellers : 
 vfjo-os &Tpip^$, a trackless (pathless') island. 
 
 c. Compounds. 
 
 1. SiaTpfpo), used esp. of wearing time away, consume, spend: 
 lircl SUrpiPc Tivas i]|j.^pds, lirV ravrg tq Siarpip^ 4'i|re70v airdv, when 
 he spent (or, delayed) several days, they censured Mm for this delay. 
 IviavTos Ik«i SicTptpi), a year was spent there, kv li]rf\mi, SiaTpii|/ai, to 
 spend time in investigation. The noun Siarpip'^, a spending of time, 
 may mean a delay, loss of time ; or a diligent use of time, serious 
 employment. This word gives us Diatribe, first denoting a 
 lengthened discourse on some topic, a discourse on which much 
 time is spent; then there was added to this idea that of abuse or 
 invective, which the word so often suggests. 
 
 2. KaTaTpfpu, wear down, or, as we say, wear out, is the word foi 
 wearing out clothes ('i(i.dTi.o) ; <t)opElv = to wear ; KaraTpt^civ = to wear 
 out. But, like our " wear out," it also applies to people : Kararpi- 
 Peis (le €p<i)Ti5v, you wear me out with your questions. KaTaTeTpi|ji|te6a 
 it\av&\uvoi, we are worn out (completely exhausted) by our wanderings. 
 — It also applies to time consumed, as rptpu does. 
 
 3. o-uvTptp<«, break, as : to break furniture, ships, one's ribs, etc. : 
 avBpuiroi <ruvTCTpr|i)u'voi Kal (rKE\i) Kal irXcvpos, men with the legs and 
 ribs both broken. Cf. Kwr&yvv^i. 
 
 Tvy\a,va, happen, hit, Teu|o|tai, «t«\ov, tstuxI"*- 
 a. Tlvos fTii\ov ', whom did I hit f Its opposite in this sense is 
 aiiaprdvo), miss (rivds, any one). b. In the sense of happen, it 
 
 never means occur, take place (which is 7C7vo|i.ai), but means 
 happen in the sense of be by chance or accidentally, as : eruxe xara- 
 K€(|uvos (isToL TO StiiTvov, hc happened to be lying down after dinner. 
 Note the reg. use of the Greek participle after td7X^vcii. c. The 
 expression d T^l)^iv is used at times to mean anybody in the sense 
 of just anybody, no matter who he may be; any chance individual. 
 E.g. Don't believe anybody, may mean believe no one (|i,t|ScvI ir£<rTt«e) ; 
 or, be particular as to whom you believe, don't believe anybody and 
 everybody (|mj TCcrreuc t<o tvxovti). hi] d|Jit\ci tso tvx6vti, don't be 
 
196 Tvfxdva) — TuTTTco — "T'jna)(yovfiai. 
 
 associating with Tom, Dick, and Harry, i.e. with any chance person 
 that may happen along. 
 
 B. TilxT|, chance, fate, luck, fortune: rfjs Tixis! what luck! 
 tirvy^fyi, lucky, fortunate ; (iTv\ia, be lucky ; eirtixta or «4tuxi](io, 
 good luck, good fortune. As negatives unlucky, unfortunate, ill-luck, 
 misfortune, etc., we have two sets of woi'ds : otux^s and 8ucrTux'<is; 
 6.Tu\i<i> and Svo-tvix«w; oLTux'd or o.tvx'HH'I? and Suo-Tuxfd or Svo-rvx'nH''''- 
 8uo"njx^o> has aor. l8u<rTiixi]0"O, pf. S«8D(rTixT]Ka. d'iro+DYXO'''co, hit 
 
 off from == miss, fail of, etc., as: Kal &v dxov direruxov, they lost even 
 what they had. evT«-yx"''''"'i happen upon, come upon, encounter: 
 Td<)>poi.s (X6<|>oi.s) Iv^Tvxov, they encountered trenches (hills), i.e. came 
 upon them in their march. Iirirvyxdva, happen upon, much like 
 the preceding : as the opposite of diroTuxavo), it nieaiis hit upon, hit 
 what you aim at; in general, hit the nail on the head, succeed in, as 
 a,iroTvy\&va = fail of: lTriTUYx°'''0VT6s wv irpaTToutriv, succeeding in 
 what they do. Hence eirirux'^s, successful. irttpaT«Yx"iv<D, happen 
 (to be) along with, happen to be present at. Its part, d iraparux'iv is 
 frequently used in the sense just anybody, as explained above. 
 Thuc. says he did not get his facts ck toB ■irapoTux'SvTos, from the 
 first comer, from Just any one who happened along. 
 
 TviTTO), strike, an irreg. and defective verb, used to be the 
 chosen model for exhibiting the regular Greek verb ! It has been 
 displaced by PouXevoi and Xva. The act. tenses tOttto), Itvittov, 
 and TuirTV)(rw, and the pres. pass. Tiirroiioi about exhaust the 
 classic prose use. For other verbs meaning strike, see iraCoi, 
 iraToffffw, and irXiiTTa). 
 
 Tuiros (d), the impression made by a blow, print, imprint. Type : d 
 Tviros Twv T|\<i>v (i)\os), the print of the nails. Antitype is that 
 to which the type coiTCsponds. Phototype, first type or impres- 
 sion; the original, after which other things are to be copied. 
 Stereotype (o-xspeds, hard, solid, fixed), to take a solid, fixed 
 impression, as contrasted with printing from movable type. 
 
 'Yiri(rxv^o|iai, promise, iSiroo-X''i<''0|'' <>■'■) iJir«<rxd|*1v, liir^- 
 irx'>||''<^i'= impf. and plup. viri<rxvoiin.t|v and iiti<r\i\^T\v. Syn. of 
 
"T'jritT'x^vov/j.at — -^aLvw. 197 
 
 aor. : virso-xdniv, Jirocrxuiioi, viroo-xot)i.Tiv (ijir6(rxoio, «ir6<rxoi.TO, etc.), 
 vir6<r\ov, virocx^trSai. viroirxiSiiEvos. — Pf. inf. and part. virEo-XTJcrSai 
 and virco-x'nii'^vos. — This verb is followed by the inf. pres. or aor. 
 (he promised to do), or fut. {he promised that he would do). — Promise 
 is iJirdorxeo-is. 
 
 a. This verb is simply liiri comp. with the mid. of e'x"), except 
 that pres. and impf . are formed with l<rx-v«. Cf . iax"- 
 
 #a(va>, show, (|>avu, e(|iT)va, -•Tti^ayKa, iti^aa-fiai, l^avBryv. 
 
 a. In the intrans. sense, appear, all three voices are represented: 
 <|>a(vo|iai, <|>avov|i.ai or 4>0'V''i<ro|i.ai, 4<|>dvT|v, iri^i\va., i.e. 
 the perf . and plup. are in the act. ; pres. and impf. in the mid. ; 
 aor. in the pass. (2nd aoi'.) ; and fut. either in mid. or pass. (2nd 
 fut.). 6. T4(|>a(r)i.ai and €(|>dv6T]v sometimes are as suitably ren- 
 dered by I have appeared ( = 'ir^<|)T|vo) and / appeared ( = «i|)dvnv), 
 as by the pass, renderings / haoe been shown, and / was shown. 
 e. -«<|nivo|i,riv is used in comp.: see airo()>aCv<i> ; 1st aor. pass, is not 
 common in prose ; and -iti^ayKa (diro-) is perhaps the only liquid 
 verb with perf. in -7K0 in Attic Greek. Cf. p. 16, 2, and 199, 2. 
 
 d. Distinction between (t>aivo|i,ai, appear, with inf. and with 
 part. . t^aCverai i|fev8d|i,evo$, he is evidently telling a falsehood, i.e. his 
 telling a falsehood is an apparent thing, it is apparent or mani- 
 fest that he is lying : <|>oCveTai i|f£vS«r8ai, he appears (seems) to be 
 lying (perhaps he is, and perhaps he is not). 
 
 B. Derivatives. 
 
 a. From <J(o- comes (tfxios), Attic <|>«os, <t>ii>Tis, <|)<i)tC (Xen. some- 
 times has (|>dous, <|>d€i), light, so that it>aCv(D would lit. mean throw 
 liqht on, make manifest, cause to appear. 4k toS o-kAtqus ets to i^«s 
 l^fletv, to come out of the darkness into the light. From (|>ms and ^4po 
 comes (|>(Do-<t>6pos = Lucifer = light-bringer. The morning star was 
 so called, bacause it brings the light, i.e. immediately precedes the 
 dawn. The substance Phosphorus was doubtless so named because 
 of its luminous quality. From i|>oito- and 7pd<|>(i>, paint, comes 
 Photograph, painted by the light. 
 
198 DERIVATIVES OF ^aiva. 
 
 h. Phenomenon, i|>aiv6|iEvov, an appearance, anything that comes 
 under observation, as, the phenomena (i.e. manifestations, phases) 
 of the weather. The idea of something marvellous does not originally 
 belong to the word. 4'°^v°s> bright, shining. ({>avep6s, plain, evi- 
 dent, manifest. d(t>av^s, not apparent, obscure. d<f>avC£ii>, make any- 
 thing d()>ave's, cause it to disappear, put out of sight, efface, obliterate ; 
 passive, disappear, as when Xen. says that a man who fell into the 
 sea, i^<|>avC<r6T|, was seen no more. 
 
 c. <]>avTttirCd, as a term in philosophy, = the faculty through which 
 objects appear to the mind. It gives us Phantasy, Fantasy, 
 Fancy; hence, "a lively fancy" is a lively faculty for bringing 
 images before the mind, a lively imaginative faculty. But <t>avTair(d 
 also meant the image or object presented to the mind, and so, when we 
 say, " That's just & fancy of his,'' we mean just a notion on his part. 
 (|>dvTao-|j.a was the strictly correct word for this last idea of an 
 image presented to the mind, hence a mental appearance as opposed 
 to a reality; hence Phantasm, Phantom; and so Fantastic 
 denotes something imaginary or unreal. Phantasmagoeia, lit. 
 a collection (d-ycCpu, d^opd) of phantasms or illusions, referring to the 
 illusions produced by certain magic lanterns; hence used for 
 illusions in general. <|>do-|jia, apparition (ghost), a vision (e.g. in 
 sleep). (|>da-is, an appearance. Phase, as " the moon's phases," 
 its different aspects. 
 
 d. <)>aiSp<Ss, bright, joyous, cheerful (<|>ai8pov irpoo-uirov, a joyful 
 countenance') , is connected with this same root <|>a-. Hierophant 
 (i€po<|)dv'n)s), one who shows the sacred rites, a priest (Upevs is the 
 common word for priest). Sycophant (<ri;Ko<j)AvTir|s, an informer), 
 is usually explained as derived from o-Bkov, fig, and <t>a(vii>, i.e. one 
 who shows who are illegally exporting figs. Whether this be 
 correct or not, the <ruKo<j)dvTai were very numerous in Athens and 
 greatly dreaded. iriiKO(|)avTCtt =yaZse information, slander, calumny 
 ( = Sia^oX'^i) ; and (rwKO(|)ovT^a> = Sia^dWu = lodge false information 
 against. 
 
 C. Compounds. 
 
 1. dva()>aCv(i>, bring up into view, show : in the intrans. tenses, rise 
 up into view, as when a person has been concealed behind some- 
 thing and up (dvd) he comes, so as to be seen. 
 
COMPOUNDS OF ^aivco — (^epco. 199 
 
 2. airo<|>aCvai, show forth, make known. In the mid. yvifi.r\v diro- 
 <t>aCvea-6ai (or dira(t>i^va<r6ai) is very common, to declare or make 
 known one's opinion. [diroir{(|>a7Ke, Deinarchos, 1, 15.] 
 
 3. Sia(|>aCvA>, show through; in intrans. tenses, be conspicuous. 
 8ia<t>av^s, transparent ; also distinct, conspicuous. Diaphanous = 
 translucent, transparent. 
 
 4. l)i.(|>aCv(ii, usually in the intr. tenses, appear in anything, as 
 an image appears in a mirror, iv KardirTpii) Ifiifxi'veTai. The adj. 
 i)i.<|>av'/j$ is freq. and means manifest, clear, in view, etc. From the 
 unattic words ^luparis and i/iipaTucis come Emphasis and Emphatic, 
 referring to the stress of voice by which the full signification 
 (€/i0ao-is) of a word is to be brought out. 
 
 5. liri(|>aCv<i>, in intr. tenses, appear: lirc(|>dvT|, he made his appear- 
 ance. Very freq. is liri,()>avifis, manifest, conspicuous, illustrious. The 
 Epiphany is the church festival commemorating our Saviour's 
 manifestation to the Gentiles. 
 
 6. KaTat|>aCv(i), usually in intr. tenses, KaTa(|>alvo)tai, he manifest, 
 apparent. KaTa(|>avTJs, plain, manifest. •jnp>,^avf\% has the same 
 meaning, as : irEpiifiavcs TeK|i^piov, a conspicuous proof. 
 
 7. •irpo<t>oCv<ii, show beforehand ; in intr. tenses, appear beforehand. 
 ■Bpo^aviYS, plain, clear: 4>"S 'irpoc|>ovfe, a conspicuous light. 
 
 8. vircpij>aCvo|tai : uircpE<t>dvT|crav toO X6()>ov, they made their appear- 
 ance above the hill. 
 
 9. viro(|>a(v(<> is often used as intrans. in the tenses usually trans., 
 as : lop (I'ws, 'i(»«'p*^) ii'TO<t>a£v«i (iJ'ir€(j>aiv€), Spring {daum, day) is 
 (was) Just appearing, or: is (was) beginning to appear, i!ir6 giving 
 the notion of a partial or gradual appearance. The intrans. tenses 
 are also used : a|i.a tw ijpi iiiro(|>ai.vo|i^v(!>, Just as Spring was beginning 
 to appear. 
 
 ^do-Ku, say, declare, assert, is the stem <|)o- seen in <t>'n|i.C, with 
 o-K added to it. It only has pres. and impf. The pres. indie, is 
 rare. The part. (j>d<rK(i>v is frequent, fds from ^fil being unattic. 
 Both <)>da-K(i) and ^^.t are regularly followed by the infin. 
 
 •I>^pci>, Bear, bring, oi<ra, iivtyKa, Iv^voxU) lv^vt7(iioi, 
 
200 ^epa. 
 
 A. The following points are to be noticed : 
 
 1. Four different stems are used : 
 
 a. <|>ep-, Lat. ferre, Engl. Bear, for present system. 
 
 b. oU for fut. act. oia-a; fut. mid. olo-afjiai, which may have 
 passive meaning; and fut. pass. ol<r6<i(ro|jiai, together with the 
 verbals oIo-t6s and olo-rfos. 
 
 c. 4v67K- for aor. act. and mid., ri'vEYKa and i{veYKd|xr|v. Also for 
 2nd aor. act. t|V€7kov. See below, e. 
 
 d. iviK- for perf. and plup. act. and mid. (or pass.), with Attic 
 redupl., Iv^voxo, Iv^vevitai. Thus the 3rd sing, will be cv^vcKTai, 
 4v^veKT0. Also for aor. pass, liv^x^l" ^'^d ^^^- pass. -ev«xfl'^(ro(itti. 
 (In Attic inscriptions pf. and plup. pass, are on stem Ive-yK-, as 
 dvev^jve^KTOi.) 
 
 2. The Aorists. 
 
 e. In the aor. act. the forms vary in a very arbitrary fashion 
 between TJ've-yKa and 2nd aor. ^'ve^Kov. In the indie, the o forms 
 T|vc7Ka, TJvcYKas, etc., are used almost exclusively in prose, (fiveyxov 
 is poetic, and even then is nearly limited to 1st pers. sing., unless 
 any one chooses to consider t|v«7K€ as 2nd aor. ; of course it comes 
 as well from TJ'veYKo.) Subj. Iv^-yKu answers equally well for 
 either aor. In opt. Iv^YKaiju (-ois, -oi, etc.) and ev^-yKoiiii (-ois, 
 -01, etc.) are both found. Imper. is sve-yKt (2nd aor.), b\it IvcyKdru, 
 lv^7KaT€, etc. Inf. only Ivcvkciv, and part, usually ive<(K&v (Iv^^kcLs 
 rare) . 
 
 /. In the middle, only the alpha aorist is used; ^vcyK^iiTiv, 
 'qv^YKu, etc., lvEYK(D|i,ai, lvc7KaC|i,i)v, etc. 
 
 B. <J)lpo) means Bear, carry, bring, in a variety of senses, most 
 of which are common to the above Engl, words ; thus, bear arms 
 (owXo) ; bear (or carry) a load ((|>opT£ov) ; bear (i.e. endure) the toil 
 (tov irivov), unavoidable things (to, dva-yKaia), etc.; especially in 
 this sense with adverbs, as : x<*^'''''"S ^ipav, Lat. aegre ferre, to bear 
 with difficulty, be vexed, indignant, etc. 
 
 ij Yf| Kapirovs <|>^pci, the earth bears (yields) fruits, ai aiiircXot 
 ovircD 4>^poviriv, the vines are not bearing yet. b. bring: Jirio-ToX^j, 
 tiv o II^po-Tis T|ve7K«, a letter that the Persian brought. Swpd nvi 
 i|>^pci.v (= a^eiv), to bring gifts to any one. ivtyK&ra tis to <|><ip|i,aKov, 
 let some one bring the poison. c. The phrase ayav KaV i|>^pciv, to 
 
^ipm: DERIVATIVES AND COMPOUNDS. 201 
 
 lead away (slaves and cattle) and carry away (property of other 
 kinds), is often used of the complete devastation inflicted on a 
 country by an enemy. See under o-ym. d. The mid. = bear off 
 for one's self (as we speak of bearing off the prize"), hence win, gain, 
 receive: Tl]uts (a6Xo) ^ipovrai, they bear off honors (jprizes). Tifios 
 oto-ovrai, they will gain honors. koXov to y^P<*s ■qv^YKOTO, glorious 
 was the reward he won for himself. The pf . and plup. mid. seem to 
 occur only in comp. But Iv^vcKrai, pass, has been borne. 
 
 C. Derivatives. (|>opa, <|>opds, has numerous meanings connected 
 with various senses of ^ipa, act. and pass, o <|>6pos, on the con- 
 trary, is limited to one meaning, tribute, i.e. money brought in as 
 taxes, ^opio has senses often like those of ^ipa, but its special 
 meaning is wear, as : «v riS x.ei|j,uvi irox^a 'iiidria 4>apovo-i, in the 
 winter people tvear thick clothing. (|>6pi))i.a or ifiopTCov, that which 
 one carries, a load, burden (<j>opT(ov is the commoner word) : (j>4p(i>v 
 avSpdKuv <|>opTCov, carrying a load of charcoal (o dv6pa|, pi. dv6paK£s, 
 Anthracite). (|>optt]'yikov irXoIov, a freight boat, merchant vessel. 
 it>opTiK6s, burdensome, wearisome. Usually it means suitable for 
 burden-bearers, i.e. low, mean, vulgar ; as : (jjopriKal TiSovaC, low 
 pleasures. d<|>6pT)Tos, ov, unbearable, unendurable. a(|>opos, ov, 
 not bearing, unproductive ; as : d|i,ir^ov$ «v d<ti6p(a y^ (jivrevirai, to 
 plant vines in unproductive soil. dc|>op{d, unproductiveness, barrenness. 
 €v<|>opos, ov, easy to carry. Oesophagus is from oWotpayos (un- 
 attic) , the part of the throat that carries down what we eat (lo-SCu, 
 eat; e+a-yov). 
 
 D. Compounds. 
 
 <|)lp<i> is compounded with aU of the 18 prepositions, and with 15 of 
 them in A.p., the exceptions being a.f.^1, dvrt, and Iv. Most of the 
 compounds, besides the lit. meaning, develop meanings more or 
 less closely related to the literal one. Not a few of the preposi- 
 tions are used with ^opia as well as with ^ipa ; and most of the 
 conip. verbs have kindred substantives in -i|>opa, as Sia<)iopd, 
 lK4>opd, a^|i4>opd, etc. We notice only the following compounds: 
 
 1. Sia4iEp(i), lit. bear through or across (as SiairXiu = sail across) ; 
 but Bid in this verb usually has the notion of apart, asunder, = Lat. 
 dis in diffeire ; hence Sia^^pai = differ, both in the sense of mere 
 
202 COMPOUNDS OF ^epw. 
 
 dissimilarity, as : aXX'^Xuv ^XiSttq 8ia<)>^pov<nv, they differ from one 
 another in speech ; — or in the sense of disagreement, as : o^x dfio- 
 X07U coi, aXXd Si.a<t>E'po|i,ai irdvv <r<t>68pa, / do not agree with you, but 
 disagree with you very greatly. b. In this last sense the pass, is 
 used, be borne apart (i.e. to walk no more together) ; hence the aor. 
 is Siifv^x^'n" • 8i€V6x6^VTes liroXe'imo-ov, they quarrelled and. went to 
 war. The fut. is in the mid. ; o4 irepl tovtod 8ioi,(r6p,E9a, we will not 
 quarrel about this. c. The act. is often used impers., as : tC [loi 
 Sia<|>epEi ; what difference does it make to me f ov8cv Si,a<|>^pci, it makes 
 no difference at all. d. The part, gives the adv. 8ia<|>Ep6vTii)s, 
 differently (aXXuv, from others). 8ia<|>opd = difference, esp. in the 
 sense of disagreement, dissension. 8id(t>opos, ov = different (tiv6s, 
 from any one), or, at variance with (eaurots, themselves). 
 
 2. ct(rit>^pci>, bring in (as : lcr€V£7K<S.|iEvoi crtrov, having brought in 
 food for themselves), is most frequently used of bringing in (or 
 introducing) laws, resolutions, etc., or of bringing in money or 
 taxes : £l<r6vt|v6xei v6|j,ov (■yv(4|i.T|v), he had introduced a law (motion). 
 €lo-6vi]Vox^vtti Xo-yCfovrai, Svotv 8E0tl(ras etitoo-i (ivds, they compute that 
 they have paid in 18 minae. b. If you find ilir^ipa without an 
 object expressed, it is pretty certain to mean offer a motion (in the 
 senate or ecclesia), or, make a contribution. in ela-^opa. this sense 
 of money-payment prevails, and the word at Athens denoted a 
 property-tax, as opposed to (|>6pas, tax (in general). 
 
 3. |j.eTa<|>^p<D, carry elsewhere, transfer, (lerA denoting change. As 
 a term of rhetoric, p,ETa(|>opa, Metaphor, denoted the " transference 
 of a word to a new sense." 
 
 4. irepiiti^pd), carry around ; pass, be borne around, revolve. ir«pt- 
 ij>opa, revolving motion : Tf|s o-eX'fivTis al irepufiopaC, the moon's 
 revolutions. ir£pi(|>£p'^s, round, circular, wipifcpeia (unattic), 
 Periphery, circumference. 
 
 5. irpoo-c^^pu), bring towards, has a variety of meanings, from 
 which we single out for notice one use of the pass., viz. xpo(r<t>Epo)i.a( 
 Tivi, behave towards any one, bear one's self towards : us itpoa-i^iptTo 
 Tois H'^'YCi <|>povo€iri, SiTi'yfia'op.ai, I will relate how he used to behave 
 (or, what his bearing was) towards the proud. Fut. is irpoo-odroiiai. 
 
 6. <Tvp,^ipa, bring together (tovs veKpoOs JvveveYK6vT£s, having 
 
%vfi^epa) — ^ev^w — ^rjfiL 203 
 
 brought the dead bodies together), has among its various uses, one 
 that deserves special notice as the commonest of all, i.e. the 
 meaning do good, profit, be advantageous, etc. to ^Ap tcj fyvtve^Kov 
 (sc."id|ia) aWov epXairre, /or the remedy that did one man good would 
 do another one harm. 4'\oi<r6c to "vjitv oiirdo-i <ruvoIo-ov, may you 
 choose that which mil be advantageous for you all. — Very often 
 impers. onifuli^pei, it is advantageous. The adj. a-v|jL<t>opos, ov = 
 profitable, expedient, advantageous, and its neg. ao-v|jL4iopos, ov = 
 inexpedient, unprofitable. But by a freak in the use of words 
 o^|j.(|>opd is the common word for disaster, calamity. 
 
 ^iiya, Jlee, ^(i^o\i.ai, 4'(f>v7ov, ir^(|)ev70. In Attic poets 
 and rarely in Attic prose the Doric fut. ^eufoC/tai (inf. <^eufer<r9ai) 
 is found. Verbals : otcToi <|>evKT^ov clvai, he thinks he must flee. 
 <|>€UKTiSs, fugiendus, to be shunned or avoided. 
 
 b. We often find ()>Ev7<a used in a passive sense, as a pass, to 
 IkPiiXXcd, exile: <|>evYci oCkoSev viro tov S^)i.ov, he has been banished 
 (lit. he is a fugitive, an exile) from home by the people. c. As a 
 law term, d <|>£iP7(av = the defendant, d Su&koiv (jAe pursuer) being the 
 word for the plaintiff. The metaphor of a chase is kept up in the 
 use of aip^d), catch, in the sense of convict, gain the suit, with oX£- 
 o-Kop,ai, get caught, as its pass. = be convicted, lose the suit ; while 
 airo(|>cii7(i> =flee away, escape, be acquitted. 
 
 c. <j>v7as (-dSos) = <|ieii7<i)v = a fugitive, an exile. <|)«7^ = flight, 
 exile, banishment. 
 
 B. The Compounds usually explain themselves ; so, dwo-, Sio-, and 
 lK<j>e<>7(i) all = escape, according as this is done hj fleeing off troia 
 one's pursuers, or fleeing through the midst of them, or fleeing out 
 of the midst of them. From diro(|>E{i7(o we have dir6(|)€v|is and 
 diro<|>v7'/), escape, or a place to flee away to. So, 8id(|>cu$i,s and Sia<|iv7^, 
 an escaping (or, opportunity to escape) . One of the most frequent 
 compounds is KaTa<|>6ti7(i), ^ee for refuge, betake one's self, often 
 literally, and often metaphorically, as : kotI<|)«76v els toBtov tov 
 X670V, he took refuge in this argument, had recourse to it. KaTo4ni7^, 
 a refuge. KaTd(t>cv|is, either the act of fleeing for refuge, or a refuge. 
 
 #i))i,[, say, 4'<|)T)V (impf.), c)>^a-ai, l^r\ira. 
 
 The stem is ^a-, and so fut. and aor. are reg. In 2nd pers. sing. 
 
204 ^97/ii,' — ^ddvm — ^delpo). 
 
 (Jm's is better than i|><is, and c<|>t)ir6a than e+Tjs, which is " rare if 
 correct in Attic." For pres. part. ({ido-Kcov is used. See <t>do-K(i). 
 Remember that <l>t|(i£ is regularly followed by the infin. 
 
 B. <|>^|i'ni "■ saying, report; also, what is said about one, reputation, 
 Fame. itpd^aa-is, a pretext, excuse, i.e. the statement that one puts 
 forward as a reason ; hence 7rpoc|>a(rC^o|jiai (irpo()>ao'i.ov|iai, irpon^a- 
 a'i(r<Sl)i.T|v) , put forward as an excuse : o4k eo-riv outoEs irpo<|>o(r£<ro<r9ai 
 oTi owK eirto-Tavrai, they can't give the excuse, that they don't know 
 how. dTrpo(|>d(ri.(rTos, ready, prompt (not hanging back and making 
 excuses) ; adv. d7rpo(|>ao-Co-Tiiis Uvai, to go promptly. irpo^'f\Ti\s, 
 
 Prophet, one who speaks for God and makes known His will. 
 ev<priij.itrij.6s (unattic), Euphemism, a polite term used to aToid a 
 rough or disagreeable one. 
 
 4>6dvii>, get ahead of, anticipate, (|>6^o-o|j.ai (less commonly, 
 i|>6d(ru), ci)>6ao-a and '(^6r]v (<t>8u, <j>6aCT)v, <|>6Tivai., part, unattic). 
 
 Both aorists are freq. Thuc. has 1st aor. 35 times, and 2nd aor. 
 only 4 times, and only <f>6fivai. The only part, in use is (|>6do-ds. 
 The common constr. of (|>8dv<i> is (a) with the part, of another verb, 
 or (5) with its own part, used with a sort of adverbial force. 
 E.g. they vie with one another, to see (a) which shall be the first to 
 arritie, dirdrcpoi <t>9'')<''0VTai d<|>i.Kd|jiEvoi, or (i), oirdrEpoi difit^ovrai 
 i|>6do-avTCs, which shall arrive in advance. 
 
 $6e(p(D, corrupt, destroy, ()>6epu, c(|>6eipa, c^ifiapKa, ci|>6ap- 
 |iai, ei{>6dpT|v; fut. pass. <|>6ap'^cro|i.ai. Fut. mid. 4>6epovp.ai 
 occasionally has pass, sense. 
 
 The comp. 8i.a4>6ECpo> is much more common than the simple 
 <|>6cCp(i>. The crime charged against Sokrates was that he corrupted 
 (8ia(t>6c(pci.) the young men by his teachings ; hence he was con- 
 sidered 8ia<|>6opEv$ TMv viav, a corrupter of youth. Like dir6XXv|ti 
 and 8ii\Xv|j.i, this verb often = diroKTcCvu, kill, slay ; iroWol X^yovtoi 
 §iE<)>fidp6at, many are said to have been slain. 
 
 B. i)>9opa. and §i.a(|>6opa (rarely d (|>8dpos), corruption, decay, ruin, 
 destruction. d8id(t>6apTos, uncorrupted, opposed to SiE(|>6ap|ii4vos, cor- 
 rupted. dSid<)i6opos = incorruptible, as : SiKao-Ti^s ('|'vX''i ) d8idit>9opos, 
 an incorruptible judge (^souV) . Later than in Attic occur tpBapris, 
 corruptible, &<l>BapTos, ov, incorruptible, 3.iad ii<l>6aptrla, incorruption. 
 
^9eipa) — ^Olvco — <^va). 205 
 
 EI2 KAHPONOMIAN A*0APTON KAI AMIANTON KAI AMAPANTON, 
 TO AN INHERITANCE INCORRUPTIBLE AND UNDEFILED AND THAT 
 FADETH NOT AWAY. AEI TAP TO *0APTON TOTTO ENAT2A20AI 
 A*0AP2IAN, FOR THIS CORRUPTIBLE MUST POT ON INCORRUPTION. 
 
 *6£v«, impf. E(|>6ivov, waste away, diminish (intrans.), has no 
 other tenses in Attic prose, with rare exceptions. From (pBla 
 (poetic) come ^eltru, ^(pBKra, -ku, etc. 
 
 TO H6V 4>6'vEi, TO S^ aiu|dveTai, one diminishes, and another in- 
 creases. <t>6(a-is or <|>66t|, a wasting away, diminution (opposed to 
 av£T|o-i$, increase, augmentation). . In the Greek medical writers 
 (Hippokrates and Gralen) it was the word for the disease con- 
 sumption, hence the med. term Phthisis. i)>6iv^ii>pov, Autumn, 
 the time when late Summer (dircipa, the latter half of to 6ipos, 
 Summer), had declined and passed away. 
 
 *vcii, grow (trans.), ei|>vov, ^va-a, 6<t>vo-a. Mid. grow 
 (intrans.), <|>vo|i.ai, I<|>v6|ii]v, (t>vo'0)iat, 6<|>vv (2nd aor. act., 
 like (Svv), ir^ifivKa. (Cf. l'o-Ta|iai., 'io-to(i.t|V, irrfjo-0|jiai, tcTriv, 
 €<miKo, the 2nd aor. act. and perf. act. having the intrans. meaning 
 of the mid. Cf . also (|>aCvo|i.ai, appear, pf. iti^T\va, have appeared.) 
 
 A. a. The 2nd aor. is inflected in the -|ai formation, i.e. as eSwv 
 is. The 3rd pers. pi. eif'''''*'' has the same form, whether it is 1st 
 aor. (6<|>uo-o) or 2nd aor. (?<|>«v). So, lirTt\(rav may be from ta~rt\<ra 
 or eo-Tuv. The subj. of «4>«v is i^vloi, <|>vt|s, ^if[, etc. ; opt. is poet., 
 imperat. lacking; infln. i|>vvai, part. <|>v$, <)>vo-a, (|>iuv, 4>vvtos, <t>vin)s, 
 etc. b. There is also a 2nd aor. pass. i^vi\v, of which only the 
 subj. seems to be Attic, in the forms (Jnj'n and <|>vuariv; but the 
 accent alone can distinguish these forms from 2nd aor. ^i-^ and 
 (|>ii(i)iri, and in some of the instances the authorities differ as to the 
 accent. The meaning, however, is the same, whether the forms are 
 taken as 1st aor. pass, or 2nd aor. act. 
 
 B. 4><i(i> means produce by the processes of nature (<|>iro-is), grow, 
 as : ]i,iya.v v&yova. ^iav, to grow a great beard, oi AlSioiriKoV TaSpoi 
 Td K^para <|>^ovo-iv eirl Tfl plvl, the African bulls grow their horns on 
 the nose. [Hence l>iv6Kfpas (unattic), Rhinoceros.] tj ■^9[ irdvTa 
 d^aSd ^ia « Kal TpEiJKi, the earth produces and nourishes all good 
 
206 ^vm. 
 
 things. h. In the intrans. tenses: ot xfjiroi MCSov, Iv ots i|)4eToi 
 avrdpiaTa piSa, «v skoo-tov «X0V itfyKovra ijiiXXa, the gardens of 
 Midas, in which roses grow spontaneously, each one having 60 leaves. 
 [Automaton, self-moving. Rhododendron, rose-tree.] o to 
 o-ir^p|jia irapa(rx<iv, ovtos tuv (|>vvt<i)V kukuv aUnos, he that furnished 
 the seed is responsible for the ills that grew from it. c. Also, be 
 born (= 'yC'yvo|ioi) : ij x<opa ^v ■g l^vri Kal lTpd<j>i)T£, the land in 
 which you were born and bred, tiv ovtoi r(\fVTi\<ratriv, oXXoi 
 (jivo-ovTai, if these die, others will be born. d. The pf., besides 
 meaning have grown, have been born, is frequently used as a pres., 
 = be by nature : viroS^iiara exovo'a vi|/i]Xd, oitms (JieC^uv SoKoIr) etvai tj 
 lirE<|>vKEt, having -on high(-h.ee\ed) shoes, that she might seem to be 
 taller than she naturally tvas. " Let dogs delight to bark and bite, 
 for 'tis their nature to,'' ovro ydp irc(|>vKd<ri.v, or, irccjjvKdo-i yd,p 
 
 TOIOVTOI. 
 
 C. ^a-is, nature. <|)uo-ik6s (rare in Attic), natural. Physical: 
 1] (liuo-iKi] 4iri(rT<i|in, physical science. Metaphysics is from (itrd 
 TO (jtvo-iKd, after the natural sciences, the name indicating the order 
 in which it was supposed these studies should be pursued. 4>ut6v, 
 a growing thing, a plant. Aristotle wrote a treatise IlepV *vtwv, 
 Concerning Plants. — Phytology, science of plants. — ^vnia, plant. 
 
 b. Also on stem <]>«- are <|>vX'^ and 4>v\ov, race, tribe ; tribes 
 being thus regarded as separate growths, each tribe having some- 
 thing distinctive in its nature. iv^vi\i, naturally good. ve6<t)UTos 
 (unattio), a new plant, used in N.T. of a new convert ; hence Neo- 
 phyte. Physiognomy is from unattic (pva-ioyva/iovia, and is 
 shorter by a syllable than it would naturally be. The Gr. word 
 means "(Ae science or art of judging a man by his features " ; also, 
 the face, countenance, natural expression. Physiology would 
 strictly denote the study of natural sciences, but is limited to 
 denote the science of animal and vegetable nature. 
 
 D. The Compounds generally explain themselves, as l)j.<|>vci,v or 
 l|i,(|>Ccrai, to cause to grow in, implant; l)ii<|>ie<rBai or l|ii,<|>vvai, to grow 
 in; t|j,<|>vTOS, ov, implanted, born in, innate, etc. So, irpo<r4>vvai, to 
 grow to something. a-v|j,4ii)vai, to grow together; o-{i|ut>vTos, ov, 
 born with one, innate, inbred, etc. 
 
 Note. — The stem <|)v- is the L^tin/u- infui, and Engl. Be. 
 
'Km.lvo) — 'K.aipa — ILdaKtu. 207 
 
 X. 
 
 XaCvo : see x°'0'K<a. 
 
 X a ( p <>>, rejoice, xai.pyj(r(ii,2nd aor. pass. I x ^ p 1 v, / was rejoiced. 
 [Pf. K€xapi)Ka seems to occur only once in Attic, Ar. Vesp. 764, 
 Kfx6.pr\Ka.s.'] 
 
 A. a. Like i^'So|iai, x'^'p'' is followed by the part. : xafpu lS(4v <re, 
 I'm very glad to see you. x'>''P<>v<''''V Iiroivoii|i6voi., they delight to be 
 praised. h. x°'^P' = ^"■'■^ ■ ^ salutation on meeting any one ; as a 
 greeting it is about equal to / hope you are well. See ex. under 
 n'poo-aYopcuu, the 8th conip. under \i^a, to say. — It also means 
 farewell ! = ippaa-o (see under p(&vvv|ii). c. To say in Greek, 
 you will not do this rejoicing, o« toOto iroi'<io-€is x'>''P''"'i ^^ * threat 
 or warning = you'd better not do that, I tell you ! or : you'll be sorry 
 for it, if you do that. d. For l« x°''p^''''> ^^'^ farewell to, dismiss, 
 
 ■ cast to the winds, see at end of iaa. 
 
 B. Derivatives. x<^P^> Joy- [■'iSovVi, pleasure. T4pi|>i5, delight.'} 
 ix6,pit\<rav x'^pO'V p.e'ydX.Tiv <r<j>68pa, they rejoiced with exceeding great 
 joy. 1] x°'P''S! x°''P'''''''s, accus. x^'P"') ^^oi which gives joy ; hence, a 
 favor, gratification ; whence we get Charity. As the result of a 
 favor conferred, x<^P^s also means gratitude. It is the N.T. word 
 for Grace. — ot Xdpites, the Graces. x<''P'£°H'<^''> 9'>''^fify> favor (tiv£). 
 XapCcis, x'*?''"'''''*! XO'P'"' i X''P'"'''■<'S^ etc., graceful, elegant. o,\6,- 
 pio-Tos, ov, ungrateful. dxapurrCd, ingratitude. evxapis, sixipi 
 (eux^^P'Tos, etc.), gracious in manner or disposition, pleasing, charm- 
 ing. ti\i,pi(rroi, ov, grateful, thankful. evx<ipi<rTid (unattic), thanks- 
 giving ; also the Eucharist, the Lord's Supper, eixapiarea is the 
 N.T. word for give thanks ("say grace," "ask the blessing"): 
 c4xap"»''Hio-os, when He had given thanks. It is also the modern 
 Greek word for thank you. 
 
 Xdo-Ku (xo-o-K-w), yawn, gape, is extremely rare in A.p., but 
 frequent in the poets, and was no doubt the common everyday 
 word for yawn. The fut. aor. and perf. are on stem xav- from 
 Xa(vcD, the pres. tense of which is late; x""""/'"" (poet.), fx"""" 
 (poet.), K^x^vO'i once in Plato, in part. Ktx'HvcSs. x^""!*"*! "■ yawning 
 of the earth, Chasm. From to x^os we get Chaos, a yawning abyss. 
 
208 -Xew — Xo'o) — H-pdofiai,. 
 
 -Kia, pour, -i\tov {-i\a9, -ixa), iut. -\ia (like pres.), -^x'"' 
 [k^X"'""') Attic?], K^x^H-*'! -ex'i^l''- Mid. x^of'''''' (as pres. or 
 fut.), -cx'<>'H'^''- 
 
 As x«- is ^ monosyllabic stem, it contracts only into ei. The 
 compounds are various, as Siax^w, ^^X^^i lirix^oi, Ka,Ta\ia, inpi\i<j>, 
 avyxia. Besides their lit. meanings they have others. Notice 
 only (a) that the pass, of mpi\i<i>, be poured around, is used of a 
 crowd of people pressing closely around somebody, as : eio-i^vTas 
 avTovs o'xXos irepiexetTO iroXis, a large crowd pressed around them as 
 they came in. oi ■mpiK(\v\iivoi a^rco, those who have crowded about 
 him. oi vavrai Xiyovrai irepiKcxvo'SO'i tu vavK\'/|p<^, the sailors are 
 said to have thronged about the ship-captain. (b) <rvy)((a = confuse, 
 get things all mixed up, which is a natural result of pouring together. 
 Then this notion passes on into that of destroying the nature or 
 identity of a thing ; it is often used of treaties, compacts, or oaths, 
 meaning to violate them. Its noun is o-vrvx^"'''*! violation (opKuv, of 
 oaths ; v6p.av, of laws ; o-irovSfiv, of a treaty ; o-uv6t|kwv, of compacts, 
 etc.). The words x'J^'is and xi>l''<^s. Juice, give Chyle and Chyme, 
 terms in physiology, referring to different stages of food during 
 digestion. 
 
 X6<ii, heap up (earth), pile up, x&a-w, t\aa-a, -K^x^^a, 
 K^X''°'t^°'i'> ^x'^o'^iv; reg. exc. for <r in pf. and aor. pass. 
 
 The word also means to form a deposit, as rivers do at the places 
 where they empty ; they heap up the earth they carry down, and 
 thus often block up the entrance or harbor ; hence twv Xip,^vuv tijv 
 Xucriv i'irf\uvov reXeo-flfjvtti, they were waiting for the hloclcing up {fill- 
 ing up) of the harbors to be finished. ffip.O; a mound, embankment. 
 
 XpiS.o|j,ai., use (tivC), xP^°'°f'°'i'i ^XP'n<''^H''n''> K^xP'tK'"''' ^s 
 mid.; -K^XP'HI'^*'' (•""•tci-) as pass, or mid. Aor. pass, occurs once 
 in Dem. (21, 16), tws oiv XP1<''8fl. until it has been used; perhaps 
 nowhere else in A.p. Verbal, \pi]<rTiov. 
 
 b. This verb exhibits an irreg. fondness for i\ in two ways : 
 (a) it contracts into i) inst. of into a, XP''H'°'<'> XPBi XPfl'"''"; ^tc, 
 infin. xp^o'Sai; and (J) it takes n in fut. aor. perf. and pluperf., 
 whereas after p the a should be retained. 
 
 c. The words use, employ, often do not fit XP'^H'"''''! ^■"'i other 
 
XjOao/^at — Xpaaj. 209 
 
 renderings will be learned from reading or from the lexicon, as : 
 TouTcj) &vSpair6S(i> xpi](r6ai., to treat this man as a slave (deal with him 
 as a slave). o4k av 4'x^oi.s o ti xP<9° o-outij, you would not know 
 what to do with yourself, etc. 
 
 d. The comp. Karaxpuiiai, = use up, use till none is left : avdyKi) 
 ■ydp tA n^Yio-T oirfflv fjSi] KaraKEXpiJo-Sai, for the most important of 
 them have of necessity been already used up. 
 
 B. Derivatives. Xftf-a,, use, service; xf^trn also means use. 
 [For XP^'<^> need, want, see under XP''!-] XP'il'''*! something u^ed or 
 for use; usually in the pi., property, particularly money ("money 
 or money's worth "). xP^'>'^H'°s, i), ov, or os, ov, useful. xfiiyiTT6% 
 also = useful, but more commonly has the sense of good, upright, 
 honest: XPT'"''''* ku-nv, he is a first-rate fellow. «uxP1''"''''s, ov, 
 useful, serviceable. Both dxpctos, ov, and axpijo'Tos, ov = useless, 
 unserviceable. From xP^H^o.Ta, money, we have xp^l''<''''''|o|j:ai 
 
 (mid. of XPHK"'''''!'') which has different uses), make money; 
 XpT)|JiaTio-|t<Ss, money-making; xplP't'Tio-T^is, a money-maker; xp^P"^ 
 Tio-TiKos, devoted to money-making ; ij xP1po.Tio-TiK<i (sc. t^x"1)> '^* 
 art of making money. [Thuc. twice has the rare word dxpTifiarCd, 
 impecuniosity.'\ Hence, Chrematistics, in political economy, the 
 art of making money, of acquiring wealth. From xP'lo"''<5s, 
 useful, and p.o6- (|jLav6dv(i>, learn) comes Chresto'mathy, a collec- 
 tion of things useful to learn. 
 
 XpdcD, reply, answer, has the same irregularities in regard to rj 
 for a that xpaoH'<^i- has. In meaning it is limited to oracular replies 
 given by priests or by the gods themselves, and in A. p. e'xpio-a is 
 about the only tense used, and chiefly by Thuc. [xpi|(r6^v occurs 
 as accus. absolute in Thuc. 3, 96, reply having been made ; perhaps 
 nowhere else in A.p., though Hdt. uses the aor. pass, freely.] In 
 this sense it has the signification of dvttXov (see dvaip^u under 
 aip^o)}. 
 
 The aor. exp^o'"' ^'Iso = / lent. See kCxpii|ii.. 
 
 B. Derivatives are : xP^o'P^s and \ffi\irri\fiov, oracle, i.e. an 
 oracular response ; xPlo'T^iptov also = the place where oracles are 
 given, the seat of an oracle, = p.avTEiov, which likewise has the 
 double meaning. See under |ia(vo|i.ai. xP^o'^'V^^'^i ""«'' oracles, 
 
210 ^ A'iro')(fidm — Xp?;. 
 
 lit. sing or chant them (qlSu, sing, chant; ifhi\, song, chant'); heiice, 
 prophesy. xpi)(r|icaS6s, an oracle-monger, a prophet, for which XPI" 
 (r|i.o\<S7os is also used. 
 
 b. 'Airoxptiw is used chiefly in 3rd pers., and is generally 
 impersonal, = it is sufficient, though often a subject is expressed. 
 The forms are dir6xpi (an ii-reg. form, variously accounted for), 
 impf. dir^xP'H' airoxp'^io-ei (opt. diroxp^o-oi, PI. Rep. 506, b), 
 direxPI"'' (opt. diroxp^<rat, PI. Phaidr. 279, a); pres. inf. diroxpiiv. 
 oiK diroxp^o-ei (dir^xpio'ev) o4tij> tovto, he will not be (was not) satis- 
 fied with this. The part, diroxpwv, -xp«»<ro, -xp"", gives the adv. 
 diroxp<SvTus, sufficiently, = dpKovvTus from dpK^u. [The part, itself 
 seems not to occur in A.p., if we except Plato (?) Ale. II, 145, c, 
 diroxpfflvTa, masc] 
 
 Xp'^i, it is necessary, one must, ought, etc., subj. XPli) op*- XP^'li 
 inf. xp^ivai, part. \ptd>v (neut., used as an adj.), impf. usually 
 X p t) V, sometimes IxP'l''- The verb has the meanings of Set (see at 
 end of the second Stw). 
 
 b. Authorities differ as to what this xp^ is. Some make it an 
 irreg. verb of the -fii formation, and say that xp^ is for xp*!-""') 
 the -o-i being dropped and the accent changed. Other excellent 
 authorities take xp^ as an indecl. subst., and say that \pi\ = xptj 
 lo-Tiv; XP^ = XP'n b; XP«'l=XP'i «''i; XP^''oi = xpi] etvoi; xp«<4v = xpii 
 o*" j XP'*!" = XP'i ■'i'' i a°d the c in i\pi\v they think arose from the 
 fact that in xPfl" t'^e augment seemed to be lacking, and so one 
 was prefixed. Of course either view is open to grave objec- 
 tions, c. The form xp'<^*', with some part of elp.C expressed or 
 understood, may be used with the meaning of \frl\. The noun 
 XpcCa, which we have already had under xp'S'OP'ai in the sense of 
 use, service, also means need, and so may be placed under xp^- So 
 too, TO XP'°*! ''**' (what one must pay), may be placed here : \pia 
 Kar^Xiirev, he left debts behind him (when he died). \fio^ d<j>e(Xciv, 
 to owe a debt. Debtor is d<f>eiX.4Tr)5 or XP^""'''!* (gen. pi. xp''i''"''«v, 
 with accent on t| Inst, of o>) ; xpf^a-Tui also means the one who lent 
 the money (exPITs), creditor, usurer. See under kIxp^K'''- 
 
 Note. — The lexicons and grammars vary greatly in their treat- 
 ment and arrangement of the various verbs on stem XP*- C'^'XP'nP"') 
 Xp<u>|i'<*i, XP''"' XP^)' Some count xp<>o|''<>'i> «s^, as a separate verb 
 
Xptco — "^vj(eo. 211 
 
 from XP'"') 9^"^ oracles, but others connect the two as active and 
 middle. The mid. of xp<^> ?'"* oracles, means consult oracles, and even 
 if XP<^<» *"'! XP'"'!'''"' (wse) are distinct verbs, still, as to use an oracle is 
 naturally to consult it, many examples occur that might be referred to 
 the mid. of XP^'*" °^ *° the depon. verb xp(u>HL<<'>" Again, diroxpr) is 
 placed by some as a compound of XP'p'i '"■"'^ ^y others as a conip. of 
 XP<u>. The fact is, the meanings of these different verbs are so inter- 
 twined that it is very difficult to give a satisfactory account of them, 
 no matter what view we take. 
 
 Xpiu, anoint, or sting, is not common in A.p., but its forms are 
 reg., except that aor. pass. exP^o'^iv always has tr, while the pf. 
 and plup. pass, occur in both forms, k^xP''|i<*>' ^^^ Kexpio-jioi. 
 The mid. is used also, as : xpio-tt|ievoi IXaCu, having anointed themselves 
 with oil. XP'"'!"''"' (also found in the form xp^K'O')! something to 
 anoint with, ointment. It gives us Chrism, an anointing oil used in 
 some church ceremonies. O XPI2T02, The Christ, the Anointed 
 One. 
 
 Xapia, change one's place (xwpCov), go, is reg. in all its forms, 
 but its fut. is x'^P^o'oP' <"■••• In the compounds, however, some 
 have only fut. active, while some have fut. act. or fut. mid. Thus 
 of mrfxapia, concede, orwyxoip^o-ai and -pifjo-oiiai are both found. 
 Veitch gives the foil, compounds as having only the fut. act. . ova-, 
 810-, I7-, Ik-, |i.€to-, and irpo-. irapaxuplu has fut. mid. exc. in late 
 authors. Of diro- and irpocxupeu either fut. act. or fut. mid. may 
 be used. 
 
 ^du, rub, is used chiefly in comp. (diro-, Kara-, irepi-), but is not 
 common in Attic. It contracts into t| inst. of a. The fut. and 
 aor. act. and mid. are reg. in form. The word is of interest as 
 giving Pa'limpsest (ira\liijfn)<rTos, ov), a parchment (manuscript) 
 that has been written on once, has had this writing rubbed off, and 
 has then been written on again (ird\iv). 
 
 *vx<», cool, <|/v|(a, c\|;v|a (no pf.), 4'i|/v7|iai, «\|;ux9'nv, 2nd 
 a.p. l+dxnv, rare, and in Attic prose perhaps only in PI. Phaidros 
 
212 '^v^Q) — 'Xl^ew — 'Clveofiai,. 
 
 242, a : JireiSav diroi|/wxfl, Ijiev, when it has cooled off, we'll go. otvov 
 XuSvi il/ixo""'''! thei/ cool wine with snow. ^v\av koI 6Ep|ia(vEiv, to 
 cool and to warm. ^v\t(rda.i Kal 6cp|i,a(vE(r6ai, to get cold and warm. 
 TO ^Bkos, cold, f^vxpds, cold, from which is \|f«xp6Tns, coldness. 
 
 b. Originally r^v\a also meant breathe, blow, and as the stirring 
 of the air produced by blowing is usually a cooling pi'ocess, the two 
 meanings are not so far apart as it might seem. A frequent effect 
 of cooling is to refresh, revive, quicken; hence «|»i>x^ f°'' soul, life, 
 that which quickens and gives the breath of life. The Latin anima, 
 the breath of life, is kin to avc)i.os, wind. Cf. also spirdre, blow, 
 breathe, and spiritus : cf . also Gen. 2, 7, " breathed into his nostrils 
 the breath of life ; and man became a living soul." ^v\i\. Psyche. 
 Psychic (\I/vxm6s, unattic), relating to the soul. Psychology, the 
 science of the mind. The adjs. ai|/vxos and €|i.\|(vxos mean inani- 
 mate and animate. 
 
 n. 
 
 'n9io, push, shove, outside of the pres. and impf. (IciOovv), uses 
 w6- as the stem, and takes syllabic augm. ; hence uo-io, euo-a 
 (pf . ^aiKa late), e u o- |i a I, I <4 cr 6 1) v. In mid., push from one's self, 
 repel, repulse, uSoSpiai, l<i)6oii|iir|V, u<ro|jiai, E(i)o'd|jL'r|v. (The 
 pf. eoiir|iai. is perhaps only pass, in sense in simple.^ Very rarely 
 the augm. e is omitted; e.g. SiwOofivTo occurs Thuc. 2, 84. 
 
 6. The comp. 6.ir<iAiu> is frequent, lit. pxtsh off (tos lirAXgeis, the 
 battlements'), and usually in mid. reject (o-u|i.(iaxCdv, an alliance'), 
 repulse, either in a military sense, as : tos irpoo-poXos aircuOoOvTo, 
 they kept repulsing the attacks ; p-AxTI a.ire(6o-6no-av, they were repulsed 
 in battle ; — or, repulse in the sense of rebuff, refuse to accept, etc. 
 ijlids o4k ex^P°^s ovtos dinSo-eo-Oe ; will you repel our advances although 
 we have no hostile spirit ? [In Thuc. 2, 39 dircuo-Oai is most likely 
 mid. ; they boast that they have repulsed all. Of course it may be 
 pass.] From a$l(cii (unattic) comes u6i(r)i.6s, a pushing, struggling. 
 
 'f2v^o|i,ai, buy, purchase, l<i>vov|jir|v, uv^(ro|i,ai, aor. lirpidixTjv 
 (which has no pres.), 4<iviiiiat (act. or pass, in sense), iavi\6i\v. 
 
 The pres. and impf. may also be pass, in sense. 'Fery rarely the 
 augm. is omitted. ot ©p^Kts bvoOvtoi tos ■yuvalKas, the Thracians 
 
'dviofiai. 213 
 
 are in (he habit of buying their wives. avTi\ wrfittva, this woman, after 
 she was purchased, etc. c<ivt|TO oird to«t<j> irapd toB irpdrcpov kcktij- 
 |iivov, he had bought them for this man from their former owner. h<)t« 
 irmXeCTu, [i^iTe covE(a-6o>, let him neither sell nor buy. mvij, purchase 
 (irpdo-is = saZe). iivTin(is, a buyer (irpaTijp, seller). Sn/io^—for sale. 
 uvt|t6s = 4a)vi]|i,4vos (as pass.) = bought ; it also means, capable of 
 being bought : Soja xpi)|idTa>v o4k mixfrii, glory is not to be bought for 
 money. 
 
 b. Iirpid|i.r|v is Inflected in the grammars along with the middle 
 voice of tirTT)|u. Its synopsis is : IvpidpiTiv, irp£iii|i.ai, irpiaCp,T|v (irpCaio, 
 etc.), irpla, irplourBai, irpid|uvos. The subj. and opt. accent as if 
 there were no contraction. Cf. p. 125, 6. 
 
INDICES., 
 
 I. English Derivatives 217 
 
 II. Classified Index of Grebe Words .... 222 
 
 III. Various Categories 244 
 
 IV. General English Index 250 
 
 V. General Greek Index 260 
 
 The figures refer to the pages. 
 
INDEX I. 
 
 ENGLISH DERIVATIVES. 
 
 Acoustic, 35. 
 Aesthetic, 33. 
 Agnostic, 60. 
 Agony, 12. 
 Agora, 25. 
 Air, 110. 
 Amaranth, 140. 
 Amaranthine, 140. 
 Amethyst, 142. 
 Amnesty, 146. 
 Anabaptist, 49. 
 Anabasis, 45. 
 Anacolutlion, 89, 
 Anacrusis, 127. 
 Anaesthetic, 33. 
 Anagram, 63. 
 Anapaest, 155. 
 Anastrophe, 176. 
 Anathema, 186. 
 Anatolic, 182. 
 Anatomy, 184. 
 Anecdote, 74. 
 Anemometer, 165. 
 Angel, 24. 
 Anodyne, 33. 
 Anonymous, 11. 
 Antagonist, 12. 
 Anthology, 137. 
 Anthracite, 201. 
 Antidote, 73. 
 Antipathy, 156. 
 
 Antiseptic, 170. 
 Antispast, 173. 
 Antithesis, 186. 
 Antitype, 196. 
 Aorist, 13. 
 Apathy, 156. 
 Aphaeresis, 30. 
 Aphorism, 51. 
 Apocope, 125. 
 Apodosis, 73. 
 Apologue, 135. 
 Apology, 135. 
 Apoplexy, 164. 
 Aposiopesis, 171. 
 Apostasy, 110. 
 Apostle, 175. 
 Apostrophe, 177. 
 Apothecary, 187. 
 Architect, 190. 
 Aristocrat, 7. 
 Arithmetic, 6. 
 Aroma, 148. 
 Arsis, 32. 
 Asbestos, 170. 
 Astigmatic, 176. 
 Astigmatism, 176. 
 Asymptotes, 162. 
 Asyndeton, 68. 
 Atom, 184. 
 Atonies, 181. 
 Atrophy, 194. 
 
 Austere, 42. 
 Austerity, 42. 
 Autobiography, 51, 63. 
 Autocrat, 7. 
 Autograph, 63. 
 Automaton, 206. 
 Autonomous, 105. 
 Autopsy, 152. 
 Azoic, 100. 
 71. 
 
 Baptism, 49. 
 Baptist, 49. 
 Baptistery, 49. 
 Baptize, 49. 
 Base, 45. 
 Basis, 45. 
 Be, 206. 
 Bear, 199, 200. 
 Bema, 45. 
 Bible, 186. 
 Bibliography, 63. 
 Bigamy, 55. 
 Biography, 51, 63. 
 Biology, 51. 
 Bioplasm, 162. 
 Bioplast, 162. 
 Bishop, 172. 
 Botany, 53. 
 Brachylogy, 136. 
 71 + 19 = 90. 
 
218 
 
 ENGLISH DBEIVATIVES. 
 
 Cachectic, 96. 
 Cachexy, 96. 
 Caenozoic, 100. 
 Calligraphy, 63. 
 Catalepsy, 131. 
 Catalogue, 136, 137. 
 Cataract, 168. 
 Catarrh, 168. 
 ' Catastrophe, 177. 
 Category, 7. 
 Cathartic, 115. 
 Cathedral, 116. 
 Caustic, 117. 
 Cauterize, 117. 
 Cemetery, 94. 
 Cenotaph, 102. 
 Centaur, 62. 
 Centre, 192. 
 Cetacean, 174. 
 Chaos, 207. 
 Charity, 207. 
 Chasm, 167, 207. 
 Cheirography, 63. 
 Chord, 168. 
 Chorus, 176. 
 Chrematistics, 209. 
 Chrestomathy, 209. 
 Chrism, 211. 
 Christ, 211. 
 Chyle, 208. 
 Chyme, 208. 
 Cleptomania, 12.3, 139. 
 Climate, 124. 
 Climax, 44, 124. 
 Clinical, 124. 
 Coma, 94. 
 Comedy, 26. 
 Comma, 124. 
 Cosmetic, 7. 
 Cosmos, 114. 
 
 Crasis, 121. 
 Crater, 122. 
 Creasote, 181. 
 Crime, 126. 
 Crisis, 126. 
 Criterion, 126. 
 Critic, 126. 
 Critical, 126. 
 Cryptogram, 63. 
 Crystal, 68, 159. 
 90 + 60=140. 
 
 Dactyl, 170. 
 Demagogue, 26. 
 Democrat, 7. 
 Diabolical, 46. 
 Diacritical, 127. 
 Diadem, 68. 
 Diaeresis, 31. 
 Diagnosis, 60. 
 Diagram, 63. 
 Dialect, 136. 
 Dialectics, 136. 
 Dialogue, 136. 
 Diaphanous, 199. 
 Diathesis, 187. 
 Diatribe, 196. 
 Didactic, 71. 
 Diet, 47, 71. 
 Digraph, 63. 
 Dilemma, 132. 
 Diocese, 7. 
 Diorama, 152. 
 Diphthong, 9. 
 Dogma, 76. 
 Dogmatic, 76. 
 Dogmatize, 76. 
 Dose, 72. 
 Doxology, 76. 
 Drama, 76, 166. 
 
 Dramatic, 76. 
 Drastic, 76, 166. 
 Dromedary, 194. 
 Dynamics, 77. 
 Dynamite, 77. 
 Dynasty, 77. 
 Dyspepsia, 157. 
 140 + 35=175. 
 
 Ecclesiastic, 118. 
 Eclectic, 187. 
 Eclipse, 136. 
 Eclogues, 137. 
 Ecstasy, 111. 
 Ellipse, 138. 
 Ellipsis, 138. 
 Elysium, 93. 
 Emblem, 46. 
 Emetic, 88. 
 Emphasis, 199. 
 Emphatic, 199. 
 Enclitic, 124. 
 Energetic, 91. 
 Energy, 91. 
 Engrave, 61. 
 Entomology, 184. 
 Epic, 136. 
 Epidemic, 100. 
 Epidermis, 67. 
 Epigoni, 68. 
 Epigram, 63. 
 Epigraphy, 63. 
 Epilepsy, 131. 
 Epileptic, 131. 
 Epilogue, 136. 
 Epiphany, 199. 
 Episcopal, 172. 
 Epistle, 175. 
 Epitaph, 102. 
 Epithet, 188. 
 
ENGLISH DERIVATIVES. 
 
 219 
 
 Epitome, 184. 
 Epizdoty, 100. 
 Epoch, 98. 
 Epode, 27. 
 Eponymous, 11. 
 Ether, 110. 
 Ethics, 80. 
 Ethnology, 136. 
 Eucharist, 207. 
 Eulogy, 135. 
 Euphemism, 204. 
 Eureka, 95. 
 Evangel, 24. 
 Evangelist, 24. 
 
 175+45=220. 
 
 Fame, 204. 
 Fancy, 198. 
 Fantastic, 198. 
 Fantasy, 198. 
 
 220 + 4 = 224. 
 
 Genealogy, 58. 
 Genesis, 56, 58. 
 Geography, 63. 
 Geometry, 71. 
 Gerousia, 56. 
 Gnomic, 60. 
 Gnomon, 60. 
 Gnostic, 60. 
 Grammar, 62, 63. 
 Grammarian, 63. 
 Grammatical, 62, 63. 
 Graphic, 62, 63. 
 Graphite, 63. 
 Graphoscope, 63. 
 Graven, 63. 
 Gymnasium, 11. 
 Gymnastic, 11. 
 224+17=241. 
 
 Habmokt, 42. 
 
 Harmost, 42. 
 Harpies, 42. 
 Heliotrope, 191. 
 Hemorrhage, 168, 
 Heresy, 29. 
 Heretic, 29. 
 Heterogeneous, 58. 
 Hexameter, 26. 
 Hierophant, 198. 
 Hilarious, 106. 
 Hippodrome, 194. 
 Holocaust, 117. 
 Holograph, 63. 
 Homogeneous, 58. 
 Horizon, 13. 
 Hydrogen, 58. 
 Hydrography, 63. 
 Hygiene, 34. 
 Hygienic, 34. 
 Hymn, 8. 
 Hyperbola, 49. 
 Hyperbole, 49. 
 Hypercritical, 127. 
 Hypertrophy, 194. 
 Hypocrisy, 127. 
 Hypocrite, 127. 
 Hypodermic, 67. 
 Hypothecate, 189. 
 Hypothesis, 189. 
 241 + 30 = 271. 
 
 ICONOCLASM, 81. 
 
 Iconoclast, 81, 123. 
 Iconoclastic, 81. 
 Iconography, 63, 81. 
 Idea, 153. 
 Ideography, 63. 
 Idiosyncrasy, 122. 
 Idol, 153. 
 Idolatry, 153. 
 
 271 + 9 = 280. 
 
 Jealous, 102. 
 
 Kaleidoscope, 153, 
 
 172. 
 Ealorama, 152. 
 Kin, 58, 90. 
 Knee, 90. 
 Know, 58, 59, 90. 
 
 Lethargy, 132. 
 Lethe, 132. 
 Lexicographer, 136. 
 Lexicon, 136. 
 Lithograph, 64. 
 Lithography, 64. 
 Logic, 12. 
 Lyre, 164. 
 
 286 + 8=294. 
 
 Mania, 139. 
 Martyr, 7. 
 Mathematics, 140, 
 Mesozoic, 100. 
 Metaphor, 202. 
 Metaphysics, 206. 
 Metathesis, 188. 
 Metonymy, 12. 
 Miasma, 144. 
 Microscope, 172. 
 Misanthrope, 7, 40. 
 Misogynist, 7, 40. 
 Mix, 144. 
 Mnemonic, 4, 146, 
 Monogamy, 55. 
 Monogram, 64. 
 Monograph, 64. 
 Monologue, 136. 
 Monomania, 139. 
 Monopoly, 167. 
 Myopia, 152. 
 
220 
 
 ENGLISH DERIVATIVES. 
 
 Myth, 189. 
 Mythology, 189. 
 
 294 + 23=317. 
 
 Neophyte, 206. 
 Nepenthe (s), 155. 
 Neuralgia, 155. 
 Nitre, 58. 
 . Nitrogen, 58. 
 Nomad, 147. 
 Nomadic, 147. 
 Nymph, 157. 
 
 317 + 8=326. 
 
 Ode, 26. 
 
 Oesopliagus, 201. 
 Ontology, 136. 
 Ophthalmoscope, 152. 
 Ophthalmia, 162. 
 Optic, 152. 
 Orchestra, 176. 
 Organ, 90, 166. 
 Orography, 64. 
 Orphan, 193. 
 Orthography, 64. 
 Oxygen, 58. 
 Oxytone, 181. 
 
 325 + 13=338. 
 
 Pachyderm, 67, 169. 
 Palaeozoic, 100. 
 Palimpsest, 211. 
 Palindrome, 194. 
 Palinode, 27. 
 Panacea, 83. 
 Panoply, 13, 182. 
 Panorama, 162. 
 Parable, 47. 
 Parabola, 47. 
 Paraclete, 119. 
 Paradigm, 66. 
 
 Paradise, 39. 
 Paradox, 76. 
 Paradoxical, 76. 
 Paragraph, 64. 
 Parallax, 37. 
 Parallel, 61. 
 Parenthesis, 188. 
 Parody, 27. 
 Paroxysm, 16. 
 Paschal, 155. 
 Pathetic, 166. 
 Pathos, 156. 
 Pause, 4. 
 Pedagogue, 26. 
 Pedobaptist, 49. 
 Pepsin, 157. 
 Periphery, 202. 
 Perispomenon, 173. 
 Petal, 158. 
 Phantasm, 198. 
 Phantasmagoria, 198. 
 Phantasy, 198. 
 Phantom, 198. 
 Pharmaeopoea, 34. 
 Pharmacy, 34. 
 Phase, 198. 
 Phenomenon, 198. 
 Phlebotomy, 184. 
 Phosphorus, 197. 
 Photograph, 64, 197. 
 Phtliisis, 205. 
 Physical, 206. 
 Physiognomy, 206. 
 Physiology, 206. 
 Phytology, 206. 
 Plague, 164. 
 Planets, 6. 
 Plaster, 162. 
 Plastic, 162. 
 Plethora, 160. 
 
 Pneumatic, 165. 
 Pneumonia, 165. 
 Poem, 166. 
 Poet, 166. 
 Polygamy, 55. 
 Pomp, 167. 
 Practical, 166. 
 Pragmatic, 166. 
 Prism, 166. 
 Problem, 48. 
 Proboscis, 53. 
 Proclitic, 124. 
 Prognostic, 61 . 
 Prolepsis, 131. 
 Prologue, 136. 
 Prophet, 204. 
 Proselyte, 93. 
 Prosody, 27. 
 Protasis, 181. 
 Protoplasm, 162. 
 Prototype, 196. 
 Prytanes, 116. 
 Psephism, 67. 
 Psychic, 212. 
 Psychology, 212. 
 Pterygium, 159. 
 Pyre, 187. 
 
 338+79=417. 
 
 Rhetoeic, 87, 136. 
 Rheum, 168. 
 Rheumatic, 168. 
 Rheumatism, 168. 
 Rhinoceros, 205. 
 Rhododendron, 206. 
 417 + 6 = 423. 
 
 SARCOPHAeBS, 93. 
 
 Scene, 86. 
 Sceptic, 172. 
 Scheme, 97. 
 
ENGLISH DERIVATIVES. 
 
 221 
 
 Scope, 172. 
 
 Symptom, 162. 
 
 Tmesis, 183. 
 
 Seisachtheia, 43, 170. 
 
 Synaeresis, 31. 
 
 Tome, 184. 
 
 Seismic, 170. 
 
 Synagogue, 26. 
 
 Tone, 181. 
 
 Seismology, 170. 
 
 Syncope, 125. 
 
 Tonic, 181. 
 
 Seismometer, 170. 
 
 Synonymous, 11. 
 
 Topography, 64. 
 
 Septic, 170. 
 
 Synopsis, 151. 
 
 Tracheotomy, 184. 
 
 Skeptic, 172. 
 
 Synoptic, 151. 
 
 Tragedy, 26. 
 
 Soteriology, 179. 
 
 Synthesis, 189. 
 
 Tripod, 186. 
 
 Sozodont, 180. 
 
 System, 114. 
 
 Troche, 194. 
 
 Spasm, 173. 
 
 Systematic, 114. 
 
 Trochee, 194. 
 
 Spermaceti, 174. 
 
 423 + 41=464.1 
 
 Trope, 191. 
 
 Sphenogram, 64. 
 
 
 Trophy, 192. 
 
 Sphenography, 64. 
 
 Tautology, 136. 
 
 Tropical, 192. 
 
 Sporadic, 174. 
 
 Taxidermist, 67. 
 
 Tropics, 191. 
 
 Star, 6. 
 
 Taxidermy, 67. 
 
 Type, 196. 
 
 Statics, 109. 
 
 Technical, 190. 
 
 464 + 31 = 495. 
 
 Stenography, 64. 
 
 Telegram, 64. 
 
 Wine, 155. 
 Wit, 148. 
 Work, 90. 
 
 Stereoscope, 172. 
 
 Telegraph, 64. 
 
 Stereotype, 196. 
 
 Telepathy, 156. 
 
 Stethoscope, 172. 
 
 Telescope, 172. 
 
 Stigma, 176. 
 
 Thanatopsis, 152. 
 
 Yoke 101 
 
 Stole, 175. 
 
 Thaumaturgy, 24. 
 
 Jk \^ Xfc J -^vj.* 
 
 Strophe, 176. 
 
 Theatre, 134. 
 
 Zeal, 8, 102. 
 
 Sycophant, 198. 
 
 Theme, 185. 
 
 Zealot, 102. 
 
 Syllable, 131. 
 
 Thesis, 32, 186. 
 
 Zeugma, 101. 
 
 Symbol, 49. 
 
 Threnody, 27. 
 
 Zone, 102. 
 
 Sympathy, 156. 
 
 Throne, 117. 
 
 Zoology, 51, 100. 
 
 Symposium, 161. 
 
 Prop 
 
 Tiara, 173. 
 
 ER Names Explai 
 
 495 + 9 = 604. 
 
 [NED. 
 
 Apollyon, 149. 
 
 Lucifer, 197. 
 
 Psyche, 212. 
 
 Areopagus, 159. 
 
 Naupaetus, 159. 
 
 Rome, 169. 
 
 Atropos, 129, 192. 
 
 Numidia, 147. 
 
 Stephen, 8. 
 
 Hygiea, 33. 
 
 Onesimus, 161. 
 
 Theodore, 72. 
 
 Klotho, 129. 
 
 Ophelia, 151. 
 
 Venus Anadyomene, 
 
 Lachesis, 129. 
 
 Panacea, 33. 
 
 77. 
 
 1 Sceptic and sk^tic count as only one. 
 
INDEX 11. 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 Substantives of the First Declension. 
 Substantives of the Second Declension. 
 Adjectives of the Second Declension. 
 Substantives of the Third Declension. 
 Adjectives of the Third Declension. 
 Verbs — following the order of Part I. 
 
 FIRST DECT.-RNSION. 
 
 A. 
 
 FEMININES. 
 
 
 1. 
 
 Words in r\. 
 
 
 a. 
 
 Pakoxytones. 
 
 
 "AyAitti, 175, mid. 
 
 ij ci|i.ap|j,^vT|, 143, near 
 
 'OSivii, 33, e. 
 
 'AvdvKii, 129, 1. 6. 
 
 end. 
 
 napaKaraS^Ki], 188 
 
 oLvd-yKT), 10, end. 
 
 4irio-T^HT|, 89. 
 
 irdxvn, 159, a. 
 
 diroO^KTi, 187. 
 
 e4(rxri|Jio<r«vi], 97, d. 
 
 ireCvT), 157. 
 
 dirpd-yiJioo-vvTi, 166, h. 
 
 ZcJvri, 102. 
 
 ■K\j,96pr,, 160, B. 
 
 d(rxiH.o(r<ivn, 97, d. 
 
 0<iKn, 186, mid. 
 
 irpoo-e^KH, 189. 
 
 EiPMoe^KTi, 186, mid. 
 
 K\tvii, 124, 1. 5. 
 
 ■Pi^T], 167, B. 
 
 pXdp^, 51, b. 
 
 Ki6|jni, 26, B. 
 
 pc4|iT|, 169, e. 
 
 PoTdvr), 53 (P6o-Ku). 
 
 A^ieri, 132, B. 
 
 St^Xt], 109, 1. 9. 
 
 rvdnT), 59-60; 153, 
 
 Mdxti, 140, b. 
 
 (ru77VcS|i.T], 61. 
 
 1. 9. 
 
 VAH 141, B. 
 
 <rvv9<iKTi, 189. 
 
 Aairdvt], 39, 6. 
 
 l»€\e'Tr,, 143, 1. 4. 
 
 T^X"1. 190. 
 
 Siae^KT), 187, 6. 
 
 |tv^K.1> 146, C. 
 
 T«xi, 196, B. 
 
 8£Kri, 11. 
 
 NiKi), 140, 6. 
 
 ■YiroB^Ki,, 189. 
 
 •Eyyiri, 79. 
 
 vv|i,if)i), 157 (ir^jiiru). 
 
 *<ini,, 204, B. 
 <t>e<St|, 205. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GBEEK "WOEDS. 
 
 223 
 
 b. 
 
 'AYwy^i, 25, c. 
 
 CLKoi), 35,/. 
 
 dXXav^, 36, c. 
 
 avapoX^, 46. 
 
 dva7pai|>^, 62. 
 
 &va7o>Y'^, 25 (1, Ex.). 
 
 Avaicax^i, 97 (1). 
 
 dvairvo^, 165, B. 
 
 avaff/ca^^, 171, 1. 12. 
 
 avairTpo<)>^, 176, end. 
 
 dvoToX^, 183 (1). 
 
 avarofi'ij, 184, &. 
 
 dvarpoiH], 192. 
 
 dvoK<i>x^, 97 (1). 
 
 dvox^, 97 (1). 
 
 dvTiXaP<i, 131, C. 
 
 dvTio-Tpo<f>'^, 176, c. 
 
 aoiSii, 26, 6. 
 
 diraYUY^, 25, c. 
 
 dn-aWaY^, 37, c. 
 
 diroPoX'fj, 46. 
 
 diroKoiH), 125. 
 dirocTpoi^'^, 177. 
 diroTpoir^, 192. 
 diro<)>«v<i, 203, B. 
 dpvayii, 42, b. 
 Botj, 53, B. 
 PoXtj, 45, d. 
 PodX^, 118 (5). 
 1) rpafiftaTiK^ , 62, 1. 
 
 1. 
 Ypa|i|i'^, 61, end. 
 ■Vpa<|>^), 61, B. 
 ij 7pa<|>iK'^, 62, 1. 8. 
 AiaPoX^, 46. 
 SiaKO|uS^, 12. 
 hiaKKayii, 37 (3). 
 SiarpiP^, 195. 
 8ia4>iry<i, 203, B. 
 
 OXYTONES. 
 
 SiSax'^, 71, mid. 
 8vo-|i^, 77, B. 
 "EBuS^i, 93, 1. 5 fr. 
 
 end. 
 dpKTft, 86, 1. 9. 
 clo-poXyj, 46. 
 cto-Spop.^, 194, B. 
 €KXo7<i, 137, 6. 
 Ikitvo^, 165, B. 
 c|i.poX^, 46. 
 ivToXi], 183, mid. 
 Hox't), 98. 
 EiriPoX^, 47. 
 ImYpaij)^, 63. 
 im<rK(vi\, 12. 
 tirioToX^, 175, 1. 4. 
 liriTO)!'^, 184, I. 6. 
 tiriTpoirij, 193, 1. 7. 
 firoxh, 98, d. 
 Z«)<i, 50, B ; 100, h. 
 'HSov^i, 41, h ; 207 B. 
 
 ij-IoTpiK'^i, 34, 6. 
 
 KoraPoX^, 47. 
 KOToXXaY^, 37 (3). 
 KaTa<rKa<ti^, 171, 1. 
 
 10. 
 KaTao-KcvV), 12. 
 KaratrTpoifi^, 177. 
 KOTO+vy^), 203, B. 
 kXoit^, 123, 1. 5 fr. 
 
 end. 
 K0|ii8^, 12. 
 Kpauy^, 125. 
 AoP^, 129, a. 
 1] Xo-yiK'/), 12. 
 MeraPoX^, 47. 
 (tcToXXaY'ii, 37. 
 |j.cTa(rTpo(|>'^, 177. 
 |iov<i, 143. 
 
 No(ji<i, 147, C. 
 Ol(iu-y<), 148, end. 
 op7^, 13. 
 iirf.i\, 148, mid. 
 IIopoPoX^, 47. 
 irapoo-KCvi], 12. 
 iccpiPoXif, 47. 
 Tr\aTayi, 120, 1. 9. 
 ttXtiv^), 164, B. 
 •irXT]a-(iovr], 160, B. 
 irvoTj, 165, B. 
 irop.irt|, 157, 6. 
 irpoPoXi), 48. 
 irpoSpoiii), 194, B. 
 irpoo-poXti, 48. 
 ij 'PriTopiKii, 87, 1. 2; 
 
 136, e. 
 poT), 167, B. 
 Si7if, 170. 
 o-iwinf, 171. 
 o-ttouStj, 174. 
 1] o-TaTiKr), 109, 1. 5. 
 crTi7|j.T]', 176, 1. 5. 
 o-ToXif, 175, B. 
 UTopyii, 175. 
 a-Tpoif>i), 176, c. 
 arTpa))i,vi), 178, 6. 
 <rv77pa<t>i), 63, 1. 1. 
 (ru7K0|iiST], 12. 
 rvyHOTri\, 125. 
 o-uXXaPT), 131, e. 
 
 BT)XX07T1, 137. 
 
 eTiiiPoXri, 49, 1. 3. 
 ot)[i.PovXtj, 28, 1. 8. 
 ■■uva7<i>7T{, 26, C. 
 8T)vaXXo7ti', -37 (3). 
 «r<|>tt7Ti, 178, b. 
 Ttt<|>i,', 102, 6. 
 
 lj TEKTOVIKT), 190. 
 
224 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GKEEK "WORDS. 
 
 TtXeuTif, 182, 1. 4. 
 Toixif, 183, B. 
 Tpomj, 191, b. 
 Tpo<|.ii, 194, C. 
 'YirepPoX^, 49, c. 
 iwo/iovii, 143. 
 
 *a)YTi, 203, c. 
 <})OXti, 206, b. 
 XopST), 168, near mid. 
 
 lj XPIP'^TlfTTlKT), 209, 
 
 B. 
 *vXTi, 212, 6. 
 
 ■OiSti, 26, 6. 
 avri, 161, c; 213. 
 
 Fii, 63, 1. 8 fr. end. 
 
 2. Words in a, i)s. 
 
 The accent of such words is always recessive. 
 
 Ataira, 47 (10) ; 71, 
 
 11. 5 and 7. 
 St+o, 75, 6. 
 
 84|a, 76, B ; 153, 1. 9. 
 ■^TTtt, 6(1); 140, b. 
 
 iretva, 157. 
 T<S\|i.a, 22 (2). 
 
 3. 
 
 "Words in a, as. 
 
 
 Accent always race 
 
 ssive. 
 
 
 "A7V010, 60, mid. 
 dSeia, 66, B. 
 alo-xpoK^pScia, 122, 
 
 mid. 
 dX^Buo, 132, B. 
 d|j.e'X€ia, 142, 6. 
 dvaCScia, 27, b. 
 direCeeta, 156, B. 
 dTr6xfl"«i, 40, b. 
 iLwciXfia, 150, 1. 1. 
 do-eiv€ia, 169, e. 
 do-<|>d\eio, 178, end. 
 dT4\€ia, 182, c. 
 
 'Ev4pyeia, 91, b. 
 evvoio, 153, 1. 9. 
 ISciXtio, 150, 1. 2. 
 eirijieXeia, 142, 6. 
 tvyivfia, 58, mid. 
 (vriXiia, 182, c. 
 Mdxttipa, 141, i. 
 HtTO|iaeio, 143, 1. 2. 
 navdKeia, 33, end. 
 irepitpfpeitt, 202. 
 iroXvT^cia, 182, c, 
 Seio-dxecia, 43, b. 
 
 a-vyyivaa, 58, 1. above 
 
 6. 
 <rvX\'<iirTpio, 131, e. 
 o-uv^X"''"'! 89> 6nd. 
 
 <rDVT^\«lO, 183, 1. 5. 
 
 ■Y-y£«o, 33, end. 
 •fi<|>^\ao, 151, 1. 1. 
 
 at Motpai, 129, 1. 6 ; 
 
 143, end. 
 Tpdx€to,i 184, b. 
 
 4. 
 
 "Words in a, ds. 
 
 
 a. 
 
 Paeoxytonbs. 
 
 
 a. 
 
 With Long Penult. 
 
 
 'AvaiScCa, 27, b. 
 Avvaa-Tc(a, 77, B. 
 EiSa>\o\aTpela, 153, 1. 5. 
 liriTpoireCa, 193. 
 'Hviox«ta, 97, e. 
 
 Aarpela, 153, 1. 4. 
 MavTcCa, 139. 
 (iveCo, 146, C. 
 •Oir(ipa, 205 (4.e£v»). 
 opX^O'Tpo, 176, c. 
 
 SrpaTeCa, 69, c. 
 Tidpa, 173(6). 
 ^apfiaKcCa, 34, b. 
 XptCa, 209, B. 
 
 1 An adj. used as a substantive; hence the accent, the raasc. being rpaxv?. 
 
OLASSrPIED INDEX OP GREEK "WORDS. 
 
 225 
 
 p. With Short Penult, other than X. 
 
 "E8pd, 116, B. I "IS^d, 63, end; 153, I Koeffipo, 116, B. 
 
 tx9po, 40, b. I 1. 5. I Aipd, 164, B. 
 
 "AvvtXta, 24, 6. 
 d^uvCa, 12. 
 aSuvafiCa, 77, B. 
 aT|SCa, 41, b. 
 'dSavao-Cd, 103, c. 
 aliioppayltt, 168, 1, 9 fr. 
 
 end. 
 dKaSapirCa, 115, B. 
 dKo\ao-Ca, 124, 1. 7 fr. 
 
 end. 
 dXov£a, 135, D. 
 dfiaSta, 140. 
 diiaprCa, 38, c. 
 dulJCo, 144, B. 
 anvfiffria, 146, C. 
 dvapiioiTTCa, 42, b. 
 dvo|i(a, 147, C. 
 dvTi\oY(a, 134. 
 &VT(i)|io(r(a, 150, y. 
 dirXTjo-TCtt, 160, B. 
 diroXoYla, 135, D. 
 dirowrCa, 83, U. 
 diroxEipOTOvfa, 181, 
 
 mid. 
 dirmptoo-Ca, 150,/! 
 'apyCa, 91, b. 
 dpfiovCa, 42, b. 
 oppiDo-Tta, 169, e. 
 hTpoipia, 194, b. 
 dTux£a, 196, B. 
 avTon^la, 152, b, 
 iipeapirla, 204, end. 
 difiopCa, 201, C. 
 
 With I as Penult.^ 
 
 &\apurrla, 207, B. 
 dxp>||<.aTCa, 209, near 
 
 mid. 
 Bto, 11. 
 
 rcvedXoYCa, 58, mid. 
 'ycpovo-ta, 55, end. 
 Ye<o)i.cTp(a, 71, mid. 
 7E(i)p7la, 91, c (end). 
 AciXCa, 66, B. 
 SiSao-KaXCa, 71, B. 
 8i(i>|i,o(rCa, 150, _/. 
 Svaweilila, 157, 1. 7 fr. 
 
 end. 
 SwTDxfa, 196, B. 
 Sv<rwSitt, 148, mid. 
 'EKcx^i'pIai 97 (1, end). 
 «KKXt)<r£a, 118 (5). 
 I^ovo-Ca, 83, D. 
 c|(ii|io(rCa, 150, y. 
 liri|i,axCa, 141, e. 
 iirifu^la, 144, B. 
 linopKla, 150, e. 
 IpYao-Ca, 90, B. 
 cvapiiOo-rCa, 42, b. 
 cvc^Ca, 96, b. 
 eicpYco-Ca, 91, c. 
 eiXoYta, 135, D. 
 eiiopKlof 150, e. 
 tivpayla, 88, b ; 166 b. 
 cvirpdg(a, 166, b. 
 ciruxCo, 8'8, 6 ; 196, B. 
 eixoLpiarla, 207, B. 
 ciuSCa, 148, mid. 
 
 Z<i)Ypa<|>Ca, 100, c. 
 
 'Ha^X'**) 11- 
 OavfiaroiratCa, 24, 1. 4. 
 6av)i,aTovpY(a, 24, 1. 4. 
 6pT|vuSla, 27, mid. 
 Ovo-Ca, 104. 
 'IinroSpa|iCa, 194, B. 
 in"irop,axCa, 141, ^ 
 KaKoirpdY'a, 166, b. 
 KaKovpYta, 91, c. 
 KapSCa, yi. 
 KapnpCa, 143 (5). 
 Kan)YopCa, 7, 1. 8. 
 Kaxe^Ca, 96, b. 
 Kii)|i<iiS(a, 26, B. 
 Movto, 139. 
 p.ciovE|Ca, 96, B. 
 |UTou<rCa, 83, D. 
 fieruvvfiia, 12, I. 4. 
 liOvojra\ia, 167, 1. 5. 
 |iveoXoY(a, 189 (15). 
 NavdYCa, 120, b. 
 vav\i,a\la,, 141, y. 
 vavirT)Y'a> 159, b. 
 OlKCa, 7, mid. 
 ovo-Ca, 83, D. 
 0(|>6aX|i.Cd, 152, b. 
 IlavoirXCa, 13, 1. 9. 
 iravovpYta, 91, c. 
 irapaYY^XCa, 24, c. 
 irapavo)i,Ca, 155. 
 irapoivCa, 155. 
 irapowrCa, 83, D. 
 
 1 For coDTenieuce, the long mark on a ia omitted in this list. 
 
226 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OP GREEK WORDS. 
 
 iraptftbia, 27} 1. 8. 
 mto|iaxCa, 141,/. 
 iTEiSapxta, 156, B. 
 T£piovo-Ca, 83, D. 
 irXeovelCa, 96, B. 
 TTvevfioviaf 165, 6. 
 irpoSoo-Ca, 74. 
 irpocTTaorCa, 113. 
 irpocriaSCa, 27, 1. 11. 
 
 'AYopo, 25, c ; 198, c. 
 r«v(a, 58, C. 
 Aiait>eopd, 204, B. 
 8iac|)opa, 202 (1). 
 SupEo, 122, b. 
 Et<r<|>opa, 202. 
 
 B. 
 
 'Pi^eviiCa, 91, 5. 
 2vKo<)>avT(a, 198, d. 
 crvfiPovXCa, 28, 1. 8. 
 (rv|j.)i.axta, 141, e. 
 crvvov(r£a, 83, D. 
 a-vv(i>p,oo'(a, 150, C. 
 o-ciiTi)p(a, 179, B. 
 Tpo7<!)8Co, 26, end. 
 
 OXYTONES. 
 
 4K<|>opd, 201, D. 
 METa<)>opd, 202. 
 naiSio, 154, mid. 
 irepi<|>op(^ 202. 
 irvpo, 187, end. 
 
 MASCULINES. 
 
 'YirepotJ^Ca, 152, 1. 2. 
 liiro+Co, 152 (7). 
 vn'(i>|ioa-Ca, 150, y. 
 *ovToirta, 198, c. 
 (papiiaKoiroiia, 34, h. 
 <|>iX.la, 175, mid. 
 (^vaioyvwfiovia, 206, &. 
 XeipoTovCa, 181, mid. 
 
 STpoTid, 69, c; 118(5). 
 (rv|>.(|>apa, 203, 1. 10. 
 *eopd, 204, B. 
 <|iopa, 201, C. 
 Xopci, 207, B. 
 
 With the exception of TpaviiarCds (p. 190, 1. 4 fr. end) and 
 ijiap|iaKoirii\r|5 (p. 34, J), the masculines of 1st deol., so far as they 
 happen to occur in this book, all end in -ttis. Except in proper 
 names, words in -os in 1st decl. are extremely rare. 
 
 1. 
 
 ■Words in -ttis. Cf. 22 (1). 
 
 A<n6ifn\i, 152, 6. 
 ^ia■^^T^[%, 68, B. 
 8uvi(rTir|S, 77, B. 
 'Eiraiv^Tus, 28, 1. 1. 
 km^Ti\% 22 (1) ; 45. 
 Iirio-Tdrns, HI S 112, 6. 
 tp^ilTt]s, 90, B. 
 
 «V6p7^TT|S, 91, c. 
 
 0e(r|i.o6«n]s, 186. 
 
 "l€pO<|>4vTT]S, 198, d. 
 Karapp^KTr);, 168. 
 KXeiTTtis, 123. 
 
 Na4rr]s, 45, mid. 
 voixoS^nis, 186. 
 OtK^TTlS, 118 (5). 
 o'lrXfTiis, 13. 
 o<|>ciX^Ti)s, 153, end ; 
 
 210, 1. 6 fr. end. 
 napacTTdrris, 112, h. 
 irXdo-TTis, 162, B. 
 irX£ov^KTr)5, 96, p. 
 iroXtrris, 118 (5). 
 irpo86TT|s, 74. 
 
 h; 
 
 "irpoo-TATTis, 112. 
 
 113. 
 'irpo<|)'<iTT)s, 204, B. 
 irpoiTOtTTdTris, 112, h. 
 STpaTiiifris, 118(5). 
 <ri!Ko4>(ivTT|s, 198, d. 
 cruvSc(r|i<&Ti]S, 68, B. 
 <r«vcii|i6TT)s, 150, d. 
 TexvtTTis, 190, mid. 
 'YirepiiTTils, 152, 1. 3. 
 Xp^Ttis, 122,1. 9fr. 
 
 end ; 210, near end. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GEEEK WOBDS. 
 
 227 
 
 2. 
 
 'AKpoanrfs, 35. 
 avTtt7<»vi<rTT]S, 12. 
 ap|iO(rTT]S, 42, 1. 1. 
 BairriaT^s, 49, 6. 
 PouXctttjs, 118 (5). 
 rpa|i,|i,aTicrTT]s, 61, B. 
 AiainiTifs, 70; 71. 
 
 SlKttO-TTlS, 11. 
 
 'E^YwiTrfs, 79, mid. 
 
 ■Words in -Tr)s. 
 
 l6c\ovTT|s, 80, 6. 
 iKKXiio-iao-'His, 118(5). 
 Ipao-ni's, 90, 1. 1. 
 evayyehiarlis, 24, &. 
 tiSperrfs, 95, 1. 4. 
 Zt|X(i)Tt|s, 102, 6. 
 KaBapTifs, 115, B. 
 KcXcv(rTT]S, 121. 
 
 KpiTifs, 22(1); 126, B. 
 MaSiiTTi's, 140. 
 So\i7i(7)KTr|s, 169. 
 'YPpio-Tti's, 13, end. 
 
 UirOKplT1)S, 127. 
 XpT||XaTlO-TT|S, 209, 
 
 mid. 
 'OvtiTijs, 213. 
 
 A. 
 1. 
 
 a. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES. 
 Masculines and Feminines. 
 
 Propaeoxytones. 
 
 "AyYeXos, 24, h. 
 dKdXov6os, 89, b. 
 1] afifdviTTos, 141, end. 
 air6XoYOS, 135, D. 
 dvairaioTOS, 155. 
 dvrCa-irao'TOS, 173. 
 airo'o-ToXos, 175, B. 
 ovc|U)s, 165, 1. 1 ; 212, 
 
 6. 
 AdKTuXos, 170 (oTi'irw). 
 SidpoXos, 46. 
 1] StdXcKTos, 136, 1. 3. 
 SidXo70s, 135, D. 
 SiSdcTKoXos, 71, B. 
 "Ekyovos, 58, C. 
 cXcyxos, 87. 
 
 ciraivos, 28, 1. 1. 
 citCyovos, 58, C. 
 eirl\oyos, 136, 1. 4. 
 Iirto-Koiros, 172. 
 Iirtrpairos, 193 (5). 
 'HvCoxos, 97, e. 
 edvoTos, 103, c; 152, 
 
 b. 
 e«|i,^tos, 185, C. 
 'IirirdSpopios, 194, B. 
 KdOopvos, 119, 1. 4. 
 KardXaYos, 137. 
 KardcTKOiros, 172. 
 
 KaTT]7Op0S, 7. 
 
 KEVTavpos, 52 (1). 
 
 Kp^oTToXXos, 68, 
 159, mid. 
 
 N6(f<fuT0J, 206, 6. 
 
 "OXcBpos, 149, c. 
 oftopos, 13. 
 TIapiiK\i]roSj 119. 
 iroX^)i.ias, 40, 6. 
 irpbyovos, 58, C. 
 irpdeSpos, 116, B. 
 irp6|ii,axos, 141, h. 
 irpoa-fiKuTOSf 93, C. 
 Sr^tf^vos, 8. 
 (TvXXoYos, 137. 
 (riiip.pauXos, 28, 1. 8. 
 (rti|ip.oxos, 141,/. 
 o-vvSEo-fios, 68, B. 
 
 To the " Attic Second Decl." belongs liiv6Kepus, 205, B. 
 
228 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GKBEK "WORDS. 
 
 Af||ios, 7 ; 100, c. 
 SovXos, 8. 
 ZfiXos, 8; 102, 6. 
 ©prjvos, 27, mid. 
 KaKovpYOS, 91, c. 
 
 Pkopeeispomena. 
 
 KX^ipos, 129, 1. 4. 
 KU)ios, 26, B. 
 MBBos, 189 (15). 
 OtKos, 118 (5). 
 otvos, 155, mid. 
 
 IlavoCpYos, 91, c. 
 
 SItos, 93, 1. 5 fr. end. 
 Toixos, 13. 
 
 ii *ii+os, 12, 1. 8 fr. 
 end. 
 
 c. 
 
 BCos, 50-51. 
 Fdjjios, 55. 
 Apd|ios, 194, B. 
 ZwYpdc^os, 22 (3); 
 
 100, c. 
 "Iiriros, 141,/. 
 KvkXos, 13. 
 At9os, 64, ]. 4. 
 \6vos, 119 (8) ; 135, 
 
 D ; 136, c. 
 Nipios, 147, C ; 186, 
 
 1.11. 
 TJ vi<ros, 7 ; 164, B. 
 H^vos, 93, C. 
 
 Paboxytones. 
 
 Olaoipiyos, 201, C. 
 opKos, 150, b &L e. 
 opos, 13. 
 
 o'xXos, 88 (tvoxX.). 
 nd70s, 159, a. 
 iroTos, 161, 6. 
 Siripos, 174, B. 
 o-TdXos, 175, B. 
 TA(|>os, 102, 6. 
 t6kos, 190, 1. 5. 
 t6iios, 184, 1. 1. 
 t6vos,27,1.12;181,B. 
 Tiiros, 64, 1. 7 fr. end. 
 Tpd7os, 26, B. 
 
 Tp6|ios, 191. 
 
 Tp6iros, 80, mid ; 191, 
 
 B. 
 xiiros, 196. 
 "Ynvos, 8, 1. 2. 
 *e677os, 9, mid. 
 4ie(Spos, 204, B. 
 icXos, 5, 1. 8. 
 <|>dPo5, 66, B. 
 <|)4pos,201,C;202(2). 
 (|>(i>(r(|><ipos, 197, 6. 
 XpT)(r|j,oX6Yos, 210, 
 
 top. 
 XP<5vos, 27, 1. 13. 
 
 d. 
 
 'AiittpToiKis, 38, C. 
 livaypafi/iaTitrfi6s, 63. 
 ioMs, 26, b. 
 r\ drpairos, 192, 1. 5. 
 d(|>opi<r|i.6s, 51, 1. 3. 
 reXuTo^oios, 55, B. 
 YcupYo's, 91, c (end). 
 At<rii6s, 68, B. 
 8Ti|jia7ci>76s, 26, C. 
 8i.aKcXMi(r|j,ds, 121. 
 "EiruSis, 27, 1. 5. 
 eu0r)/iti<r/i((s, 204, B. 
 IxBpis, 40, b. 
 
 OXYTONES. 
 
 @av|iaToiroi6s, 24, 1. 5. 
 e£o-|iis, 186, 1. 11. 
 ■■Idrpds, 6 (2) ; 34, b. 
 'iKa(rii6s, 106. 
 KaBapiJids, 115, B. 
 Kpt)|ivds, 126, 1. 7. 
 Aiiids, 157, 1. 3. 
 Xo7i,(r)i.ds. 12. 
 Xoi|j.6s, 164, B. 
 Mio-eds, 8 (4) ; 22 (3). 
 |uo-6(i>t6s, 8 (4). 
 NoDd76s, 120, ft. 
 'Op4,ov«5s, 193. 
 
 o<|>eaX|ids, 152, ft. 
 ox6t6s, 97, e. 
 IIai8a7(D76s, 26, C. 
 n'apaKcXeuo'iJ.ds, 121. 
 irapo|vo-)i.d$, 16 (3). 
 TTTCDXdS, 111, 6. 
 'P€VfjLaTtfffl6s, 168, C. 
 
 SEi.(rp,ds, 170, mid. 
 o-Koirds, 172, a. 
 (rTo9|ji(Ss, 108, h ; 109, 
 
 1. 13. 
 o-TpaniYds, 7. 
 <r«V€p76s, 91, c (end). 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OP GREEK "WOEDS. 
 
 229 
 
 Taxi'l"Ss, 13. 
 
 XP'n|i'aTicr|i.6s,209, mid. 
 
 XiX<5s, 208, mid. 
 
 rpo+ds, 194, C. 
 
 XpTi<r|i.<Ss, 209, 1. 4 fr. 
 
 Xvym, 208, mid. 
 
 Tpox6s,,194, B. 
 
 end. 
 
 'ni86s, 26, 6. 
 
 Xopds, 176, c. 
 
 Xpti<rp,<j,86s, 210, 1. 2. 
 
 c>eur|iiSs, 212, b. 
 
 2. 
 
 Contract Nouns, 
 
 
 AUkitXovs, 163, end. 
 
 NoBs, 60, above C. 
 
 irXoiis, 164, C. 
 
 Eto-irXous, 164, C. 
 
 rtopAirXovs, 164, C. 
 
 ■Po«s, 167, B. 
 
 IktXous, 164, C. 
 
 mpCirXotis, 164, C. 
 
 Xcifjiappoiis, 167, B. 
 
 KoTdppoDs, 168, C. 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Neuters. 
 
 
 a. 
 
 Pkopakoxytones. 
 
 
 B\^<|>apa, 52, h. 
 
 ee'drpov, 134 (2). 
 
 irptSo-uirov, 152, b. 
 
 iSoiTTIO-T^piOI', 49, 6. 
 
 Kdroirrpov, 152, b. 
 
 irrepvyioir, 159, B. 
 
 rvfivdo-iov, 11. 
 
 KoinriT'/ipiov, 94, c. 
 
 SrdSiov, 109, I. 11. 
 
 AdKpvov, 122, end. 
 
 KpiT^piOV, 126, B. 
 
 <r4(iPoXo, 48, B. 
 
 SccrpittT^piov, 68, B. 
 
 M^Tuirov, 152, 6. 
 
 irv|iirda-iov, 161, 6. 
 
 SiaPa'HIpia, 45, B. 
 
 NoTid-yiov, 120, b. 
 
 <r<j)d7iov, 178, 6. 
 
 SiKao-'Wjpiov, 11. 
 
 "Opvavov, 90, B. 
 
 Tp<5iroiov, 192, 1. 5. 
 
 EtSolXov, 158, 1. 4. 
 
 "Opiov, 13. 
 
 'Yirojivia, 101, c. 
 
 iVTOflOV, 184, 6. 
 
 IlaCYViov, 154, mid. 
 
 $dp|taKov, 34, 6. 
 
 iiturKeirr-hpMV, 172 (1). 
 
 ^dpEpyov, 91, c. 
 
 (t>6ivdir(iipnv, 205. 
 
 IpYooT-^piov, 90, B. 
 
 ir€Ta\oy, 158, 1. 5. 
 
 Xpno-Wipiov, 209, 1. 3 
 
 Eiia774\iov, 24, h. 
 
 iroT'lipiov, 161, 6. 
 
 fr. end. 
 
 'HKiOTp67rior, 191, b. 
 
 
 
 k- 
 
 Peopbeispomena. 
 
 
 AiSoo-KaXetov, 71, B. 
 
 KX^jSpov ) 
 
 nXiJKTpov, 164, B. 
 
 SSpov, 72, B. 
 
 irXotov, 164, C. 
 
 'Ep7oX£tov, 90, B. 
 
 MavTEtov, 139, near 
 
 irpoo-oirctov, 152, end. 
 
 Z<pov,51,niid.;100,c. 
 
 end. 
 
 SOkov, 198, d. 
 
 '"Idrpetov, 34, b. 
 
 |j,vT||j,eiov, 146, C. 
 
 Tpoirotov, 192, 1. 5. 
 
 
 Ncvpov, 155 (ird<rx<i>)- 
 
 <j.«Xov, 206, 6. 
 
 e. 
 
 Paeoxytones. 
 
 
 BdBpov, 45, B. 
 
 ACrpov, 58, b. 
 
 Td^ov, 4, a. 
 
 PipxCov, 63 ; 186, mid. 
 
 Nirpov, 58, b. 
 
 *opTtov, 201, C. 
 
 "Ep7ov, 90, B. 
 
 "OirXov, 13. 
 
 it.«XXov, 158, 1. 6. 
 
 'HvCo, 97, e. 
 
 TfKVov, 190, 1. 3. 
 
 Xuplov, 211, mid. 
 
 K^vrpov, 192 (4). 
 
 
 
230 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GEEEK WOEDS. 
 
 d. 
 
 OXYTONES. 
 
 Zi)-v6v, 101, c. 
 AovTp6v, 139. 
 
 mjov, 141,/. <t>«T6v, 206, C 
 irrepov, vi. 159, B. 
 
 B. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 1. a. 
 
 Peoparoxytones. 
 
 a. Beginning with Alpha Privative. 
 
 Note. — Adjectives beginning with alpha prirative and ending in 
 -OS, have recessive accent. See p. 91, Rem. Furthermore, compound 
 adjectives regularly have -os as the ending for fem. as well as masc. 
 See p. 22, end. 
 
 'AptuTos, 51, 6. 
 ot'yvua-Tos, 60, mid. 
 a,-ypd|i|iaTa$, 62, 1. 4. 
 aypaijias, 62, 1. 4. 
 dSiiipaTos, 45, B. 
 dSiii4i9apTos, 204, B. 
 dSid<t>eopo5, 204, B. 
 aSo^os, 76, B. 
 dSvvaTos, 77, B. 
 
 d^TTI^TOS, 140, 6. 
 'dSavaros, 103, c. 
 dKaSapTos, 115, B. 
 dKEpaios, 122, 1. 6. 
 
 aKAxiTTOs y 
 &,K\r\ro's, 118, 1. 5. 
 dKoXacTTos, 124. 
 aKpdras, 122, 1. 1. 
 oLKpiTos, 126, end. 
 a\o-yos, 135, D. 
 
 Tl'"^''"''"! 140, mid. 
 afiipavTos ) 
 
 d|iCavTOS, 144, 1. 1. 
 
 djilKTos, 144, B. 
 
 d|i<)>C\o7as, 134, 1. 2. 
 
 dva£<r6t)Tos, 33, e. 
 dvd\<dTos, 36, d. 
 dvap.dpT'^Tos, 38, c, 
 dva|j,(t>(\o'Yos, 134, 1. 4. 
 dva|i<|>i.o-p<iTr]Tos, 39,6. 
 dvdp|j,ao-Tos, 42, b. 
 dvdcTTaTos, 109. 
 dvEKSoTos, 73 (3) ; 
 
 74:, d. 
 dv^Xe-yKTos, 87, end. 
 dveirCKX-qTos, 119, e. 
 dv^KtcTTos, 33, end. 
 dvtdros, 34, b. 
 avop.os, 147, C. 
 dv<ivT|Tos, 151, 1. 3. 
 d(v)o'rXos, 13. 
 d(v)6pdTos, 152, a. 
 
 dvUTToSTJTOS, 68, C. 
 
 dviiroTTTOs, 152 (7). 
 dvt&jioTos, 150, d. 
 dv(ivu|i.os, 1 1 , nearend. 
 ddpio-Tos, 13, mid. 
 dirapdo-Kcvos, 12, 1. 9. 
 dirXrio-TOS, 160, B. 
 airoTos, 161, 5. 
 
 dirpdKTOs, 166, B. 
 airpdTOs, 161, end. 
 d'rrpo<t>d<rio-TOS, 204 B. 
 appi)Tos, 87, B. 
 dppaio-Tos, 169, e. 
 Sff/Seo-Toj, 170, B. 
 do-KeiTTos, 172, a. 
 da-Taa-CacTTos, 109, 1. 
 
 3. 
 oo-Topyos, 175, mid. 
 d(rv|i(|>apos, 203, 1. 8. 
 do-vv6Tos, 106 (6). 
 aTa<)>os, 102, i. 
 dreCxurTos, 13. 
 aTTjKTos, 184. 
 aT|iT]Tos, 184, 1. 3. 
 droKos, 190, 1. 6. 
 dTO|jios, 184, 1. 8. 
 dTpo<|>as, 194, 6. 
 &<peapros, 204, B. 
 d<)>dpi)Tos, 201, C. 
 d<j>opos, 201, C. 
 dxdpio-TOs, 207, B. 
 dxpno'Tos, 209, mid. 
 di|fvxos, 212, mid. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OP GEEBK WORDS. 
 
 231 
 
 J8. 
 
 'AsCuvijo-Tos (a), 146, 
 
 C. 
 cLKoXovSos, 89, b. 
 a\u(ri|jio$, 36, d. 
 &)i.<|>CpoXos, 46. 
 d|i.<i.JX.070s, 134 (1). 
 a|ii|>i<rPT|T'/j<ri|ios, 39, h. 
 dvTiSoTos, 73, 1. 8. 
 dlUiraivos, 28, 1. 1. 
 a|i,6Xo7as, 135, D. 
 dirdKpT]|i.vos, 136, 1. 8. 
 dir6|j,axos, 140, c. 
 diroppTjTos, 87, B. 
 apiiTTos, 7, 1. 13. 
 BCaios, 11. 
 TcXoios, 55, B. 
 7V(ipi)i.os, 60, mid. 
 Ai.d4>opos, 202, d. 
 SpacT^pios, 76. 
 SuirdpcirTos, 41, 6. 
 
 Svo-CKVIITTOS, 148. 
 
 Sv<nr€KrTOS, 156, end. 
 'ES<iSi|ias, 93, end. 
 £Oc\ou<rios, 80, b. 
 ?kSotos, 74, 1. 3. 
 IXevBcpas, 8, mid. 
 E|u|>iiTos, 206, D. 
 c|ji<|/iJxos, 212, mid. 
 fvSogos, 76, B. 
 6V0X0S, 98. 
 c|aCpETOs, 31, b. 
 lirtetTos, 188, 1. 7. 
 IitCkXtitos, 119, e. 
 lir(|iaxos, 141, e. 
 
 'AvaYKatos, 10, end. 
 dxpcios, 209, mid. 
 FeXoios, 55, B. 
 YEvvaios, 58, mid. 
 'ESpatos, 116, B. 
 
 Other Froparoxytones. 
 
 I'TrCopKos, 150, e. 
 liriTd4>ios, 102, b, 
 lirov«C8i<rTOS, 13. 
 Iiriiwiios, 11, end. 
 Ep7do-i|jios, 90, B. 
 4'piiH.os, 8 (4). 
 ETCpos, 58, 6. 
 ETai.|i,as, 11. 
 Evdpp.oo'Tas, 42, 6. 
 
 EVE^dXEllTTOS, 35. 
 
 eveitWetos, 188 (8, 
 
 end). 
 Ev\o7os, 135, D. 
 EviiETdpoXos, 47 (10). 
 EtfopKos, 150, e. 
 EvirXao-Tos, 162, B. 
 Eiic|>opos, 201, C. 
 Evxdpio-Tos, 207, B. 
 EwXPio'Tos, 209, mid. 
 
 'HKiatav, 93, C. 
 tJIiCepyos, 91, b. 
 ■]^(ri\io%, 11. 
 ^'(TVXOS, 11. 
 0av|jido-ios, 23, d. 
 '~Ia<n.|i,os, 34, b. 
 ISios, 122, 1. 9. 
 KaraYEXaiTTOs, 55, B. 
 KaTOTTTos, 152, b. 
 Kaviri|xos, 117, e. 
 Mdxi|i.os, 140, b. 
 |iETdirE|i,vTos, 157, B. 
 (i6vi,p,os, 143, 1. 10. 
 NaiiirTiY^o-iixos, 159, 6. 
 ■OX^epios, 150, 1. 1. 
 
 Peopeeispomena, 
 
 ETOlftOS, 11. 
 
 Koii<|>os, 108, h, end. 
 
 IXpoBlTTOS, 151 (4). 
 SirovSatos, 174. 
 
 o'noios, 8 (4) ; 58, 5. 
 dv^cifios, 151, 1. 1. 
 noA./,ui|(7;(rT0j, 211, 1. 5 
 
 fr. end. 
 vapdSo^os, 76, B. 
 ■n-apd\\lr]\os, 51, 1. 4. 
 irapdvo|i.os, 155. 
 irdpEpYOS, 91, c. 
 irEpip6T)Tas, 53, B. 
 irEpiiidxnTOS, 141, g. 
 irEp(<j>oPos, 66, B. 
 irXdijjLos, 164, C. 
 irXiiifios, 164, C. 
 irdTi|io5, 161, &. 
 irpa<ri|ios, 161, c. 
 'PaBviios, 7 ; 90, end. 
 Sir6pi|jios, 174, B. 
 (rTdo-i)i.os, 109, 1. 4. 
 
 (rV|i|l.ElKTOS, 144, B. 
 
 irv|ii|>.iKTos, 144, B. 
 irv|j><|>opo$, 203, 1. 7. 
 (rv|i.<f>uT05, 206, D. 
 (tuvOetos, 189. 
 <riivTO|j.os, 184, above 
 
 6. 
 ffvvtlivvfios, 11, end. 
 
 (TUT^piOS, 179, B. 
 
 T^Etos, 181, end. 
 te'Xeos, 181, end. 
 Tp6<|>i|ios, 194, C. 
 'YirdXoiiros, 139. 
 
 i'lrOTTTOS, 152 (7). 
 
 Xff\<n\io%, 209, B. 
 "Hvios, 213. 
 
 o-uos or iruos, 179, end. 
 TEXEvratos, 182, 1. 9. 
 Tpoxaios, 194 above 
 Tp^w. 
 
232 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GEEEK WOEDS. 
 
 C. 
 
 'A9p6os, 11. 
 aWos, 36, a. 
 'Epp(i>|i.^vos, 196, mid. 
 d. 
 
 Paeoxytones. 
 
 EepSoX^os, 122, mid. 
 M^o-os, 100, b. 
 (lovos, 64, 1. 7. 
 "0\os, 63, near end. 
 
 3apKoil)dyos, 93 (I- 
 $<D(r(|>6pos, 197, a. 
 
 d. 
 
 'Ayaa-T69, 28, d. 
 aiperiK6s, 29, y. 
 aipET6s, 29, d. 
 al(r6r|TiK6s, 33, e. 
 
 cLKouariK^s, 35, ^1 
 
 OKOVCTTis, 35, y. 
 
 dXijeivis, 132, B. 
 oXuTos, 36, d. 
 ava\<i>Ti.K6s, 39, h. 
 dvo(rx«Tis, 97 (1). 
 i,vaTo\iK6s, 183 (1). 
 dvaTpeiTTiKis, 192. 
 dveKTis, 97 (1). 
 ■dp-y6s, 90-91 ; 1.32, B. 
 aiirTi)pos, 42, 6. 
 avrds, 7, 1. 13. 
 dx9eiv<s, 43, b. 
 Bi(i>t6$, 51, b. 
 pXaPcp6s, 51, end. 
 ra|jiiK6s, 55, I. 1. 
 ^epaids, 55, end. 
 
 ^VOXTTIK^S, 60. 
 
 Ypa|ip,aTi.K6s, 62, 1. 1. 
 7pa<|>i.K6s, 62, 1. 2. 
 'Yvp.vao'TiKds, 11. 
 7v|jivds, 11. 
 AairavTJp6s, 39, b. 
 UiK6i, 66, B. 
 Sei,v6s, 66, B. 
 SiaPaT6s, 45, B. 
 8iaKpiTiK6s, 127. 
 SioXcKTiKds, 136, 1. 1. 
 
 OXTTONBS. 
 
 StSttKTmis, 71, B. 
 SiSaKTiis, 71, B. 
 SiSao-KaXiKJs, 71, B. 
 SoyfiaTiK^s, 76, B. 
 
 SoTtKOS, 72, B. 
 
 8pd^TiK6s, 76, mid. 
 SpdiTTiKbs, 76, mid. 
 Spo)i.iK6s, 194, B. 
 Swards, 77, B. 
 
 "EyK\iTlK6s, 124. 
 
 iK\eKTlK6sj 137. 
 
 ifiermSs, 88. 
 
 ifl(j)aTlK65, 199. 
 
 ipepynTiKos, 91, 6. 
 IvEp^ds, 91, 6. 
 £iriSeiKTiK6s, 67. 
 
 iiriATflTTLKiSf 131, C. 
 
 ipturr6s, 90, 1. 1. 
 4p-Ya(o-)TiK6s, 90, B. 
 cvpcTiKiis, 95, 1. 6. 
 cvperds, 95, 1. 1. 
 i^96i, 100, 1. 9. 
 4X9piis, 40, 6. 
 Ixup<!s, 96, a. 
 Z(i>7pa4>iK6s, 100, c. 
 JokSs, 100, c. 
 'Hffi/tiis, 80, mid. 
 0av|i,ao-T6s, 23, d. 
 e€|i,iT<Js, 186, 1. 4. 
 evT)T6s, 103, c. 
 'lKav6s, 41 (dpK^w). 
 'lXap6s, 106, b. 
 
 Urxvp6i, 114, end. 
 KaOapds, 115, B. 
 Ka6apTiK6s, 115, B. 
 Kttivds, 100, 6. 
 Kaxds, 6, 1. 8. 
 Ka\(Ss, 63, mid. 
 Kav(TTiK6s, 117, e. 
 KaxficTM6s, 96, 6. 
 Kev6s, 102, 1. 4 fr. 
 end. 
 
 K\ElCrT6s, 123. 
 
 KXincrTds, 123. 
 KplTlKds, 126, B. 
 A£kt6s, 133 (2). 
 AefiKiij, 136, d. 
 \o-yiK6s, 12, near end. 
 Xoiiris, 138, 1. 1. 
 MaeTi|j.aTiK<is, 140. 
 p.a6T)T6s, 140. 
 liaviKds, 139, mid. 
 |ji£<rT6s, 160, B. 
 |i,iap6s, 143, end. 
 HiKpis, 172, ft. 
 |j.vi](n)viKiS5, 146, C. 
 
 HotMSlKis, 147, C. 
 
 vov6cti)tik6s, 189, E. 
 vouBeTiKds, 189, E. 
 Olo-Tis, 200, 6. 
 oXio-Stipds, 149, midi 
 avo|iairT6s, 11. 
 
 OVTMis, 152, 6. 
 
 opdrds, 152, a. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GREEK "WOEDS. 
 
 233 
 
 dpBis, 64; 88, mid. 
 
 dpVKTOS, 153. 
 IladriTuc6s, 156, d. 
 n'aXaicSs, 100, b. 
 'irapa,rariK6s, 180. 
 iri9av6s, 156, B. 
 irXoo-TiKos, 162, mid. 
 
 irVcMTTOS, 162, B. 
 
 itXektos, 163, 6. 
 ■trvfu/^anxis, 165, b. 
 iroTo's, 161, 6. 
 irpay/JiarLtciis, 166, B. 
 irpaKTiKos, 166, B. 
 vpoyvuffTitcSs, 61. 
 irTEpuTos, 159, B. 
 im\v6s, 159, B. 
 
 'Peu/iaTtK(fs, 168, C. 
 
 pTjTopiKo's, 87, B. ; 136, 
 e. 
 
 2. 
 "AirXovs, 164, C. 
 
 fT|To's,87,B; 138(2); 
 
 136, e. 
 SaSpos, 170, near end. 
 a-nTTTiK6s, 170, near 
 
 end. 
 aKfTTTMis, 172, near 
 
 mid. 
 o-Too-iao-TiKo's, 109, 1. 3. 
 
 (TTOTIKO'S, 109, 1. 5. 
 
 <rT«vp's, 64. 
 
 o-Tspep's, 172, b; 196, 
 
 end. 
 cr<|>aXEpp's, 178, end. 
 orvvcTo's, 106 (6). 
 o-uvoirriKo's, 151. 
 
 aUVTi\lK6s, 183. 
 
 TavTo, 136, c. 
 
 T£KT0VIK0S, 190, ]. 11. 
 
 T€xviKos, 190, mid. • 
 
 TTIKTO'S, 184. 
 TpOTTlKlis, 191, b. 
 
 'YppMTTiKo's, 13, end. 
 
 WepffvvT€KtK6s, 183. 
 *ai8po's, 198, d. 
 <|>avEpos, 198, b. 
 <|>ttvos, 198, b. 
 (j>€UKTds, 203, above b. 
 <p6a.pTis, 204, end. 
 (|>opTr]'yi,Kds, 201, mid. 
 ■|>opTiKos, 201, mid. 
 i)>v(riKo's, 206, C. 
 XpTDi^ario'TiKo's, 209, 
 
 mid. 
 XPio-To's, 209, B. 
 XpwTTp's, 211, mid. 
 Vvxm6s, 212, b. 
 +vXPo's, 212, 1. 4. 
 'flvrjTos, 213. 
 
 Contract Adjectives. 
 
 I "Eiiirvous, 165, B. I o-BS, 179, h. 
 
 AvdirXcas, 160, B. 
 -IXtMS, 106. 
 
 Attic Second Declension. 
 
 I KaTolirXeas, 160, B. I irXlas, 160, B. 
 I iTEpCirXeiDs, 160, B. I 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 A. 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 
 1. 
 
 Words like iroXis. 
 
 
 Atpeo-is, 29,/. 
 
 dydyvaio-is, 60. 
 
 (Sveo-is, 105. 
 
 aCo-Otio-is, 33, a. 
 
 dvdeco-is, 186. 
 
 dvTlSoo-is, 73. 
 
 OLKpodo-is, 35. 
 
 dvaCpccris, 30, d. 
 
 dvTfOccris, 186. 
 
 d'Xua-is, 36, d. 
 
 dvdKpav(ri.s, 127. 
 
 dvTar)i|(is, 131, C 
 
 a|ut>icrP^Tn(ris, 39, h. 
 
 dvd|ivi]<ris, 146, C. 
 
 diro'Paa-is, 45, B. 
 
 dvdpoo-is, 45, B. 
 
 dvda-Tao-is, 109. 
 
 dirdSuSis, 67. 
 
234 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GBEEK WOKDS. 
 
 diroSocris, 73. 
 diroBciris, 187. 
 diroKpicris, 127. 
 dirdXavo-is, 41. 
 d7oXei.i|/is, 138. 
 diro'ppT|o-is, 87, B. 
 airoffLtiim](rts, 171. 
 diroirTa(ris, 110. 
 diroo-T^pTio-is, 175, b. 
 diroTetxio-ts, 13. 
 diro'(t>ev|is, 203, 6. 
 otpo-is, 32,/. 
 avgT|(ri.s, 42, end. 
 di)>aCpEcris, 30. 
 o(|>6o-is, 105. 
 oi<j)igis, 106 (1). 
 Bd<ris, 45. 
 PovXT|a-is, 54, d. 
 Tivio-is, 56, A; 58, C. 
 7^vvti(ris, 58, C. 
 ^vwo-is, 59, B. 
 A^i)o-is, 69, end. 
 Sidpao-is, 45, B. 
 Sid-yvuiris, 60. 
 Sid6(o-is, 187, b. 
 8iaCp£(rts, 31. 
 Sidtrrao'is, 110. 
 8id<|)e>)fi.s, 203, B. 
 Sio(Ki)(ris, 7, mid. 
 SCu^is, 75. 
 SoVis, 72, B. 
 8vvo(jiis, 77, 1. 1 ; 173 
 
 (4)- 
 8i<ris, 77, B. 
 Eto-pooris, 45, B. 
 cKPao-ts, 45, B. 
 4'kX€ii|/is, 138. 
 ^KSTaffis, 110, end. 
 
 eKTKTlS, 190. 
 
 4'XXei.i|/i.s, 138. 
 
 eVPacris, 45, B. 
 efji.(l>a<riSj 199. 
 ^^aipecriSf 31. 
 elerao-is, 11- 
 I'lis, 96, b. 
 Iir(pa<ris, 45, B. 
 lirCSei^is, 67. 
 lirCSocris, 74. 
 eirCBeo-is, 188. 
 lirCKXiicns, 119, e. 
 lirCXT]i|/i.s, 131, C. 
 4piiTi)(ris, 92, b. 
 eo-Ttdo-is, 94, 1. 2. 
 ev'pE(ris, 95. 
 Z^o-is, 102, 1. 3. 
 ZeSgis, 101, c. 
 0^0-1,5,32/; 186,1.4. 
 ""Ido-is, 34, b. 
 icaSaCpEo-is, 31. 
 
 KdOapo-is, 115, B. 
 
 KapTcpT)a-is, 143 (5). 
 
 Kardpao-is, 45, B. 
 
 Kard'yvbKris, 61. 
 
 KaTd\i]i|/is, 131, C. 
 
 Kardo-Tao-is, 112, 1. 3. 
 
 KaTd<t>eii|is, 203, B. 
 
 KaT6p6uatSf 88, &. 
 
 KoSo-is, 117, e. 
 
 KXeto-is or I ,23 
 
 KX'Qins ) 
 
 KXf^o-is, 118, 6. 
 
 KoXao-is, 124. 
 
 Kpdo-is, 121, B. 
 
 KpCo-is, 126, B. 
 
 KTfjo-is, 128, B. 
 
 Aiiis, 136, d. 
 
 Xfi^s, 129, 1. 4. 
 
 Xfi+is, 129, a. 
 
 Mdet|<ris, 140. 
 
 d lidvTis, 22 (4) ; 139. 
 
 (ilXXiiiris, 142, mid. 
 licrdSoiris, 74. 
 )jiETd8E(ris, 188.^ 
 )UTd(rTao-is, 112. 
 |it|is or (iCgis, 144, B. 
 NodB^tho-is, 189, E. 
 "OvTi«ris, 151. 
 0(r4>pT|<ri.s, 153. 
 oi|/is, 152, a and 6. 
 Ilapdpao-is, 45, B. 
 irapd77EX(ri5, 24, c. 
 irapd8oiris, 74. 
 irapa(v£a'is, 28, b. 
 irapaCpEcris, 31. 
 irapaK^Xcvo-is, 121. 
 irapdKXTio-is, 119. 
 irapdKpovo-is, 127, end. 
 irapdXXa^iS, 37. 
 iraSo-is, 4. 
 Treats, 157 (ir^TTQi). 
 tt^Stjo-is, 38, 1. 3. 
 iriXis, 22 (4); 118 
 
 (5). 
 d w6ins, 161, 1. 4. 
 1760*15, 161, 1. 1. 
 irpd|is, 166, B. 
 irpdo-is, 161, c; 213. 
 irpoaCpeo'is. 31. 
 irp6Pao-i.s, 45, B. 
 irpdSeo'i.s, 189. 
 irp<SKXi]0-i.s, 119. 
 7rp6Krt\jiiS, 131, C. 
 irp6o-pao-is, 45, B. 
 irpoo-eeo-is, 189, 1. 2. 
 irpdo-KXtjo-is, 119. 
 TrpSracTLS, 181, 1. 1. 
 
 •irp«(l>tto-is, 99 (12); 
 
 204, B. 
 irrfio-is, 162, 6. 
 TTlio'TlS, 167, 1. 4. 
 
 1 The word is not actually given, but implied in the English derivative. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GEEEK "WOEDS. 
 
 235 
 
 ■Ptjo-is, 136, e. 
 2id57r7i(ris, 171. 
 o-K^+is, 172, a. 
 o-Tdo-is, 109, 1. 1. 
 <rT^pTl<ris, 176, h. 
 (TVYKpdins, 122. 
 cvYKpio-is, 51, 1. 8. 
 o-uYxiJo-is, 208~mid. 
 (Tiijsvjis, 101, c. 
 crvXXT)i|/i.s, ISl, e. 
 (rv|iPa<ri.s, 45, B. 
 (rv|x|i.iSi.s, 144, end. 
 
 o-uvciSriffij, 148 (otSa). 
 irilv6<ris, 106. 
 o-vvSeo-is, 189. 
 crvvo<|/is, 151. 
 crvcTToo-is, 113, d. 
 o-x^Tis, 97, 1. 1. 
 liai.s, 181, B. 
 TsCxicris, 13. 
 T^p+is, 207, B. 
 tCo-is, 190. 
 T|jLi]a'i.s, 183, B. 
 
 "YPpis, 13, end. 
 vir^p^ao-is, 45, B. 
 wiroSeo-is, 189. 
 inr6KpL(rtSt 127. 
 tSir(i\.i)i|>is, 131, y. 
 vir6ir\«ris, 24, a; 197, 
 
 1.5. 
 *do-is, 198, c. 
 ^9la-is, 205. 
 <t>v<ri,s, 206, C. 
 Xpfjcris, 209, B. 
 
 2. Neuters in -p,a. 
 
 All neuter substantives of 3rd deol. have recessive accent. 
 
 "A7Ye\(j.a, 24, 6. 
 otjio, 168, 1. 9fr. end. 
 aKOu<r|i.a, 35,/". 
 d|i.dpTr|p.a, 38, c. 
 a|u|>i.<rPirJTT||i,a, 39, mid. 
 avAdefia, 186. 
 avd6T])i.a, 186. 
 dvd\(ii[i,a, 39. 
 apii>)i.a, 148, mid. 
 ^(Tfia, 26, b. 
 arv\r\[i,a, 196, B. 
 BctTTTitr/ta, 49, 6. 
 P<i|j,a, 45, top. 
 P6(rKT)p,a, 53. 
 rpoLp,p,a, 61, B ; 63. 
 AdvEUTfia, 11. 
 Sei7|i,a, 66, B. 
 SeTfia, 66, 1. 4. 
 8^p|ji,a, 67, B. 
 SrJ7)i.a, 64. 
 SiaSr))i.a, 68, 1. 5 fr. 
 
 end. 
 Sta<rTi])i.a, 110. 
 StAvfi/ia, 132, I. 1. 
 
 Bdvuo, 76, B. 
 
 Spd|j,a, 76. 
 Suo-Tix'Hlia, 196, B. 
 "EYKX-Tiiia, 118. 
 fKirafta, 161, b. 
 eiM0\iriiia, 46, c. 
 4'vS£i.7|i.a, 67. 
 ^VTaK/ia, 183, mid. 
 lird'Y7cX.|j.a, 24, a. 
 cirav6p6(i>p.a, 88, b. 
 fp&Tr\\i,a, 92, b. 
 cvcp'YCTT||ji.a, 91, c. 
 6vfyi][La^ 95. 
 evTuxiiiwi, 88, b ', 196, 
 
 B. 
 Zcv^iia, 101, d. 
 0avp,a, 24, 1. 1. 
 6^a|jia, 152, a. 
 Bella, 185, C. 
 eplfino, 193, d; 194, 
 
 C. 
 "~Ia|i,a, 34, b. 
 EaTd(rrpa>|i.a, 178, b. 
 Kavfia, 117, e. 
 K.i\iv{<r)y.a, 121. 
 Khlfjia, 124. 
 
 Kd|ji|ia, 124. 
 «'■;'""' °' 1 126, B. 
 KTflllO, 128, B. 
 
 Koj/ju, 94, c. 
 Arjiiiia, 12^ a. 
 MdBiiiJio, 140. 
 |i,£\^Ti))i.a, 143, 1. 4. 
 |i,Cao-|ia, 144, 1. 1. 
 |j.vf||i.a, 146, C. 
 NouB^TTiiJio, 189, E. 
 "O|j.|io, 152, 6. 
 ovop.a, 11. 
 opd|i,a, 152, a. 
 d(tie(XT||ia, 153, end. 
 oixtiiio, 154, 1. 7. 
 o\i\}i.a., 97, e. 
 napd'y7e\|i,a, 24, c. 
 irapdSEi7|xa, 66, B. 
 ir^Sijiia, 38, 1. 3. 
 irXdo-jxa, 162, B. 
 ir\c'7|ia, 163, b. 
 ir\cov^KTr|p.a, 96, B. 
 irvEVfia, 27, mid. ; 165, 
 b. 
 
236 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OP GKBEK WORDS. 
 
 irj|i.a, 161, B. 
 irpdyfUi, 166, B. 
 vplixna, 166. 
 irp6pX.r||ia, 48. 
 •Kp6ay^i\f.a, 99. 
 ■irr$|ia, 162, h. 
 iru)ia, 161, B. 
 •P«viJia,167,B;168,C. 
 pfJYfjia, 168. 
 Mlitt, 87, 1. 3 ; 136, e. 
 2K^)i)ia, 172, a. 
 (rKu|i,|ia, 172. 
 <rirA(r|i.o, 173, 1. 2. 
 
 q-ir^p|ia, 174, B. 
 o-tCvuo, 176, 1. 1. 
 <TTpaf,a, 178, h. 
 <rii7Ypa|t|ia, 63, 1. 2. 
 o-ii|iirT<i)|).a, 162, 6. 
 (rvv6T|)iia, 189. 
 irva'TT||i.a, 114, e. 
 o-4>(i\(jia, 178, 6. 
 0-XTiH.o, 97, d. 
 o-wno, 179, B. 
 
 T«£xio-|"*j 13- 
 
 ri)\fyp<i4>r\fia, 64. 
 T^.tiV-a, 183, B. 
 
 Td$EV|ia, 4, a. 
 rpavfia, 190, 1. 5 fr. 
 
 end. 
 "YPpio-jia, 13, end. 
 viroSiiiia, 68, C. 
 4dvTacrp,a, 198, c. 
 if><i(rp.a, 198, <;. 
 <i)ipT)n«, 201, C. 
 XoLo-)i.a, 207, end. 
 XPfllia, 209, B. 
 Xpi(<r)|i.a, 211. 
 Xu|ia, 208. 
 
 3. 
 
 "AvOos, 137, B. 
 axBos, 43, 6. 
 Bdpos, 108, end. 
 P^\os, 45, d. 
 pxdpos, 51, h. 
 r^vos, 58. 
 Afos, 66, B. 
 SCi|>o$, 75, h. 
 "ESos, 37, h ; 116, B. 
 c6vo5, 136, c. 
 eBos, 80, mid. 
 ttSos, 152, c; 172,6. 
 ciros, 136, e. 
 ^xBos, 40, 6. 
 
 Neuters in -os- 
 
 Zevyos, 101, c. 
 'HOos, 80, mid. 
 e^pos, 205 (<|>eCvo>). 
 K^pSos, 122. 
 KfjTos, 174, B. 
 M^pos, 143, 1. 7 fr. 
 
 end. 
 (ito-os, 7 ; 40, 6. 
 g£(|)os, 141, 8. 
 "Ov(i8os,i 13, 1. 2. 
 ojos, 58, 6. 
 opos, 13, mid. ; 64. 
 ndeos, 156, d. 
 irdxos, 159, h. 
 
 irfv6o$, 155, h. 
 irX<i9os, 160, B. 
 irvi-yos, 165. 
 'PI70S, 168. 
 2Kd4>os, 171. 
 o-Ttieos, 172, 6. 
 Teixos, 13. 
 TCKOS, 190, 1. 4. 
 T^os, 181, B. 
 Uos, 197, B. 
 Xdos, 207, end. 
 XpEos, 122 ; 153, end ; 
 
 210. 
 *iiX<»s, 212. 
 
 Ba<|>c«s, 49, 1. 10 fr. 
 
 end. 
 Toveils, 58 ; 190, 1. 5. 
 7pa|ji|iaTcvs, 61, end. 
 7pa(|>c<i$, 61, end. 
 
 Nouns in -cvs- 
 
 Aiai|>6opE{is, 204, 1. 
 
 fr. end. 
 Spo|icvs, 194, B. 
 ■l€pe«s, 198, d. 
 Noneiis, 147, C. 
 
 Siropeis, 174, B. 
 (rv7Ypa<t>Evs, 63, 1. 1. 
 o-tjia-yEils, 178, h. 
 ToK««s, 190, 1. 4. 
 Tpo(|i(vs, 194, 1. 1. 
 
 1 Trisyllables of this class are very rare. tiiytBoi, greatness; n-eAayo? , the open 
 sea; and re>evos, temple enclosure, perhaps nearly exhaust the list. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GKEEK WOEDS. 
 
 237 
 
 5. 
 
 Feminines in -ti)s, -ttitos. 
 
 AiicrTT)pdTT|s, 22 (1); 
 
 42. ■ 
 Aeiv6tt)s, 66, B. 
 
 KaOapirris, 115, B. 
 koij(|>6ti)S, 108, h. 
 'OpOoTTis, 88, 6. 
 
 Hax^Tiis, 22(1); 159, 
 
 b. 
 ^iXppTrjs, 212. 
 
 Miscellaneous Substantives. 
 
 The gender and genitive sing, are given here, only when they 
 are not indicated on the page referred to. 
 
 *A7iiv(-«avos), o, 12. 
 ai)Siiv, 26, h. 
 alSiis, 27. 
 apxiT^KToiv, 190. 
 ao-rjjp (-T^pos), o, 6 
 
 BX.«|>apCs, 52, 6. 
 rSius, 55, B. 
 ■^ifwv, 55, end. 
 Yfipas, 55, end. 
 ^v(&|i(DV, a, 60, mid. 
 Yovu, "Y^SvaTOS, t6,90,B. 
 7pavs, 56, 1. 1. 
 7«v^, 7 ; 40, end. 
 Aiupv|, d, 153. 
 ElKciv, 63, end; 81; 
 
 123. 
 fmiXvs, 98, C. 
 epus, 89. 
 
 to-e^is, 39, J (top). 
 e^ius, 1], 185-6. 
 
 OpCf, li, 102, near end. 
 ■ISpcSs, 104. 
 l<rx«s, 104, end. 
 KXe(s or kX^i's, 123. 
 K\i|jia£, 124. 
 Kpdr^p, 121, end. 
 Kp«as, Kp^us, 180, c. 
 MdpxDS, o, 7. 
 'OSoils, 180, c. 
 Hots, 49, end; 154, 
 
 mid. 
 ira'Hip, vi. 
 mie<S, 156. 
 xXdvi)5, d, 6(1). 
 
 irV€Vp.(DV, 165. 
 Troi|i<iv, 147, C. 
 •iroiis, 99(12);161,B. 
 irpdT^ip, 161, c; 213. 
 irptuv, d, 166. 
 vpo^oaKiSf 53. 
 wripvl 159, B. 
 
 'P^iTwp, 87 ; 136, e. 
 pis, 205, end. 
 piidj, 167, end. 
 SdXmvi, 167. 
 o-dpl, 93 (l(r9C(i>). 
 iniir«8c&v, 170. 
 oT)\X'/|irTci)p, 131, e. 
 a-^-flv, 64. 
 
 (TOlT^ip, 179, B. 
 
 Te'KTwv, 190, 1. 8. 
 Tcvoiv, d, 181, B. 
 TpCirovs, d, 187 (1). 
 "YScop, 158, b ; 63, end. 
 vs, d or r\, 37, 6. 
 *X^+, 184, 6. 
 
 ({ipOVTCs, 14. 
 
 4>v'yds, d, 203, c. 
 <j)ffls, 197, B. 
 Xdpis, 207, B. 
 \af>,d)v, 191, end. 
 Xe(p, 63, mid. 
 
 B. 
 
 1. 
 
 'ApXaP^s, 51, end. 
 dY6vv<is, 58, mid. 
 dSe^is, 66, B. 
 dT|S^s, 41, 6. 
 ato'XpoKcpS'^S, 122, 
 mid. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 In -ifs, -e's. 
 
 i.\x\9i\s, 132, B. 
 d[iae'/js, 140. 
 dp.eX'^s, 142, 6. 
 dvaiS^s, 27, b. 
 diraS^s, 156, d. 
 dirci6^s, 156, B. 
 
 Airex6''is, 40, b. 
 da-6(vi^$, 169, e. 
 do-ificiX^s, 178, end. 
 d«X<is, 181, end; 182, 
 
 c. 
 drpiP^s, 195, 1. 2. 
 
238 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OP GEEEK WORDS. 
 
 oTDX^s, 196, B. 
 d4>avirjs, 198, h. 
 Aia<|>av^s, 199. 
 SucnreiB'iis, 156, end. 
 Stjo-tvx^s, 196, B. 
 'EWiTT'fis, 138. 
 I|i,<|>av'^s, 199. 
 IvTcX'/is, 182, C, d. 
 ^iraxO^s, 43, h. 
 lirifuX'fjs, 142, h. 
 
 kinTU)fi\%, 196, B. 
 eiri.(|>av^s, 199. 
 ev'ytvi]?, 58, mid. 
 eiireiO^s, 156, end. 
 €v«\<is, 182, c. 
 evTvx'iis, 88, b ; 196, B. 
 «4<l)v^s, 206, h. 
 KaTa<{>av^s, 199. 
 NtiTTsvBiis, 155, end. 
 IlavTEX'^s, 181, end. 
 
 TcpiSc^s, 66, B. 
 n'Epi.(|>avVjs, 199. 
 ircpi<|>ep^s, 202. 
 iro\i)Te\<)s, 182, c. 
 irpo4>av^$, 199. 
 Suvvev^s, 58, mid. 
 <riivtx^s, 99. 
 <ruvTe\^s, 182, C, d. 
 ar(i>|iaTociS'^s, 179, B. 
 'YiroTeXfjs, 182, C, d. 
 
 Avcri&8r]s, 148, mid. 
 'Eii6\T|s, 150, 1. 4. 
 tp7(48T|s,90,1.3fr.end. 
 
 In -i|s, -Es. 
 
 cv(&Sr|s, 148, mid. 
 KpTi(iv(48T)s, 126, 1. 7. 
 MaviiiSris, 139, mid. 
 
 Ilai'yvK&STis, 154, mid. 
 irX^pT|S, 160, B. 
 
 3. In -uv, -ov. 
 
 The accent of these is always recessive. 
 
 AlS%<av, 27, 6. 
 d)iv^|i(i>v, 146, C. 
 dvEiri<rT^)j.<i>v, 89. 
 airpa'Y|j.(DV, 166, 6. 
 d<rx''i|i<»v, 97, d. 
 
 'Eiri,\^cr|j.(DV, 132, B ; 
 146, C. 
 
 Iirio-T^liuv, 89. 
 tia-\i[^av, 97, d. 
 "Httwv, 6 (1); 140, 
 end, h. 
 
 KaXXtuv, 68. 
 Mv^jicDv, 146, C. 
 n^irtiiv, 157 (irtTTO*). 
 2v7'YVi&)i.(i>v, 61 (6). 
 
 4. 
 
 Miscellaneous Adjectives. 
 
 'A-yvcis, 60, mid. 
 apual, 42. 
 Bapvs, 108, h, end. 
 Ppax«s, short, 136, c. 
 Aponds, 194, B. 
 
 EtKis, -6tos, 81, c. 
 ei'xopis, 207, B. 
 'HSds, 41, b. 
 TJ|u6v^s, 103, c. 
 0pa<rirs, 27, 6. 
 
 No(iAs, 147, C. 
 ■0|«s, 58, 6; 181, B. 
 Haxvs, 67, B ; 159, b. 
 Siropds, 174, B. 
 XopCeis, 207, B. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GEEEK WORDS. 
 
 239 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 These follow the arrangement of pure, mute, and liquid verbs, 
 as given in Part I. Those that occur alphabetically (as main verbs, 
 that is) in Part II. are in spaced printing, as KaSaCpu, "Epo/iai, 
 and have no reference attached, unless they also occur elsewhere 
 than in their alphabetical order, in which case only this last place 
 is referred to, the spaced printing being enough as a reference to 
 the natural place in Part II. Compounds of the irregular verbs 
 of Part II. are not given, unless for some special reason. 
 
 'A7opcu(a. 
 dYptuu, 100, c. 
 d K o V u. 
 
 oX-rfido, 132, B. 
 diroXavoi. 
 BiOTEvai, 51, h. 
 PovXcvci),'^ 3. 
 Fevofiai, 4, a. 
 AaKpvu, 132, end. 
 Svvoo-Teipo), 77, B. 
 8^<o, 22 (7). 
 'EiriPovXevo), 3—4. 
 liriTpoirevu, 193 (5). 
 4o-eCu>.3 
 @epaireti(D, 4, h. 
 6T)pev<i>, 4, h. 
 Spavcii 
 6 vol. 
 '"Idrpevai, 34, 5. 
 
 2. 
 
 'AYairdu, 6 ; 175, mid. 
 alTido)iai., 6. 
 dKpodo)i.ai. 
 
 Stem Unchanged. 
 
 KaOapcvu, 115, B. 
 
 KaCo). 
 
 kcXevu. 
 
 KXaCio. 
 
 kXcCu or kX^'u. 
 
 Kvato). 
 
 KoXaKEvu, 4, a. 
 
 KpOVU. 
 
 KuXviD, 4, a ; 86, h. 
 Aovo). 
 X«o>,i 4, a. 
 MavTcvo|jiai, 139. 
 |i«eio.,2 141, B. 
 |jiT]vvci>, 4, a. 
 |xvT])i,ovev(i>, 4, d; 146, 
 
 C. 
 Iivrja-Teva), 4, d. 
 [tum, 152, 1. 5 fr. end. 
 
 Verbs in -dai? 
 
 dvldci), 5. 
 d^avrdo}. 
 Bod (I). 
 
 IXaiSciu, 4, a. 
 iraCu. 
 iravcii, 4. 
 iropEvopiai, 4, a. 
 irpf w. 
 
 irpoo-raTEvoi, 113. 
 'PijTOpeiu, 87, B. 
 Sc Cti>. 
 
 o-TpaT«v(D, 4, d. 
 a-up.pavXEv(ii, 3-4. 
 To|Ev<a, 4, a. 
 'YiroXvojiai., 68, C. 
 iiirouTtucii, 152 (7). 
 
 <|>OV«VCl>, 4, Z>. 
 
 <i)«T«vw, 4, h ; 206, C. 
 <i>iiw, 22 (7). 
 XopEvia), 4, i. 
 Xpiu. 
 
 TeXdw, 5, 6. 
 ^cvvdu, 58. 
 ■y T] p d u. 
 
 1 Has displaced tvittw as the model G-reek verb. See Tvima. 
 3 The stem that appears here belongs only to pres. and impf, (jlcSvoi seems not 
 even to have impf . 
 
 3 K(Ui> for KaCu, and kXau for xXaCa, do not count. 
 
240 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 Aairavclii>,6°, 39, i, end. 
 
 8 1 a I T d <D. 
 
 Si\|/d<i>. 
 
 S p d u, 90, rem. 
 
 'Ed a, 21 (6). 
 
 e^airardu, 6. 
 Ipdci), 175, mid. 
 ipurdu, 6 ; 70, note ; 
 
 91-92. 
 e o- T I d C0. 
 Zdti). 
 
 "HTrdonoi, 6 ; 140, h. 
 06do|jiai, 6; 134 (2). 
 @i^pdii), 5, c ; 6 (2). 
 '~Ido|j.ai, 6; 34, 1. 3. 
 KXdd). 
 Kvdo). 
 
 Kai)i,do|iai. 
 KTdo|j,ai. 
 MeiSido), 55, B. 
 (lEXETdu, 143, 1. 4. 
 
 NiKdu, 6 ; 140, b. 
 nriSdm, 37-38. 
 
 ueivdo), 
 iTEipdo), 6. 
 irXavdiD, 6. 
 2i7du. 
 o-i<i>irda>. 
 irirdca. 
 (rv\d(i), 6. 
 TeXsvTdw, 6 ; 182, 1. 
 
 TL|ldu, 5. 
 
 Xpdojiai. 
 
 Xpdu. 
 
 9du. 
 
 3. 
 
 Verbs in -eV 
 
 The verbs in -ia on pp. 6, 7, and 8, are not repeated here, unless 
 they also occur elsewhere. 
 
 'A-yvo^iK, 60. 
 
 dSiK^w, 6; 21 (6). 
 
 dSwar^ft), 77, B. 
 
 alSeoiiai. 
 
 -aivia. 
 
 aipia, 5, b. 
 
 aWia, 6; 70, 1. 2. 
 
 dK^ofiai. 
 
 dKoXovS^d), 89, b. 
 
 aXyia, 155 (irdo-x,*") ■ 
 
 &\ia. 
 
 &[u\iu>, 6 ; 142, b. 
 
 d)l,VT||XOVE(D, 146, C. 
 
 d|i.<t>i7Vo4(ii. 
 
 d|l<|>lO-pT|T^<l>. 
 
 dvap)i.a(rT^(i>, 42, b. 
 diTEiSeu, 156, B. 
 diroXo7^o)iai, 135, D. 
 diroxEipoTov^u, 181, 
 
 mid. 
 'dp^eiD, 91, b. 
 6,pKia. 
 dppuiTTciii, 169, e. 
 
 air6ivia, 119 (KdjjLVw) ; 
 
 169, e. 
 do-XT||JlOV€(i>, 97, d. 
 
 dT«X^<"; 196, B. 
 ro(i.^o>, 14-15. 
 yiutpyia, 91, C. 
 
 Aim. 
 
 SOK^U. 
 
 Sva-mxia, 6 ; 196, B. 
 8upco|i,ai, 72, B. 
 ''Ep.ia. 
 kvo\\ia. 
 liri|iEX^o|i.ai, 142, b. 
 liriopK^o), 150, e. 
 eirwraria, 111 (7). 
 (iipytria, 7; 91, c. 
 cvXoY^Qi, 135, D. 
 EJiopKCd), 150, e. 
 fmrpayia, 166, b. 
 ti(r\r[}U>vl<a, 97, d. 
 tiTv\ea, 196, B. 
 
 evxapKTTeo), 207, B. 
 
 laypa^ia, 100, c. 
 taypia, 6 ; 100, c. 
 'Hviox^w, 97, e. 
 &pi]via, 27, mid. 
 'Iiriro|iax^(i>, 141,^. 
 KaKoirpd^^d), 166, b. 
 KaKovp7Cci>, 91, c. 
 KaX^u, 5, b. 
 MciovektIid, 96, p. 
 fluria, 7 ; 40, 6. 
 )ivi]iriKaK^i>, 146, C. 
 Navd74(i>, 120, mid. 
 vav|j,axl(i>, 141, y. 
 VCLVtn\yia, 159, 6. 
 via. 
 -via. 
 
 vov6(Tia, 189, E. 
 'OXoKouT^oi, 117, e. 
 o'x^«, 97, e. 
 Havovpyia, 91, v. 
 irapavo|i^(a. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OP GEEEK WORDS. 
 
 241 
 
 irapoiv^u. 
 
 iruX^a). 
 
 'Yiri(rxv^o|i,ai. 
 
 irtjonox^o., 141,/. 
 
 'P^w. 
 
 *iX^«, 5 ; 175, mid. 
 
 ir«eopx^o), 156, B. 
 
 piirr^u. 
 
 (|)op4(o,97,e; 195(2); 
 
 u€v6(u, 155, near end. 
 
 SKOir^o), 
 
 201, D. 
 
 irX«ovEKT^(i>, 96, p. 
 
 a-Tfpia. 
 
 XcipoTov^u, 181, mid. 
 
 irXia, 5,'c. 
 
 a-vKo^avria, 198, rf. 
 
 X^«. 
 
 Ttvia. 
 
 OTIJIHOX^O), 141,/. 
 
 XpT|<rncp8^M, 209-210. 
 
 iroifoi, 7; 90, 6 and 
 
 oTiiiirae^u, 156, d. 
 
 X«>p^<«. 
 
 Kem. 
 
 o-uvcpY^u, 91, c. 
 
 'aeia. 
 
 iroveu, 119 (Kdfivu). 
 
 TeX^u. 
 
 uv^opiai. 
 
 orpooTOT^w, 113. 
 
 rpe'a,, 191. 
 
 a^f\ia,8; 151,1.3. 
 
 4. 
 
 Verbs in -om. 
 
 
 'AvaXiu. 
 
 Zi]X6«, 8; 102,6. 
 
 'OXoKauTOA), 117, e. 
 
 dvairXtipdoi, 8; 160, B. 
 
 Juiiidcii, 8. 
 
 dfioidcii, 8. 
 
 dvopOiSu, 88, mid. 
 
 0avoTdu, 103, c. 
 
 nXTipdu, 8 ; 160, B. 
 
 dlido, 8. 
 
 ee(KX«i«, 185, C. 
 
 irrepdw, 159, B. 
 
 BlOO). 
 
 *1 S p 6 u. 
 
 'Flyottt. 
 
 AriXdo), 5. 
 
 KaTaSovXdo), 8. 
 
 2T€<|>avo'(i), 8. 
 
 SovXdu, 8. 
 
 KaropOdoi, 88, mid. 
 
 TeXeio'w, 181, end. 
 
 "EXeueepdoi, 8. 
 
 Mao-ri-ydo), 8. 
 
 TcXeo'cD, 181, end. 
 
 liravop6d<ii. 
 
 |»<red<ii, 8. 
 
 Xou. 
 
 lpT))idu, 8. 
 
 
 
 5. a. 
 
 Stems in k, y, x- 
 
 
 -A7«, 22 (7). 
 
 c Xku. 
 
 nXfKW. 
 
 d V C -y u. 
 
 €P7«). 
 
 irv47ci>. 
 
 apx", 9. 
 
 lpXOH.oi.1 
 
 St^PYu. 
 
 A^XO|*«, 9- 
 
 rx». 
 
 T^KU. 
 
 SiiSku. 
 
 A^Yo. 
 
 Tp^X"-^ 
 
 EIko). 
 
 -X^Y»- 
 
 ^fiya. 
 
 Etp-yu. 
 
 Mdxofiau^ 
 
 <^6E770|iai, 9. 
 
 etpvw. 
 
 Otxop'ai'-^ 
 
 ^^vx". 
 
 IXt'vx"- 
 
 
 
 1 Free, and impf. are the only tenees formed on the mute stem. 
 
242 
 
 CLASSIFIED INDEX OP GREEK "WORDS. 
 
 'AXXAttw, 9, 6; 22 
 
 (7)- 
 dpdTTw, 168, 1. 12 fr. 
 end. 
 
 ap{JLOTTCl>.^ 
 KTIpVTTW, 9. 
 
 6. a. 
 
 *A\e i^O). 
 B \ € TT U. 
 
 F p d ()> w. 
 "£ ir p. a t. 
 
 "Airra and irwvdirTW, 
 
 10. 
 
 BdlTTCll. 
 PXdlTTU. 
 
 @dirT(ii. 
 EaXviTTo, 10. 
 
 Verbs in -tto) or -crcra). 
 
 'OpVTTOJ. 
 
 TlaTd(7ffu, 
 
 n ^ T T 01. 
 
 irXdrTW.^ 
 
 irX^TTW. 
 
 Stems in ir, /8, <^. 
 
 AcCir<i>. 
 1X^(1. IT 01, 9-10. 
 SVjircii. 
 (TTpecliai. 
 
 Verbs in -ttto). 
 
 kXc'itto). 
 
 KilTTOl. 
 
 KpvirTO), 63. 
 
 KVITTOl. 
 
 N^TTTW, 148. 
 
 irpoTTci), 9, 6; 90, 
 Rem. 
 
 Z<|ldTTO). 
 
 Tapdrroi, 9, &. 
 *«XdTToi, 9, b. 
 
 Tpiira, 22 (7). 
 
 Tp^<|l01. 
 
 Tptpoi, 9; 23, ni. 
 
 'PdlTTOI. 
 pf ITTOl. 
 ZKdlTTOl. 
 <rK<4 ITTOl. 
 TviTTOl. 
 
 "AiSoi. 
 
 d'x6o|i.ai.^ 
 
 EvSoi.^ 
 
 Stems in t, 8, 6. 
 
 "HSopai, 26, 1. 8 fr. 
 
 end; 207, A. 
 Ileieoi, 10. 
 ir^TO|jiai. 
 
 irtlTTOl. 
 
 irXiiBa, 160, a. 
 SmiiSoi, 174. 
 *«<i8o), 10. 
 
 b. Verbs in -fai. 
 
 (1). Verbs in -Joi (noi -CJoi). 
 
 The verbs in -la and -(Joi on pp. 10-14 are not repeated here, 
 unless they also occur elsewhere. 
 
 'Apfidjdl. 
 dpird^oi. 
 
 Bipd^oi. 
 
 AavtJJoi, 11 ; 122, b. 
 
 EtKdtoi. 
 lKKXi)(rid£<a, 118 (5). 
 
 1 Tenses outside of pres. and impf. are formed from a Ungual stem. 
 ' The Ungual stem is limited to pres. and impf. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX OF GBEEK WOEDS. 
 
 243 
 
 eav|idtcii, 23, c. 
 Ka64£o)i,ai. 
 KavTiipti(a), 117, e. 
 KoXdJu. 
 
 Kpdju.l 
 
 'Ola. 
 
 otfj.(6^(ii.^ 
 
 Ilalla. 
 
 SirovSdJu. 
 
 iTTairid^ii), 109. 
 (TToxdJopiai, 38, 1. 9. 
 a-(|>a'yid£o)i,ai, 178, 6. 
 ir<i)dJ<o,i 178. 
 
 (2). 
 
 'A<|>avlta>, 198, b. 
 Ba8(£u. 
 Pairrila, 49, 6. 
 AoyfiaTiCoJt 76, B. 
 
 J|i,iroS£J<o, 99 (12). 
 cva-yYEXC^ojiai, 24, &. 
 
 Verbs in -Itfit. 
 Kaec^u. 
 
 voftlla, 12, end; 75, 
 
 6 ; 149, 1. 8. 
 npo4>aa-C£o|iai,204,B. 
 
 o-xr||t<<''<'t£A>, 97, d. 
 TpauiiaTC^ci), 190, end. 
 Xop£So|ioi, 207, B. 
 XpT)|iaT(£o|iai, 209, B. 
 
 'aeiia, 212, 6. 
 
 8. 
 
 "AyvIWoi, 15; 16; 
 
 17. 
 ayilpa, 79, I. 10 fr. 
 
 end. 
 alpw, 16; 17. 
 aXXop.ai, 15. 
 d|i.vv(i>, 15. 
 ava(vo|i,ai. 
 BdWoi, 15; 16. 
 Tttn-, 14; 15. 
 A^pu. 
 
 Spafi- (rp^o)). 
 'Eydpa. 
 
 0OV- (Ovxi'o-Kw). 
 KaSaCpd), 15. 
 Kaiva, 
 
 Liquid Stems. 
 
 Kdp.-vo>, 15,1.2; 16, 
 
 1.1. 
 
 KcCpU. 
 
 K£p8aCva>. 
 
 KXtvu. 
 
 Kpivu, 15; 16. 
 
 kteCvu, 15; 16. 
 
 Av|i.aCvop,ai, 16 (3). 
 
 MaCvop,ai. 
 
 p,apaCvci>. 
 
 Iievu, 14; 15; 16. 
 
 (lep-. 
 
 fiiaCvu. 
 
 N^lioi, 14; 15; 16. 
 
 'OSvpo)iai, 15 (4 and 
 
 5). 
 tfX-Xv|jii, 14; 16,8; 
 
 22 (7). 
 
 o|i-vv|i.i, 16, S. 
 
 dgiSvo., 16 (3). 
 
 Ilaxvvai, 159, b. 
 
 irepaCvu, 15 (3 and 5). 
 
 irXvvci). 
 
 2T|p.a(v(i>, 15 (3 and 
 
 5). 
 iriritpa, 15. 
 o-T^XXo>, 15; 17. 
 cr<t>dXXci>, 15. 
 TtCvo), 15; 16. 
 TCKTa(vo|iiai, 190, 1. 9. 
 -T^XXw. 
 
 Te|i-v(i>, 15; 16. 
 ■Y<|.a£v»,15(3and5). 
 *oCv», 15; 16; 17. 
 ()>ee(p(<>, 15; 17. 
 XaCvu. 
 
 I Has Btem ending in y. 
 
INDEX III. 
 
 VARIOUS CATEGORIES. 
 
 The verbs in these categories are to be found alphabetically in 
 Part II., unless some reference is added. 
 
 1. The following verbs have a liquid stem in pres. and impf., 
 but nowhere else except the 4 2nd aorists indicated. Cf. p. 14, 
 Rem. 2. 
 
 Alo-6ilvo)iiai. d|iapTolv(i>. &Tex9iivo|i,ai. ai^dvu. — BaCvo. 
 
 PoiXo)iai. — AliKVO). SapSdvu. — 'E6^\ci>. IXailvu. 4iri|i.^o- 
 
 |iai. epo|iai.^ cppw. — Ji.ay\&va. \ap.p<iv(i>. XavSdvu. — 
 
 Mav6dv<i>. |UX\(i>. fi^Ei. — 'OXurSdvdi. d(r(|>paCvo|tai.'' 
 
 op<|>E(\ci>, o<tiXi(rKdv(i>.' — Hivio. iruv6dvo|i,ai. — Sr^pOftai. — TCvo). 
 rvyj^dvoi. — 4>^pu. it>8dv(i). <|>6(v(i>. — XaCpu.^ 
 
 2. Augment. 
 
 a. The following verbs augment « into ei : 
 
 Stem €-("it|(jii,) exc. in iiKa. ii,a. Stem 49- in etuSa. cSC^u. 
 Stem i\- in elXov (oip^u). IXko. cVo)iai (in impf.). IpYd^ofiai. 
 e'o-Tidci). €x<i) (in impf.). 
 
 6. Double augment occurs in : 
 
 'A\-C(rKO|iai (in c'dXuv). d|ji<|ii7vol<«. d|jii|>i(rPi)T^(ii. dv^x"" 
 (lai (p. 97). dvo{7-vt;(i.i. — Aiairdu. — 'EvoxX^w. eoiKa (in 4(j>kt|). 
 iiravoptda. — 'Opdu (in impf.). — Ilapoiv^u. 
 
 c. Augment with Prepositions. 
 
 a. The following verbs augment after the prep., according to the 
 general rule, although they are not compounded of a prep, and an 
 
 ' Has 2nd aor. ^p-o'|M|V. ' Has 2nd aor. lu<t>X-ov. 
 
 ! Has unattic 2nd aor. ai(r(^p.d^T)i>. * Has 2nd aor. 4xdp-T|V. 
 
VAEIOUS CATEGORIES. 245 
 
 independent verb. Several have double augment, and so have 
 appeared in the list just above. 
 
 'A|i<t>iYVo^cD. a|i,<)>i.(rPT]T^a>. avd\f<rKci>. — AiaiTao) (8i- here is only 
 apparently ioi Sia). — 'EY-yudw. e-yxtip^w (6, end). eKK\i]a-id^u 
 (118(5)). €iri(i«\^0(xoi (142, J). liriopK^a (150, e). eirio-TaTe'w 
 (111, mid. lireo-TaT.). Iirirpoircvu (193, 1. 12). cirixcipEu (6-7). 
 — EaTT|7ap^u (7, 1. 6). — IIapavo|ji^a>. vapoivia. irpoo-TOTevu 
 and irpoo-TOT^cii (113 (12)). Do any augmented forms occur ? These 
 verbs are placed here on the analogy of eirio-TOT^u). irpoij>aa-C£ofi.ai 
 (204, B). — Su|i,|j,axE(o (141,/). <rv]nra9ia (156, d). crvvipyia 
 (91, 1. 10 fr. end, is put here by anA,logy. Do any augmented forms 
 occur?). — 'YiroTTTevw. (As there is a verb oirrevu, the statement on 
 p. 152 (7) is not necessarily the correct account of the formation 
 of this verb, and its augment may be taken as strictly reg.). iJiri- 
 a-\vio]i.ax (in impf.). 
 
 p. On the other hand, a|i<|>Uvvv)U, lirCo-raiiai, KaSaCpu, KaSapEvu, 
 and Ka6€£o|i.ai, augment before the real or apparent preposition ; 
 while KaOcvScD, KuSiDiai, and Ka6(£u may or may not do so. See the 
 verbs for details. 
 
 d. Syllabic augment before vowels is found in (KaT)47vi;ni, dXC- 
 CKOfxai, coiKa, aOia, and uv£0|jiai. 
 
 e. The three verbs sometimes found with ij for augment instead 
 of i are Po{i\o|i.ai, Svyafiai, and (i^Wo. 
 
 3. E added to form a new stem for certain tenses, 
 as in BovXo|j.ai, Pou\^(ro|Jiai : |i,dxo|i.ai, |i,£|j,dxi)|i.ai, etc. When c is 
 not added to the present stem, a hyphen shows the stem to which 
 it is added, as diiapr-dvo. This e is lengthened to t), exe. in dx9a|i.ai, 
 ISIjS€o-|iai and i|Sc<r6T]v (see lo-Slu), evpe6i)v (evp-Co-Kw), cfiaxeirdijiiiv 
 (|i.dxo|iai), and -<4Xe<ra and -oXiaXEKa (-d\-Xv|ii). The new stem thus 
 made forms only first aorists (-<ro, -6iiv ; -o-9t)v in ijxfle'o-Oiiv and ■qSe- 
 <r0t)v, which retain the short vowel), and first perfects (-«»)■ The 
 verbs are : 
 
 At(r6-dvo|j,ai. d|iapT-dv(i>. dirExS-°^vopiai. av|-dv(i) or av^o). 
 
 ax6o|iai. — Bdo-Kto. PovXo|j.ai. — Ft'yvop.ai. (^cv-). AapSdvu. S^u 
 
 (need). Spo|i- (rpix")- — "E8- (IcrflU). t6{Ka. ^p- (91, end). 
 
246 VAKIOTJS CATEGOEIBS. 
 
 eppu. (Ko9)6iS<i). evp-la-Ka. e+w. — &i\a. — KaSl^w. KXalu. 
 ' — MavSoLvo) (|jLa6-). |ii,dxo)j.ai. pL^Wu. |i.4\ei. )UTa|j,^\opiai. 
 
 — N4piu. — "0£<i>. o(o|j,ai. oIxoK'O'i'- -6\-Xv)i.i. d<r<)>p-a'vo|jiai. 
 0(|>e[X(d. o(t>X-i(rKdv<D. — II^TO|tai (with syncope, itt-, irTt-, Tn-^o-onat, 
 unless this is regarded as metathesis, ikt-, im-, as in <ri\-, ir\i-, in 
 <rxf\a-a, etc., from e'xw)- — 'P«-(p^<o). — Tvyxiiva) (tvx-). - Tvirra. 
 
 — XaCpu. 
 
 For E retained (cf. 5, J), see below. 
 
 4. Future Middle for Future Active. 
 
 "AiSci). -aivcu.^ aKoifti). dfiapTOLvca. diravrdco. diro- 
 \a<i(i>. dpirdjii). — BaSC^u. -PaCvu. pUa. p\^irii>. podu. 
 
 — reXdo). 7i]pao-K(i>. yiyvd><rK<a. — AdKvu. SiSpcuTKU. 8i<&K(i>. 
 
 — ElKdJw. clfiC. eo-SCii). 6i|/(i). — 0av)i,d^(i) (23, a). flew. 
 -Ovg'o-Kd). — Kd|ji.V(i>. K\atcD.^ Kvirra Q).^ — AttYxdvw. \a|j,pdv(D. 
 
 — MavBdvu). — Nlia (^swini). — OtSa. otixiS^u. op.vv|ii. dpdia. 
 
 — (IIa(£(D). irdcrxw. irtiSdw (37, B). iftva. iriirTW. irXia, 
 irve'ci). — 'P^w. — SiYdu. o-iuirdu. a-Ktlnrra. (riravSd^ai. — 
 TCkto). Tpe'xcK. Tu^x*'"*-' — ^fvya. <j>9dvw.^ — X°''''<i>- x^P^" 
 and some compounds. 
 
 5. Future Middle for Future Passive. Cf. 21 (6). 
 
 This is of very frequent occurrence in Greek, and no attempt 
 has been made in this book to go fully into the matter. The fol- 
 lowing list contains only those instances that happen to have been 
 mentioned. 
 
 "A-yu. dSiKcu, 21 (6). dXC(rKO|iai. dircxBdvoitai. dx6o)tai. 
 . — BXdirTcj. — 'Edai. etpYO). (lK)'irXvv<i>. ev^x™- eVridu. 
 
 — KuXvu, 86, b. — Mio-e'w, 40, h. — 'OvCvt||jii. — IlctSu. — ^ripia 
 (o-T€p'^cro|j.ai may be taken as mid. or pass.). — Tpi^a. — ^ipa. 
 ^o^a, 65, c. — 'a^iUo, 8 ; 151, 1. 4. 
 
 6. -MI Forms. 
 
 "AYOjiai. d-yvviJii. d\o-, 2nd aor. of dX.Co-KO|i,ai. — Bo-, 2nd aor. 
 of PaCvu. — Pvo-, 2nd aor. of yiyv&a-Kta. — Ai-, in 2nd perf. forms of 
 
 > Fut. raid. reg. in Eiraivc'ci), and rare in irapaive'u. 
 2 Fut. act. also found. 
 
VAEIOtrS CATEGOEIBS. 247 
 
 S^Sia, p. 65. SeCKvv|ii. S(8ti>|ii. Spo-, 2nd aor. of SiSpao-KU. 
 8v-, 2nd aor. of iva. Siiva|i.ai,. — Et(i,£. etui. cVpyvvpLi. Iir£- 
 o-Ta|iai. — ZEv-yvv|jii. Juvvv|jii. — 'H|i.C. — '18- in l!<r(wv, etc., from 
 otSa. "ii)[i.i,. liTTafiM. l'o'Tt)|i.i, — Kd6T||j.ai. K€i|i,ai. Kcpdv- 
 vO|i.i. KlxpiJlJu. Kp^|xa)jiai. KpE)i.dvvv|i,i. kt(vvv|ji,i. — MC7VVI11. 
 
 0(yvv|i,i. -<SX\v|u. onvt)|ii. ovCvi]|jii. — Il€Tdvvv|ii. irl\- 
 
 7vv)i.i. m6i (a 2iid aor. imperat. from irfvu, not mentioned on p. 160. 
 Neither this nor the reg. form irCe seems to be found in prose); 
 irC|i'irXi)|i.i. irC|jLirpT||». irpia- in lirpioi)M]V (see <av&|iai). irro- in 
 lirTd|i,i)V (ir^TOiioi) . irTd,pvvp.ai. — 'P'^'yviiiJii. piivvu|Jii. — S^ev- 
 
 vi)[n. o-K€8dvv\)p.i. <rTpi6vvv|jii. ""X's (cf. e's from "in|ii and 
 6h from t£9ii|ii). — TWiip.!. — 4>i)p,C. <|)8a- in «(|>Si)v, from 4>Savu. 
 <j>ii- in «<|>i;v from <|>v<i>. — Some count xp'*] as a -|ii form. 
 
 7. Passive Deponents (D. P.). 
 
 N. B. — No two lists of these are likely to agree, because some 
 of these passives may have a passive as well as an active rendering, 
 and so it is often a mere question of how one chooses to translate. 
 E.g. «<|)oP<i9T|v, / feared, is lit. / was frightened. We say I rejoiced 
 to hear it, or 7 was rejoiced to hear it, for either of which cxdpijv 
 answers. Consequently, the following list contains some verbs that 
 have not been marked D. P. in the book. 
 
 "A^afiai. dSpoCJojiai, 11, 1. 1. 'qSpodrSTniev, thus = o-vveX^Y^I'''Vt 
 137. aiS^O|iai. dvd70|iai (also D. M.). [diroKptvo|iai, in 
 
 N. T.] diroXo7fo|ioi (also D. M.), 135, D. — BovXop,ai. — [rCYvo- 
 |iai in N. T.] — A^ofiai. 8iaiTdo|iai. SiaX^'yo)'''^^- 8ia<)>cpo- 
 jiai. 8iiva|iiai. — 'lin-ip.eX^op.ai. lirCcrraiJiai. Ipdu. — Kard- 
 
 7op.ai. — MaCvo|iai. -|ii|ivg'crKO|iai. — Olfo|iai,. op^CJoiiai, 13. — 
 
 neipdo|i.ai (or D. M.), 6 (2). irXovdop.tti, 6 (1). iropcvo|iai, 4, a. 
 irpo<r<|>E'po|iai. — SKe8dvvv)iai.. -<rTp^<|)0(i.oi. (rvXXlYOp.ai, 137. — 
 
 ^aivofiai. <)>opEO|iai, 8, 1. 3; 65, c. — XaCpu. 
 
 8. A Short Vo-wel Retained. 
 
 The tense or tenses in which the short vowel is found can be 
 seen by consulting the separate verbs. 
 
 Most verbs that retain a short vowel in the pf. and aor. pass, 
 insert a <r before -|iai and -ir[v. A list of verbs that take this irreg- 
 
248 VARIOUS CATEGORIES. 
 
 ular <r is given below ; but for convenience (ir) is added in this list 
 to verbs that take it in either tense. 
 
 a. The following retain a : 
 
 "A-ya(j.ai (cr). BaCvu. — FeXdci) (<r). — A;liva|jLai (o-). — 'EXovva. 
 
 Ipdcii (<r). — 'I\d(rKO)i.ai. (cr). I'o-ttkjii.. — K£piivvii|i.i (<r). kXAw (or). 
 Kp£)i,dvvv|ji.i (o-). — Il6Tdvvv|jii. — SKcSdvvv|j.i. (er). — o-iraw (ir). — Ta- 
 (t«£vu) . — $6dvu. 
 
 h. The following retain e : 
 
 AtSEO)jiai, (cr). oXpiu). dK^o|xai. iCkim (<r). d|jiij>i^vvv|U (it). 
 dp^o-KCD. dpK^oi. oxBofiai (dxAe-- <r). — Ai<o {bind). — 'ESe- (^o-OCw. o-). 
 [efpaj.J lp.e(i}. Iiraiveu. cvpCcrKoj (evpe-). (^'x**' 95,0). — 
 
 Zia. — ""Ii]|ii. — Ka\^<i>. — Miixoi'''*'- — "OX\i}p.i (oXe-) . — IZapaiv^u. — 
 Sp«vvii|ii (<r). — TeX^u (o-). tC6t||ii. rpia. — X^w. 
 
 V. X is found in the perfects and aor. pass, of kXivu and Kptvw; 
 in Tr£o|jiai. (irivw), and forms from <j>8iai. — o is found in Se'Soixai, (56- 
 9r[V (S(8(i>|i,i) ; IS'/jSoKa (lo-6((i>) ; u|xoo-a, o|tcS|i,oKa, o|j.ii)i.o(r|jLai, u|ji6((r)- 
 9t)v (o|ivi>(ii) ; and in ir^troiiai, lirdStiv ( irfvw) . — v is found in some 
 of the tenses of hva, I'Xku (o-), 6va, \ia, i, a, |ie9ii-<rKeii (<r), and 
 irXvvw. 
 
 9. Sigma Irregularly Inserted. 
 
 In the pf. and plup. mid. or pass, this o- is prefixed to end- 
 ings that begin with p. or t ; not to those already beginning with <r. 
 It may be found in both pf . and aor. pass, (and in fut. pass.), or 
 in aor. alone. In the following list, it is found in both, unless (a.) 
 is added, meaning that it is found only in the aor., or unless the 
 verb lacks one or the other of these tenses, in which case (no pf.) 
 or (no a.) is added; cf. p. vii., next to last paragraph. (<r)|jioi and 
 (<r)6r|v of course mean that the tense is found in both ways, with <r 
 and without it. But oni6(<r)dr\v is the only aorist afflicted with this 
 intermittent sigma ; with all the other aorists it is chronic. 
 
 "Ayopai (no pf.). al8io|Jiai.. [dK4op,oi, in dv^iKeo-Tos.] dKoiu 
 (no pf.). d\4io((<r)pai; no a.). [dp^-o-KU, in Svo-dpto-ros. ] 
 
 d|u|>Uvvvp.i (no a. The <r in the pf . of this verb rightfully belongs 
 there, however; cf. 39, b). ax6ap.ai (no pf.). — TcXdu (no pf.). 
 
VARIOUS CATEGOKIBS. 249 
 
 •^lyvixTKa. — Apau (a.). Svvajjiai (a.). — "EXk(d. Ipdw (no pf.). 
 IcrSCu. — Zuvvvfi.i.(((r)|Jiai). — 0pavcii((<r)|i.ai). K(Xev<D. KcpdwCp.!. 
 (a.). KXdft). K\£(u((cr)|i,ai). kX'q'o (a.). KvaCu. Kvdu. 
 
 KpE|i,dvvv|jii. (no pf.). Kpo4<ii((<r)ii.oi). — MeOi-o-Ku (no pf.). — 
 
 -Neo>((<r)p.ai; no a.). — "0|ivu|ii (-pun, but -irjUvos; (<r)6T]v). — 
 [IlaViu, in verbal iraiio-T&s.] irCiMrX'ni»i((o-)(i.ai). ■irC|i.'irpT)|i,i (a.). 
 irXiia (aor. pass. late). irptu. — 'PcSwiit" (a.). — Sp^vviip.i. (no pf.). 
 <reC<a. o-KESdvvv|u. o-irdw. — TtKia. tCvo). — Xou. XP'^"' 
 
 liai (a.). iipo^ (no pf.). xp^'*'((''') !""*)• 
 
iy._ GENERAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 If the declension of a proper name does not seem to be given 
 fully enough, look up the references and see the word there. It 
 will be noticed that proper names in -os are given in English some- 
 times Greek-fashion, -os, and sometimes Latin-fashion, -us. Some 
 of them seemed too well known as English words to admit of the 
 change to -os. For the same reason Alcibiades and Thucydides are 
 given, but Andoftides, as most people have very little idea who he 
 was. In Perikles and Sokrates the sound is the same with c or k, 
 and so the Greek k is retained. 
 
 Instead of repeating a word that stands at the head of an article, 
 a dash ( — ) is sometimes used. 
 
 The letter v. stands for the Latin vide, see. 
 
 Abest v. Tantum. 
 
 Abraham Lincoln 116 B. 
 
 Accent : by anastrophe 177 1. 1 : — 
 distinguishing ace. pi. of 1st 
 and 3d decl. 80 6 : ^ — distinguish- 
 ing decl. of nouns in -os 22 (3) : 
 
 — distinguishing pres. and 2nd 
 aor. in certain forms 97 (2) ; 
 115 c: irreg. — in contr. nouns 
 of 2nd decl. 164: C, and in xpi'- 
 o-Tcov, V. kCxp^IH'I' = — never goes 
 behind augm. 82 d ; cf . "ii)(i,i e : 
 
 — of adjs. beginning w. alpha 
 privative 91 Bem. : — of impera- 
 tive runs back to prep, in comp. 
 vbs. 81S(i>|jii c; cf. €pxo|i.ai d; 
 ^X<^ 6 ; "lT||ii /; T(9r)|U d: — of 
 infin. and part, in comp. vbs. 
 same as in simple 82 c ; cf . 84 
 above B : — of part, in -wv 84 
 above B ; cf . a^\av 154 1, 1 : — 
 
 of subj. mood in syncopated 
 forms 158 N. : — of words like 
 iro'Xis 22 (4). 
 
 Acropolis 159 a. 
 
 Actum est de 149 (oX\v)u). 
 
 Ad 42 1. 4. 
 
 Adjectives: comp. — have no sep- 
 arate form for f em. 22 (5). Cf. 
 13 11. 3 and 4, and 1. 6 from end : 
 — in -Ti's and -i]s 23 (6) : — in -os 
 22 (5) : — in -os comp. w. alpha 
 priv., accent of, 91 Rem. : sing. 
 of — not common when = cog- 
 nate accus. 51 u. 
 
 Admetos ("AS[j.titos) 74 1. 2. 
 
 Adverbs from part, diroxpuvrus 
 210 b ; dpKov'vTus 41 ; SLa(|>Epo'v- 
 Tus 202 d ; e'xovTcos 96 a ; vircp- 
 PaWo'vTUs 49 : — in -o-tJ express- 
 ing languages 106 (6) . 
 
 Aegreferre 200 B. 
 
GENERAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 251 
 
 Aesculapius 12 1. 2 ; 33-34. 
 
 Aesop 189 (15). 
 
 Aetna, Mt. (At-rvri) 167 B. 
 
 Agamemnon CA7a|M'|ivuv) 185 (8). 
 
 Age, how expressed, 56 mid. 
 
 Agesilaos 59 6; 114 (15) ; 141 d. 
 
 Alcibiades CAXkiPioStis, -8ou) 53 
 1.2. 
 
 Alexander 139. 
 
 Alpha priv., adjs. in -os beginning 
 with, how accented 91 Rem. 
 
 Anadyomene, Venus, 77 (1). 
 
 Andokides (* AvSok(St|s, -Sou) cited : 
 1, 19, p. 145 N. 
 
 Anima 212 6. 
 
 Antidosis, meaning of, 73. 
 
 Antigone 117 1. 2; 127 (4). 
 
 Any, when rendered by iros, 75 1. 
 5. Cf. irovoiJpYOS 91 c. 
 
 Anybody, 2 meanings of, 195 end. 
 
 Aorist distinguished from impf. 
 and plup. 13 mid. : gnomic — 
 60 : — interchanged w. hist. pres. 
 and impf. 165 a ■■ — may replace 
 pres. 84 B a and 6 : meaning of 
 name 13 mid : relation of 1st and 
 2nd — in the three voices 22 (7) . 
 
 Apollo 59 a ; 67 mid. ; 126 1. 4 ; 
 186 (1). 
 
 ApoUyon 149 c. 
 
 Apto 42 1. 4. 
 
 Arabia (ij 'Apapia), desert of, 134 
 
 Arcadia 177 (3). 
 
 Archilochos ('ApxJXoxos) 27 1. 7. 
 
 Archimedes ('Apxifi'ii^s, -Sons) 95 
 
 1. 9 ; 108 h. 
 Archon Eponymous 11 end. 
 Areopagus 159 a. 
 Ares C'-A^p^s, "Apeas, "Apei, "Apr], 
 
 "Apes) 159 a. 
 Aristophanes QApi,irTO^a.vt\s, -vovs) 
 
 cited : 
 
 Lys. 771, p. 158 N. 
 774, p. 158 N. 
 Plutus 312, p. 126 1. 3. 
 Vesp. 764, p. 207 1. 3. 
 886, p. 133 E. 2. 
 Aristotle CApurroTtXris, -\o«s) 120 
 
 1. 8; 156 1. 6; 159 a; 206 C. 
 
 Greek of — not strictly Attic v. 
 Armenia (iJ 'Apiuvid) 78 (5). 
 Article omitted in pred. 95 1. 5; 
 
 126 6: — used in such expi:es- 
 
 sions as us boys 78 end. 
 Asia 114 (15). 
 
 Ask, words for, 70 N. ; 92 top. 
 Asklepios 12 1. 2; 33, 34. 
 Aspirate transferred from end of 
 
 word to beginning v. Bdirru, 
 
 and Tp«<t>ia d. 
 Assos (i] 'Ao-<ro's) V. €ir6Ciii. 
 Athenians 25 (3) ; 40 (dirovTous) ; 
 
 62-63; 71 mid.; 75-76; 114 6; 
 
 120 (1); 146 a; 185 B. 
 Athens (al 'AOijvoi) 11 end ; 57 A ; 
 
 68 6 ; 73 1. 3 and (3) ; 130 (5) ; 
 
 156 B; 159 a; 193 (6). 
 Athenian courts, mode of meas- 
 uring time in, 130 (5). 
 Athos, Mt. CAe«s, "Afl») 153 
 
 (dpuTTw) . 
 
 Attica 43 6 ; 46 (5 & 6) ; 48 (13). 
 
 Atropos 129 1. 7 ; 192 1. 7. 
 
 Attic futures 10 (3 6). Attic 
 
 Bedupl. V. Reduplication. 
 Augment v. 244-245. 
 
 B. 
 
 Babylon (ii BoPvXwv) 112 (11). 
 
 Bacchus 26 end. 
 
 Be, auxil. vb. in Engl. w. 2 diff. 
 meanings 101 6 : derived from 
 <|>vu 206 end: sometimes ren- 
 dered by (leWd) 142. 
 
 Behistun 64. 
 
252 
 
 GENERAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 Belle Vue, 152 a. 
 Bihliothek 186 mid. 
 Bis 55 1. 3. 
 Black Sea 134 (4 c). 
 Boeotians 62 (5). 
 Bozarris, Marco, 164 B. 
 Britisli Museum 74 d. 
 Bryant 152 6. 
 Bustards 134 (i c). 
 
 C. 
 
 Cado 162 6. 
 
 Calculate 12 1. 8 from end. 
 
 Calculus 12 1. 8 from end. 
 
 CapioZl (4). 
 
 Casus 162 6 ; — rectus 88 6. 
 
 Cetera, et, 96, p. 
 
 Cetus 174 B. 
 
 Cilicia (KiXiKtd) 34 end. 
 
 Cilicians (KCViKts) 125 B 5. 
 
 Classical Review, 159 1. 1. 
 
 Cldvis 123 1. 11 from end. 
 
 Compound adjs. v. Adjectives. 
 
 Concido, concisus, 184 1. 3 above 
 
 6. 
 Connaitre 89 g. 
 Con & scio 148 (ol8o) : — & teiieo 
 
 m (14 c) : — and voco 119 (10). 
 Constantinople (Kwvo-TavTivouiro- 
 
 Xis) 62 (4). 
 Contraction, irreg., at or oi) = i) 
 
 V. Si.i|/(U>, t,aa>, KVoo), ireiviu), xpa- 
 
 o|iaL, XP^) ^wa ; ^oi into -g y. 
 
 KTcto|i.ai. & |u)i.vx|crK(i> : oo into u 
 
 V. l8poa) & piyoto. 
 
 Contract verbs 5-8 : verbs in -ia 
 with mnnosyllabie stem contr. 
 only c6 & €», 5 u. Tliese vbs. 
 (in Part II.) are : Sew (lack) , 
 6e'<i), ve'ci), -via, irXc'o), irveoi, Tpe'tD 
 (poet.), and x«<i>- Verbs do not 
 contract tioice, 6 (2, 6Eao|j,ai) 
 & 6 (3, (\aa). 
 
 Corinth, Gulf of (d KopivSiaKos 
 Ko'Xiros), 159 end. 
 
 Corinthians, Epistle to, II. 8, 1, 
 p. 148 (olSa). 
 
 Corinthians (EopCvSioi) 93 (3). 
 
 Council of Elders at Sparta 56 
 1. 1. 
 
 Crimen 127 (2). 
 
 Croesus 88 mid. 
 
 Cunaxa (Kov'va^a, ij or tA ?) , bat- 
 tle of, 110 (4). 
 
 Cuneiform inscriptions 64 mid. 
 
 Guneus 64 mid. 
 
 Cyclopsedia, American, 142 1. 3. 
 
 Cyrus 27 mid. ; 34 end ; 41 ; 69 
 
 0, c, & B ; 70 N. ; 72-73 ; 79 6 ; 
 99(11); 105(5); 112(11); 113 
 
 1. 1, &(14); 131 (12); 153; 160 
 mid.; 167 top; 174 end; 187 
 (7). 
 
 D. 
 
 Darius 64; 182 1. 9. 
 
 Dates, how kept at Athens, 11-12. 
 
 De V. Actum est ; de & pono 188 
 
 (9) ; de & ndeo 55 6. 
 Dec. 21st 191 6. 
 Deinarchos (Aetvopxos) cited: 1, 
 
 15, p. 199, 1. 3. 
 Delphi (AtX<|ioC) 30 1. 10; 59 a. 
 Demosthenes (A7i(ioo-6t'vt)s, -vods) . 
 
 23 (oi-yonai) ; 27 (olS£o|iat) ; 48 
 
 1. 4; 122 (KEp8a£vti) and kCxphiii). 
 
 — cited: 5, 12, p. 88, 1. 3. 18, 
 
 50, p. 88 (evoxX«<o). 20, 159, p. 
 
 145 N. 21, 16, p. 208 (xpaoiiai). 
 
 27, 19 & 20, p. 91 b. 34, 49, 
 
 145 N. 54, 4, 171 b. 
 Deponent verbs explained 3 : fut. 
 
 of — usually in mid. voice 21 
 
 (5). 
 Differre 202 (1). 
 Digamma v. p in next Index. 
 
GENERAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 253 
 
 Dionysos (Aio'vvo-as) 26-27. 
 
 Dis —- 8id; cf. dis & crimen 127 
 (2) ; dis & fero 201 (1) ; dis & 
 pono 187 (4) ; dis & semen 1741. 5. 
 
 D. M. = Middle Deponent 3. 
 
 Do, i words for, 90 Rem. 
 
 Dodona (AuSuvt)) 30 1. 10. 
 
 Doric Greek the dialect of Syra- 
 cuse 154 (iraCSu). 
 
 D. P. = Passive Deponent 3. For 
 list of D. P. verbs v. 247. 
 
 Drako (Apoucuv, -kovtos) 186 1. 12. 
 
 Dramatis Personae, 152 end. 
 
 Duco 54 (YafiEu) . 
 
 E. 
 
 Eastern, the Great, 183 (1). 
 
 Edo 93 (eo-eCw). 
 
 Egyptians (Alyiimoi) 64 1. 3. 
 
 Egyptian swineherds 73 (3). 
 
 Eleven, The, 68 6. 
 
 Else V. Or. 
 
 Emblema 46 c. 
 
 Eponymous heroes, archons, 11- 
 
 12. 
 Esse 82 1. 2. 
 
 Estates, exchange of, 73 1. 4. 
 Est Vie Qui Adkst 63. 
 Et cetera 96 p. 
 Eupolis (EuiroXis, Eviro'XiSos) 156 
 
 B. 
 Euripides (EvpiirCSr]s, -Sou) 139 
 
 mid. — Cycl. 152, p. 145 N. 
 Europe (Evpun-i)) 87 mid. 
 Ex & capio 31 (4) ; ex & pond 187 
 
 (7). 
 Excellence, par, 98 (6). 
 Exeellentiam, per, 98 (6). 
 Exchange of estates 73 1. 4. 
 
 F. 
 
 Fates, the three, 129 1. 5 ; 143 end ; 
 192 1. 7. 
 
 Ferre 200 1. 3 & B. 
 
 Fervidus 102 1. 6. 
 
 Festmd Icnte 174 below mid. 
 
 Festus 139 mid. 
 
 Finis 13 (dpCJo)). 
 
 Franklin, Sir John, 102 end. 
 
 Froude 139 1. 9 from end. 
 
 Frenzy of Hercules 139 mid. 
 
 Fu-, ful, 206 end. 
 
 Fugiendus 203 above 6. 
 
 Future : Attic — , c3 as $ &c. 171 c : 
 -icS -kIs -i€i, &c. 10 (3 6) : also 
 KaSeSoviiai & |iaxov)i.ai ; koXu & 
 T(\a. Doric — (cf. iraCJm), invtw 
 (?),irtirTCi), irXeoi, irvco>, & (Jicv^o) ; 
 poet, in KXaCu : — of depon. 
 verbs rarely in pass, voice 3; 
 21 (5): —of liquid verbs 14 (1) : 
 — of vowel stems without tr in 
 cSofiai (co-SCu), irCoftai, x^'" ■ — 
 pass, formed from aor. pass. 
 21 (4) : — w. same form as pres. 
 in yafda, KaXe'iD, reXtu, x^a. 
 
 Future perfect only found in act. 
 voice in 2 verbs 107 6 : — pas- 
 sive w. meaning of fut. act., 
 K€KTi{o-0|jLai and ^Jtcitvi^croiiai (-fni- 
 [ivrio-Kd)) ; w. meaning of fut. 
 pass., clpifo-opiai & XcXc'^oiiai 85 ; 
 ireirpa(ro|iai 161 mid. 
 
 G. 
 
 Galatians 6, 17, p. 176 1. 2. 
 
 Galen (roXiivos) 205 (ifieCvu). 
 
 Genesis 2, 7, p. 212 6. 
 
 G-enus 58 6. 
 
 Geologists 100 6. 
 
 Gibraltar, Straits of, 109 1. 11. 
 
 Gnomic Aor. 60. 
 
 Gnosco 58 end. 
 
 Goodwin viii. 
 
 Grratis 122 6. 
 
 Great Eastern, The, 183 (1). 
 
254 
 
 GENERAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 Greece 87 mid. ; 113 (12) ; 174 1. 2. 
 Greeks 47 (10); 55 B; 60 1. 3; 
 
 101 b; 111(8); 144 B; 174 1.3; 
 
 187 6. 
 Grimm's Law vl. 
 Grote's Greece 163 end. 
 Guttural stems 8-9. 
 Gyges (W-yris, -70U) 31 (7). 
 
 H. 
 
 h after rr in catarrh and hemor- 
 rhage 168. 
 
 Eabeo 96 1. 3. 
 
 Hadley-Allen 158 N. 
 
 Halleck 164 B. 
 
 Helen 141 g. 
 
 Heliodoros ('HXio'Sapos) vii. 
 
 Hellespont 101 a ; 142 end. 
 
 Hercules ('HpaK\r]s, -kXcods) , de- 
 scendants of, 159 end : Frenzy 
 of, 139 mid. : Pillars of, 109. 
 
 Herodotus ('HpoSoros) 73 (3) ; 
 127 (4); 175 (o-rep-yu) ; 209 
 (Xpao>). — cited: 4, 132, p. 158 
 N. 
 
 Heroes, Eponymous, 12 1. 1. 
 
 Hilaris and hilarus 106 end. 
 
 Hippokrates ('IiriroKpoTT]s, -rous) 
 511. 3; 205 (4>eCv«). 
 
 Historical Present v. Present. 
 
 Homer ("0(«ipos) 135 (8) ; 159 B. 
 — cited: II. 1, 599, p. 170 B. 
 
 Homeric laughter 55 B ; 170 B. 
 
 Honor est a Nilo 63. 
 
 Horace 27 1. 7. 
 
 How, in " how to — ," not ren- 
 dered into Gr., 89/. 
 
 Hygiea 33 end. 
 
 I. 
 Iliad 1, 599, p. 55 B; 170 B. 
 Imperative of direct discourse 
 (0. E.) becomes infln. in indi- 
 
 rect (0. O.) 30 (1 6) : rarely 
 used in perf . active v. Kpafu. 
 Imperfect distinguished from aor. 
 and plup. 13 mid.: — indie, of 
 0. K. becomes pres. infln. In 
 0. 0., 85 e: — interchanged w. 
 aor. & hist. pres. 165 a: may 
 always replace hist. pres. 85 : 
 name for in Gr. 180 (4) : not 
 one of the "princ. parts" 21 
 
 w- 
 
 In &pes (impede) 99 (12). 
 
 Induo 78 6. 
 
 Infinitive: Engl. — rendered by 
 part, in Gr. v. dvExaiiai., yiyvd- 
 o-Kw (59 N., which applies 
 equally well to otSo) , cvpIo-Ku 6, 
 T|So|j.ai (v. dpEo-Ku), |jie|ivt)|iai 
 146 c, & \alpa : — four reg. uses 
 of, 84 B (cf. 85 Rem.). 
 
 Inscriptions viii ; 24 1. 8 ; 53 end ; 
 76 end ; 94 N. ; 105 (2) ; 144 
 Rem. & B ; 169 (o-oXirtJu) ; 179 
 6 ; 185 ^ ; 190 (tCvu) ; 200 d. 
 
 Ionia 111 (8). 
 
 Isokrates ('"I(roKpdTi]s, -tods) 26 
 C; 73 1.7; 141 jr. 
 
 Jowett 52 (3) ; 53 1. 4. 
 Jugum 101 c. 
 June 21st 191 6. 
 
 Keats, George, 74 d. 
 
 Ken 59 1. 1. 
 
 Eennen 59 1. 1 ; 89 g. 
 
 Klearchos (KXs'opxos) 60 1. 6. 
 
 Kleon 29 c. 
 
 Klotho 129 1. 7. 
 
 Krito (Kp£T<i)v, -wvos) 98 (8). 
 
 KrUger 133 E. 2. 
 
GBNBEAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 255 
 
 L. 
 Labial stems 8 end ; 9-10. 
 Lacedaemonians (AaKeSaifio'vioi) 
 
 193 1. 2. 
 Lachesis 129 1. 5. 
 L. andS. 23iv; 48 P; U7B; 158 
 
 N. ; 176 c. 
 Laughter v. Momerie. 
 Lente v. Festmd. 
 Lesbos (ii AeVpos) 93 (4a-6ta). 
 Libra 109 1. 7. 
 Lincoln 116 B. 
 Lingual stems 6-9 ; 10-14. 
 Liquid stems 14-17. 
 Locus 64 1. 7 from end. 
 Lucian (AouKiavos) 139. 
 Lucifer 197 B. 
 Lucrum 122 mid. 
 Lycurgus (Aipkovpyos) cited : § 45, 
 
 p. 145 N. 
 Lysander 79 1. 4. 
 Lysias (Aiio-tes) 58 B. cited: 8, 
 
 "ll, p. 133. 10, 24, p. 145 N. 22, 
 
 11, p. ix. 
 
 M. 
 Maculdre 143 end. 
 Mantineans (Mavnvtls) 177 (3). 
 Marathon (MapaSuv), 40 (dirav- 
 
 TOCil). 
 
 Marco Bozarris 164 B. 
 
 Mars, Hill of, 159 a. 
 
 Marsyas (Mapo-v'ds) 67 mid. 
 
 Medes 149 6. 
 
 Meidias (MeiSfe) 71 1. 1. 
 
 Meisterhans viii. 
 
 Menander (Me vavSpos) 67 mid. 
 
 Metathesis 188 (10) ; it occurs in 
 PaX\o. (of. 16 P), -evnVKO) (cf. 
 16 P), Ko\e'o) (dropping*, as is 
 done in Sokeid & u6^id ; the forms 
 kckXhko, &c., would be equally 
 
 well explained by syncope of 
 a, KoXe- becoming kX«-), Kaiivo, 
 
 TCflVOl. 
 
 Midas (MCSos) 206 1. 3. 
 Miletus (Mt\r]TOs) 32 B. 
 Mute stems 8-14. 
 
 Nation, The, vii.i 
 
 Ndtus 56 mid. 
 
 Naufragium & naufragus 120 mid. 
 
 Naupactos 159 end. 
 
 Nelson, lord, 63. 
 
 Neptune 170 mid. 
 
 Netherland Protestants Sid. 
 
 Neue Jahrbucher 158 end. 
 
 Newcomb 37 (5). 
 
 New Phrynichus v. Rutherford. 
 
 New Testament, Greek name for, 
 187 b : words belonging to, 24 
 6; 38 c; 47 (11); 56 1. above 
 A ; 75 (8iuK<i>) ; 106 1. above 6 ; 
 109 (1); 119 (7); 135 D; 143 
 (5) ; 148 (otSa) ; 150 1. 2 ; 153 
 1.5; 161 6 ; 175 B ; 183 mid. ; 
 206 6; 207 B (8is). 
 
 Niebuhr 116 B. 
 
 Nile, battle of, 63. 
 
 Nosed 59 1. 1. 
 
 Nubo 54 (ya\Lia). 
 
 Numidia 147 C. 
 
 O. 
 
 Oidipous (Oedipus) 117 1. 1. Nom. 
 
 01S(irovs ; decl. irreg. 
 Olen CnXTiv) 26 (ijSw). 
 Olynthus (ii"OXvveos) 177 (3). 
 Onesimus 151 1. 2. 
 Only often to be supplied 73 (3). 
 Ophelia 151 1. 1. 
 Optative: "frequentative" 72 
 
 end; 75 1. 3 : " potential " 29 1. 
 
 1 ; 97 (1) : in a wish 28 end. 
 
256 
 
 GENERAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 Or else simply = ■rj 95 1. 3. 
 Orontes ('Opo'vTtis, -tov) 129 A. 
 Ought 70 C. 
 
 P. 
 
 Paches (Ildx'ns, -i]tos) 36 c. 
 
 Palatal stems 8-9. 
 
 Panacea 33 end. 
 
 Parallel Lives 51 1. 5. 
 
 Par excellence 98 (6). 
 
 Participle rendered by Engl, infln. 
 V. Infinitive : — w. art. rendered 
 by a rel. clause 28 mid. 
 
 Pasias (Ildo-Cas) 153 (oi|>eC\<i)). 
 
 Passow vii; 158 N. 
 
 Paul 139; 176 6. 
 
 Pausanias (Ilauo-avCds) 188 (11). 
 
 Pelopidas (IleXoirlSds) 48 c. 
 
 Peloponnesians (neXoirovvifirioi) 
 62-63. 
 
 Peloponnesus (t] ne\oiroVvt]o-os) 
 44 (7) ; 159 end. 
 
 Per excellentiam 98 (6). 
 
 Perfect, Gr. name for, 183 (2) : 
 Gr. — often rendered by Engl, 
 pres. 1016 (cf. 102 1. 7 from 
 end; 120-121; 123 mid.; 189 
 (15)) : — imperat. act. 125 (Kpd- 
 J<i>) : — of liquid verbs 16: of 
 mute verbs 8-9 : only one — in 
 -7Ka in Attic Gr. 16 (2) : 2nd — 
 in liquid vbs. 16-17: — with 
 sense of pres.,^ SE'SoiKa 65 ; «7pT]- 
 ■yopa 79 ; cKuSa 80 ; i'oiKa 80 ; Ip- 
 pm\i,ai 169 ; i<rri\Ka 107 ; KCKpaya 
 125 ; KE'KTr]|j.ai 128 ; )jiE)ivT||JLai 
 145 ; ol8a 148 ; ire'iroiSa 156 ; m- 
 i|>dpT]|iai 65 c ; ir£'<t>vKa 206 d ; 
 Te'BvTiKa 103: redupl. in — 4 a, 
 6, c, «!; 7 1. 3 ; 8 1. 7. 
 
 Peril 149 1. 10 from end. 
 Perikles 26 C; 46(3); 156 B; 
 
 182 1. 6. 
 Persia (ii Ilepo-iKT), or ii IlEpo-Cs, 
 
 -tSos) 64. 
 Persians 34 1. 8 from end; 55 B; 
 
 142 1. 2 ; 149 6. 
 Person of active constr. becomes 
 subject of pass. 30 (2) ; 31 (4) ; 
 192-193. 
 Pes 99 (12). 
 Peter, St. (neVpos), I 1, 4, p. 140; 
 
 144 top ; 205 top : 5, 4, p. 140. 
 Philip 8 (4) ; 141 B. 
 Pilate (IliXdTos; also niXdros) 
 
 63. 
 Pillars of Hercules 109. 
 Plataeans (nXarawts) 30 d. 
 Plato (nxdroiv, -<i)vos) 64 end ; 
 68 C; 94 mid.; 101 1.4; 128a; 
 141 liieiva-Ku) ; 148 1. 7 ; 171 e 
 &/; 176 (<rTp6'<|)<o) ; 179 end; 
 192 (1) ; 207 end. — cited: 
 ■A\Ki.piciST)s II 145 c, p. 210 b. 
 'Airo\o7Cd SuKpaTOvs 34 c, p. 
 
 145 N. 
 rop-yCds 517 d, p. 168 end. 
 Ejeu'STjiJios 302 a, p. 128 (KiS- 
 
 irTw). 
 ©eaCrriTos 192 e, p. 158 N. 
 ■A-dxis (-iiTos) 180 c, p. 145 N. 
 IIoXiTeCo (= Republic) 506 6, 
 
 p. 210 6. 
 So+to-Ttjs 264 c & 266 d, p. 145 
 
 N. 
 Tfjiaios 18 c, p. 145 N. 
 ^aiSpos 242 a, p. 211-212; 
 
 279 0, p. 210 6. 
 $aCS(i>v (-fflvos) 71 c, p. 65 1. 1 ; 
 73,6,c, (J&e,p.l45N. ; 74,0, 
 
 i A list of this sort must always contain some perfects that need not have ft 
 present rendering, and omit some that may very well have such a rendering. 
 
GENERAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 257 
 
 p. 145 N.; 85 n, p. 168 end ; 
 111 6, p. 110 1. 9; 115 c, p. 
 179 B. 
 *t\T]Pos 45 6, p. 168 end. 
 
 Plecto lt)3 6. 
 
 Plectrum 164 B. 
 
 Plico 163 6. 
 
 Pluperfect distinguished from 
 impf. & aor. 13 mid. : Gr. name 
 for, 182 (3) ; not one of the 
 " princ. parts" 21 (4). 
 
 Plutarch (UXoijTopxos) 51 1. 6; 
 133 end. 
 
 Police Board at Athens 68 6. 
 
 Pono 188(9) ; 189 (15 & 16). 
 
 Poseidon (iloo-EiSuv, -Smvos) 170. 
 
 Possible, expressions for, 57, 1 ; 
 83 N. — to be supplied in transl. 
 82 B. 
 
 Predicate v. Article. 
 
 Prepositions v. the diff. words in 
 Index V. — enumerated 23. 
 
 Present, Gr. name for, 110 (5) : 
 histor. — interchanged w. aor. 
 & impf. 165 a ■■ hist, — may al- 
 ways be replaced by impf. 85' : 
 — in Engl, often = Gr. perf . v. 
 Perfect : — may replace aor. 84 
 B a & 6. 
 
 Principal Parts 3; 21 (1). 
 
 Protestants, Netherland, Sid. 
 
 Proverbs 30, 13, p. 151 end. 
 
 Pylos (Jlv\os) 167 1. 1. 
 
 Q. 
 
 Q interchanged w. ir, v. c'iro|iai. 
 
 Quantity 23. 
 
 Quid est Veritas? 63. 
 
 Quid facerem? v. iie'Wu. 
 
 R. 
 
 K doubled v. under H (h). 
 Rap-, rapax, v. dpirdju. 
 
 Re- V. 260, Qvd, 
 
 Rectus V. e'lravopOo'u. 
 
 Reduplication i a, b, c, d; 7 1. 3; 
 8 1. 7. See in Greek Index (V) 
 under the separate letters and 
 combinations of letters. Attic 
 — occurs in oKovca, oXe l^a, dXc'u, 
 iytipa, stem iS- v. cVSfu, E\avvo>, 
 i\4y\u>, stem (\v9- v. cp\o|i,ai, 
 stem ivfK- V. <|>c'pii>i -o'\Xvp.i, o- 
 |i,vv|xi, dpu'TTw. Irreg. — ; ei in 
 pf. of SioXe-yoi*'*' (133 1. 1 & 135 
 1. 1), Xa'Yx'^vu, \a)t|3dvia, stem 
 |iEp- 143, stem pe- v. [eJpai], iruX- 
 \iya 136 1. 8 from end ; initial 
 cons. & £ (contrary to d, p. 4) in 
 KTdo)iai & stem p,va- (-(ii(ivt|- 
 o-Ku), and apparently in pf. of 
 ireTavvvp.!. & irfirTo). Some other 
 irregularities will be found in 
 Index III under Augment. 
 
 Eeduplication in Present tense 
 occurs in 7C'Yvo|jiai (yiytv-), yi- 
 ^VtOO-KO), SlSpd^'KU, S£Sci>pi, "iiiiii, 
 Ia"rT||Jii, kCxp*))'''') "IWIIVtiVkii), irtp.- 
 ttXtiiii, irC|i.irpT]|u, [irnrpiff'ta], iri- 
 
 TTTW (irilTET-) , t(6t)|1I., TlTpiWrKU. 
 
 Resurgam 109 (1). 
 Revelation (book of) , 100 c. 
 Revised Version v. otSa. 
 Ruled 55 6. 
 Rome 169 e. 
 Rostrum 45 1. 4. 
 
 Rutherford viii-ix ; 128 (Kvirra) ; 
 133 R. 2; 158 N. 
 
 S. 
 
 S = rough breathing 37 b. 
 
 Sal (= d\s) & salio 37 b. 
 
 Schulze, K. P., 158 end. 
 
 Scio V. otSo. 
 
 Sedes 37 6 ; 115 near end. 
 
 Sein, aux. verb in German, 101 6. 
 
258 
 
 GENERAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 Semen Hi 1. 6. 
 
 Semi- 37 6. 
 
 Sentlre 33 a. 
 
 Septem 37 6. 
 
 Sequor 37 6 ; 89 a. 
 
 Serpo 37 6. 
 
 Seuthes (Seu'ens) 40 1. 2 above N. 
 
 Sex 37 6. 
 
 Sicilian Expedition 53 1. 3 and B. 
 
 Sicily V. o-Te'Wu. 
 
 Sokrates 61 a ; 68 C ; 71 B ; 75 1. 2 ; 
 83 D; 94 fi; 131 C; 132 c; 136 
 1. 2 ; 145 N. & ffi (8(s) ; 204 
 (<|>ee{pu). 
 
 Solon (2o'\iov, -<i)vos) 43 6 ; 58 mid. ; 
 150 6; 170 mid.; 185 B ; 186 1. 
 12. 
 
 Sophokles (So<|)okX^s) 127 (4).— 
 cited : 
 'AvTiYovT) 493, p. 28 N. 
 "HXe'KTpo 967, p. 158 N. 
 
 Soteridas (SuTripCSds) 45 a. 
 
 Sparta (Siroprr), for which t] 
 AaKeSatfMDV, -ovos is freq. used) 
 56 1. 1; 152 1. 1. 
 
 Spartan boys 154 end. — govern- 
 ment 42 1. 2. 
 
 Spartans (Sirapriarai ; usually 
 AaK«Sai|ioviai) 48 c, 
 
 Sperma ceti 174 B. 
 
 Spirare, spiritus, 212 6. 
 
 Stare 108 end. 
 
 Stephens (4). 
 
 Straits of Gibraltar 109 1. 11. 
 
 Straton (STparuv, -oivos) 70-71. 
 
 5)^6 37 6; 52 (4); 152 (7) ; 189 (16). 
 
 Super 37 6. 
 
 Sits 37 b. 
 
 Syncope explained 125 B. It oc- 
 curs in Y'7V0|tai (yiyiv-) , ejTi'ypo- 
 |«.T|V (v. iyflpa), «irTo'|i'nv(158 N.), 
 €<r'iro(i.'nv (89 a; 158 N.), ^o-rai 
 (for cireToi) , iir\ov (95 A ; 158 
 
 N.), T]\6ov (v. Epxo)iai, d), Kt- 
 K\T|Ka &c. (if on stem koXc- ; v. 
 Metathesis), KEKpafiai &c. (v. 
 K€pdyvv|ii,i), ireTrranoi. (v. irerdv- 
 vvp.i), irfiTTd) & ireirruKa, iTTrjo-o- 
 p.ai (v. ireirTO|j[.ai ; it may come 
 equally vrell from irra-). 
 Syracuse (ot SvpaKovo-ai) 71 6. 
 Doric Gr. the dialect of, v. 
 
 T. 
 
 Tantum abest ut 69 R. 
 
 Teneo 99 (14 c). 
 
 Ten Thousand, The, 45 B ; 73 (2) ; 
 78 (5) ; 134 (4). 
 
 Tereus 36 a. 
 
 Thebans48c; 62 (5). 
 
 Thebes (oi O^JPai) 58 1. 13 ; 177 (3). 
 
 Themistokles (@e|jii(rTOK\T]s, -kX«'- 
 ous) 73 end ; 156 mid. 
 
 Theodore 72 B. 
 
 Thesaurus vii (8Cs) ; viii ; 158 N. 
 
 Thirty, The, 116 1. 5. 
 
 Thracians 71 B; 212 end. 
 
 Thucydides (0ovkvS(6i)s, -Sou) 12 
 1. 11; 35 mid.; 53 B; 62 (9); 
 67 end ; 76 (8pa«) ; 98 (7 c) ; 
 110 1. 3; 128 B; 130(5); 171 e; 
 174 (<rTt\X<o); 188 (11); 190 1. 
 4 from end ; 196 mid. ; 204 mid. ; 
 209 mid. — cited: I (o) 6 p. 102 
 (?covvii(ii) : 97, p. 145 N. : 120, 
 p. I04s'. — II(P) 11, p. viii: 21, 
 p. viii : 39, p. 212, 1. 7 from end : 
 42, p. 156 b : 43, p. 175 6 : 54, p. 
 145 N.: 75, p. 28 N. : 84, p. 212 
 mid. — Ill (y) 49, p. 28 N. : 96, 
 p. 209 (xpa«) : 104, p. 145 N.— 
 IV (S) 26, p. 28 N. & p. 35 
 (dXc'ai) : 48, p. 178 6 (a-i|>aYr{) : 
 73, p. ix: 94, p. viii: 98, p. ix: 
 124, p. viii : 126, p. viii. — "V (c) 
 
GENERAL ENGLISH INDEX. 
 
 259 
 
 7, p. Viii & ix : 16, p. 155 1. 13 : 
 69, p. viii. — VI (l) 18, p. 178 1. 
 7: 21, p. viii: 23, p. ix. — VII 
 (t)) 25, p. 45 end: 78, p. viii; 
 87, p. 148 1. 3.— VIII (8) 23, p. 
 viii. 
 
 Tom, Dick, and Harry 196 1. 1. 
 
 Tragedy, Attic, 26-27. 
 
 Tremo 191 1. 3. 
 
 U. 
 United States 116 B. 
 Unmarried daughters 73 (3). 
 Unus (_w) 116 B. 
 Ut — utY. Tantum. 
 
 Vale 79 6 ; 169 mid. 
 
 Veitch vii-viii ; 85 (clir- a) ; 101 
 
 1.4; 145 N.; 158 mid.; 164 end; 
 
 175 6 ; 211 (xwpe'w)- 
 Vid-= Fi8- 151 (dpdw)." 
 Venus Anadyomene 77 (1). 
 Vinum 155 mid. 
 Viva voce 126 c. 
 Voltaire 74 d. 
 Von Essen vii. 
 
 W. 
 Water clock 130 (5). 
 Werden, aux. verb in German, 
 
 101 6. 
 Werk 90 B ; 166 Obs. 
 Westminster Abbey 102 end. 
 Whether or not 142 c. 
 Wishes expressed w. Pov\o|iai 53- 
 
 54; w. opt. alone 28 end; w. 
 
 u<|>e\ov 153. 
 Worcester 177 (2). 
 
 Xenophon (Q€vo<|><5v, -wvtos) 37 B ; 
 40 a ; 43 (PaCvoi) ; 60 1. 6 ; 75 1. 
 1 ; 76 (S«'vo(),tti) ; 78 (5) ; 101 1. 
 4&a; 109 mid. ; 110 mid. ; 113 
 (14 6); 116 end; 117 (^Kalvu,); 
 129 1. 4; 131 e; 134 1. 1 & (4); 
 138 (2) ; 141 (J; 150 (dv(v.) ; 154 
 (irotjoi &) end; 164 (irXflvw) ; 
 171 e; 172 (o-kmtttw) ; 174(crTt\- 
 \a 6) ; 185 1. 3 from end ; 194 C 
 &b; 197 B ; 198 6. — cited : 
 
 "Avdpoo-is 1 1, 5, p. 95 B : 3,1, 
 p. viii: 4,4, p. Ill (7): 5, 11, 
 p. 133 E. 2. — II 3, 16, p. 42 
 mid. : 3, 29, p. viii : 6, 10, p. viii : 
 6, 27, p. 133 R. 2. — III 4, 32, p. 
 141 1. 1: 4, 47, p. 119 (1). — IV 
 3, 12, p. 147 R. — V 1, 2, p. 119 
 (1) : 4, 26, p. 28 N. 
 
 'AiroXoyla SaiKparovs § 12, p. 
 133 R. 2. 
 
 'Airo|ivT|)i.ovcv)i.aTa (= Memo- 
 rabilia) II 1, 23, p. 851: 1, 31, 
 p. 1871. 4. — Ill 1, 9, p. 126 a: 
 5, 6, p. 156 B : 11, 5, p. 158 mid. 
 
 "EXXriviKa II 2, 9, p. 175 6. — 
 III 4, 11, p. ix: 4, 14, p. 165 a. 
 — V 1, 34, p. Ix. — VI 5, 26, p. 
 38 (d|i.4>i-vv.). 
 
 Kvpov IIai8«Ca (= Cyropae- 
 dia) I 6, 12, p. 145 N. — Ill 1, 
 13, & 3, 67, p. 168 (pT|Vi)(i.i). 
 
 OIkovoiiiko's 16, 7, p. 145 N. 
 
 Ilepl 'ImriKVis 37-38. 
 
 Zu[iiro'(riov (= Convivium) 6, 
 3, p. 133 R. 2. 
 Xerxes 101 a; 142 c. 
 
v. — GENERAL GREEK INDEX. 
 
 A. 
 
 u, augments to i\ i c: is length- 
 ened to n in forming tenses, as 
 Tijiao), Tijn]o"» &c., & in aor. of 
 liq. verbs, as (f>av-, E(j>T)va; but 
 to d after «, i, or p, 5 ; 6 (1 & 2) | 
 15 (5) ; to d (irreg.) also in fut. 
 & aor. of aKpoaofiai ; to rj (irreg.) 
 in forming tenses on stem xpo- 
 (kCxpt|)u, xpao|iai, &c.) : retained 
 in forming tenses of some 
 verbs (irreg.) 5 6 v. 248 : a + 
 e & a 4- 1] contr. irreg. into r\ ; so 
 a+ei&a + xiintO'gv. Index IV, 
 Contraction ; so too in -(ii verbs 
 w. stem in o, at] & a'g become 
 1] & 'fi, exc. after p, 72 a : u pri- 
 vative, accent of, 91 E. ; reg. 
 short, 103 c. 
 
 aeiSai 26. 
 
 -ojw 10 N. 
 
 oi & (J, augm. to 'ji 4 c. 
 
 o\s = sal 37 6. 
 
 d)ji<t>(, on both sides, 38 ; 46 (1) ; 
 133 end. 
 
 iiij.<t>is, on both sides, 39. 
 
 avd, up, the common meaning in 
 comp., also denotes renewal (49 
 end) as in avaPiuo-Koitai, dva- 
 irv€<i), dvao-u'^u, = again, back 
 (as get back = get again = re- 
 cover'), Lat. re- in revive, regain 
 &c. : denotes reversal in dvd- 
 iraio-Tos 155 = back. For back 
 
 in the sense of requital (to hit 
 back) V. avrl. 
 
 dvo|j,t-YVv|xi 144 B. 
 
 dvdo-xwvToi, accent of, 158 N. 
 
 miri lit. = over against, wh. may 
 denote opposition, as in dvBi- 
 o"TTj(jti, dvTiKoiTTw, avrirl9t)\Li, = 
 against, in opposition to; or 
 requital, exchangp, = in return 
 for, as in dvTi8(Sci)|ii; or back, 
 as in dvnpdWu, throw back 
 again. 
 
 a,iriir\v, diretvai, dir<5, 82 e. 
 
 dircivai, dirCu, 84 e. 
 
 dird, off, the common meaning; 
 in diraiTe'u 6 (3) & diro8CSu|jii it 
 = back: In d<t>aipE'(i> & dn-oXaft- 
 pdvw it = from. 
 
 dtroVxwVTai, accent of, 158 N. 
 
 au augments to i]u 4 c : — unaugm. 
 V. avaCvo|iai. 
 
 a^(h\v, d<|>£tvai, d<|><S, 82 e. 
 
 di|>Uvai,, d<j>iio, 84 e. 
 
 d(|>t7)iiai, d(|>iKO|j.i)v, d(|>C£op,ai., d<|>t- 
 XOai, &c. 106 (1). 
 
 B. 
 
 P in Mod. Gr. pron. like v H d: 
 may be last letter of stem of a 
 verb in -irru 10 (2 6) : stems 
 ending in p have -<|ia in pf . act. 
 8 end. 
 
 [pS redupl. «p8- 4 d ; but no ex. 
 of it in Attic] 
 
 Pc'p\i]Ka, -|iai v. pdWu. 
 
GENERAL 6EEEK INDEX. 
 
 261 
 
 p\ redupl. PtpX- i d. 
 
 pXr)- In E'pXTJeTiv, p\t|6Tivai &C. v. 
 
 [Pp redupl. PcPp- 4 d; but no ex. 
 of it in A. p.] 
 
 7 = k 90 B ; 101 c : 7 dropped in 
 77(1 9 a, & in 7V0- 60 above C : 
 may be last letter of stem of a 
 verb in -o-o-io or -ttco 9 6, or 
 even of a verb in -tfi>, as KpaXfit 
 & otftm^u ; cf. 10 (3 6) : stems 
 ending in 7 have -xo in pf . act. 
 8 end. 
 
 7« restrictive, = that is, at least, 
 51 mid. ; 75 1. 6 : = yes 52 1. 8. 
 
 76'7ovo, 2nd pf . of 7(7vo|iai. 
 
 ytv- («7evo'(iT]v) , v. 7C7V0|iat. 
 
 7t7V0iJiai 16-17; 82 B; 111 c. 
 
 -7K0 in pf . act. 16 (2) ; 197 c ; 
 199 (2). 
 
 [7X redupl. 7€7X- 4 d ; iy\- also 
 found. Very rare.] 
 
 7v redupl. e7v- as in c7vuKa, con- 
 trary to 4 d. 
 
 7V0-, 7VoCi)V, 7V0i!s, V. yiyvmrKa. 
 
 7VU, 7vu6i,, 7vcavai, V. 7i7vu(rK<i>. 
 
 7P redupl. 7«7p- i d. 
 
 A. 
 
 S changed to <r bef . -jiai & -fl7)V, & 
 dropped bef. -a-a, -cro, -ko, 10 
 (3 a): 8 usually last letter of 
 stem of verbs in -£w 10 (3 6) . 
 
 Sap- in eSapi|v, SapeCs &c. v. Sepu. 
 
 Se'Sapiiai v. Se'pid. 
 
 SeST]7|iai v. Solkvu. 
 
 Sc'SuKa V. StSufU. 
 
 Se'Sia, Se'SoiKa, &C. 65. 
 
 St) after a command = all right 52 
 1. 6 : after an impatient imper- 
 
 ative 123 1. 2 : = JMsi think of it I 
 93 (5). 
 
 Si{$o|iai, eST]x6i)V, v. Scikvu. 
 
 Sui: of its 2 main meanings, 
 through (w. gen.) & on account 
 of (w. accus.), only the mean- 
 ing through is found in comp., 
 either literal, as in Siappeu, Sio- 
 puTTo), for vyhich across is a 
 freq. rendering, as in Siapalvo), 
 SiaPipd^u, SiaX\o|iai, SiairXc'co 
 &c., or in a transferred sense; 
 thus, going through with anyth. 
 gives rise to the idea of thor- 
 oughness, completion, as in Sia- 
 XavSdvoi, Si.d\XC|u, Staa-u^o), Sia- 
 ^6ilpa; " going through" also 
 suggests separation or divis- 
 ion of parts, as vphen a knife 
 or saw goes through anyth.; 
 hence the frequent meaning 
 apart, asunder, as in Siaipe'u, 
 SiaKpivu, SiaXcfiru, Siao-n-ou, Sia- 
 T(6r||U, Sia<|>E'pu, 8iCo-TT||ii &C. 
 
 Siuvai from 8Cei|ii or 8itT|)u 84 e. 
 
 So-, hoix\v, Sdsi SoCvai, &c. v. SCS(d|xi. 
 
 Sp redupl. 8e8p- 4 d. 
 
 Spap,- V. TpEX<i>. 
 
 8(3, 8ua-(i>, &c. V. 8CS(i>|u. 
 
 E. 
 
 E added to form a new stem (as 
 PovXopat, PovXTJ<ro(iai) & then 
 lengthened to r|, 16 a. For list 
 of verbs v. 245-246: c added 
 but not lengthened in pf. act. 
 of -o'XXvpi, 16 d : € augments to 
 1) 4 c ; augments to a in some 
 verbs 244 : t before a requires 
 d in forming tenses, & in aor. 
 of liq. verbs 5 ; 6 (2) ; 15 (5) : 
 c classic augm. In PouXo|i.ai, Sv- 
 vafiai, (tcXXu, T. PovXa|(ai: c 
 
262 
 
 GENERAL GREEK INDEX. 
 
 dropped in depend, moods if 
 it stood for augm, , but retained 
 if it stood for redupl. 4 d ; also 
 dropped out of stem of cer- 
 tain verbs, v. Syncope, Index 
 IV : c interclianged with u in 
 some tense or tenses (pf. act. 
 and pass, and 2nd aor. pass.) of 
 Septo, KfCpoi, kXc'ittu, 'ItXc'ku, 
 
 O-TtWci), 0'Tp€'(|>ID, Tt£v<l), -TcWo- 
 
 liai, TpEiria, Tpc'<)><i>, & ijiSECptD : 6 
 interclianged w. o in the foil, 
 perfects : direKTova (128) , ■^i- 
 •yova (56) , E^prlYopa (79) , -et- 
 X-oxa (136), c'vr]'voxa (199 end; 
 200 d), earopya (unatt. 176), 
 eo-xpo^a (unatt. 176), KtK\o(|>a 
 (123), ir€'iro|i<|)0 (157), reVoKa 
 (190), Te'Tpo<|)a (191), rirpoipa 
 (poet. 193) : I lengthened to i) 
 in forming tenses, as if>i\e(i>, 
 ^iXtJo-u &c. 6 ; 6 (3)-8 ; to cl in 
 aor. of liq. verbs 15 (5) : e 
 omitted in forms of Xovu : e 
 replaces <r in fut. of liq. verbs 
 14 I 1, & in fut. of verbs in 
 -IX/ia if they have 3 or more 
 syll. 10 (3 6): e retained con- 
 trary to rule 5 b ; for list of 
 these verbs v. p. 248. 
 
 £- stem of "iniii. 
 
 ca\uv, caXcoKa, v. aXCcrKO|jbaL. 
 
 cYpii'yopa v. ^^cfpco. 
 
 c'S- stem of KaB-e'lofiai : — Lat. 
 sed- in sedeo. 
 
 eSofiai V. ccrBCo). 
 
 I'SwKa V. SISup,!.. 
 
 -tTl'o-u, -ii\a-a &c. must be from a 
 verb in -eeoi {not -edw) 5 a. 
 
 c6i|Ka V. tC6i]|i.i : eOtio-op.ai V. "li)|ii.. 
 
 « augment in some verbs that 
 begin w. e 244 ; <■, for oi in 
 verb stems, v. oi: a in pf. of 
 
 some verbs as redupl. v. Index 
 
 IV, Reduplication: «i the only 
 form in 2nd sing. ind. mid. of 3 
 verbs v. Pou\o|jiai : ci usually 
 unaugmented 4 c. 
 
 (t= whether in indir. ques. 71 B ; 
 often = whether or not 142 end. 
 
 Aa, V. «d<i). 
 
 cZStiv, cIko, El)i.ai, V. "lT|p,l. 
 
 -e£\«7|i.ai v. -Xe'Yw (136). 
 
 ci\o)i.T)V, elXov, V. aipe'd). 
 
 «l!XT|({>a V. Xa|jipdv(D. 
 
 etXrjxa v. \ayx°-va. 
 
 -etXoxo. V. -Xt'^w (136). 
 
 eIpr|Ka V. \_dpa>']. 
 
 «ls («s), into, the reg. meaning in 
 comp. 
 
 ets, e'vo's, 116 B : S%, tvTos, 2nd 
 aor. part, of "iii(jii. 
 
 etoBo V. stem e9- 80. 
 
 c\luv V. ^iu>. 
 
 e'X- stem of 2nd aor. of aipc'a). 
 
 (XrjXvBa, cX6ti>, &c. v. cpxo|i.ai. 
 
 cXu 2nd aor. subj. of aipe'u. 
 
 cXu fut. of €Xavvci>. 
 
 e'v, in, properly w. verbs denoting 
 rest in a place, as in ev«|u, ep,- 
 pe'vci) ; but very f req. w. verbs 
 of motion = into = els, as in 
 Ep.|3a£v(i>, cp.paXX(D, i^itinTa, cvtC- 
 6i]pi &c. 
 
 6V6"yK-, €V«K-, cVT]VCYpai, cvTivaxa, 
 
 V. ({>€pu. 
 
 e'f (€k), out of, out, the reg. mean- 
 ing in comp. 
 
 ej = sex 37 6. 
 
 I'oiKa V. Ak- 80. 
 
 c'o'pdKa V. dpdiD. 
 
 «ir£, on, upon, w. verbs of rest, 
 as in Eircijii (ctp,l) & cirip.cv(i>, or 
 more f req. w. verbs of motion, 
 as in ciriPaCvcii, eiriPaXXm, ivi,ri- 
 Sripi &c. Upon has the notion 
 
GENERAL GREEK INDEX. 
 
 263 
 
 of hostility in cirepxeitai & e'wi- 
 T(6e|i,ai ; of succession in ciret|ii 
 («I|u) & cVi7('Yvo|iai; = over, in 
 charge of in c^drnnu. 
 
 cVCSu & cViSu 151 (1). 
 
 £irCo-irg, accent of, 158 N. 
 
 cirrd = septem 37 6. 
 
 c'piru = serpo 37 6. 
 
 4pm, epciii]v, epdv, pres. Of Epduo. 
 
 epw, 6po(T|v, tpetv, fut. = will say, 
 
 V. [eifpa]. 
 eo-rafjiev, eo-rdo-i, eo-roo-av &c. 2nd 
 
 pf . & plup. of io-TTiiu. 
 i'o-TTjKa, pf. of t(rTr)|ii. 
 €<mi<rav 1st or 2nd aor. 108 /. 
 €v, augm. of, 94 N. 
 eioKt\ V. ttK- 80. 
 EupdKa, -fiai, cupoiv, Y. opdu. 
 
 Fa7- 120 &. 
 
 Fepv- 90 B. 
 
 Fes- 39 b. 
 
 FlS- y. otSa & dpau. 
 
 Fotvos 155 mid. 
 
 Z. 
 
 J at end of pres. stem usually im- 
 plies 8 as last letter of stem 
 10 (3 6) ; sometimes 7, as in 
 Kpa^d), ol|i.ca|(i>, (raXn'C£<i> ; cf . also 
 under apirdju & iraC^u, & o-(f>(i£u 
 as a form of pres. for o-ijidTTu. 
 
 t redupl. it- 7 1. 3. 
 
 «l replaces a and c in forming 
 tenses of verbs in -ow & -to 
 exc. after «, i, & p, 5 : replaces 
 a in aor. of liq. verbs exc. after 
 e, i, & p, 15 (5); stem \pa,- 
 
 (KCxpr||>.i, XP'*"!""''' *''^-) 1^^^ 1 
 even after p : verbs that begin 
 
 w. t) have no further increment 
 
 in aor. or pf. v. iiYeo|i,ai 12 
 
 end (cf . SoKc'u 6) & T|So|j.ai under 
 
 dpc'o-Kti). 
 TJ = or and or else 95 1. 8. 
 i]Se(Ds, idiomatic rendering of, 
 
 41 6. 
 tJSt| v. 0I80. iJKa v. "tiliii. 
 i^Kov V. •^'km 92 1. above B. 
 i](n- = semi 37 6. 
 t]oi contr. into <f (reg.) or ^i 
 
 (irreg.) v. pf. opt. of KTao|i,ai 
 
 & -|U|tVQ'irKu. 
 -Tl's & -tis, adjs. in, 23 (6). 
 ijo- sit V. Kd6i])iai.. 
 ^'o-9t| & T|fr9T| V. qZa. 
 ^'o-w, rjo-oiiai, v. "ir)|i.i. 
 
 0. 
 
 changed to <r bef . -jiai & -Oijv, & 
 dropped bef. -o-w, -o-a, -Ka, 10 
 (3 0): 9 redupl. T«e- i 6. 
 
 6av- in 6avov|tai, eSavov &c. v. 
 -BitjVko). 
 
 6(- in 9ib\v, 6«'s, Setvai &c. v. t(6t||u. 
 
 Oifircii, 6T{o'0|jiai v. T£6t]^i. 
 
 6X redupl. t«B\- 4 d & 6 ; (but no 
 ex. in this book). 
 
 6v redupl. rdv- (T€'9vtiKo) i d &b. 
 
 6vo- Svij- by metathesis for flav-, 
 V. -6vTi<rK<a. 
 
 Op redupl. rcSp- i d & b. v. epavV 
 
 6pei|/(a V. TpE<|>a. 
 
 Sia V. tC6i]|u. 
 
 I augments to i 4 c : i augments 
 no further: i bef. a. requires 
 d in forming tenses, & in aor. 
 of liq. verbs 5 ; 6 (2) ; 15 (5) : 
 I bef. the liquid in pres. stem 
 of liq. verbs is dropped in other 
 tense-stems, as (|>aCvu, i{>avu &c. 
 
264 
 
 GENERAL GKEEK INDEX. 
 
 15 (3) : I in -CJo) 10 N. : i in 
 pres. of liq. verbs is t in fut., 
 & i in aor. 15 (4 & 5). 
 
 I- stem of etui, Lat. i-re. 
 
 ISe, ISoi|ii, tSci> &c. v. dpau. 
 
 Icvai &. 'ic'vai 84 e. 
 
 -£J<i), verbs in, of more tlian 2 
 syll., have fut. -ic5 10 (3 6); 
 12-14. 
 
 -IS, subst. ending in, 22 (4). 
 
 lo-do-i, 3rd pi. of otSo ; a palin- 
 drome 194 B. 
 
 t<r(itv, to-Tt, pi. of olSa. 
 
 tu & "Ico 84 c. 
 
 K. 
 
 K inst. of <r is found in 3 aorr. 
 cSuKa (8l8<i)|ii.), ?6iiKo (tWhiii), 
 7)Ka ("iTitii) : may be last letter 
 of stem of a verb in -a-a-ta or 
 -TT<i) 9 6 : stems ending in k 
 have -\a in pf . act. 8 end : k 
 takes the place of x in redupl. 
 4 6. 
 
 KaBaCpcD & KaBaipu 115 N. B. 
 
 KaC often to be translated by em- 
 phasizing the verb 52 1. 6 : = 
 actually 69 Kern. ; 68 1. 11 ; 173 
 
 W- 
 
 Kara, down, the common mean- 
 ing, as in KaraYO), KaTaKEifiai, 
 Karairtvci) &c. : doicn to the coast, 
 as in KaTa-yu & KaTaTXc'u : of 
 the return of exiles 26 (4) & 
 27 end : often = against (w. 
 gen.) as in KaTaPooca, KaTayi- 
 yvmrxa, Kara-YopEvu (135) , Kara- 
 SiaiToui (70 end) , KaraKptvoi : 
 sometimes «p is a suitable ren- 
 dering, as in KaraKocD burn up, 
 KaTaT[8r||u lay up, KaTaxpoofiai 
 use up. 
 
 Kare'dYa, -caga, V. KaTa-yvv|u. 
 
 KaTTi-yopEU, augm. of 7 1. 6; cf. 
 
 118 (5 c). 
 k\ redupl. kek\- 4 d. 
 kX.1)- in K«'K\i|Ka, ekXt{6t)v, v. koXc'id. 
 Kfi. redupl. KtKp.- (v. kohvo)) 4 d. 
 K|ia- K(i.T|- by metathesis for Kop,- 
 
 V. Kdp.vo>. 
 Kv redupl. k£kv- 4 d. 
 Kp redupl. kekX- 4 d. 
 Kpd- in KcKpdftai, EKpd6i|v, v. Kcpav- 
 
 vvpi. 
 KT redupl. eKT- 4 d; but irreg. 
 
 KEKT- in KT(U>|l.ai. 
 
 K.T.e. & K.T.Jl. 96 B ; 138 1. 1. 
 
 A. 
 
 \\ in pi'es. stem drops one \ for 
 other tense-stems 15 (2) : stems 
 ending in \ talie c in fut. 14 (1), 
 and reject <r in aor. 15 (5). 
 
 M. 
 
 p,, stems ending in, take € in fut. 
 14 (1), & reject <r in aor. 15 (5). 
 
 -(la, subst. ending in, 22 (2). 
 
 pero in comp. u.sually denotes 
 change (cf . 12 1. 4) , as in pexa- 
 poiWo), pETa-yiYyuo-Kdi, pcTa^pa- 
 <j>(i>, pETaTCStipi, p<Ta(f>E'p(i) : tlie 
 meaning after = in quest o/(not 
 a prose use of perd & accus.) is 
 seen in pETE'pxop.ai & peraWpira- 
 pai : the meaning with is seen 
 in pcTaSiSupi, ptTtaTi, ]t,m\a>, 
 & pcToXapPdvu. 
 
 -ppai in pf . pass, of one liq. verb 
 16 (3). 
 
 ppp : one p dropped In this com- 
 bination, 10 top ; cf . also 160 6, 
 cpir(ir\T|pi for epiripirX. ; SO in 
 cp7r£irpT|pi. 
 
 prj & oi5 in questions 13, paragr. 3. 
 
GENERAL GREEK INDEX. 
 
 265 
 
 |iv rednpl. €|iv- i d ; but |jiE'|j,VT||iai 
 
 (irreg.) 145. 
 |iVT]iru, E)i.vr](ra, &c. v. -|U|i,V|]o-kci>. 
 Iio'vov, only, often om. in Gr. 73 
 
 (3). 
 
 N. 
 
 V bef . -KO changed to y 16 (2) ; 
 bef. -(lai ch. to o- (to |i in one 
 verb) 16 (3) : v dropped in pf. 
 act. & pass, (and in aor. pass.) 
 of some verbs 16 y; v. icXfvu, 
 Kpivu, irXijvM, Tctvu : stems end- 
 ing in V take c In fut. 14 (1) , & 
 reject cr in aor. 15 (5). 
 
 vri; neg. prefix, 155 end. 
 
 5 redupl. ej- 7 1. 3. 
 
 O. 
 
 augments Into w 4 c : becomes 
 u in forming tenses, as 8t)Xo'ci>, 
 ST|\u<rci) &c. 5 ; 8 (4) ; inserted 
 in pf. act. of o|tv{i|u (& also in 
 other tenses) 16 y; cf. ISifSoKa 
 (co-Sun), & ireirrciiKO (irtTrTu) : 
 interchanged w. c 96 C (v. in 
 this index under E) : omitted 
 in forms of Xouu, and in 2 
 forms of o{o)i.ai. 
 
 01 augments to <j 4 c. 
 
 oi- stem for olo-u &c. v. <|>c'p«>- 
 
 01 takes the place of a in SeSoiKa 
 65, toiKa 80, XcXoiira 137, & 
 irc'iroiSa 156 6. 
 
 00 contr. irreg. into a v. tSpo'u & 
 pi-yo'ci>. 
 
 oir-, stem for o<|ro|j,ai, u|i|i.ai, 
 <S()>6tiv (o<|>6(S) &c. V. opoo). 
 
 -OS, adjs. In, 22 (5) ; 91 R. (ac- 
 cent of adjs. in -os beginning 
 w. apriv.). 
 
 -OS, subst. in, 22 (3). 
 oiTi after verbs of fearing = be- 
 cause 66 top. 
 ov & (tri in questions, 13 paragr. 3. 
 oiJ |iii, in no wise, 47 (7). 
 d<f>6TJvai &c. V. dpau. 
 oi|fO|jiai &c. V. o'pdo). 
 
 n. 
 
 IT = Lat. q 89 « ; may be last 
 letter of stem of a verb in -tttw 
 10 (2 6) : stems ending in ir 
 have -i|>o in pf . act. 8 end. 
 
 iroSu ira6oi|ii &c. v. irwrx*). 
 
 irapd, used w. gen. dat. & acc.,= 
 from (gen.), in (dat.), or to 
 (ace.) a position along by, at, 
 near, or (w. ace.) motion along 
 by, past. Correspondingly we 
 find in comp. irapaipe'ai take 
 away from, & irapaXaiiPavoi re- 
 ceive from : irapaKa6i]^ai sit by, 
 & irapci.|ii be by, be present : ira- 
 paKaXe'ii) summon to one's self; 
 irapdya lead along by; irapt- 
 \av'v(i>, irapEp\0|j.ai, & ^aparpc'- 
 X<i>, show the meaning past. 
 In irapaYU, irapaPaCvu, & irapa- 
 Kpov(i>, irapd has the sense of 
 lorongly ; perhaps this is also 
 its force in irapaXcCira, leave 
 out, omit. 
 
 irapfcn & irapics 84 1. 7. 
 
 iropcJ pres. or 2nd aor. 82 e. 
 
 irds = any 75 1. 5. 
 
 irc(o-o|iai fut. mid. of ircurxoi or of 
 irEC6(i>. 
 
 ire'irovOo v. ir<urx<». 
 
 ireirTUKa V. irfiTTM. 
 
 irc'iruKa V. letva. 
 
 irif =just 121 1. above KcCpu : = 
 really, 51 1. 2 above pXdirrai; 
 70 Obs. 1. 
 
266 
 
 GENERAL GREEK INDEX. 
 
 irepl, anastrophe in, 177 1. 1 : in 
 comp. = around; sometimes 
 from around, as in ircpiaipEu, 
 TTtpio-irooi. In irepiScrjs & irepC- 
 c|>oPos (66 B last line) i7€pC = 
 very, exceedingly. 
 
 irX redupl. ireirX- id. 
 
 irv redupl. ireirv- 4 d. 
 
 irp redupl. ireirp- 4 d. 
 
 irptv, usual infin. tense after, is 
 aor. 106 (2). 
 
 irpo, before, forward. 
 
 irpo's, towards, as in irpo(ra7cii, 
 ■Trpocrvew, irpoo-Tpe'xw &c. : be- 
 sides, in addition, as in irpoo- 
 -yC'yvop.ai, irpo(r7pd(f>w, irpoo-- 
 tl6i|)i.i. For irpo's w. ace. giving 
 a rule or standard v. 66 B. 
 
 ITT redupl. t'lTT- 4 d ; ire'irTWKa (for 
 ireirer-) is only an apparent 
 exc. 
 
 irrdiJievos, -irTo'nevos, -irrea-Bai &c. 
 
 V. 1TET0|l,ai. 
 
 P. 
 
 p augments epp- v. (Airra : p bef . 
 a requires d in forming tenses, 
 & in aor. of liq. verbs 5 ; 6 (2) ; 
 15 (5) : p doubled after a prep, 
 ending w. a vowel, v. p^evfuca 
 7, & under pe'oi : stems ending 
 in p take e in fut. 14 (1) , & re- 
 ject <r in aor. 15 (5). 
 
 PH" in cppi]6t|v, pr)6T]vai &c. v. elir- 
 85 ; [erpaj] 86 ; \t710 132 & 133 
 R. 2. 
 
 <r inserted in pf. pass, or aor. 
 pass, (or in both) , v. for list 
 248-249 : interch. w. h or w. 
 rough breathing 37 6 ; cf . ^^u 
 A a: omitted in fut of irtvu. 
 
 eo-6(<i) (eSo|iai) , & \ia : rejected 
 in aor. of liq. verbs 15 (5) : re- 
 placed by ( in fut. of liq. verbs 
 14 (I 1) & of verbs in -CJa of 
 more than 2 syll. 10 (3 6). 
 
 crair€£s V. o-Tjirw. 
 
 o-p redupl. eo-p- 4 d. 
 
 o-K redupl. e'o-K- 4 d. 
 
 crir redupl. ia-ir- 4 d. 
 
 o-TT- syncopated stem v. E'iro[i,ai. 
 
 [o-irp, no Gr. word begins this 
 way.] 
 
 o-T or o-Tp redupl. eVt- 4 d. 
 
 a-TOr, o-Ta6(Cs, crTaBtivoi, <rTaCT|v &C. 
 V. io"ni(w. 
 
 o-TTivoi, o-Ttjo-ai, oTiicru &c. V. 
 
 -o-tI, a termin. to express lan- 
 guages 106 (6). 
 
 0-Tc5 V. ^<rTT]|J,l. 
 
 o-vv, with, together. 
 a-vva pres. or 2ud aor. 82 e. 
 o-<|) redupl. e<r<|)- 4 d. 
 a-\ redupl. i<r\- 4 d. 
 (r\- syncopated stem v. 4'x<»- 
 irx«'V, <rxe's, o-xoCi]V, uyj^a-a, (rx<3, 
 (rx«v, &c. V. €Xw. 
 
 T. 
 
 T changed to <r bef. -|jiai & -Bijv, & 
 dropped bef. -<ra, -<ra, & -Ka, 10 
 (3 a). 
 
 TO- in raScCs, TaOtjvai &c. v. tcCvu ; 
 cf. 16 7. 
 
 TttK- stem of 2nd aor. pass, of 
 
 TriKol. 
 
 To<|)- stem of 2nd aor. pass, of 
 
 6airT«. 
 T«- in €T£'6t|V &c. v. tC8t)|i,i A /. 
 TcSEiKa, -)iai, V. t(Si]|i.i. 
 TE'6vap.EV, te'6vt]ko, v. -flvxftTKw. 
 TE6pa|i|iai, TE8pii<f>8ai &c. v. TpE(|>w. 
 
GEKEKAL GEEBK INDEX. 
 
 267 
 
 TETaKa, -(loi, V. TcCvu; cf. 16 y. 
 
 Te'roKo V. t£kt(i). 
 
 TCTpajifiai, TETpd<|>6ai &c. v. rpciru. 
 
 T€ij|o|jLai V. rvy\o,va. 
 
 -nis, snbst. ending in, 22 (1) : 
 
 tennin. -njs = a member of 118 
 
 (5) ; cf. Xo'xos & Xoxtnis 177 
 
 W- 
 Tis = about 61 B. 
 T|i, redupl. riTfi.- 4 d (v. tc|iv<<>). 
 Tp redupl. TSTp- 4 d. 
 T\)8- 2nd aor. pass, stem v. 6«oi. 
 ■"X"; '"'X«"j J" eTvxov, T«T«xriKO, v. 
 
 ■nryxdvoi. 
 
 Y. 
 
 w augments to v 4 c ; cf . 8 1. 2 : 
 V unchanged in augmented 
 tenses. 
 
 V in pres. stem of liq. verbs is v 
 in fut. & li in aor. 15 (4 & 5). 
 
 vir£p = super 37 6 : = above, as in 
 vir£p(|>aivo|j.ai : = over, as in 
 virEpaXXo)iai, vir«pPaCvu: = above 
 or beyond what others can do, 
 denoting superiority, as vir«p- 
 PaXXiii, virepExai; or above, be- 
 yond what is right, denoting 
 excess, as in virEpPaWu (v. 
 viTEpPaWovTus) ; so in hyper- 
 critical, hypertrophy, 194 6. 
 
 ijiro = sub 37 6 : = tmder, lit. of 
 place, w. verbs of motion, as 
 
 in UTTOLYOI, WOTC0T]fJLl, worpexfO) 
 
 or of rest, as in {iirEifu (el|*0 & 
 virofifvta; (for under passing 
 into the notion of agency cf. 
 under avaCvo|jiai) : = under in 
 authority or rank, as in vwa- 
 Kov<a & i!ir«CK<i>: = from under, 
 as in v<j>aLpE'ci} & viroTc'iiVw : = 271 
 an underhand or secret way, 
 as in vif>aipE'<a, viropaXXia, liiro- 
 
 PXe'itcii, virc'pxpiiai, iSiroirreiiai 152 
 (7) , v(j>opcw> : = gradually, as in 
 v^aipe'u & viro(^aCvu ; (the mean- 
 ing gradually is closely con- 
 nected w. the preceding; if 
 anyth. is done so gradually as 
 to escape notice, the thing 
 steals upon us, as it were) : 
 = behind, as in viroXECiru & 
 viro^c'vctf. 
 
 *. 
 
 (f> may be last letter of stem of a 
 verb in -irrw 10 (2 6) : redupl. 
 ire(|)- 4 6 : stems ending in (|> 
 have -<|>o in pf. act. 8 end. 
 
 <|>a7- in ^i|>a70v &c. v. EorSdii. 
 
 <i>e redupl. e(|>9- 4 d. 
 
 <j>p redupl. ir«tip- id &b. 
 
 X. 
 
 X redupl. rax- * b : stems ending 
 in X have -xo in pf. act. 8 end. 
 
 [xX redupl. k€x\- i d & b; ex- 
 tremely rare.] 
 
 Xp redupl. Ktxp- 4 d & 6. 
 
 Xpiio-oi, f\fn\<ra, &c. v. k^xP^K''' ^ 
 Xpow. 
 
 i|; redupl. «'+- 7 1. 3. 
 
 a. 
 
 0) replaces a in forming tenses of 
 verbs in 6<a, 5 ; 8 (4) ; verbs 
 that begin w. a have no further 
 increment in aor. or pf . 8 1. 6. 
 uScoi and uvE'o|i,ai are exc, & 
 take E as augm. 
 
 a Irreg. contr. in tSpdu & plyoa. 
 
 a&u pres. and 2ud aor. 82 e. 
 
268 
 
 GENBEAIi GEEEK INDEX. 
 
 (ii|ii|jiai V. opau. 
 
 -lav, -otio-o, -o'v, shown by accent 
 
 to be 2nd aor. exc. in 2 verbs 
 
 84 above B. 
 
 us alleging that 67 (3) : express- 
 ing purpose w. fut. part. 60 1. 
 6 : los = ire hope of 179 d. 
 
 ui|>6ai, u<J>6i]V, V. o'paw. 
 
GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 Goodwin's Greek Grammar. 
 
 By William W. Goodwin, Ph.D., Eliot Professor of Greek Literature 
 in Harvard College. Kevised and Enlarged Edition. Published in 
 December, 1879. 12ino. Half morocco. 425 pages. Mailing Price, 
 ^1.65; Introduction, $1.50; Allowance for old book, 50 cents. 
 
 fJIHE object of this Grammar is to state general principles clearly 
 and distinctly, with special regard to those who are preparing 
 for college. 
 
 In the new edition many important changes have been made. 
 The part relating to the inflection of the Verb has been entirely 
 rewritten, and increased from fifty to one hundred pages. Part 
 III., on the Formation of Words, has been added in this edition. 
 Part v., on Versification, is almost entirely new, and follows to a 
 great extent the principles of J. H. H. Schmidt's Rhythmic and 
 Metric. The other parts, especially the Syntax, have been thor- 
 oughly revised, and numerous additions have been made. The 
 Catalogue of Verbs has been greatly enLirged, and each verb is 
 now referred to its proper class in the classification of G. Curtius, 
 which is adopted in the Grammar itself. The sections ou the Syntax 
 of the Verb are generally condensed from the author's larger work 
 on the Greek Moods and Tenses, to which advanced students, and 
 especially teachers, are referred for a fuller exposition of many 
 matters which are merely hinted at in the Elementary Grammar. 
 
 This new edition has been published also by Macmillan & Co. in 
 London, and is commended by British authorities as " the best 
 Greek Grammar of its size in the English language." 
 
 Martin L. D'Ooge, Professor of 
 Greek in the University of Michigan: 
 The Grammar, it seems to me, hits 
 the exact mean between a book of 
 reference and a bare outline. It 
 gives results concisely and yet fully 
 
 and clearly. Its treatment of the in- 
 flection of the verb is especially skil- 
 ful and clear. I know of no Greek 
 grammar for English-speaking stu- 
 dents that combines so many merits 
 in so attractive a form. 
 
60 GBBEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 White's First Lessons in Greek. 
 
 Prepared to accompany Goodwin's Greek Grammar, and designed as an 
 Introduction either to his Greek Reader or to his Selections from Xeno- 
 phon and Herodotus, or to the Anabasis of Xenophon. By John Wil- 
 I,IAMS White, Ph.D., Professor of Greek in Harvard University. 12mo. 
 Half-morocco. x + 286 pages. Mailing Price, $1.30; Introduction, 11.20; 
 Allowance for old book, 25 cents. 
 
 A SERIES of eighty lessons, with progressive Greek-English 
 and. English-Greek Exercises, taken mainly from the first four 
 hooks of Xenophon's Anabasis. The Exercises consist wholly of 
 complete sentences, followed by a series of Additional Exercises 
 on Forms, and complete Vocabularies. These lessons are care- 
 fully graded, and do not follow the order of arrangement of the 
 Grammar, but begin the study of the verb with the second lesson, 
 and then pursue it alternately with that of the remaining parts of 
 speech. 
 
 E. H. Wilson, Prin. of High School, 
 Middletown, Conn. : It is the best 
 book for beginners in Greek I have 
 ever used. 
 
 Alexander Kerr, Prof, of Greek, 
 University of Wisconsin: The best 
 book for beginners which I have ever 
 examined. 
 
 Companion of Parallel References to Hadley and 
 
 Allen's Greek Grammar. 
 
 Designed to accompany the second edition of A Series of First Lessons 
 in Greek. By John Williams White, Ph.D. iv + 45 pages. This 
 pamphlet accompanies all copies of White's First Lessons in Greek free 
 of charge, when so ordered, and thoroughly adapts the First Lessons in 
 Greek to use with Hadley & Allen's Grammar. Exact parallels have 
 been found to almost all the references in the Lessons, and the new 
 references are more than simple parallels : they are made to present the 
 particular point or subject fully and completely. 
 
 Leighton's New Greek Lessons. 
 
 With references to Hadley's Greek Grammar as well as to Goodwin's 
 New Greek Grammar, intended as an Introduction to Xenophon's 
 Anabasis or to Goodwin's Greek Reader. By R. F. Lbighton, Ph.D. 
 (Lips.) , formerly Principal Brooklyn High School, N.Y. 12rao. Half- 
 morocco. 283 pages. Mailing Price, $1.30; Introduction, $1.20; Allow- 
 ance, 25 cents. 
 
 A BOUT seventy easy and well-graded lessons, both Greek and 
 
 English, introduce the pupil to the first book of Xenophon's 
 
 Anabasis, from which the Exercises and Vocabularies are mainly 
 
 selected. The amount of matter to be translated into Greek is 
 
 sufficient to prepare a student for most American colleges. 
 
GEBEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 51 
 
 First Four Books of Xenophon's Anabasis. 
 
 With an illustrated Vocabulary. Edited by Professors W. W. GooDWis 
 and John Williams White, of Harvard University. 12mo. Half 
 morocco. 355 pages. Mailing Price, $1.65; Introduction, 11.50 ; Allow- 
 ance, 25 cents. 
 
 Without Vocabulary. Mailing Price, ^1.10; Introduction, $1.00; 
 Allowance, 25 cents. 
 
 npHE Notes are copious, and much grammatical aid is given, 
 chiefly in the form of references to the Grammar. 
 
 A colored map is added, giving the route of the Ten Thousand. 
 
 Until Professor White's Illustrated Vocabulary is ready, Profes- 
 sor Crosby's complete Lexicon wiU be bound with this edition. 
 
 Goodwin's Greek Reader. 
 
 Edited by Professor W. W. Goodwin, of Harvard University. 12mo. 
 Half morocco. 384 pages. Mailing Price, 11.65 ; Introduction, f 1.50; 
 Allowance, 25 cents. 
 
 /CONSISTING of Selections from Xenophon, Plato, Herodotus, 
 and Thucydides; being the full amount of Greek Prose 
 required for admission to Harvard University. With colored 
 maps, notes, and references to the revised and enlarged edition of 
 Goodwin's Greek Grammar. 
 
 B. L. Cilley, Professor of Greek, 
 Phillips JCxeter Academy : The selec- 
 tions are good, the notes are well 
 
 written, and, what I think much of, 
 the type is clear and the book looks 
 attractive. 
 
 Cebes' Tablet. 
 
 Edited with Introduction, Notes, Vocabulary, and Grammatical Ques- 
 tions, by RiCHAKD Parsons, Professor of Greek, Ohio Wesleyan Uni- 
 versity. 12mo. Cloth. 94 pages. Mailing Price, 85 cents ; for intro- 
 duction, 75 cents. 
 
 rriHIS little volume has arisen from a belief that Cebes' Tablet 
 deserves a higher recognition than it has received. In con- 
 firmation of this claim, editions based upon more modern data 
 and research have recently appeared in Germany and England, 
 
 In its preparation the works of SchweighaUser, Simpson, Drosihn, 
 BUchling, and Jerram have been consulted, besides some minor 
 
2 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 editions prepared for school and gymnasium use. The monographs 
 of Drosihn (Die Zeit des Pinax) and of Dr. Carl Miiller on the 
 manuscript authorities {De arte critica ad Cebetis Tahulam adhi- 
 benda) have been of service. 
 
 Besides being an entertaining and instructive allegory, in the 
 form of a lively dialogue, Cebes' Tablet is moderately easy to con- 
 strue, and not above the comprehension of a boy of fourteen. 
 
 As a drill-book on forms and constructions, especially on inter- 
 rogatives and conditional sentences, the work should come into 
 use, to say nothing of its own intrinsic excellence. Particular 
 attention is invited to the feature of questions. 
 
 It should be put into the hands of beginners in their second or 
 third term's work as an alternative book to the Anabasis, which 
 is in parts a little too military and tedious. 
 
 A. K. Wells, Prof, of Greek, An- 
 tioch College, Yellow Springs, 0. : 
 I am well pleased with it, and shall 
 certainly use it next term with my 
 beginning class. The Anabasis never 
 
 seemed to me interesting enough to 
 the average student to make a lit 
 introduction to Greek literature. I 
 think the Tablet will meet my need 
 exactly. (Nov. 11, 1887.) 
 
 Homeric Vocabulary. 
 
 k Vocabulary to the First Six Books of Homer's Iliad. By Professor 
 T. D. Seymouk of Yale College. Square 12mo. 120 pages. Illustrated. 
 For description, see the Announcements. 
 
 Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus. 
 
 With Notes adapted to the revised edition of Goodwin's Greek Grammar, 
 and copperplate maps. Edited by W. W. Goodwin, Ph.D., LL.D., Eliot 
 Professor of Greek Literature, and John Williams White, Ph.D., 
 Professor of Greek in Harvard College. 12mo. Half morocco, vii + 397 
 Mailing Price, $1.65; for introduction, 11.50. 
 
 Greek Inflection. 
 
 By B. F. Harding, Teacher of Greek In St. Paul's School, Coueord, N.H. 
 12mo. Cloth. 54 pages. Mailing Price, 55 cents; for introduction, 50 cents. 
 
 "TvESIGNED to economize time for the teacher, by furnishing a 
 large number of words for ready use, as paradigms, in the 
 class-room, and at the same time to suggest a systematic and sci 
 entific treatment of the noun aud verb. 
 
GB.EEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 53 
 
 Goodwin's Greek Moods and Tenses. 
 
 By William W. Goodwin, Ph.D., Eliot Professor of Greek Literature 
 in Harvard University. Seventli Edition. Revised and Enlarged. 12ino. 
 Cloth. 279 pages. Mailing Price, $1.65; Introduction, |1.50. 
 
 rpHE object of the work is to give a plain statement of the prin- 
 ciples which govern constructions in this, the most important 
 and the most difficult part of Greek Syntax. 
 
 Since 1874 Goodwin's Moods and Tenses of the Greek Verb has 
 been included in the list of works recommended by the Board of 
 Classical Studies of the University of Cambridge (England) to 
 candidates for honors in the Classical Tripos. In 1875 it was re- 
 published by MacmiUan & Co. in London and Oxford. 
 
 Arthur Sidgwick, Lecturer at 
 Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Camr 
 
 bridge : The hest hook on the subject 
 that has been published, either in 
 Europe or America. 
 
 Medea of Euripides. 
 
 Edited, with Notes and an Introduction, by Fbedeeick D. Allen, 
 Ph.D., Professor of Classical Philology in Harvard University. 12mo. 
 Cloth. 141 pages. Mailing Price, $1.10; Introduction, 11.00. 
 
 pHE Introduction contains a full discussion of aU the principal 
 questions arising it a study of this play. 
 
 M. L. D'Ooge, Prof, of Greek, Uni- 
 versity of Michigan : It fully meets 
 Jny expectations. The notes are 
 
 models of conciseness, clearness, and 
 directness. I am using it with great 
 satisfaction. 
 
 (Edipus Tyrannus of Sophocles. 
 
 Edited, with an Introduction, Notes, and full Explanation of the Metres, 
 by John Williams White, Ph.D., Professor of Greek in Harvard Uni- 
 versity. 12mo. Cloth. 219 pages. Mailing Price, 11.25; Introduction, 
 fl.l2. 
 
 HIS edition of the (Edipus Tyrannus has been made for the 
 class-room, and is especially designed for those who begin 
 their study of the Greek drama with this tragedy. 
 
 Wm. S. Tyler, Prof, of ffreei, I guide in the study of this masterpiece 
 Amherst College: I know of no better | of the old Greek drama. 
 
 T 
 
54 
 
 GREEK. TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 Selected Odes ^of Pindar. 
 
 With Notes and an Introduction by Thomas D. Seymouk, Professor ol 
 the Greels Language and Literature in Yale College. The Text is that 
 ol Bergk's Fourth Edition; and the Metrical Schemes are according to 
 Schmidt's Kuntsformen der Griechischen Poesie. 12mo. Cloth. 300 
 pages. Mailing Price, $1.55; Introduction, $1.40. 
 
 rPHE book contains the First, Second, Sixth, Seventh, Eleventh, 
 Twelfth, and Fourteenth Olympian Odes ; the First, Second, 
 and Fourth Pythian; the First and Second Nemean; the First, 
 Fifth, and Eighth Isthmian ; and Select Fragments. 
 The full Introduction and Appendix discuss all related topics. 
 
 Orations of Lysias. 
 
 With Biographical Introduction, Notes, and Tahle of Various Readings, 
 Edited by James MoBEis Whiton, Ph.D. 12mo. Mailing Price, $1.10; 
 Introduction, $1.00. 
 
 /^OMPKISING the Defence of Mantitheus, the Oration against 
 Eratosthenes, the Reply to "The Overthrow of the Democ- 
 racy," and the Areopagitic Oration concerning the sacred Olive- 
 Trunk. 
 
 Selections from the Greeh Lyric Poets. 
 
 With an Historical Introduction, giving a brief survey of the develop- 
 ment of Greek Poetry until the time of Pindar, and also Notes for the 
 student's use. By Henry M. Tyler, Professor of Greek and Latin in 
 Smith College. 12mo. Cloth. 184 pages. Mailing Price, $1.10; In- 
 troduction, $1.00. 
 
 Elegiac Poets : Callinus, Tyrtseus, Mimnermns, Solon, Xenophanes, 
 and Theognis. 
 
 Iambic Poets : Archilochus and Simonides of Amorgos. 
 
 Melic Foets : Sappho, Alceens, Anacreon, Anacreontea, and SimoH'- 
 Ides of Ceos. 
 
 Stein's Summary of the Dialect of Herodotus. 
 
 Translated by Professor John Williams White, Ph.D., from the Ger- 
 man of the fourth edition of Herodotus, by Heinrich Stei^. Paper, 
 15 pages. Mailing and Introduction Price, 10 cents. 
 
GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 55 
 
 Hellenic Orations of Demosthenes. 
 
 ttymmoHes, Megalopolitans and Rhodians. With revised Text and Com- 
 mentary by Isaac Flaqq, Ph.D., Professor of Greek in Cornell Uni- 
 versity. 12mo. 103 pages. Mailing Price, $1.10; Introduction Price, 
 $1.00. 
 
 'OACH is a masterpiece of its kind, and of unique interest. The 
 
 
 Notes are adapted to the wants of advanced students. 
 
 Lewis E. Packard, Late Prof, of 
 Greek, Yale College : It seems to 
 show thorough study of, and sympa^ 
 thy with, the author, with a great 
 
 deal of freshness and energy. The 
 blank analyses seem to me an excel- 
 lent device. 
 
 The Seven against Thebes of /€schylus. 
 
 Edited, with Notes and an Introduction, by Isaac Flagg, Ph.D., Pro- 
 fessor of Greek in Cornell University, xii + 129 pages, with a sketch- 
 map of Thebes. Cloth. Mailing Price, fl.lO; Introduction, $1.00. 
 
 A MPLE help is given for those who are just entering upon the 
 "^ study of Greek tragedy, though the requirements of more 
 advanced students have not been overlooked. 
 
 American Journal of Philology: 
 
 Professor Flagg's edition of the Seven 
 against Thebes is marked by his 
 characteristic neatness and reserve. 
 
 Especial attention seems to have been 
 paid to position, and the grammati- 
 cal element is not overdone, as is too 
 often the case in American books. 
 
 Anacreontics. 
 
 Selected and arranged, with Notes, by Isaac Plagg, Ph.D., Professor of 
 Greek, Cornell University. Square 16mo. 41 pages. Mailing Price, 40 
 cents : Introduction, 35 cents. 
 
 rpHE Anacreontics, extremely simple in form and idea, afford 
 excellent material for memorizing and oral practice. 
 
 Philippics of Demosthenes. 
 
 By Frank B. Takeell, Yale College. 12mo. Cloth. 138 pages. Mail> 
 ing Price, $1.10 ; Introduction Price, $1.00. 
 
 /CONTAINS the First, Second, and Third Philippics, with an 
 Introduction and Explanatory Notes, and references to Good 
 win's and Hadley's Greek Grammars. 
 
56 
 
 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 Liddell and Scott's Greek-English Lexicon. 
 
 The seventh and last Oxford Edition, unabridged. 4to. 
 pages. Mailing Price, $10.00 ; Introduction, |9.40. 
 
 Sheep. 1782 
 
 Liddell and Scott's Greek-English Lexicon. 
 
 Abridged. Seventeenth Edition. With Appendix of Proper and Geo- 
 graphical Names, by J. M. Whiton. Square 12mo. 836 pages. Morocco 
 back. Mailing Price, $2.10; Introduction, $1.90. 
 
 rPHIS Abridgment is intended chiefly for use in schools, and will 
 be found sufficiently comprehensive for any ordinary course. 
 
 Schmidt's Rhythmic and Metric of the Classical 
 
 Languages. 
 
 Edited from the German by John Williams White, Ph.D., Professor 
 of Greek in Harvard University. Designed as a Manual lor Classes in 
 the Greek and Latin Poets. 8vo. Cloth. 204 pages. Mailing Price, 
 $2.65; Introduction, $2.50. 
 
 Wm. S. Tyler, Prof, of Greek, 
 
 Amherst College: It is a treatise 
 
 of rare learning, originality, and 
 thoroughness. 
 
 0. M. Ternald, Professor of 
 Greek, Williams College : It is a 
 book of great value to every classi- 
 cal scholar. 
 
 Essential Uses of the Moods in Greek and Latin. 
 
 Prepared by R. P. Keep, Ph.D., Principal of the Free Academy, Norwich, 
 Conn. Square 16mo. Mailing Price, 30 cents; Introduction, 25 cents. 
 
 rpHE aim of the Editor has been to describe, clearly and ac- 
 curately, in language not too technical, the actual uses of the 
 moods in Latin and Greek. 
 
 Sidgwick's Greek Prose Composition. 
 
 By Abthub SiDGWiOK, Lecturer at Corpus Christi College, Oxford; and 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Cam .ji-idge. 12mo. Cloth. 280 pages. Mail- 
 ing Price, $l.t)5; Introduction, $1 60. 
 
 "PiESIGNED for JoUegr classes, and giving notes on construc- 
 tions, notes on idioms, lists of words with meanings and 
 usages, exercises, vocabulary, etc. 
 
,;A^^^Jj3 
 
 m 
 
 
 '•->wi8